WO2022089500A1 - 折叠机构、壳体装置及电子设备 - Google Patents

折叠机构、壳体装置及电子设备 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022089500A1
WO2022089500A1 PCT/CN2021/126814 CN2021126814W WO2022089500A1 WO 2022089500 A1 WO2022089500 A1 WO 2022089500A1 CN 2021126814 W CN2021126814 W CN 2021126814W WO 2022089500 A1 WO2022089500 A1 WO 2022089500A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
folding mechanism
swing arm
support plate
rotating
fixing frame
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/126814
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
刘婷
马春军
牛林辉
徐正一
李云勇
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to EP21885227.5A priority Critical patent/EP4236274A4/en
Priority to US18/250,360 priority patent/US20230403347A1/en
Priority to CN202180072756.5A priority patent/CN116671093A/zh
Publication of WO2022089500A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022089500A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/02Constructional features of telephone sets
    • H04M1/0202Portable telephone sets, e.g. cordless phones, mobile phones or bar type handsets
    • H04M1/0206Portable telephones comprising a plurality of mechanically joined movable body parts, e.g. hinged housings
    • H04M1/0208Portable telephones comprising a plurality of mechanically joined movable body parts, e.g. hinged housings characterized by the relative motions of the body parts
    • H04M1/0214Foldable telephones, i.e. with body parts pivoting to an open position around an axis parallel to the plane they define in closed position
    • H04M1/0216Foldable in one direction, i.e. using a one degree of freedom hinge
    • H04M1/022The hinge comprising two parallel pivoting axes
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/02Constructional features of telephone sets
    • H04M1/0202Portable telephone sets, e.g. cordless phones, mobile phones or bar type handsets
    • H04M1/0206Portable telephones comprising a plurality of mechanically joined movable body parts, e.g. hinged housings
    • H04M1/0208Portable telephones comprising a plurality of mechanically joined movable body parts, e.g. hinged housings characterized by the relative motions of the body parts
    • H04M1/0214Foldable telephones, i.e. with body parts pivoting to an open position around an axis parallel to the plane they define in closed position
    • H04M1/0216Foldable in one direction, i.e. using a one degree of freedom hinge
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F1/00Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
    • G06F1/16Constructional details or arrangements
    • G06F1/1613Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers
    • G06F1/1615Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers with several enclosures having relative motions, each enclosure supporting at least one I/O or computing function
    • G06F1/1616Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers with several enclosures having relative motions, each enclosure supporting at least one I/O or computing function with folding flat displays, e.g. laptop computers or notebooks having a clamshell configuration, with body parts pivoting to an open position around an axis parallel to the plane they define in closed position
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F1/00Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
    • G06F1/16Constructional details or arrangements
    • G06F1/1613Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers
    • G06F1/1615Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers with several enclosures having relative motions, each enclosure supporting at least one I/O or computing function
    • G06F1/1616Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers with several enclosures having relative motions, each enclosure supporting at least one I/O or computing function with folding flat displays, e.g. laptop computers or notebooks having a clamshell configuration, with body parts pivoting to an open position around an axis parallel to the plane they define in closed position
    • G06F1/1618Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers with several enclosures having relative motions, each enclosure supporting at least one I/O or computing function with folding flat displays, e.g. laptop computers or notebooks having a clamshell configuration, with body parts pivoting to an open position around an axis parallel to the plane they define in closed position the display being foldable up to the back of the other housing with a single degree of freedom, e.g. by 360° rotation over the axis defined by the rear edge of the base enclosure
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F1/00Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
    • G06F1/16Constructional details or arrangements
    • G06F1/1613Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers
    • G06F1/1633Constructional details or arrangements of portable computers not specific to the type of enclosures covered by groups G06F1/1615 - G06F1/1626
    • G06F1/1637Details related to the display arrangement, including those related to the mounting of the display in the housing
    • G06F1/1652Details related to the display arrangement, including those related to the mounting of the display in the housing the display being flexible, e.g. mimicking a sheet of paper, or rollable
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F1/00Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
    • G06F1/16Constructional details or arrangements
    • G06F1/1613Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers
    • G06F1/1633Constructional details or arrangements of portable computers not specific to the type of enclosures covered by groups G06F1/1615 - G06F1/1626
    • G06F1/1675Miscellaneous details related to the relative movement between the different enclosures or enclosure parts
    • G06F1/1681Details related solely to hinges
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/02Constructional features of telephone sets
    • H04M1/0202Portable telephone sets, e.g. cordless phones, mobile phones or bar type handsets
    • H04M1/026Details of the structure or mounting of specific components
    • H04M1/0266Details of the structure or mounting of specific components for a display module assembly
    • H04M1/0268Details of the structure or mounting of specific components for a display module assembly including a flexible display panel
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/02Constructional features of telephone sets
    • H04M1/18Telephone sets specially adapted for use in ships, mines, or other places exposed to adverse environment

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of foldable electronic products, and in particular, to a folding mechanism, a casing device and an electronic device.
  • the foldable electronic device also includes a casing device for carrying the flexible display screen.
  • the casing device generally includes two casings and a folding mechanism connected between the two casings. The two casings are opposed to each other through the deformation of the folding mechanism. Fold or unfold relatively, and drive the flexible display to fold or unfold.
  • a traditional screen-folding electronic device when the electronic device is folded, the flexible display screen is folded inside the casing device, and the bending part of the flexible display screen is easily damaged due to excessive extrusion by the casing device, resulting in a flexible display The reliability of the screen is poor and the service life is short.
  • the purpose of the present application is to provide a folding mechanism, a casing device and an electronic device.
  • the folding mechanism is applied to a casing device of an electronic device for connecting two casings of the casing device.
  • the housing device is used to carry the flexible display screen.
  • the folding mechanism of the housing device can automatically avoid the formation of a screen-accommodating space.
  • the folding action of the housing device on the flexible display screen is stable and the extrusion force is small. , which is beneficial to reduce the risk of damage to the flexible display screen due to excessive extrusion of the folding mechanism, so that the reliability of the flexible display screen is high.
  • the present application provides a folding mechanism, which can be applied to a housing device of an electronic device.
  • the electronic device may also include a flexible display screen mounted to the housing device.
  • the electronic equipment adopts a casing device to realize the inward folding of the screen, and the electronic equipment can be bent.
  • the folding mechanism includes a middle shell, a first fixing frame, a second fixing frame, a first swing arm, a second swing arm, a first support plate and a second support plate.
  • One end of the first swing arm is slidably connected to the first fixing frame, the other end is rotatably connected to the middle shell, one end of the second swing arm is slidably connected to the second fixing frame, and the other end is rotatably connected to the middle shell, and the first support plate is rotatably connected to the first fixing frame
  • the middle shell is rotatably connected, and the second support plate is rotatably connected with the second fixing frame and rotatably connected with the middle shell.
  • the supporting surface of the first supporting plate is flush with the supporting surface of the second supporting plate; when the folding mechanism is in the closed state, the supporting surface of the first supporting plate and the supporting surface of the second supporting plate are arranged opposite to each other. and away from each other in the direction close to the middle shell.
  • the first support plate and the second support plate can be automatically avoided to form a screen accommodating space, and the screen accommodating space is used to accommodate the flexible display screen, and the casing device has a stable folding action on the flexible display screen and a relatively high pressing force. Small, it is beneficial to reduce the risk of damage to the flexible display screen due to excessive extrusion of the folding mechanism, so that the reliability of the flexible display screen is high.
  • the first support plate and the second support plate The movement trajectory is restricted by other components of the folding mechanism.
  • the movement trajectory of the first support plate and the second support plate is accurate, so they can be automatically avoided in the closed state.
  • the screen-receiving space is formed, and the screen-receiving space is precisely controlled, so that the folding action of the casing device on the flexible display screen is stable and the extrusion force is small, which is beneficial to reduce the risk of damage to the flexible display screen due to excessive extrusion of the folding mechanism.
  • the reliability of the flexible display is high.
  • first swing arm is rotatably connected with the middle shell and slidably connected with the first fixing frame, forming a link-slider structure
  • first support plate is rotatably connected with the middle casing and with the first fixing frame, forming a connecting rod structure
  • second swing arm is rotatably connected with the middle shell and slidably connected with the second fixing frame, forming a link-slider structure
  • the second support plate is rotatably connected with the middle shell and with the second fixing frame, forming a connecting rod structure.
  • the folding mechanism realizes the connection between the shell and the middle shell through the connecting rod slider structure and the connecting rod structure.
  • the number of components is small, the matching relationship and matching position are simple, and the components are easy to manufacture and assemble, which is conducive to mass production.
  • the middle shell is linked to the first fixing frame through the first swing arm and the first support plate, and the second fixed frame is linked through the second swing arm and the second support plate, the movement trajectory of the folding mechanism is accurate, and the folding mechanism has a relatively high performance. Excellent mechanical tensile capacity and mechanical anti-extrusion capacity.
  • the flexible display screen when installed on the support surface of the first support plate and the support surface of the second support plate, it can present a flat shape, that is, the support surface of the first support plate is considered to be flush with the support surface of the second support plate .
  • the situation where the support surface of the first support plate is flush with the support surface of the second support plate may include but is not limited to the following scenarios: the support surface of the first support plate is flush with the support surface of the second support plate itself; Alternatively, an adhesive layer is provided on the support surface of the first support plate, an adhesive layer is provided on the support surface of the second support plate, and the heights of the two support surfaces after the adhesive layers are provided are flush; or; on the flexible display screen Reinforcing plates are provided, and the heights of the two supporting surfaces after the reinforcing plates are stacked are equal.
  • the supporting surface of the first supporting plate is flush with the supporting surface of the first casing, and the supporting surface of the second supporting plate is flush with the supporting surface of the second casing.
  • the plurality of support surfaces of the housing device used to support the flexible display screen are flush, so that the flexible display screen is flattened and has a flat support environment, thereby improving the user's experience of touch operation and screen viewing.
  • the support surface of the first support plate and the support surface of the first casing are both flat and coplanar, so as to better support the flexible display screen.
  • the adhesive layer between the flexible display screen and the supporting surface of the first support plate may have the same thickness as the adhesive layer between the flexible display screen and the supporting surface of the first casing.
  • the middle case includes an outer cover plate, and the outer cover plate is bent to form an inner space.
  • the folding mechanism When the folding mechanism is in the open state, the first support plate covers part of the inner space, and the second support plate covers part of the inner space. At this time, the first support plate and the second support plate are close to each other, the distance between the support surface of the first support plate and the support surface of the second support plate is small, and the folding mechanism adopts a two-plate structure, which can be folded in the open state.
  • the bending part of the flexible display screen provides a relatively complete plane support.
  • the first support plate portion when the folding mechanism is in a closed state, the first support plate portion extends into the inner space, and the second support plate portion extends into the inner space.
  • part of the space between the first support plate and the second support plate in the inner space of the middle case is released to form a part of the screen-accommodating space, and the flexible display screen can partially extend into the inner space of the middle case,
  • the space utilization rate is improved, the components of the electronic device are arranged more compactly, and the miniaturization of the electronic device is facilitated.
  • the first support plate when the folding mechanism is in an open state, the first support plate is spliced with the second support plate. At this time, the first support plate and the second support plate can provide a flat and strong support for the flexible display screen, so as to improve the user's experience of touch operation and screen viewing.
  • the situation of splicing the first support plate and the second support plate may include but is not limited to the following scenarios: a part of the first support plate and a part of the second support plate are connected to each other, and there is no gap between the connection parts, A gap or a gap may be formed between another part of the first support plate and another part of the second support plate; alternatively, the first support plate and the second support plate are integrally connected to each other without a gap between them; alternatively, the first support plate A part of the plate and a part of the second support plate are close to each other, and there is a small gap between the parts close to each other, and a gap or gap may be formed between another part of the first support plate and another part of the second support plate; The first support plate and the second support plate are integrally close to each other, and there is a small gap between them.
  • the user presses the area of the flexible display screen corresponding to the gap, and the flexible There will be no obvious pits in the corresponding area of the display screen, and the support surface of the bending area can provide strong support for the flexible display screen.
  • the flexible display screen may be provided with a support plate or reinforcing plate that is bendable and has a certain structural strength on the side facing the housing device, and the support plate or reinforcing plate covers at least the first support plate and the second support plate. The gap or gap between the two support plates can improve the compression resistance of the flexible display screen.
  • the first support plate includes a first plate body, a first rotating part and a second rotating part, the first rotating part and the second rotating part are fixed to the first plate body at intervals, and the first rotating part
  • the first fixed frame is rotatably connected to the first fixed frame
  • the second rotating part is rotatably connected to the middle shell.
  • the second support plate includes a second plate body, a third rotating part and a fourth rotating part, the third rotating part and the fourth rotating part are fixed to the second plate body at an interval from each other, and the third rotating part is rotatably connected to the second fixing frame,
  • the fourth rotating part is rotatably connected to the middle shell.
  • the second rotating part and the fourth rotating part are located between the first rotating part and the third rotating part; when the folding mechanism is in the closed state, the distance between the first rotating part and the third rotating part is less than The distance between the second rotating part and the fourth rotating part.
  • the first support plate and the second support plate are automatically avoided to form a screen-accommodating space, and the screen-accommodating space gradually becomes larger in the direction close to the middle case.
  • the first rotating part and the second rotating part limit the position of the first support plate
  • the positions of the third rotating part and the fourth rotating part limit the position of the second support plate
  • the first rotating part The first fixed frame is rotatably connected to the third rotating part
  • the second fixed frame is rotatably connected to the third rotating part
  • the second rotating part and the third rotating part are rotatably connected to the middle shell.
  • the relative movement positions of the two fixing brackets and the middle shell can control the relative positions of the first support plate and the second support plate, so that the first support plate and the second support plate can be flattened in the open state, thereby providing a flexible display screen.
  • the folding mechanism further includes a first rotating shaft and a second rotating shaft, the first rotating shaft is inserted into the first rotating part and the first fixing frame, and the second rotating shaft is inserted into the second rotating part and the middle casing.
  • the folding mechanism further includes a third rotating shaft and a fourth rotating shaft, the third rotating shaft is inserted into the third rotating part and the second fixing frame, and the fourth rotating shaft is inserted into the fourth rotating part and the middle shell.
  • the rotational connection relationship between the first support plate and the first fixing frame and the middle shell, and the rotational connection relationship between the second support plate and the second fixing frame and the middle shell are all connected by the solid shaft, and the connection relationship is reliable and machining. High precision and small rotation virtual position make the rotation action accurate and stable.
  • the middle shell includes a first convex portion and a second convex portion, the second rotating shaft is inserted into the first convex portion, the first convex portion is embedded in the first support plate, and the fourth rotating shaft is inserted into the second convex portion. , the second convex portion is embedded in the second support plate.
  • the positions of the shaft holes of the first and second convex parts of the shell in the design, the positions of the shaft holes of the second rotating part of the first support plate, and the fourth rotating part of the second support plate The position of the shaft hole is so that the middle shell and the first support plate can be rotatably connected through the second shaft, and the middle shell and the second support plate can be rotatably connected through the fourth shaft, that is, the middle shell and the first support plate.
  • the second support plate can be connected by rotation through the solid shaft, the connection relationship is reliable, the rotation virtual position is small, and the rotation action is accurate and stable.
  • the embedded relationship between the first convex portion and the first support plate, the embedded relationship between the first connecting bump and the first support plate, the embedded relationship between the second convex portion and the second support plate, and the embedded relationship between the second connecting bump and the second support plate enables the first support plate, the first fixing frame and the middle shell to limit each other in the direction parallel to the rotation center, and the second support plate, the second fixing frame and the middle shell can be parallel to the rotation center. They are mutually limited in the direction of the folding mechanism, which improves the reliability of the rotating connection structure of the folding mechanism.
  • the first plate body includes a first main body part and a first extension part
  • the first extension part is fixed to one side of the first main body part and protrudes from the first main body part
  • the first main body part is far away from the first main body part.
  • One side of the first extension part forms a first gap
  • the first rotating part is located in the first gap and is fixed to the first main body part
  • a side of the first main body part close to the first extending part forms a second gap
  • the second rotating part is located in the first part.
  • the second notch is fixed to the first main body part.
  • the second plate body includes a second body portion and a second extension portion, the second extension portion is fixed on one side of the second body portion and protrudes from the second body portion, and the second body portion is formed on a side away from the second extension portion
  • the third gap, the third rotating part is located in the third gap and is fixed to the second main body part, the side of the second main body part close to the second extension part forms a fourth gap, the fourth rotating part is located in the fourth gap and fixed to the second main body part main part.
  • the first extending portion and the second extending portion are close to each other, and during the folding process of the folding mechanism, the first extending portion and the second extending portion are separated from each other.
  • the folding mechanism adopts a two-plate structure to provide a relatively complete plane support for the bending part of the flexible display screen in the open state.
  • the folding mechanism is in a closed state, that is, when the first casing and the second casing are folded to a closed state, the first supporting plate and the second supporting plate are substantially V-shaped.
  • the support surface of the first support plate and the support surface of the second support plate are arranged opposite to each other and are away from each other in a direction close to the middle case.
  • the first extension part is spliced with the second extension part, that is, the first support plate is spliced with the second support plate.
  • the supporting surface of the first supporting plate and the supporting surface of the second supporting plate can be spliced to form a supporting surface in the bending area, and the folding mechanism of the housing device can fully support the flexible display screen through the supporting surface in the bending area in the open state
  • the bending part of the flexible display screen is not easy to cause problems such as depression under the user's pressure, which is beneficial to improve the service life and reliability of the flexible display screen.
  • the case where the first extension part and the second extension part are spliced may include a case where they are connected to each other and there is no gap between them, or a case where they are close to each other and there is a small gap between them.
  • the first extension part and the second extension part When there is a small gap between the first extension part and the second extension part, and the user presses the area of the flexible display screen corresponding to the gap, there will be no obvious pits in the corresponding area of the flexible display screen, and the support surface of the bending area can be Flexible display provides strong support.
  • the first support plate forms avoidance gaps on both sides of the first extension portion
  • the second support plate forms avoidance gaps on both sides of the second extension portion
  • the avoidance gaps are used to avoid the first support plate and the second support plate
  • the second support plate interferes with a part of the structure of the middle casing, that is, it is used to achieve avoidance, thereby improving the movement reliability of the folding mechanism and the casing device.
  • the avoidance notch of the first support plate and the avoidance notch of the second support plate are merged, and the support surface of the bending area is a special-shaped surface.
  • the flexible display screen may be provided with a support plate or reinforcing plate that is bendable and has a certain structural strength on the side facing the housing device, and the support plate or reinforcing plate at least covers the avoidance of the first support plate.
  • the notch and the avoidance notch of the second support plate can improve the anti-pressing strength of the flexible display screen.
  • the first swing arm includes a sliding end and a rotating end
  • the first fixing frame is provided with a first chute
  • the sliding end of the first swing arm is installed in the first chute
  • the rotating end of the first swing arm Rotate to connect the middle shell.
  • the second swing arm includes a sliding end and a rotating end
  • the second fixing frame is provided with a second chute
  • the sliding end of the second swing arm is mounted on the second chute
  • the rotating end of the second swing arm is rotatably connected to the middle shell.
  • the folding mechanism further includes a plurality of synchronizing gears, each synchronizing gear is rotatably connected to the middle casing, the plurality of synchronizing gears are meshed with each other, and the rotating end of the first swing arm engages the second pendulum through the plurality of synchronizing gears. The rotating end of the arm.
  • the rotating end of the first swing arm and the rotating end of the second swing arm are connected by a plurality of synchronizing gears, so that the rotation angle of the rotating end of the first swing arm and the rotating end of the second swing arm are equal in size
  • the same and opposite directions make the first swing arm and the second swing arm keep synchronously rotating relative to the middle shell, that is, synchronously approach each other or move away from each other.
  • the rotating end of the first swing arm, the plurality of synchronizing gears and the rotating end of the second swing arm are arranged in an arc shape, so that the space inside the middle shell can be fully utilized, so that the inner space of the middle shell can be fully utilized. Another part of the inner space can be released to form a screen-accommodating space for accommodating part of the flexible display screen when the electronic device is closed, thereby helping to improve the compactness of the component arrangement of the electronic device and reduce the volume of the electronic device.
  • the folding mechanism further includes a first latching member and a first elastic member, the first latching member and the first elastic member are mounted on the middle case, and the first latching member is located in the first elastic member to synchronize with the Between the gears, the first elastic member is in a compressed state, and the elastic force generated by the first elastic member pushes the first locking member against the synchronizing gear.
  • the folding mechanism is in an open state, the first clamping member and the synchronizing gear form a first clamping structure, and when the folding mechanism is in a closed state, the first clamping member and the synchronizing gear form a second clamping structure.
  • the first elastic member is in a compressed state, and the elastic force generated by the first elastic member pushes the first locking member against the synchronous gear.
  • the first locking member cooperates with the second locking member to press the rotating end of the first swing arm, the synchronization gear and the rotating end of the second swing arm, so that the rotating end of the first swing arm, the synchronization gear and the second swing arm
  • the clamping structure between the rotating end of the swing arm and the first clamping part and the second clamping part is stable.
  • the first clamping structure and the second clamping structure can make the synchronizing gear stay at a certain position relative to the first clamping member, even if the first swing arm and the second swing arm maintain a certain position relative to the middle shell
  • the relative positional relationship enables the first casing and the second casing to better maintain an open state or a closed state, thereby improving the user experience.
  • the first clamping structure and the second clamping structure can provide a certain resistance during the process of unfolding the electronic device to enter the open state and during the process of folding to release the open state, so that the user can experience better mechanism operation. feel.
  • the folding mechanism further includes a first adapter shaft, a second adapter shaft, a third adapter shaft, a second clamping member and a fixing plate mounted on the middle shell, and the second clamping member is located in the middle shell.
  • the synchronizing gear is located on the side away from the first clamping member
  • the fixing plate is located at the side of the first elastic member away from the first clamping member
  • the first elastic member includes a plurality of springs.
  • the first adapter shaft is inserted into the second clamping member, the rotating end of the first swing arm, the first clamping member, one of the springs and the fixing plate
  • the third adapter shaft is inserted into the second clamping member, the synchronizing gear
  • the first clamping piece, the other spring and the fixing plate, and the second transfer shaft is inserted into the second clamping piece, the rotating end of the second swing arm, the first clamping piece, the other spring and the fixing plate.
  • the first locking member includes a plurality of first bump groups, each first bump group includes a plurality of first bumps, the plurality of first bumps are arranged in a ring shape and are spaced apart from each other, and the second locking member It includes a plurality of second bump groups, each second bump group includes a plurality of second bumps, and the plurality of second bumps are arranged in a ring shape and are spaced apart from each other;
  • the rotating end of the first swing arm, the synchronizing gear and the rotating ends of the second swing arm include a plurality of first protrusions and a plurality of second protrusions arranged opposite to each other, the plurality of first protrusions are arranged in a ring shape and are spaced from each other, and the plurality of second protrusions are arranged in a row.
  • the cloth is looped and spaced from each other.
  • a plurality of first protrusions of the first swing arm and a plurality of first protrusions of one of the first protrusion groups are alternately arranged to form a clamping structure, and a plurality of second protrusions of the first swing arm and one of the second protrusions
  • the plurality of second bumps of the convex block group are staggered to form a clamping structure
  • the plurality of first protrusions of the synchronizing gear and the plurality of first protrusions of another first convex group are staggered to form a clamping structure
  • a plurality of second protrusions of the synchronizing gear and a plurality of second protrusions of another second protrusion group are alternately arranged to form a clamping structure
  • the plurality of first bumps of the group are staggered to form a clamping structure
  • the first fixing frame is further provided with a first installation groove
  • the first installation groove is connected with the first chute
  • the folding mechanism further includes a first stop piece
  • the first stop piece is installed on the first installation.
  • the first stop member is used to limit the first swing arm when the housing device is in an open state, so that the housing device is kept in the open state when there is no large external force, so as to improve the user experience. user experience.
  • the cooperation between the first stop piece and the first swing arm can also provide resistance during the process of unfolding the electronic device to enter the open state and during the process of folding to release the open state, so that the user can experience better mechanism operation. feel.
  • the first stop member includes a bracket and a second elastic member
  • the bracket includes a control portion and a resisting portion
  • one end of the second elastic member is mounted on the control portion of the bracket, and the other end is against the first mounting portion.
  • the second elastic member of the first stop member can be deformed under the action of external force, so that the first stop member can move relative to the sliding end of the first swing arm, and the relationship between the first stop member and the first stop member is improved. Limiting reliability of the sliding end of the first swing arm.
  • the first stop member may further include a buffer member, and the buffer member is installed on the abutting portion of the bracket.
  • the buffer member can be made of a material with low rigidity, so that when an external force is received, it can absorb the impact force through deformation and realize buffering. Since the buffer member is sleeved on the abutting portion of the bracket, the first stop member abuts against the sliding end of the first swing arm through the buffer member with buffer function, which is beneficial to lower the bracket of the first stop member and the first pendulum The risk of abrasion of the sliding end of the arm during the long-term relative movement improves the limit reliability of the stopper, and makes the folding mechanism more reliable.
  • the first fixing frame includes a top surface, a bottom surface and a second side surface, the top surface and the bottom surface are arranged opposite to each other, the second side surface is located between the top surface and the bottom surface, the top surface faces the first support plate, and the second side surface is located between the top surface and the bottom surface.
  • the two side surfaces face the middle shell, and the top surface and the bottom surface approach each other in a direction close to the second side surface.
  • the top surface of the first fixing frame faces the first support plate, and the bottom surface of the first fixing frame faces away from the first support plate.
  • the top surface of the second fixing frame faces the second support plate, and the bottom surface of the second fixing frame faces away from the second support plate.
  • the side end of the outer cover plate of the middle shell can abut against and support the first support plate and the second support plate when the folding mechanism is in the open state, so the outer cover plate can carry out the first support plate and the second support plate. stop to prevent the housing device from being over-folded when unfolding, thereby reducing the stress on the flexible display screen and improving the reliability of the flexible display screen and electronic equipment. Support strength to provide a more reliable support structure for flexible displays.
  • the bottom surface of the first fixing frame and the bottom surface of the second fixing frame face oppositely, and the two can be parallel to each other.
  • the top surface of the first fixing frame and the top surface of the second fixing frame are facing each other, and the two are relatively inclined to form a "V" shape, so that an appropriate space is formed between the first fixing frame and the second fixing frame, and the first support plate and the The second support plate can be accommodated in the space, and a screen accommodating space is formed between the first support plate and the second support plate.
  • the top surface of the first fixing frame may abut against and support the first supporting plate
  • the top surface of the second fixing frame may abut against and support the second supporting plate.
  • the inclined design of the first chute is beneficial to reduce the thickness of the folding mechanism and optimize the structure of the mechanism.
  • the present application provides another folding mechanism, which can be applied to a housing device of an electronic device.
  • the electronic device may also include a flexible display screen mounted to the housing device.
  • the electronic equipment adopts a casing device to realize the inward folding of the screen, and the electronic equipment can be bent.
  • the folding mechanism includes a middle shell, a first fixing frame, a second fixing frame, a first swing arm, a second swing arm, a first support plate and a second support plate.
  • the first fixing frame is rotatably connected to the middle casing, and the second fixing frame is rotated Connect the mid-shell.
  • the first swing arm includes a rotating end and a movable end, the rotating end of the first swing arm is rotatably connected to the middle shell, and the movable end of the first swing arm is slidably connected to the first fixed frame;
  • the second swing arm includes a rotating end and a movable end, and the second swing arm The rotating end of the swing arm is rotatably connected to the middle shell, and the movable end of the second swing arm is slidably connected to the first fixing frame.
  • the first support plate is rotatably connected to the first fixing frame, the first support plate is slidably connected to the movable end of the first swing arm; the second support plate is rotatably connected to the second fixing frame, and the second support plate is slidably connected to the movable end of the second swing arm.
  • the folding mechanism When the folding mechanism is in the open state, the supporting surface of the first supporting plate is flush with the supporting surface of the second supporting plate; when the folding mechanism is in the closed state, the supporting surface of the first supporting plate and the supporting surface of the second supporting plate are arranged opposite to each other. and away from each other in the direction close to the middle shell.
  • the support surface of the first support plate and the support surface of the second support plate are disposed opposite to each other, that is, the support surface of the first support plate and the support surface of the second support plate are in a face-to-face positional relationship, and the support surface of the first support plate It is inclined relative to the supporting surface of the second supporting plate. That is, an included angle is formed between the support surface of the first support plate and the support surface of the second support plate.
  • the first support plate and the second support plate are substantially V-shaped.
  • the first support plate and the second support plate are automatically avoided to form a screen accommodating space, and the screen accommodating space is used to accommodate the flexible display screen, and the housing device of the electronic device has a stable and squeezed folding action on the flexible display screen.
  • the force is small, which is beneficial to reduce the risk of damage to the flexible display screen due to excessive extrusion of the folding mechanism, so that the reliability of the flexible display screen is high.
  • the middle case includes an outer cover plate that is bent to form an inner space; when the folding mechanism is in an open state, the first support plate covers part of the inner space, and the second support plate covers part of the inner space. At this time, the first support plate and the second support plate are close to each other, the distance between the support surface of the first support plate and the support surface of the second support plate is small, and the folding mechanism adopts a two-plate structure, which can be folded in the open state.
  • the bending part of the flexible display screen provides a relatively complete plane support.
  • part of the space between the first support plate and the second support plate in the inner space of the middle shell is released to form a screen-accommodating space, and the flexible display screen can partially extend into the inner space of the middle shell, improving space utilization. , so that the components of the electronic device are arranged more compactly, which is beneficial to the miniaturization of the electronic device.
  • the first support plate when the folding mechanism is in an open state, the first support plate is spliced with the second support plate.
  • the supporting surface of the first supporting plate and the supporting surface of the second supporting plate can be spliced to form a supporting surface in the bending area, and the folding mechanism can fully support the bending portion of the flexible display screen through the supporting surface in the bending area in the open state, so that the flexibility
  • the display screen is not easily dented under the user's pressure, which is beneficial to improve the service life and reliability of the flexible display screen.
  • the first fixing frame includes a first arc-shaped arm, and the first arc-shaped arm is rotatably connected to the middle shell;
  • the second fixing frame includes a second arc-shaped arm, and the second arc-shaped arm is rotatably connected to the middle shell. That is to say, the first fixing frame is rotatably connected with the middle shell through the first arc-shaped arm, and the second fixing frame is rotatably connected with the middle casing through the second arc-shaped arm.
  • the movable end of the second swing arm is also rotatably connected to the first fixing frame, and the movable end of the second swing arm is also rotatably connected to the first fixing frame.
  • the first fixing frame includes a first fixing body, the first fixing body is provided with a first sliding groove, the second fixing frame includes a second fixing body, and the second fixing body is provided with a second sliding groove;
  • the folding mechanism is in the closed state, in the direction close to the middle shell, the extension direction of the second chute and the extension direction of the first chute are far away from each other;
  • the movable end of the first swing arm includes a first rotating shaft, and the first rotating shaft is installed on the a first chute, which can slide in the first chute, so that the movable end of the first swing arm is slidably connected to the first fixing frame;
  • the movable end of the second swing arm includes a second rotating shaft, and the second rotating shaft is installed on the second
  • the sliding groove is capable of sliding in the second sliding groove, so that the movable end of the second swing arm is slidably connected to the second fixing frame.
  • the extension direction of the second chute and the extension direction of the first chute are far away from each other, so when the folding mechanism is converted from the open state to the closed state, During the process, the movable end of the first swing arm and the movable end of the second swing arm are both close to the middle shell and away from each other, and the movable end of the first swing arm drives the first adapter block to be close to the end of the first support plate that is close to the middle shell (referred to as the movable end), and the movable end of the first support plate is driven away from the second support plate by the first adapter block, and the movable end of the second swing arm drives the second adapter block to slide close to the second support plate.
  • One end (referred to as the movable end), and the movable end of the second support plate is brought away from the first support plate through the second adapter block. Therefore, when the folding mechanism is relatively folded to the closed state, the distance between the rotating end of the first supporting plate and the rotating end of the second supporting plate is smaller than the distance between the movable end of the first supporting plate and the movable end of the second supporting plate.
  • the distance between the first support plate and the second support plate is V-shaped, and the support surface of the first support plate and the support surface of the second support plate are arranged opposite to each other and away from each other in the direction close to the middle shell.
  • the first rotating shaft can also rotate in the first chute, and the second rotating shaft can also rotate in the second chute, so that the movable end of the first swing arm is rotatably connected to the first fixing frame, The movable end of the second swing arm is rotatably connected to the second fixing frame.
  • the first support plate is also rotatably connected to the movable end of the first swing arm, and the second support plate is also rotatably connected to the movable end of the second swing arm. So that the first support plate is rotatably connected to the first swing arm, and the second support plate is rotated and connected to the second swing arm.
  • the folding mechanism further includes a first adapter block and a second adapter block; the first adapter block includes a rotating part and a sliding part, and the rotating part of the first adapter block is rotatably connected to the first swing arm.
  • the movable end of the first adapter block is slidably connected to the first support plate;
  • the second adapter block includes a rotating part and a sliding part, the rotating part of the second adapter block is rotatably connected to the movable end of the second swing arm, and the second adapter block includes a rotating part and a sliding part.
  • the sliding parts of the two adapter blocks are slidably connected to the second support plate.
  • the second support plate is slidably connected and rotatably connected to the movable end of the second swing arm.
  • the movable end of the first swing arm is claw-shaped, the movable end of the first swing arm includes a plurality of first claw teeth spaced apart from each other, the first rotating shaft includes two parts, and the first rotating shaft has two parts. The two parts are respectively located on both sides of the plurality of first claw teeth and are connected to different first claw teeth; the rotating part of the first adapter block is embedded between the plurality of first claw teeth, and the folding mechanism also includes a first adapter The first transfer shaft is inserted into the first rotating shaft, the plurality of first pawl teeth and the rotating part of the first transfer block.
  • the rotating part of the first adapter block is in the shape of a claw, and the rotating part of the first adapter block includes a plurality of third claw teeth spaced from each other, a plurality of third claw teeth and a plurality of first claw teeth.
  • a claw tooth is staggered.
  • the movable end of the first swing arm has a first rotation hole
  • the first rotation hole penetrates the first rotation shaft and the plurality of first claw teeth, and the rotation center of the first rotation hole and the rotation of the first rotation shaft. The centers are coincident, and the first transfer shaft is inserted into the first rotation hole.
  • the first support plate includes a first plate body and a first slide rail, a support surface of the first support plate is formed on the first plate body, the first plate body includes a fixed surface, and the fixed surface faces away from the first plate body.
  • a support surface of a support plate is provided, the first slide rail is fixed on the fixed surface, and the sliding part of the first adapter block is slidably connected to the first slide rail.
  • the first fixing body is further provided with a first installation groove
  • the first installation groove is connected with the first chute
  • the folding mechanism further includes a first stop piece
  • the first stop piece is installed on the first installation piece.
  • the first stop member includes a bracket and an elastic member
  • the bracket includes a control portion and a resisting portion
  • one end of the elastic member is mounted on the control portion of the bracket, and the other end abuts against the groove wall of the first installation slot.
  • the first fixed body includes a top surface, a bottom surface and a second side surface, the top surface and the bottom surface are arranged opposite to each other, the second side surface is located between the top surface and the bottom surface, the top surface faces the first support plate, and the second side surface is located between the top surface and the bottom surface.
  • the two side surfaces face the middle shell, and the top surface and the bottom surface approach each other in a direction close to the second side surface.
  • the extension direction of the first chute and the bottom surface are close to each other.
  • the folding mechanism further includes a plurality of synchronizing gears, each synchronizing gear is rotatably connected to the middle shell, two adjacent synchronizing gears are meshed with each other, and the rotating end of the first swing arm is meshed with a plurality of synchronizing gears.
  • the rotating end of the second swing arm is meshed with a plurality of synchronizing gears.
  • the arrangement of the multiple synchronizing gears keeps the movement of the first swing arm and the second swing arm synchronized, that is, approaching each other or moving away from each other synchronously, which improves the mechanism operation experience of the electronic device.
  • the rotating end of the first swing arm, the plurality of synchronizing gears and the rotating end of the second swing arm are arranged in an arc shape. That is, the rotation center of the rotation end of the first swing arm, the rotation centers of the plurality of synchronizing gears, and the rotation centers of the rotation end of the second swing arm are arranged in an arc shape.
  • the rotating end of the first swing arm, the plurality of synchronizing gears, and the rotating end of the second swing arm can make full use of the inner space of the middle shell, so that more inner space of the middle shell can be released to form a screen space. , which is used to accommodate part of the flexible display screen when the electronic device is closed, thereby helping to improve the compactness of the component arrangement of the electronic device and reduce the volume of the electronic device.
  • the present application also provides a folding mechanism, which can be applied to a housing device of an electronic device.
  • the electronic device may also include a flexible display screen mounted to the housing device.
  • the electronic equipment adopts a casing device to realize the inward folding of the screen, and the electronic equipment can be bent.
  • the folding mechanism includes a middle shell, a first fixing frame, a second fixing frame, a first supporting plate and a second supporting plate.
  • the first fixing frame is rotatably connected to the middle casing
  • the second fixing frame is rotatably connected to the middle casing.
  • the first support plate is slidably connected to the first fixing frame, and is rotatably connected to the middle shell;
  • the second support plate is slidably connected to the second fixing frame, and is rotatably connected to the middle shell.
  • the support surface of the first support plate is flush with the support surface of the second support plate, so that the flexible display screen is in a flattened state.
  • the folding mechanism is in the closed state, the supporting surface of the first supporting plate and the supporting surface of the second supporting plate are arranged opposite to each other and are away from each other in the direction close to the middle case, so that the flexible display screen is in a folded state, and the flexible display screen is bent.
  • the main motion mechanism of the folding mechanism of the shell device is the single-stage rotational connection between the first fixed frame and the second fixed frame and the middle shell, the number of parts is small, the matching relationship between the parts is simple, the degree of freedom of the mechanism is 1, and the dimension chain is short. The accumulated error is small, so the control precision of the main motion mechanism of the folding mechanism is high. Since the two ends of the first support plate are respectively connected to the first fixing frame and the middle shell, and the two ends of the second support plate are respectively connected to the second fixing frame and the middle shell, the movement track of the first support plate is affected by the first fixing frame and the middle shell.
  • the relative position of the shell is restricted, and the movement trajectory of the second support plate is restricted by the relative position of the second fixing frame and the middle shell, so that the first support plate and the second support plate are automatically avoided to form a screen-receiving space.
  • the folding action of the flexible display screen is stable and the extrusion force is small, which is conducive to reducing the risk of damage to the flexible display screen due to excessive extrusion of the folding mechanism, so that the reliability of the flexible display screen is high.
  • the flexible display screen when installed on the support surface of the first support plate and the support surface of the second support plate, it can present a flat shape, that is, the support surface of the first support plate is considered to be flush with the support surface of the second support plate .
  • the situation where the support surface of the first support plate is flush with the support surface of the second support plate may include but is not limited to the following scenarios: the support surface of the first support plate is flush with the support surface of the second support plate itself; Alternatively, an adhesive layer or a steel sheet is provided on the supporting surface of the first supporting plate, an adhesive layer or a steel sheet is provided on the supporting surface of the second supporting plate, and the height after the adhesive layer or steel sheet is provided on the two supporting surfaces Flush; or; a reinforcing plate is provided on the flexible display screen, and the heights of the two supporting surfaces after the reinforcing plates are stacked are the same.
  • the situation where the supporting surface of the first supporting plate is flush with the supporting surface of the second supporting plate includes: the supporting surface of the first supporting plate is a plane as a whole, the supporting surface of the second supporting plate is a plane as a whole, and the two are flush with each other
  • the support surface of the first support plate includes a plane area for supporting the flexible display screen
  • the support surface of the second support plate includes a plane area for supporting the flexible display screen
  • the plane areas of the two are flush with each other.
  • the main area of the supporting surface of the first supporting plate is a plane area for supporting, and the peripheral edge of the supporting surface of the first supporting plate may be provided with an inclined area for realizing rotation avoidance, which is not strictly limited in this application.
  • the main area of the supporting surface of the second supporting plate is a plane area for supporting, and the peripheral edge of the supporting surface of the second supporting plate may be provided with an inclined area for realizing rotation avoidance, which is not strictly limited in this application.
  • the middle shell has an inner space.
  • the first supporting plate covers part of the inner space
  • the second supporting plate covers part of the inner space; when the folding mechanism is in the closed state, the first supporting plate extends into the inner space, and the second supporting plate extends into the inner space space.
  • the folding mechanism when the folding mechanism is in the open state, the first supporting plate and the second supporting plate are close to each other, the distance between the supporting surface of the first supporting plate and the supporting surface of the second supporting plate is small, and the folding mechanism adopts
  • the two-plate structure can provide a relatively complete plane support for the bending portion of the flexible display screen in the open state.
  • the inner space of the middle case is located between the first support plate and the second support plate.
  • the space is released to form a part of the screen-capacity space, and the flexible display screen can partially extend into the inner space of the middle case, which improves the space utilization rate, makes the arrangement of components of the electronic device more compact, and is conducive to the miniaturization of the electronic device.
  • the folding mechanism when the folding mechanism is in an open state, the first support plate is spliced with the second support plate. At this time, the supporting surface of the first supporting plate and the supporting surface of the second supporting plate can be spliced to form a supporting surface in the bending area, and the folding mechanism of the housing device can fully support the flexible display screen through the supporting surface in the bending area in the open state
  • the bending part of the flexible display screen is not easy to cause problems such as depression under the user's pressure, which is beneficial to improve the service life and reliability of the flexible display screen.
  • the splicing of the first support plate and the second support plate may include but is not limited to the following scenarios: a part of the first support plate and a part of the second support plate are connected to each other, and there is no gap between the connection parts, the first support plate A gap or a gap may be formed between another part of the board and another part of the second support board; or, the first support board and the second support board are integrally connected to each other without a gap between them; or, a part of the first support board A part of the second support plate is close to each other, and there is a small gap between the parts close to each other, and a gap or a gap can be formed between another part of the first support plate and another part of the second support plate; or, the first support plate The whole is close to each other with the second support plate, and there is a small gap between the two.
  • the user presses the area of the flexible display screen corresponding to the gap, and the flexible There will be no obvious pits in the corresponding area of the display screen, and the support surface of the bending area can provide strong support for the flexible display screen.
  • the flexible display screen may be provided with a support plate or reinforcing plate that is bendable and has a certain structural strength on the side facing the housing device, and the support plate or reinforcing plate covers at least the first support plate and the second support plate. The gap or gap between the two support plates can improve the compression resistance of the flexible display screen.
  • the gaps on the first support plate and the second support plate may include avoidance gaps, which are used to prevent the first support plate and the second support plate from interfering with the middle shell or other structures during the relative rotation process. In order to achieve avoidance, thereby improving the movement reliability of the folding mechanism and the housing device.
  • the avoidance gap of the first support plate and the avoidance gap of the second support plate are merged, and the support surface of the bending area is a special-shaped surface.
  • the folding mechanism may further include a bendable steel sheet, and the bendable steel sheet may be located above the first support plate and the second support plate and cover the gap or gap between the first support plate and the second support plate, so as to
  • the flexible display provides a flatter and more complete support environment, improving the user's pressing experience.
  • the first fixing frame includes a first arc-shaped arm
  • the second fixing frame includes a second arc-shaped arm
  • the middle shell has a first arc-shaped groove and a second arc-shaped groove
  • the first arc-shaped arm is installed in the first arc-shaped groove
  • the second arc-shaped arm is installed in the second arc-shaped groove.
  • the first fixing frame and the middle shell are rotatably connected by a virtual shaft
  • the second fixing frame and the middle casing are rotatably connected by a virtual shaft, which is beneficial to reduce the design difficulty of the rotating connection structure.
  • the first support plate is also rotatably connected to the first fixing frame
  • the second support plate is also rotatably connected to the second fixing frame.
  • the first support plate includes a first plate body, a first movable part and a first rotating part, the supporting surface of the first support plate is formed on the first plate body, the first movable part and the first rotating part. It is fixed on the first plate body, the first movable part is slidably connected to the first fixing frame, and the first rotating part is rotatably connected to the middle shell.
  • the second support plate includes a second plate body, a second movable part and a second rotating part, the supporting surface of the second support plate is formed on the second plate body, and the second movable part and the second rotating part are fixed to the second plate body,
  • the second movable part is slidably connected to the second fixed frame, and the second rotating part is rotatably connected to the middle shell.
  • the first fixed frame drives the first movable part to move relative to the middle shell
  • the second fixed frame drives the second movable part to move relative to the middle shell
  • the first movable part and the second movable part approach each other
  • the first rotating part and the second rotating part are far away from each other, so that the first supporting plate and the second supporting plate are generally arranged in a V shape, the supporting surface of the first supporting plate and the supporting surface of the second supporting plate are arranged opposite to each other, and in the away from each other in the direction close to the middle shell.
  • a larger space is formed between the support surface of the first support plate and the support surface of the second support plate.
  • the first plate body has a fixed surface and a first avoidance notch
  • the fixed surface of the first plate body is arranged away from the support surface of the first support plate
  • the first rotating part is an arc-shaped arm
  • the first rotating part is an arc-shaped arm.
  • One end of the part is fixed on the fixing surface of the first plate body, and the other end is located in the first avoidance notch.
  • the first avoidance notch is not only used to accommodate part of the first rotating part, but also can be used to avoid other structures.
  • the second plate body has a fixed surface and a second avoidance notch, the fixed surface of the second plate body is arranged away from the support surface of the second support plate, the second rotating part is an arc-shaped arm, and one end of the second rotating part is fixed to the second The other end of the fixing surface of the plate body is located in the second avoidance gap.
  • the second avoidance notch is not only used to accommodate part of the second rotating part, but also can be used to avoid other structures.
  • the middle shell has a third arc-shaped groove and a fourth arc-shaped groove, the first rotating part is installed in the third arc-shaped groove, and the second rotating part is installed in the fourth arc-shaped groove.
  • the first movable part is also rotatably connected to the first fixing frame
  • the second movable part is also rotatably connected to the second fixing frame.
  • the first fixed frame has a first chute
  • the first movable portion includes a rotating shaft
  • the rotating shaft of the first movable portion is mounted on the first chute and can slide in the first chute.
  • the second fixed frame has a second chute
  • the second movable part includes a rotating shaft
  • the rotating shaft of the second movable part is mounted on the second chute and can slide in the second chute.
  • the folding mechanism when the folding mechanism is in a closed state, in a direction close to the middle case, the extending direction of the first sliding groove and the extending direction of the second sliding groove are away from each other. At this time, the relative positional relationship between the first chute and the second chute is beneficial to reduce the design difficulty of the folding mechanism and improve the practicability.
  • the rotating shaft of the first movable part can also rotate in the first chute, and the rotating shaft of the second movable part can also rotate in the second chute.
  • the folding mechanism further includes a third fixing frame, a fourth fixing frame, a first swing arm, a second swing arm and a plurality of synchronizing gears.
  • the first swing arm includes a movable end and a rotating end, the movable end of the first swing arm is slidably connected to the third fixing frame, and the rotating end of the first swing arm is rotatably connected to the middle shell.
  • the second swing arm includes a movable end and a rotating end, the movable end of the second swing arm is slidably connected to the fourth fixing frame, and the rotating end of the second swing arm is rotatably connected to the middle shell.
  • Each synchronizing gear is rotatably connected to the middle casing, two adjacent synchronizing gears mesh with each other, and the rotating end of the first swing arm meshes with the rotating end of the second swing arm through a plurality of synchronizing gears.
  • the plurality of synchronizing gears are used to connect the first swing arm and the second swing arm to the housing device. During the movement process, they maintain synchronous rotation, that is, they approach or move away from each other synchronously.
  • the movable end of the first swing arm is also rotatably connected to the third fixing frame
  • the movable end of the second swing arm is also rotatably connected to the fourth fixing frame.
  • the movable end of the first swing arm includes a rotating shaft
  • the third fixed frame is provided with a third chute
  • the rotating shaft of the movable end of the first swing arm is installed in the third chute and can be inserted into the third chute.
  • the movable end of the second swing arm includes a rotating shaft
  • the fourth fixing frame is provided with a fourth chute
  • the rotating shaft of the movable end of the second swing arm is installed in the fourth chute and can slide in the fourth chute.
  • the rotating shaft of the movable end of the first swing arm can also rotate in the third chute
  • the rotating shaft of the movable end of the second swing arm can also rotate in the fourth chute.
  • the rotating end of the first swing arm, the plurality of synchronizing gears, and the rotating end of the second swing arm are arranged in an arc shape, so that the inner space of the middle shell can be fully utilized, so that the inner space of the middle shell can be fully utilized. More space is released to form a screen-accommodating space for accommodating part of the flexible display screen when the electronic device is closed, thereby helping to improve the compactness of the component arrangement of the electronic device and reduce the volume of the electronic device.
  • the folding mechanism further includes a first latching member and an elastic member, the first latching member and the elastic member are mounted on the middle shell, the first latching member is located between the elastic member and the synchronizing gear, and the elastic In the compressed state, the elastic force generated by the elastic member pushes the first locking member against the synchronous gear.
  • the folding mechanism When the folding mechanism is in an open state, the first clamping member and the synchronizing gear form a first clamping structure, and when the folding mechanism is in a closed state, the first clamping member and the synchronizing gear form a second clamping structure.
  • the first clamping structure and the second clamping structure can make the synchronizing gear stay at a certain position relative to the first clamping member, even if the first swing arm and the second swing arm maintain a certain position relative to the middle shell
  • the relative positional relationship enables the first casing and the second casing to better maintain an open state or a closed state, thereby improving the user experience.
  • the synchronizing assembly makes the first clamping member press the synchronizing gear, and the relative positional relationship between the first clamping structure and the second clamping structure is maintained between the first clamping member and the synchronizing gear, and the synchronization
  • the assembly has motion resistance that prevents the relative positional relationship from changing. Therefore, the first clamping structure and the second clamping structure can provide a certain resistance during the process of unfolding the electronic device to enter the open state and during the process of folding to release the open state, so that the user can experience better mechanism operation. feel.
  • the folding mechanism further includes a first adapter shaft, a second adapter shaft, a third adapter shaft, a second clamping member and a fixing plate mounted on the middle shell.
  • the second clamping member is located at the synchronous position.
  • the gear is located on the side away from the first clamping member, the fixing plate is located at the side of the elastic member away from the first clamping member, and the elastic member includes a plurality of springs.
  • the first adapter shaft is inserted into the second clamping member, the rotating end of the first swing arm, the first clamping member, one of the springs and the fixing plate
  • the third adapter shaft is inserted into the second clamping member, the synchronizing gear
  • the first clamping piece, the other spring and the fixing plate, and the second transfer shaft is inserted into the second clamping piece, the rotating end of the second swing arm, the first clamping piece, the other spring and the fixing plate.
  • the first locking member includes a plurality of first bump groups, each first bump group includes a plurality of first bumps, the plurality of first bumps are arranged in a ring shape and are spaced apart from each other, and the second locking member It includes a plurality of second bump groups, each second bump group includes a plurality of second bumps, and the plurality of second bumps are arranged in a ring shape and are spaced apart from each other;
  • the rotating end of the first swing arm, the synchronizing gear and the rotating ends of the second swing arm both include a plurality of first protrusions and a plurality of second protrusions arranged opposite to each other, the plurality of first protrusions are arranged in a ring shape and are spaced apart from each other, and the plurality of second protrusions are arranged in a row.
  • the cloth is looped and spaced from each other.
  • a plurality of first protrusions of the first swing arm and a plurality of first protrusions of one of the first protrusion groups are alternately arranged to form a clamping structure, and a plurality of second protrusions of the first swing arm and one of the second protrusions
  • the plurality of second bumps of the convex block group are staggered to form a clamping structure
  • the plurality of first protrusions of the synchronizing gear and the plurality of first protrusions of another first convex group are staggered to form a clamping structure
  • a plurality of second protrusions of the synchronizing gear and a plurality of second protrusions of another second protrusion group are alternately arranged to form a clamping structure
  • the plurality of first bumps of the group are staggered to form a clamping structure
  • the rotating end of the first swing arm, the rotating end of the second swing arm and the synchronizing gear are all clamped to the first and second clamping members to form a clamping structure, so that the first swing arm and the The second swing arm can stay in certain positions.
  • the elastic member is in a compressed state, and the elastic force generated by the elastic member pushes the first locking member against the synchronous gear.
  • the first locking member cooperates with the second locking member to press the rotating end of the first swing arm, the synchronization gear and the rotating end of the second swing arm, so that the rotating end of the first swing arm, the synchronization gear and the second swing arm
  • the clamping structure between the rotating end of the swing arm and the first clamping part and the second clamping part is stable.
  • the rotating end of the first swing arm, the rotating end of the second swing arm, and the synchronizing gear rotate relative to the first and second locking members, the plurality of first protrusions and the plurality of first protrusions are opposite to each other.
  • different clamping structures can be formed, and the relative positions of the plurality of second protrusions and the plurality of second bumps are changed, and different clamping structures can be formed.
  • the present application further provides a casing device, comprising a first casing, a second casing and any one of the above-mentioned folding mechanisms, the folding mechanism connects the first casing and the second casing, and the folding mechanism is used for The first casing and the second casing can be relatively folded or relatively unfolded.
  • the folding mechanism of the casing device automatically avoids to form a screen-accommodating space, and the screen-accommodating space is used for accommodating the flexible display screen, and the folding action of the casing device for the flexible display screen is stable and stable.
  • the smaller squeezing force is beneficial to reduce the risk of damage to the flexible display screen due to excessive squeezing of the folding mechanism, so that the reliability of the flexible display screen is high.
  • the present application further provides an electronic device, comprising a flexible display screen, a first casing, a second casing, and any of the above-mentioned folding mechanisms, wherein the folding mechanism connects the first casing and the second casing, and the folding mechanism
  • the mechanism is used to enable the first casing and the second casing to be relatively folded or relatively unfolded.
  • the flexible display screen includes a first non-bending part, a bending part and a second non-bending part arranged in sequence, the first non-bending part is fixedly connected to the first casing, and the second non-bending part is fixedly connected to the second casing , during the relative folding or relative unfolding of the first casing and the second casing, the bending portion is deformed.
  • the folding mechanism of the casing device automatically avoids to form a screen-accommodating space, and the screen-accommodating space is used for accommodating the flexible display screen, and the folding action of the casing device for the flexible display screen is stable and stable.
  • the smaller squeezing force is beneficial to reduce the risk of damage to the flexible display screen due to excessive squeezing of the folding mechanism, so that the reliability of the flexible display screen is higher and the service life of the electronic device is longer.
  • the side of the first casing close to the folding mechanism is provided with a first fixing groove
  • the first fixing frame is installed in the first fixing groove
  • the side of the second casing close to the folding mechanism is provided with a second fixing groove.
  • slot the second fixing frame is installed in the second fixing slot.
  • the mid-shell includes an exterior face.
  • the first casing and the second casing cover the appearance surface.
  • the appearance surface is exposed relative to the first casing and the second casing.
  • the middle casing can be shielded from the back side of the casing device, and at this time, the first casing and the second casing can also be removed from the casing.
  • the back side of the device shields other components of the folding mechanism, so that the housing device realizes self-shielding on the back side, so as to protect the folding mechanism, and the appearance of the housing device and the electronic equipment is complete, the appearance experience is better, and the waterproof and dustproof performance is better. it is good.
  • the appearance surface includes a first curved surface portion, a flat surface portion, and a second curved surface portion, and the first curved surface portion and the second curved surface portion are respectively connected to both sides of the flat surface portion; or, the appearance surface is: Arc.
  • the appearance surface forms an arc surface or a shape similar to an arc surface, which helps to improve the appearance experience and the holding experience of the electronic device when the electronic device is in a closed state.
  • the middle part of the appearance surface is a flat part, so that the thickness of the outer cover is small, the overall thickness of the casing device in the open state is small, and the overall width in the closed state is small, which is conducive to the miniaturization and Lightweight.
  • the appearance surface may also be a curved surface or other smooth surface.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application when it is in an open state in some embodiments;
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of the electronic device shown in FIG. 1 when it is in a closed state;
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a partially exploded structure of the electronic device shown in FIG. 1;
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a partially exploded structure of the housing device shown in FIG. 3;
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of the housing device shown in FIG. 4 at another angle
  • Fig. 6 is the enlarged schematic diagram of the structure at place A of the electronic device shown in Fig. 2;
  • Fig. 7 is the partial exploded structure schematic diagram of the folding mechanism shown in Fig. 3;
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of the folding mechanism shown in FIG. 7 at another angle
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of the first fixing frame and the second fixing frame shown in FIG. 7;
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of the first fixing frame and the second fixing frame shown in FIG. 9 at another angle;
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of the first fixing frame shown in FIG. 9 cut along B-B;
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of the connection between the first housing shown in FIG. 3 and the first fixing frame;
  • Fig. 13 is the exploded structure schematic diagram of the middle case shown in Fig. 7;
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of the first swing arm, the second swing arm and the synchronization assembly shown in FIG. 7;
  • Figure 15 is an exploded schematic view of the structure shown in Figure 14;
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of the structure shown in FIG. 15 at another angle
  • Fig. 17 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the folding mechanism shown in Fig. 4;
  • Fig. 18 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the folding mechanism shown in Fig. 4;
  • Fig. 19 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the folding mechanism shown in Fig. 5;
  • Figure 20 is a schematic structural diagram of the electronic device shown in Figure 1 cut along C-C;
  • Fig. 21 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the structure shown in Fig. 20;
  • Figure 22 is a schematic structural diagram of the structure shown in Figure 20 in another state of use
  • Figure 23 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the structure shown in Figure 22;
  • Fig. 24 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the structure shown in Fig. 19;
  • Figure 25 is a schematic structural diagram of the first stop member shown in Figure 7;
  • Fig. 26 is the exploded structure schematic diagram of the first stop member shown in Fig. 25;
  • Figure 27 is a schematic structural diagram of the first support plate and the second support plate shown in Figure 7;
  • Fig. 28 is a partial structural schematic view of the folding mechanism shown in Fig. 4;
  • Figure 29 is a schematic structural diagram of the structure shown in Figure 28 cut along D-D;
  • Figure 30 is a schematic structural diagram of the structure shown in Figure 29 in another state of use
  • Figure 31 is a schematic structural diagram of the structure shown in Figure 30 cut along the E-E;
  • FIG. 32 is a schematic structural diagram of the section along F-F of the electronic device shown in FIG. 1;
  • Figure 33 is a schematic structural diagram of the structure shown in Figure 32 in another use state
  • Figure 34 is a schematic structural diagram of the section along G-G of the electronic device shown in Figure 1;
  • Figure 35 is a schematic structural diagram of the structure shown in Figure 34 in another state of use;
  • FIG. 36 is a schematic structural diagram of the electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application when it is in an open state in other embodiments;
  • Figure 37 is a schematic structural diagram of the electronic device shown in Figure 36 when it is in a closed state
  • Fig. 38 is a partial exploded schematic view of the housing device of the electronic device shown in Fig. 36;
  • 39 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application when it is in an open state in some embodiments;
  • Figure 40 is a schematic structural diagram of the electronic device shown in Figure 39 when it is in a closed state
  • Figure 41 is a schematic diagram of a partially exploded structure of the electronic device shown in Figure 39;
  • Figure 42 is a schematic diagram of a partially exploded structure of the housing device shown in Figure 41;
  • Figure 43 is a schematic structural diagram of the housing device shown in Figure 42 at another angle;
  • Figure 44 is an enlarged schematic view of the structure at A of the electronic device shown in Figure 40;
  • Figure 45 is a schematic diagram of a partially exploded structure of the folding mechanism shown in Figure 41;
  • Figure 46 is a schematic structural diagram of the folding mechanism shown in Figure 45 at another angle
  • Figure 47 is a schematic structural diagram of the first fixing frame and the second fixing frame shown in Figure 45;
  • Fig. 48 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the first fixing frame and the second fixing frame shown in Fig. 47;
  • Figure 49 is a schematic structural diagram of the first fixing frame and the second fixing frame shown in Figure 47 at another angle;
  • Fig. 50 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the first fixing frame shown in Fig. 47;
  • Figure 51 is a schematic structural diagram of the connection between the first housing and the first fixing frame shown in Figure 41;
  • Figure 52 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a part of the structure of the structure shown in Figure 51 taken along B-B;
  • Figure 53 is a schematic diagram of the exploded structure of the middle case shown in Figure 45;
  • Figure 54 is a schematic structural diagram of the middle case shown in Figure 53 from another viewing angle;
  • Fig. 55 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the middle case shown in Fig. 45;
  • Figure 56 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the middle case shown in Figure 55 taken along C-C;
  • Figure 57 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the middle case shown in Figure 55 taken along D-D;
  • Figure 58 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the middle case shown in Figure 55 taken along E-E;
  • Fig. 59 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the folding mechanism shown in Fig. 42;
  • Figure 60 is a schematic structural diagram of the structure shown in Figure 59 cut along F1-F1;
  • Figure 61 is a schematic structural diagram of the structure shown in Figure 60 in another state of use;
  • Figure 62 is a schematic structural diagram of the structure shown in Figure 59 cut along F2-F2;
  • Figure 63 is a schematic structural diagram of the structure shown in Figure 62 in another state of use;
  • FIG. 64 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the electronic device shown in FIG. 39 along the section at G1-G1;
  • FIG. 65 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the electronic device shown in FIG. 39 taken along H1-H1;
  • FIG. 66 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the electronic device shown in FIG. 40 along the section at G2-G2;
  • Figure 67 is a schematic cross-sectional structural diagram of the electronic device shown in Figure 40 taken along H2-H2;
  • Fig. 68 is a schematic diagram of the matching structure of the first swing arm, the second swing arm and the synchronization assembly shown in Fig. 45;
  • Figure 69 is an exploded schematic view of the structure shown in Figure 68;
  • Fig. 70 is another partial structural schematic diagram of the folding mechanism shown in Fig. 42;
  • Fig. 71 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the structure shown in Fig. 70;
  • FIG. 72 is a schematic structural diagram of the structure shown in FIG. 70 taken along the section I-I;
  • Figure 73 is a schematic structural diagram of the structure shown in Figure 72 in another state of use;
  • Figure 74 is a schematic structural diagram of a part of the folding mechanism shown in Figure 43;
  • Figure 75 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the structure shown in Figure 74 taken along J-J;
  • Figure 76 is a schematic structural diagram of the first stop member shown in Figure 45;
  • Fig. 77 is a schematic diagram of the exploded structure of the first stop member shown in Fig. 76;
  • Figure 78 is a schematic structural diagram of the first support plate and the second support plate shown in Figure 45;
  • Figure 79 is a schematic structural diagram of the first support plate and the second support plate shown in Figure 78 at another angle;
  • Figure 80 is an enlarged schematic view of the structure at K of the folding mechanism shown in Figure 42;
  • Figure 81 is a schematic structural diagram of the first adapter block and the second adapter block shown in Figure 45;
  • Fig. 82 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the folding mechanism shown in Fig. 43;
  • Figure 83 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the structure shown in Figure 82;
  • FIG. 84 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the electronic device shown in FIG. 39 along the section at L1-L1;
  • Figure 85 is a schematic structural diagram of a part of the structure shown in Figure 84 at another angle;
  • FIG. 86 is a schematic cross-sectional structural diagram of the electronic device shown in FIG. 40 taken along L2-L2;
  • Figure 87 is a schematic structural diagram of a part of the structure shown in Figure 86 at another angle;
  • FIG. 88 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the electronic device shown in FIG. 39 along the section at M1-M1;
  • Figure 89 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the electronic device shown in Figure 40 taken along M2-M2;
  • FIG. 90 is a schematic structural diagram of the electronic device provided by the embodiments of the present application when it is in an open state in other embodiments;
  • FIG. 91 is a schematic structural diagram of the electronic device shown in FIG. 90 when it is in a closed state;
  • Fig. 92 is a partial exploded schematic view of the housing device of the electronic device shown in Fig. 90;
  • FIG. 93 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application when it is in an open state in some embodiments;
  • Figure 94 is a schematic structural diagram of the electronic device shown in Figure 93 when it is in a closed state
  • Figure 95 is a schematic diagram of a partially exploded structure of the electronic device shown in Figure 93;
  • Figure 96 is a schematic diagram of a partially exploded structure of the housing device shown in Figure 95;
  • Figure 97 is a schematic structural diagram of the housing device shown in Figure 96 at another angle;
  • Figure 98 is an enlarged schematic view of the structure at A of the housing device shown in Figure 95;
  • Figure 99 is an enlarged schematic view of the structure at B of the electronic device shown in Figure 94;
  • Figure 100 is a schematic diagram of a partially exploded structure of the folding mechanism shown in Figure 95;
  • Figure 101 is a schematic structural diagram of the folding mechanism shown in Figure 100 at another angle;
  • Figure 102 is a schematic structural diagram of the first fixing frame and the second fixing frame shown in Figure 100;
  • Figure 103 is a schematic structural diagram of the third fixing frame and the fourth fixing frame shown in Figure 100;
  • Figure 104 is a schematic diagram of part of the folding mechanism shown in Figure 95;
  • Figure 105 is a schematic structural diagram of the middle case shown in Figure 100;
  • Figure 106 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the middle case shown in Figure 105 taken along C-C;
  • Figure 107 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the middle case shown in Figure 105 taken along D-D;
  • Figure 108 is a schematic diagram of a partially exploded structure of the middle case shown in Figure 105;
  • Figure 109 is a schematic structural diagram of the structure shown in Figure 108 at another angle;
  • Figure 110 is a schematic structural diagram of the middle casing shown in Figure 105 cut along E-E;
  • Fig. 111 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the folding mechanism shown in Fig. 96;
  • Figure 112 is a schematic structural diagram of the structure shown in Figure 111 cut along F-F;
  • Figure 113 is a schematic view of the structure when the structure shown in Figure 112 is in a closed state
  • FIG. 114 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the electronic device shown in FIG. 93 along the section at H-H;
  • Figure 115 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the electronic device shown in Figure 94 taken along the section I-I;
  • Figure 116 is a schematic structural diagram of the first support plate and the second support plate shown in Figure 100;
  • Figure 117 is a schematic structural diagram of the first support plate and the second support plate shown in Figure 116 at another angle;
  • Fig. 118 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the folding mechanism shown in Fig. 96;
  • Figure 119 is a schematic structural diagram of the structure shown in Figure 118 cut along G-G;
  • Figure 120 is a schematic structural diagram of the structure shown in Figure 119 in another state of use;
  • Figure 121 is a schematic structural diagram of the structure shown in Figure 118 cut along H-H;
  • FIG. 122 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the electronic device shown in FIG. 93 along the section at J-J;
  • Figure 123 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the electronic device shown in Figure 94 taken along K-K;
  • Figure 124 is a schematic structural diagram of the structure shown in Figure 118 taken along the section I-I;
  • Figure 125 is a schematic view of the structure when the structure shown in Figure 124 is in a closed state
  • FIG. 126 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the electronic device shown in FIG. 93 along the section at N-N;
  • Figure 127 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the electronic device shown in Figure 94 taken along O-O;
  • Figure 128 is a schematic structural diagram of the first swing arm, the second swing arm and the synchronization assembly shown in Figure 100;
  • Figure 129 is an exploded schematic view of the structure shown in Figure 128;
  • Figure 130 is a schematic structural diagram of the structure shown in Figure 129 at another angle;
  • Figure 131 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the folding mechanism shown in Figure 96;
  • Figure 132 is another partial structural schematic diagram of the folding mechanism shown in Figure 96;
  • Figure 133 is another partial structural schematic diagram of the folding mechanism shown in Figure 96;
  • Figure 134 is a schematic structural diagram of the structure shown in Figure 131 cut along G-G;
  • Figure 135 is a schematic structural diagram of the structure shown in Figure 134 in a closed state
  • FIG. 136 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the electronic device shown in FIG. 93 along the section at L-L;
  • Figure 137 is a schematic cross-sectional structural diagram of the electronic device shown in Figure 94 taken along M-M;
  • FIG. 138 is a schematic structural diagram of the electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application when it is in an open state in other embodiments;
  • Figure 139 is a schematic structural diagram of the electronic device shown in Figure 138 when it is in a closed state;
  • FIG. 140 is a partially exploded schematic view of the housing device of the electronic device shown in FIG. 138 .
  • connection may be detachable connection, or It is a non-removable connection; it can be a direct connection or an indirect connection through an intermediate medium.
  • fixed connection refers to connection with each other and the relative positional relationship after connection remains unchanged.
  • Rotationally connected means connected to each other and capable of relative rotation after connection.
  • Slideingly connected means connected to each other and capable of sliding relative to each other after connection.
  • orientation terminology is for better and clearer description and understanding of the embodiments of the present application, rather than indicating or implying that the device or element referred to must have a specific orientation, be constructed and operated in a specific orientation, and therefore should not be construed as a Limitations of application examples.
  • “Plurality” means at least two.
  • “And/or” is an association relationship that describes an associated object, which means that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean that A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. .
  • the present application provides an electronic device.
  • the electronic device may be a foldable electronic product such as a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, a wearable device, etc.
  • the embodiments of the present application are described by taking the electronic device being a mobile phone as an example.
  • the electronic device includes a flexible display screen and a housing device, and the housing device is used to carry the flexible display screen.
  • the housing device can drive the flexible display screen to fold or unfold.
  • the electronic device may be a two-fold foldable structure.
  • the casing device includes a first casing, a second casing and a folding mechanism, and the folding structure connects the first casing and the second casing, so that the first casing and the second casing can be relatively folded or relatively unfolded.
  • the electronic device, the housing device, and the folding mechanism have an open state and a closed state, respectively.
  • the folding mechanism includes a middle shell, a first support plate, a second support plate, a first fixing frame, a second fixing frame and a connecting assembly.
  • the first fixing frame is used for fixing to the first casing
  • the second fixing frame is used for Fixed to the second shell
  • the middle shell is connected between the first fixing frame and the second fixing frame through the connecting assembly
  • the first supporting plate is connected to the first fixing frame and/or the middle casing
  • the second supporting plate is connected to the second fixing frame and/or mid-shell.
  • the first support plate and the second support plate are used to support the bending portion of the flexible display screen.
  • the folding mechanism When the folding mechanism is in an open state, the first support plate and the second support plate are flattened, so as to flatten the bent portion of the flexible display screen.
  • the folding mechanism When the folding mechanism is in the closed state, the first support plate and the second support plate are far away from each other in the direction close to the middle case, and the two together present a "V"-shaped opening shape, so as to form a water drop-shaped screen together with the middle case. space, so that the bending part of the flexible display screen can be accommodated in the screen-accommodating space and is in the shape of a water drop.
  • the first support plate and the second support plate when the folding mechanism is in an open state, can be spliced to support the flexible display screen through a two-plate structure.
  • the first support plate and the second support plate When the folding mechanism is in the closed state, the first support plate and the second support plate partially extend into the inner space of the middle shell, so that part of the inner space of the middle shell can form a part of the screen-receiving space and improve the space utilization rate of the folding mechanism.
  • connection structures are formed between the first support plate and the first fixing frame and/or the middle case, and two connection structures are formed between the second support plate and the second fixing frame and/or the middle case, so that the first
  • the movement trajectories of the support plate and the second support plate are determined during the folding process of the folding mechanism, so as to automatically avoid the formation of a screen containing space, and can reasonably control the pressing action of the folding mechanism on the flexible screen, so that the folding mechanism and the casing device
  • the folding action of the flexible display screen is stable and the extrusion force is small, which is beneficial to reduce the risk of damage to the flexible display screen due to excessive extrusion of the folding mechanism, so that the reliability of the flexible display screen is high.
  • an avoidance gap is formed between the top surface of the first fixing frame facing the first supporting plate and the first supporting plate, and the second fixing frame facing the top surface of the second supporting plate and the space between the second supporting plate Avoidance gaps are formed between them.
  • the first support plate is close to the top surface of the first fixing frame, and the avoidance gap is reduced or eliminated
  • the second support plate is close to the top surface of the second fixed frame, the avoidance gap is reduced or eliminated, and the first support plate is closed.
  • the plate and the second support plate are spaced apart from each other in a direction close to the middle shell, and together they exhibit a "V"-shaped flared shape.
  • the folding mechanism may further include one or more synchronizing components for keeping the first fixing frame and the second fixing frame synchronously rotating relative to the middle case, so as to improve the operation experience of the synchronous rotation of the casing device and the electronic device.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of the electronic device 100 provided by the embodiments of the present application when it is in an open state in some embodiments
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the electronic device 100 shown in FIG. Schematic diagram of the structure in the closed state.
  • the electronic device 100 includes a housing device 1 and a flexible display screen 2 , and the flexible display screen 2 is mounted on the housing device 1 .
  • the flexible display screen 2 is used to display images
  • the housing device 1 is used to drive the flexible display screen 2 to move.
  • the casing device 1 includes a first casing 11 , a folding mechanism 12 and a second casing 13 connected in sequence.
  • the folding mechanism 12 can be deformed to allow the first housing 11 and the second housing 13 to be folded or unfolded relative to each other, and the folding mechanism 12 is used to enable the first housing 13 and the second housing 11 to be folded or unfolded relative to each other. That is, the folding mechanism 12 can be deformed, so that the first casing 13 and the second casing 11 are relatively folded or relatively unfolded.
  • the first casing 11 and the second casing 13 can be relatively unfolded to an open state, so that the folding mechanism 12 , the casing device 1 and the electronic device 100 are all in an open state.
  • the flexible display screen 2 is unfolded with the housing device 1 and is in a flattened state.
  • the included angle between the first housing 11 and the second housing 13 may be approximately 180°.
  • the angle between the two may also have a slight deviation relative to 180°, such as 165°, 177°, or 185°.
  • the first casing 11 and the second casing 13 can be folded relatively to a closed state, so that the folding mechanism 12 , the casing device 1 and the electronic device 100 are all in a closed state.
  • the flexible display screen 2 is folded with the casing device 1 and is in a folded state.
  • the flexible display screen 2 is located inside the casing device 1 and is wrapped by the casing device 1 .
  • the first casing 11 and the second casing 13 can also be relatively unfolded or folded to an intermediate state, so that the folding mechanism 12, the casing device 1 and the electronic device 100 are all in an intermediate state, and the intermediate state can be an open state and a closed state. Any state between states.
  • the flexible display screen 2 moves with the housing device 1 .
  • the flexible display screen 2 can be unfolded and folded with the housing device 1 .
  • the flexible display screen 2 is in a flattened state, and the flexible display screen 2 can be displayed in full screen, so that the electronic device 100 has a larger display area to improve the user's viewing experience and operating experience.
  • the plane size of the electronic device 100 is small (with a small width dimension), which is convenient for the user to carry and store.
  • the first housing 11 when the housing device 1 is in an open state, the first housing 11 can be spliced with the second housing 13 .
  • the splicing of the first casing 11 and the second casing 13 includes the situation that the two abut against each other, and may also include the situation that there is a small gap between the two.
  • the stop of the unfolding action of the housing device 1 can be realized, so as to prevent the housing device 1 from being over-folded during unfolding, thereby reducing the flexible display
  • the force of the screen 2 is improved, and the reliability of the flexible display screen 2 and the electronic device 100 is improved.
  • the first casing 11 and the second casing 13 can be completely closed, and there is no large gap between the first casing 11 and the second casing 13 .
  • the appearance experience of the casing device 1 and the electronic device 100 is better, and the performance of waterproof, dustproof and foreign matter prevention is better.
  • the case where the first casing 11 and the second casing 13 are completely closed includes the case where the two abut against each other, and may also include the case where there is a small gap between the two.
  • the electronic device 100 may further include a plurality of modules (not shown in the figure), and the plurality of modules may be accommodated in the casing device 1 .
  • the multiple modules of the electronic device 100 may include, but are not limited to, a motherboard, a processor, a memory, a battery, a camera module, an earpiece module, a speaker module, a microphone module, an antenna module, a sensor module, etc. The example does not specifically limit the number, type, location, etc. of the modules of the electronic device 100 .
  • the location of the earpiece module of the electronic device 100 can be defined as the upper side of the electronic device 100, and the location of the microphone module of the electronic device 100 can be defined as the lower side of the electronic device 100.
  • the two sides of the 100 held by the left and right hands of the user may be defined as the left and right sides of the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 can be folded in half. In some other embodiments, the electronic device 100 can be folded up and down.
  • the flexible display screen 2 includes a first non-bending part 21 , a bending part 22 and a second non-bending part 23 arranged in sequence.
  • the first non-bending part 21 is fixedly connected to the first casing 11
  • the second non-bending part 23 is fixedly connected to the second casing 13 .
  • the bending portion 22 is deformed.
  • the first casing 11 drives the first non-bending part 21 to move
  • the second casing 13 drives the second non-bending part 23 to move.
  • the first non-bending portion 21 and the second non-bending portion 23 are folded or unfolded relative to each other.
  • the flexible display screen 2 may be an organic light-emitting diode (organic light-emitting diode, OLED) display screen, an active-matrix organic light-emitting diode or an active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light-emitting diode).
  • diode, AMOLED) display mini organic light-emitting diode (mini organic light-emitting diode) display, micro light-emitting diode (micro light-emitting diode) display, micro organic light-emitting diode (micro organic light-emitting diode) display, or Quantum dot light emitting diode (QLED) display.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a partially exploded structure of the electronic device 100 shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the first casing 11 includes a supporting surface 111 for supporting the flexible display screen 2
  • the second casing 13 includes a supporting surface 131 for supporting the flexible display screen 2
  • the first non-bending portion 21 of the flexible display screen 2 may be fixedly connected to the supporting surface 111 of the first casing 11 .
  • the first non-bending portion 21 may be bonded to the supporting surface 111 of the first casing 11 through an adhesive layer.
  • the second non-bending portion 23 is fixedly connected to the supporting surface 131 of the second casing 13 .
  • the first non-bending portion 21 may be bonded to the supporting surface 131 of the second casing 13 through an adhesive layer.
  • the first non-bending portion 21 is fixedly connected to the first casing 11 and the second non-bending portion 23 is fixedly connected to the second casing 13 , the first casing 11 is opposite to the second casing 13
  • the relative folding and unfolding actions between the first non-bending part 21 and the second non-bending part 23 can be accurately controlled, so that the deformation process and movement shape of the flexible display screen 2 are controllable and reliable. higher.
  • the first housing 11 may include a main body part and a sliding part, the main body part is connected to the folding mechanism 12 , the sliding part is slidably connected to the main body part, the sliding part can slide a little relative to the main body part, the first housing 11
  • the supporting surface 111 is formed on the sliding part.
  • the second casing 13 may include a main body part and a sliding part, the main body part is connected with the folding mechanism 12 , the sliding part is slidably connected to the main body part, the sliding part can slide a little relative to the main body part, the supporting surface 131 of the second casing 13 is formed on the sliding part part.
  • the first non-bending part 21 and the second non-bending part 23 of the flexible display screen 2 can slide slightly relative to the main body part through the sliding parts in the first casing 11 and the second casing 13, so as to In the process of relative folding or relative unfolding of the first casing 11 and the second casing 13, fine adjustment of the positions is achieved, so as to better convert between the flattened and folded forms, and reduce the probability of damage to the flexible display screen 2.
  • the reliability of the flexible display screen 2 is improved.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a partially exploded structure of the housing device 1 shown in FIG. 3
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of the housing device 1 shown in FIG. 4 from another angle. The viewing angle of the housing device 1 shown in FIG. 5 is turned left and right relative to the viewing angle of the housing device 1 shown in FIG. 4 .
  • the folding mechanism 12 includes a middle shell 121 , a first fixing frame 122 , a second fixing frame 123 , a first supporting plate 124 and a second supporting plate 125 .
  • the first fixing frame 122 is used for fixedly connecting the first casing 11 .
  • a first fixing groove 112 is provided on a side of the first casing 11 close to the folding mechanism 12 , and the first fixing frame 122 is installed in the first fixing groove 112 to be fixedly connected to the first casing 11 .
  • the first fixing frame 122 can be installed in the first fixing groove 112 by means of fasteners, welding, bonding, snap connection, etc., so that the first fixing frame 112 is fixed to the first housing 11 .
  • the second fixing frame 123 is used for fixedly connecting the second casing 13 .
  • a second fixing groove 132 is provided on one side of the second casing 13 close to the folding mechanism 12 , and the second fixing frame 123 is installed in the second fixing groove 132 to be fixedly connected to the second casing 13 .
  • the second fixing frame 123 can be installed in the second fixing groove 132 by means of fasteners, welding, bonding, snap connection, etc., so as to realize the fixing of the second fixing frame 123 to the second casing 13 .
  • the middle case 121 is connected between the first case 11 and the second case 13 .
  • the first support plate 124 is rotatably connected to the first fixing frame 122 and is rotatably connected to the middle shell 121
  • the second support plate 125 is rotatably connected to the second fixing frame 123 and is rotatably connected to the middle shell 121 . That is, the first support plate 124 is connected between the first case 11 and the middle case 121
  • the second support plate 125 is connected between the middle case 121 and the second case 13 .
  • the rotational connection of the two means that the two are connected to each other, and the two can rotate relative to each other after the connection.
  • the first support plate 124 includes a support surface 1241 for supporting the flexible display screen 2
  • the second support plate 125 includes a support surface 1251 for supporting the flexible display screen 2
  • the bending part 22 of the flexible display screen 2 includes a first part close to the first non-bending part 21 , a second part close to the second non-bending part 23 , and a third part located between the first part and the second part.
  • the first portion may be fixedly connected to a partial area of the support surface 1241 of the first support plate 124 , for example, may be fixed by bonding through an adhesive layer.
  • the second portion can be fixedly connected to a partial area of the support surface 1251 of the second support plate 125 , for example, it can be fixed by adhesive bonding.
  • the third part corresponds to another partial area of the support surface 1241 of the first support plate 124 and another partial area of the support surface 1251 of the second support plate 125 , and the third part can move relative to these two partial areas.
  • the adhesive layer between the part 22 and the supporting surface 1251 of the second supporting plate 125 and the adhesive layer between the second non-bending part 23 and the supporting surface 131 of the second shell 13 can be a continuous whole surface adhesive layer , it can also be a point-break type adhesive layer, or it can be an adhesive layer with a hollow area, and the specific scheme of the adhesive layer is not strictly limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the folding mechanism 12 when the first casing 11 and the second casing 13 are relatively unfolded to the open state, the folding mechanism 12 is in the open state, and the supporting surface 1241 of the first supporting plate 124 and the second supporting plate The support surface 1251 of 125 is flush.
  • the supporting surface 1241 of the first supporting plate 124 and the supporting surface 1251 of the second supporting plate 125 are used to make the flexible display screen 2 appear in a flat state.
  • the first support plate 124 and the second support plate 125 can provide a flat and strong support for the flexible display screen 2, so as to improve the user's experience of touch operation, screen viewing and the like.
  • the flexible display screen 2 when installed on the support surface 1241 of the first support plate 124 and the support surface 1251 of the second support plate 125, it can present a flat shape, that is, it is considered that the support surface 1241 of the first support plate 124 and the second support surface 1241 The support surface 1251 of the support plate 125 is flush.
  • the situation where the support surface 1241 of the first support plate 124 is flush with the support surface 1251 of the second support plate 125 may include, but is not limited to, the following scenarios: the support surface 1241 of the first support plate 124 and the second support plate 125 Alternatively, an adhesive layer is provided on the supporting surface 1241 of the first supporting plate 124, an adhesive layer is provided on the supporting surface 1251 of the second supporting plate 125, and the two supporting surfaces (1241, 1251 ) the height after the adhesive layer is set is flush; or; the flexible display screen 2 is provided with a reinforcing plate, and the heights after the reinforcing plates are stacked on the two supporting surfaces (1241, 1251) are the same.
  • the supporting surface 1241 of the first supporting plate 124 is flush with the supporting surface 111 of the first casing 11
  • the supporting surface 1241 of the second supporting plate 125 is flush.
  • the support surface 1251 is flush with the support surface 131 of the second housing 13 .
  • the plurality of supporting surfaces of the housing device 1 used to support the flexible display screen 2 are flush, so that the flexible display screen 2 is flattened and has a flat supporting environment, so that the user's touch operation and screen viewing can be improved. Wait for the experience.
  • the support surface 1241 of the first support plate 124 and the support surface 111 of the first housing 11 are both flat and coplanar, so as to better support the flexible display screen 2 .
  • the adhesive layer between the flexible display screen 2 and the supporting surface 1241 of the first support plate 124 may have the same thickness as the adhesive layer between the flexible display screen 2 and the supporting surface 111 of the first housing 11 .
  • the flexible display screen 2 and the first supporting plate 124 can pass through the flexible display screen 2 and the first supporting plate 124.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer between the supporting surfaces 1241 and the adhesive layer between the flexible display screen 2 and the supporting surface 111 of the first casing 11 is slightly different, so that the flexible display screen 2 is fixed on the supporting surface of the first supporting plate 124 124 and the supporting surface 111 of the first casing 11, the corresponding area of the flexible display screen 2 is still a flat area.
  • the supporting surface 1241 of the first supporting plate 124 and the supporting surface 111 of the first casing 11 flush.
  • the support surface 1241 of the first support plate 124 and the support surface 111 of the first shell 11 are parallel to each other, and the support surface 1241 of the first support plate 124 slightly protrudes from the support surface 111 of the first shell 11 .
  • the height of the support surface 1241 of a support plate 124 and the support surface 111 of the first casing 11 after the adhesive layer is provided is flush, so that the flexible display screen 2 can still be supported on a plane.
  • the first support plate 124 The supporting surface 1241 of the first casing 11 is flush with the supporting surface 111 of the first housing 11 .
  • the support surface 111 of the first housing 11 may include a flat surface portion close to the first support plate 124 and an arc surface portion away from the first support plate 124 , and the support surface 1241 of the first support plate 124 is flat , the support surface 1241 of the first support plate 124 and the plane portion of the support surface 111 of the first housing 11 are coplanar, or parallel and slightly misaligned.
  • the support surface 111 of the housing 11 is flush.
  • the housing device 1 can support the flexible display screen 2 to present a 3D display effect.
  • the related design of the supporting surface 1251 of the second supporting plate 125 , the supporting surface 131 of the second casing 13 , and the connection relationship between the two and the flexible display screen 2 may be the same as the above-mentioned first supporting plate 124 .
  • the technical solutions of the supporting surface 1241 , the supporting surface 111 of the first casing 11 , and the connection relationship between the two and the flexible display screen 2 are the same, which will not be repeated in this application.
  • FIG. 6 is an enlarged schematic diagram of the structure at position A of the electronic device 100 shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the supporting surface 1241 of the first supporting plate 124 and the supporting surface 1251 of the second supporting plate 125 are disposed opposite to each other and are in a direction close to the middle casing 121 keep away.
  • the support surface 1241 of the first support plate 124 and the support surface 1251 of the second support plate 125 are disposed opposite to each other, that is, the support surface 1241 of the first support plate 124 and the support surface 1251 of the second support plate 125 are in a face-to-face positional relationship.
  • the supporting surface 1241 of the first supporting plate 124 is inclined relative to the supporting surface 1251 of the second supporting plate 125 .
  • the first support plate 124 and the second support plate 125 are automatically avoided to form a screen-accommodating space, and the screen-accommodating space is used for accommodating the flexible display screen 2 , and the casing device 1 can stably fold the flexible display screen 2 .
  • the extrusion force is small, which is beneficial to reduce the risk of damage to the flexible display screen 2 due to excessive extrusion of the folding mechanism 12 , so that the reliability of the flexible display screen 2 is high.
  • the supporting surface 1241 of the first supporting plate 124 is inclined relative to the supporting surface 111 of the first casing 11
  • the second supporting plate 125 supports
  • the surface 1251 is inclined relative to the supporting surface 131 of the second casing 13
  • the supporting surface 111 of the first casing 11 is parallel to the supporting surface 131 of the second casing 13 .
  • the first non-bending part 21 and the second non-bending part 23 of the flexible display screen 2 can approach each other to a closed state, and the bending part 22 is bent into a water drop shape.
  • FIG. 7 is a partially exploded structural diagram of the folding mechanism 12 shown in FIG. 3
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of the folding mechanism 12 shown in FIG. 7 at another angle.
  • the viewing angle of the folding mechanism 12 shown in FIG. 8 is turned left and right relative to the viewing angle of the folding mechanism 12 shown in FIG. 7 .
  • the folding mechanism 12 includes a middle shell 121, a first fixing frame 122, a second fixing frame 123, a first supporting plate 124, a second supporting plate 125, a first swing arm 126, a second swing arm 127, a synchronization assembly 128, a first The stopper 129 and the second stopper 1220 .
  • first fixed frame 122, the second fixed frame 123, the first swing arm 126, the second swing arm 127, the synchronization component 128, the first stop member 129 and the second stop member 1220 can jointly form the first rotation component .
  • first rotating component can be used as a bottom rotating component of the folding mechanism 12
  • the folding mechanism 12 can further include a second rotating component
  • the second rotating component can be used as a top rotating component of the folding mechanism 12 .
  • the first rotating assembly and the second rotating assembly are both connected to the middle shell 121 , the first support plate 124 and the second support plate 125 .
  • the second rotating component and the first rotating component may have the same or similar structure, symmetrical or partially symmetrical structure, or different structure.
  • the second rotating assembly and the first rotating assembly are mirror-symmetrical structures, the basic design of the component structure of the second rotating assembly, the connection relationship design between the components, and the connection relationship between the components and other structures other than the assembly.
  • the relevant solutions of the first rotating assembly while allowing the second rotating assembly to be slightly different from the first rotating assembly in terms of the detailed structure or positional arrangement of components.
  • the second rotating assembly may include a first fixing frame 122', a second fixing frame 123', a first swing arm 126', a second swing arm 127', a synchronization assembly 128', and a first stop member 129'
  • the second stop 1220' the structure of each component of the second rotating assembly, the interconnection relationship between the components, the connection relationship between each component and the middle shell 121, the first support plate 124 and the second support plate 125 can be Correspondingly, reference is made to the relevant description of the first rotating assembly, which is not repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
  • first fixed frame 122 of the first rotating assembly and the first fixed frame 122' of the second rotating assembly may be independent structural members, or may be two parts of an integrated structural member;
  • the two fixing frames 123 and the second fixing frame 123 ′ of the second rotating assembly may be independent structural members, or may be two parts of an integrated structural member.
  • the folding mechanism 12 may also include a first rotating component and other rotating components, and the structures of the other rotating components may be the same as or different from those of the first rotating component, which are not strictly limited in this application.
  • the synchronization assembly 128 may be mounted to the middle housing 121 .
  • One end of the first swing arm 126 can be connected to the first fixing frame 122, the other end of the first swing arm 126 can be connected to the middle shell 121 and the synchronization assembly 128, and one end of the second swing arm 127 can be connected to the second fixing frame 123.
  • the other ends of the two swing arms 127 can be connected to the middle shell 121 and to the synchronization assembly 128 .
  • the synchronization assembly 128 is used to keep the first swing arm 126 and the second swing arm 127 rotating synchronously during the movement of the housing device 1 , so as to improve the mechanism operation experience of the housing device 1 and the electronic device 100 .
  • the first stopper 129 can be installed on the first fixing frame 122
  • the second stopper 1220 can be installed on the second fixing frame 123 .
  • the first stopper 129 and the second stopper 1220 are used to limit the first swing arm 126 and the second swing arm 127 respectively when the housing device 1 is in an open state, so that the housing device 1 is not subjected to When the external force is large, keep it open to improve the user experience.
  • the cooperation between the first stop member 129 and the first swing arm 126 and the cooperation between the second stop member 1220 and the second swing arm 127 can also be deployed in the electronic device 100 . In the process of entering the open state and during the process of folding to release the open state, resistance is provided, so that the user can experience a better mechanism operation feeling.
  • the number of stop members of the folding mechanism 12 may also be one, which may be installed on the first fixing frame 122 to limit the first swing arm 126, or may also be installed on the second fixing frame 123. Used to limit the second swing arm 127.
  • the rotating assembly may not include a stopper.
  • the synchronization component 128 may also be in an indirect connection relationship with the first swing arm 126 and the second swing arm 127, and two ends of the synchronization component 128 are respectively connected to the first fixing frame 122 and the second fixing frame 123 is used to keep the first fixing frame 122 and the second fixing frame 123 rotating synchronously during the movement of the housing device 1 .
  • the embodiments of the present application do not strictly limit the component structure of the rotating assembly and the specific structure of a certain component.
  • the folding mechanism 12 may further include a rotating shaft assembly, the rotating shaft assembly includes a plurality of rotating shafts, and the first supporting plate 124 and the second supporting plate 125 are rotatably connected to the first fixed shaft through the plurality of rotating shafts.
  • the plurality of rotating shafts include a first rotating shaft 1210a, a second rotating shaft 1210b, a third rotating shaft 1210c, and a fourth rotating shaft 1210d.
  • the first support plate 124 can be rotatably connected to the first fixing frame 122 through the first rotating shaft 1210a, and the middle shell 121 can be rotatably connected through the second rotating shaft 1210b; the second supporting plate 125 can be rotatably connected to the second fixing frame 123 through the third rotating shaft 1210c.
  • the fourth rotating shaft 1210d is rotatably connected to the middle shell 121 .
  • the above-mentioned rotating shaft assembly may be located at the bottom of the folding mechanism 12 .
  • the folding mechanism 12 may further include another rotating shaft assembly at the top, and the multiple rotating shafts of the rotating shaft assembly can make the first support plate 124 and the second support plate 125 rotatably connect the first fixing frame 122 ′, the second The fixing frame 123' and the middle shell 121'.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of the first fixing frame 122 and the second fixing frame 123 shown in FIG. 7
  • FIG. 10 is the first fixing frame 122 and the second fixing frame shown in FIG.
  • a schematic structural diagram of the two fixing brackets 123 at another angle. The viewing angle shown in FIG. 10 is left and right reversed relative to the viewing angle shown in FIG. 9 .
  • the first fixing frame 122 includes a top surface 1221, a bottom surface 1222, a first side surface 1223 and a second side surface 1224.
  • the top surface 1221 and the bottom surface 1222 are arranged opposite to each other, the first side surface 1223 and the second side surface 1224 are arranged opposite to each other, and the first side surface 1223 And the second side surface 1224 is located between the top surface 1221 and the bottom surface 1222 .
  • the top surface 1221 of the first fixing frame 122 is inclined relative to the bottom surface 1222 of the first fixing frame 122, and an angle is formed therebetween.
  • the top surface 1221 of the first fixing frame 122 and the bottom surface 1222 of the first fixing frame 122 are close to The directions of the second side surfaces 1224 of a fixing frame 122 are close to each other.
  • the first fixing frame 122 is provided with a first sliding slot 1225 and a first mounting slot 1226 .
  • the first sliding slot 1225 may be inclined relative to the bottom surface 1222 of the first fixing frame 122 , that is, an angle is formed between the extending direction of the first sliding slot 1225 and the bottom surface 1222 .
  • the first chute 1225 may also be inclined relative to the top surface 1221 of the first fixing frame 122 , that is, an angle is formed between the extending direction of the first chute 1225 and the top surface 3221 .
  • the extending direction of the first sliding groove 1225 and the bottom surface 1222 of the first fixing frame 122 are away from each other.
  • the first chute 1225 may form an opening on the second side surface 1224 .
  • the first fixing frame 122 may further be provided with a first guide groove 1227 , and the first guide groove 1227 communicates with the first sliding groove 1225 .
  • the first guide groove 1227 may form an opening on the bottom surface 1222 of the first fixing frame 122 .
  • the first installation groove 1226 forms an opening on the bottom surface 1222 of the first fixing frame 122 .
  • the first fixing frame 122 may include a first connecting protrusion 1228, the first connecting protrusion 1228 protrudes from the top surface 1221 of the first fixing frame 122, and the first connecting protrusion 1228 is provided with a shaft hole.
  • the first fixing frame 122 may further include a first sinking groove 1229 , and the first sinking groove 1229 is recessed from the top surface 1221 of the first fixing frame 122 toward the bottom surface 1222 .
  • the first sinking groove 1229 may penetrate through the first connecting bump 1228 and separate the first connecting bump 1228 into two parts.
  • the second fixing frame 123 includes a top surface 1231 , a bottom surface 1232 , a first side surface 1233 and a second side surface 1234 , the top surface 1231 and the bottom surface 1232 are disposed opposite to each other, and the first side surface is The 1233 and the second side surface 1234 are disposed opposite to each other, and the first side surface 1233 and the second side surface 1234 are located between the top surface 1231 and the bottom surface 1232 .
  • the top surface 1231 of the second fixing frame 123 is inclined relative to the bottom surface 1232 of the second fixing frame 123, and an angle is formed therebetween.
  • the top surface 1231 of the second fixing frame 123 and the bottom surface 1232 of the second fixing frame 123 are close to the The directions of the second side surfaces 1234 of the two fixing brackets 123 are close to each other.
  • the second fixing frame 123 is provided with a second sliding slot 1235 and a second mounting slot 1236 .
  • the second chute 1235 may be inclined relative to the bottom surface 1232 of the second fixing frame 123 , that is, an angle is formed between the extending direction of the second chute 1235 and the bottom surface 1232 .
  • the second chute 1235 may also be inclined relative to the top surface 1231 of the second fixing frame 123 , that is, an angle is formed between the extending direction of the second chute 1235 and the top surface 1231 .
  • the extending direction of the second sliding groove 1235 and the bottom surface 1232 of the second fixing frame 123 are away from each other.
  • the second chute 1235 may form an opening on the second side surface 1234 .
  • the second fixing frame 123 may further be provided with a second guide groove 1237 , and the second guide groove 1237 communicates with the second sliding groove 1235 .
  • the second guide groove 1237 may form an opening on the bottom surface 1232 of the second fixing frame 123 .
  • the second installation groove 1236 forms an opening on the bottom surface 1232 of the second fixing frame 123 .
  • the second fixing frame 123 may include a second connecting protrusion 1238 , the second connecting protrusion 1238 protrudes from the top surface 1231 of the second fixing frame 123 , and the second connecting protrusion 1238 is provided with a shaft hole.
  • the second fixing frame 123 may further include a second sinking groove 1239 , and the second sinking groove 1239 is recessed from the top surface 1231 of the second fixing frame 123 toward the bottom surface 1232 .
  • the second sinking groove 1239 may penetrate through the second connecting bump 1238 and divide the second connecting bump 1238 into two parts.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of the first fixing frame 122 shown in FIG. 9 cut along B-B.
  • the first mounting groove 1226 of the first fixing frame 122 communicates with the first sliding groove 1225 .
  • the components installed in the first installation groove 1226 may partially extend into the first sliding groove 1225 .
  • the second installation groove 1236 of the second fixing frame 123 communicates with the second sliding groove 1235 , and the components installed in the second installation groove 1236 can partially extend into the second sliding groove 1235 .
  • the first fixing frame 122 may further include a first positioning post 12210 and a first fastening hole 12211 .
  • the opening of a fastening hole 12211 is located on the bottom surface 1222 of the first fixing frame 122 .
  • the number of the first positioning posts 12210 may be one or more, and the number of the first fastening holes 12211 may be one or more.
  • the second fixing frame 123 may further include a second positioning post 12310 and a second fastening hole 12311.
  • the second positioning post 12310 is protruding from the bottom surface 1232 of the second fixing frame 123, and the opening of the second fixing hole 12311 is located in the second fixing frame 12311. Bottom surface 1232 of shelf 123 .
  • the number of the second positioning posts 12310 may be one or more, and the number of the second fastening holes 12311 may be one or more.
  • the first housing 11 is provided with positioning holes 113 and fastening holes 114 .
  • the first positioning posts 12210 can extend into the first housing 11 .
  • the positioning holes 113 and the first fastening holes 12211 may be disposed in the opposite direction to the fastening holes 114 of the first housing 11 so as to be locked by fasteners (not shown in the figure).
  • the second housing 13 is provided with a positioning hole 133 and a fastening hole 134.
  • the second fixing frame 123 is connected to the second housing 13
  • the second positioning post 12310 can extend into the positioning hole 133 of the second housing 13.
  • the fastening holes 12311 may be disposed opposite to the fastening holes 134 of the second housing 13 so as to be fastened by fasteners (not shown in the figure).
  • the top surface 1221 of the first fixing frame 122 faces the first supporting plate 124
  • the second The side surface 1224 faces the middle case 121
  • the top surface 1231 of the second fixing frame 123 faces the second support plate 125
  • the second side surface 1234 of the second fixing frame 123 faces the middle case 121 .
  • the first housing 11 is provided with a protrusion 115
  • the protrusion 115 is located in the first fixing groove 112
  • the second housing 13 is provided with a protrusion 135 , and the protrusion 135 is located in the second fixing groove 132 .
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of the connection between the first housing 11 and the first fixing frame 122 shown in FIG. 3 .
  • the first fixing frame 122 When the first fixing frame 122 is fixed to the first casing 11 , the first side surface 1223 of the first fixing frame 122 faces the side wall of the first fixing groove 112 , and the bottom surface 1222 of the first fixing frame 122 faces the bottom of the first fixing groove 112 wall, the protrusions 115 are snapped into the first installation grooves 1226 of the first fixing frame 122 .
  • the first fixing frame 122 and the first housing 11 can be positioned to each other through the cooperation of the first positioning post 12210 and the positioning hole 113 of the first housing 11 (refer to FIG. 4 ), and can also be The cooperation between the protrusion 115 of the housing 11 and the first installation groove 1226 achieves mutual positioning, so the connection structure of the first fixing frame 122 and the first housing 11 has high stability.
  • the protrusions 115 of the first housing 11 and the groove wall of the first installation groove 1226 can also define a suitable volume of accommodating space for accommodating other components, and the height and The depth of the first installation groove 1226 can be flexibly adjusted to the position of the accommodating space, so as to better meet the assembly requirements between multiple components.
  • the first side 1233 of the second fixing frame 123 faces the side wall of the second fixing slot 132
  • the bottom surface 1232 of the second fixing frame 123 faces the second fixing frame
  • the protrusion 115 can be snapped into the second installation groove 1236 of the second fixing frame 123 .
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of an exploded structure of the middle case 121 shown in FIG. 7 .
  • the middle case 121 includes an outer cover 1211 and a fixing member 1212 .
  • the outer cover plate 1211 is bent to form an inner space 1213 of the middle case 121 , and the inner space 1213 is located at the inner side of the outer cover plate 1211 .
  • the outer cover 1211 includes a first protruding portion 1211a, a second protruding portion 1211b and a mounting portion 1211c.
  • the first convex portion 1211a and the second convex portion 1211b are disposed close to the inner space 1213 and spaced apart from each other.
  • the installation portion 1211c forms a first installation space 1213a, a second installation space 1213b, a plurality of first shaft grooves 1213c and a plurality of second shaft grooves 1213d, a plurality of first shaft grooves 1213c, a first installation space 1213a, and a second installation space
  • the 1213b and the plurality of second shaft grooves 1213d are arranged along the axial direction of the middle case 121 and communicate with each other.
  • the axial direction of the middle casing 121 is parallel to the rotation center of the casing device 1 , and the first casing 11 and the second casing 13 rotate relatively around the rotation center of the casing device 1 .
  • the first shaft groove 1213c , the first installation space 1213a , the second installation space 1213b and the second shaft groove 1213d are all part of the inner space 1213 .
  • the outer cover plate 1211 is further provided with a first avoidance notch 1211d and a second avoidance notch 1211e.
  • the first avoidance notch 1211d and the second avoidance notch 1211e are respectively located on both sides of the first installation space 1213a and communicate with the first installation space 1213a.
  • the side end of the outer cover 1211 may also be provided with a plurality of fastening holes 1211f, the plurality of fastening holes 1211f are disposed close to the mounting portion 1211c, and at least one fastening hole 1211f is provided on both sides of the mounting portion 1211c.
  • the first convex portion 1211 a , the second convex portion 1211 b and the mounting portion 1211 c form a set of mounting structures of the outer cover plate 1211 , and the set of mounting structures can be located at the bottom of the outer cover plate 1211 .
  • the outer cover 1211 may further include another set of mounting structures, and the other set of mounting structures may be located on the top of the outer cover 1211 .
  • the two sets of installation structures of the outer cover plate 1211 may be mirror-symmetrical structures.
  • the outer cover plate 1211 may be an integrally formed structural member, or an integral structure may be formed by assembling.
  • the fixing member 1212 includes a pressing portion 1212a and two fixing portions 1212b, and the two fixing portions 1212b are respectively connected to two sides of the pressing portion 1212a.
  • the pressing portion 1212a may have an "I"-shaped structure, wherein one fixing portion 1212b may be divided into two parts and connected to two ends of one side of the pressing portion 1212a respectively, and the other fixing portion 1212b may also be It is divided into two parts, which are respectively connected to the two ends of the other side of the pressing part 1212a.
  • the fixing member 1212 may be an integrally formed structural member, or an integral structure may be formed by an assembly method.
  • the fixing member 1212 can be fixed corresponding to the mounting structure at the bottom of the outer cover 1211 .
  • the fixing member 1212 is fixedly connected to the outer cover plate 1211 and partially accommodated in the inner space 1213 of the middle shell 121 .
  • the fixing member 1212 is fixed corresponding to the mounting portion 1211 c of the outer cover 1211 .
  • the two fixing portions 1212b of the fixing member 1212 are respectively fixed to the two side ends of the outer cover 1211.
  • the pressing portion 1212a is accommodated in the inner space 1213.
  • the pressing portion 1212a is downward relative to the two fixing portions 1212b in a direction close to the mounting portion 1211c. Shen.
  • the pressing portion 1212a of the fixing member 1212 can press the component mounted on the mounting portion 1211c, so that the component is stably connected to the middle shell 121.
  • the middle shell 121 may further include another fixing member 1212', and the fixing member 1212' may be fixed corresponding to the mounting structure on the top of the outer cover plate 1211.
  • the fixing member 1212' and the fixing member 1212 may be mirror-symmetrical structures.
  • the fixing member 1212 ′ is fixedly connected to the outer cover plate 1211 and partially accommodated in the inner space 1213 of the middle shell 121 .
  • connection structure of the fixing member 1212' and the outer cover plate 1211 reference may be made to the connection structure of the fixing member 1212 and the outer cover plate 1211, which will not be repeated here.
  • the outer cover 1211 of the middle case 121 has an appearance surface 1214 , and the appearance surface 1214 is disposed away from the first support plate 124 and the second support plate 125 , and the appearance surface 1214 is also The outer side of the outer cover plate 1211 .
  • the middle casing 121 is partially located in the first fixing groove 112 and partly located in the second fixing groove 132 , and the first casing 11 and the second casing 13 cover the middle casing 121 The appearance surface 1214.
  • the first casing 11 and the second casing 13 can cover the middle casing 121 from the back side of the casing device 1 (that is, the side facing away from the flexible display screen 2 ) when they are in an open state, At this time, the first casing 11 and the second casing 13 can also shield other components of the folding mechanism 12 from the back side of the casing device 1 , so that the casing device 1 realizes self-shielding on the back side, thereby protecting the folding mechanism 12 , and the appearance of the casing device 1 and the electronic device 100 is complete, the appearance experience is better, and the waterproof and dustproof performance is better.
  • the middle casing 121 when the first casing 11 and the second casing 13 are in a closed state, the middle casing 121 partially protrudes from the first fixing groove 112 and the second fixing groove 132 .
  • the appearance of the middle casing 121 The surface 1214 is exposed to the first casing 11 and the second casing 13 .
  • the first casing 11 , the second casing 13 and the outer cover plate 1211 together form the exterior parts of the casing device 1 and the electronic device 100 , so the casing device 1 and the electronic device 100 can be in a closed state
  • the self-shading of the back side is beneficial to improve the appearance integrity, and the waterproof and dustproof performance is good.
  • the appearance surface 1214 of the outer cover plate 1211 includes a first curved surface portion 1214a, a flat surface portion 1214b and a second curved surface portion 1214c, and the first curved surface portion 1214a and the second curved surface portion 1214c are respectively connected to the flat surface portion 1214b. on both sides.
  • the appearance surface 1214 is formed in a shape similar to an arc surface, which helps to improve the appearance experience and the holding experience of the electronic device 100 when the electronic device 100 is in a closed state.
  • the middle part of the appearance surface 1214 is the plane part 1214b, so that the thickness (dimension in the direction perpendicular to the plane part 1214b) of the outer cover plate 1211 is small, and the overall thickness of the casing device 1 in the open state is small, and The overall width in the closed state is small, which is beneficial to the miniaturization and thinning of the electronic device 100 .
  • the appearance surface 1214 may also be an arc surface or other smooth curved surface.
  • the housing device 1 may further include a top-side end cap (not shown in the figure) and a bottom-side end cap (not shown in the figure).
  • the top-side end cap is located on the top side of the folding mechanism 12 and the bottom side
  • the end caps are located on the underside of the folding mechanism 12 .
  • the top end cover shields the middle casing 121 from the top side of the casing device 1
  • the bottom end cover shields the middle casing 121 from the bottom side of the casing device 1 ;
  • the part of the middle casing 121 that does not extend out of the first fixing groove 112 and the second fixing groove 132 is carried out from the top side of the casing device 1 by the top side end cover. It is shielded from the bottom side of the housing device 1 by the bottom side end cover.
  • the casing device 1 can shield the folding mechanism 12 in all directions in the open state and the closed state, so that the casing device 1 can better realize self-shielding.
  • the top end cap and the bottom end cap may be a part of the middle shell 121, or may be components independent from the middle shell 121 and connected to the folding mechanism 12, or may be independent components from the middle shell 121 and connected to the folding mechanism 12.
  • the first casing 11 and the second casing 13 are connected. The present application does not strictly limit the specific structures and installation methods of the top-side end cap and the bottom-side end cap.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of the first swing arm 126 , the second swing arm 127 and the synchronization assembly 128 shown in FIG. 7
  • FIG. 15 is an exploded view of the structure shown in FIG. 14
  • Schematic diagram, FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of the structure shown in FIG. 15 at another angle. The viewing angle in FIG. 16 is turned upside down relative to the viewing angle shown in FIG. 15 .
  • the first swing arm 126 includes a sliding end 1261 and a rotating end 1262 .
  • the sliding end 1261 of the first swing arm 126 may include a first sliding body 1261a and a first limiting protrusion 1261b, the first sliding body 1261a may be substantially flat, and the first limiting protrusion 1261b is fixed on the first sliding body 1261b.
  • the rotating end 1262 of the first swing arm 126 includes a gear portion 1262a, a plurality of first protrusions 1262b and a plurality of second protrusions 1262c.
  • the gear portion 1262a may be provided with a rotating shaft hole, and a plurality of first protrusions 1262b.
  • the plurality of second protrusions 1262c are disposed at both ends of the gear portion 1262a opposite to each other.
  • the plurality of first protrusions 1262b are arranged in a ring shape and spaced apart from each other.
  • the plurality of first protrusions 1262b surround the rotating shaft hole of the gear portion 1262a.
  • the plurality of second protrusions 1262c are arranged in a ring shape and spaced apart from each other, and the plurality of second protrusions 1262c are arranged around the rotating shaft hole of the gear portion 1262a.
  • the first swing arm 126 may further include a connecting section 1263 connecting the sliding end 1261 and the rotating end 1262, and the connecting section 1263 may be bent relative to the first sliding body 1261a to make the shape of the first swing arm 126 more diverse.
  • the first swing arm 126 may be an integrally formed structural member to have high structural strength.
  • the second swing arm 127 includes a sliding end 1271 and a rotating end 1272 .
  • the sliding end 1271 of the second swing arm 127 may include a second sliding body 1271a and a second limiting protrusion 1271b, the second sliding body 1271a may be substantially flat, and the second limiting protrusion 1271b is fixed on the second sliding body 1271b.
  • the rotating end 1272 of the second swing arm 127 includes a gear portion 1272a, a plurality of first protrusions 1272b and a plurality of second protrusions 1272c
  • the gear portion 1272a may be provided with a rotating shaft hole
  • the plurality of first protrusions 1272b The plurality of second protrusions 1272c are located at opposite ends of the gear portion 1272a
  • the plurality of first protrusions 1272b are arranged in a ring shape and are spaced apart from each other
  • the plurality of first protrusions 1272b surround the rotating shaft hole of the gear portion 1272a
  • the plurality of second protrusions 1272c are arranged in a ring shape and spaced apart from each other
  • the plurality of second protrusions 1272c are disposed around the rotation shaft hole of the gear portion 1272a.
  • the second swing arm 127 may further include a connecting section 1273 connecting the sliding end 1271 and the rotating end 1272, and the connecting section 1273 may be bent relative to the second sliding body 1272a, so as to make the shape of the second swing arm 127 more diverse.
  • the second swing arm 127 may be an integrally formed structural member to have higher structural strength.
  • the synchronizing assembly 128 includes a plurality of synchronizing gears 1281 , the plurality of synchronizing gears 1281 are engaged with each other, and the rotating end 1262 of the first swing arm 126 is engaged with the second through the plurality of synchronizing gears 1281 .
  • the rotating end 1272 of the swing arm 127 a plurality of synchronizing gears 1281 may be arranged in a series, two adjacent synchronizing gears 1281 mesh with each other, and the two synchronizing gears 1281 located at the ends engage the rotating end 1262 of the first swing arm 126 and the second swinging end 1262 respectively. Rotation end 1272 of arm 127.
  • the rotating end 1262 of the first swing arm 126 and the rotating end 1272 of the second swing arm 127 are connected through a plurality of synchronizing gears 1281 , so that the rotation angle of the rotating end 1262 of the first swing arm 126 is the same as that of the second swing arm 126 .
  • the rotation angles of the rotating ends 1272 of the arms 127 are the same in magnitude and opposite in direction, so that the rotations of the first swing arm 126 and the second swing arm 127 relative to the middle shell 121 are synchronized, that is, approach or move away from each other synchronously.
  • the synchronizing gear 1281 includes a gear portion 1281a, a plurality of first protrusions 1281b and a plurality of second protrusions 1281c, the gear portion 1281a may be provided with a shaft hole, a plurality of first protrusions 1281b and a plurality of second protrusions 1281c.
  • the protrusions 1281c are located at opposite ends of the gear portion 1281a, a plurality of first protrusions 1281b are arranged in a ring shape and spaced apart from each other, a plurality of first protrusions 1281b are arranged around the shaft hole of the gear portion 1281a, a plurality of second protrusions 1281b
  • the protrusions 1281c are arranged in a ring shape and spaced apart from each other, and a plurality of second protrusions 1281c are arranged around the rotation shaft hole of the gear portion 1281a.
  • the synchronizing gear 1281 can be an integrally formed structural member to have high structural strength.
  • the synchronization assembly 128 further includes a first locking member 1282, a second locking member 1283, a fixing plate 1284, a first elastic member 1285, a first transfer shaft 1286, a second transfer shaft 1287, and a plurality of The third adapter shaft 1288 .
  • the first locking member 1282 is located between the first elastic member 1285 and the synchronizing gear 1281 .
  • the second locking member 1283 is located on the side of the synchronizing gear 1281 away from the first locking member 1282
  • the fixing plate 1284 is located on the side of the first elastic member 1285 away from the first locking member 1282 .
  • the second locking member 1283 , the plurality of synchronizing gears 1281 , the first locking member 1282 , the first elastic member 1285 and the fixing plate 1284 are sequentially arranged in a direction parallel to the rotation center of the housing device 1 .
  • the rotating end 1262 of the first swing arm 126 and the rotating end 1272 of the second swing arm 127 are located between the first locking member 1282 and the second locking member 1283 .
  • the first locking member 1282 includes a first locking plate 1282a and a plurality of first bump groups 1282b, and the plurality of first bump groups 1282b are fixed to the first card the same side surface of the bit plate 1282a.
  • the first clamping plate 1282a includes a plurality of first through holes 1282c, and the plurality of first through holes 1282c are spaced apart from each other.
  • the plurality of first bump groups 1282b are disposed in a one-to-one correspondence with the plurality of first through holes 1282c.
  • Each first bump group 1282b may include a plurality of first bumps 1282d, the plurality of first bumps 1282d are arranged in a ring shape and spaced apart from each other, and the plurality of first bumps 1282d are disposed around the first through holes 1282c, Detent slots are formed between two adjacent first bumps 1282d.
  • the first retaining member 1282 may be an integrally formed structural member to have higher structural strength.
  • the second locking member 1283 includes a second locking plate 1283a and a plurality of second bump groups 1283b, and the plurality of second bump groups 1283b are fixed to the second card the same side surface of the bit plate 1283a.
  • the second locking plate 1283a includes a plurality of second through holes 1283c, and the plurality of second through holes 1283c are spaced apart from each other.
  • the plurality of second bump groups 1283b are disposed in a one-to-one correspondence with the plurality of second through holes 1283c.
  • Each second bump group 1283b may include a plurality of second bumps 1283d, the plurality of second bumps 1283d are arranged in a ring shape and spaced apart from each other, and the plurality of second bumps 1283d are disposed around the second through holes 1283c, A detent slot is formed between two adjacent second bumps 1283d.
  • the second retaining member 1283 may be an integrally formed structural member to have higher structural strength.
  • the fixing plate 1284 may have a plate body structure.
  • the fixing plate 1284 includes a plurality of third through holes 1284a, and the plurality of third through holes 1284a are spaced apart from each other.
  • the arrangement shapes and arrangement intervals of the plurality of first through holes 1282c, the plurality of second through holes 1283c and the plurality of third through holes 1284a may be the same.
  • the first elastic member 1285 includes a plurality of springs 1285a.
  • the first adapter shaft 1286 is inserted into the second locking member 1283 , the rotating end 1262 of the first swing arm 126 , the first locking member 1282 , one of the springs 1285 a and the fixing plate 1284 .
  • the first adapter shaft 1286 passes through a second through hole 1283c of the second locking member 1283, a shaft hole of the first swing arm 126, a first through hole 1282c of the first locking member 1282, and one of the springs. 1285a and a third through hole 1284a of the fixing plate 1284.
  • the first adapter shaft 1286 includes a first end portion and a second end portion opposite to each other, and the first end portion of the first adapter shaft 1286 is close to the second locking member 1283 and protrudes relative to the second locking member 1283 Out, the second end of the first adapter shaft 1286 is close to the fixing plate 1284 and protrudes from the fixing plate 1284 .
  • the first end of the first adapter shaft 1286 may be provided with a limiting flange 1286a, and the limiting flange 1286a is located on the side of the second locking member 1283 away from the first locking member 1282.
  • the limiting flange The 1286a can abut against the second retaining member 1283 for limiting the position.
  • the second end of the first adapter shaft 1286 can be fixedly connected to the fixing plate 1284 by welding, bonding or the like.
  • Spring 1285a is in a compressed state.
  • the number of the third transfer shafts 1288 is the same as that of the synchronizing gears 1281 , and the third transfer shafts 1288 , the synchronizing gears 1281 and some of the springs 1285 a among the plurality of springs 1285 a are provided in a one-to-one correspondence.
  • the third adapter shaft 1288 is inserted into the second locking member 1283 , the synchronizing gear 1281 , the first locking member 1282 , another spring 1285 a and the fixing plate 1284 .
  • the third adapter shaft 1288 passes through the other second through hole 1283c of the second locking member 1283, the shaft hole of the synchronizing gear 1281, the other first through hole 1282c of the first locking member 1282, and another spring 1285a and another third through hole 1284a of the fixing plate 1284.
  • the third adapter shaft 1288 includes a first end portion and a second end portion opposite to each other, and the first end portion of the third adapter shaft 1288 is close to the second locking member 1283 and protrudes relative to the second locking member 1283 Out, the second end of the third adapter shaft 1288 is close to the fixing plate 1284 and protrudes from the fixing plate 1284 .
  • the first end of the third adapter shaft 1288 may be provided with a limiting flange 1288a, the limiting flange 1288a is located on the side of the second locking member 1283 away from the first locking member 1282, and the limiting flange The 1288a can abut against the second retaining member 1283 for limiting the position.
  • the second end of the third adapter shaft 1288 can be fixedly connected to the fixing plate 1284 by welding, bonding or the like.
  • Spring 1285a is in a compressed state.
  • the second adapter shaft 1287 is inserted into the second locking member 1283 , the rotating end 1272 of the second swing arm 127 , the first locking member 1282 , another spring 1285 a and the fixing plate 1284 .
  • the second adapter shaft 1287 passes through the other second through hole 1283c of the second locking member 1283 , the rotating shaft hole of the second swing arm 127 , the other first through hole 1282c of the first locking member 1282 , and the other The inner space of one spring 1285a and the other third through hole 1284a of the fixing plate 1284.
  • the second adapter shaft 1287 includes a first end portion and a second end portion disposed opposite to each other, and the first end portion of the second adapter shaft 1287 is close to the second locking member 1283 and protrudes relative to the second locking member 1283 Out, the second end of the second adapter shaft 1287 is close to the fixing plate 1284 and protrudes from the fixing plate 1284 .
  • the first end of the second adapter shaft 1287 may be provided with a limiting flange 1287a, and the limiting flange 1287a is located on the side of the second retaining member 1283 away from the first retaining member 1282.
  • the 1287a can abut against the second retaining member 1283 for limiting the position.
  • the second end of the second adapter shaft 1287 can be fixedly connected to the fixing plate 1284 by welding, bonding or the like.
  • Spring 1285a is in a compressed state.
  • the rotating end 1262 of the first swing arm 126 , the synchronizing gear 1281 and the rotating end 1272 of the second swing arm 127 are arranged in an arc shape.
  • the plurality of first through holes 1282c of the first locking member 1282 are arranged in an arc shape, and the first locking plate 1282a may be arc-shaped or nearly arcuate;
  • the plurality of second locking members 1283 The through holes 1283c are arranged in an arc shape, and the second locking plate 1283a can be in an arc shape or a nearly arc shape;
  • the plurality of third through holes 1284a of the fixing plate 1284 are arranged in an arc shape, and the fixing plate 1284 can be in an arc shape or a near arc shape.
  • the positions of the first through hole 1282c, the second through hole 1283c and the third through hole 1284a define the positions of the first adapter shaft 1286, the third adapter shaft 1288 and the second adapter shaft 1287, so that the first swing arm
  • the rotating end 1262 of 126 , the synchronizing gear 1281 and the rotating end 1272 of the second swing arm 127 are arranged in an arc shape.
  • the plurality of first protrusions 1262b of the first swing arm 126 and the plurality of first protrusions 1282d of one of the first protrusion groups 1282b are alternately arranged to form a snap connection Structure
  • the plurality of second protrusions 1262c of the first swing arm 126 and the plurality of second protrusions 1283d of one of the second protrusion groups 1283b are alternately arranged to form a clamping structure.
  • the plurality of first protrusions 1281b of the synchronizing gear 1281 and the plurality of first protrusions 1282d of the other first protrusion group 1282b are alternately arranged to form a clamping structure, and the plurality of second protrusions 1281c of the synchronizing gear 1281
  • the plurality of second bumps 1283d of the second bump group 1283b are alternately arranged to form a snap-fit structure.
  • the plurality of first protrusions 1272b of the second swing arm 127 and the plurality of first protrusions 1282d of the other first protrusion group 1282b are alternately arranged to form a snap-fit structure
  • the plurality of second protrusions of the second swing arm 127 1272c and the plurality of second bumps 1283d of another second bump group 1283b are alternately arranged to form a snap-fit structure.
  • the rotating end 1262 of the first swing arm 126 , the rotating end 1272 of the second swing arm 127 and the synchronizing gear 1281 are all engaged with the first locking member 1282 and the second locking member 1283 to form a locking structure , so that the first swing arm 126 and the second swing arm 127 can stay at certain positions.
  • the first elastic member 1285 is in a compressed state, and the elastic force generated by the first elastic member 1285 pushes the first locking member 1282 against the synchronizing gear 1281 .
  • the first locking member 1282 cooperates with the second locking member 1283 to press the rotating end 1262 of the first swing arm 126, the synchronizing gear 1281 and the rotating end 1272 of the second swing arm 127, so that the The clamping structure between the rotating end 1262 , the synchronizing gear 1281 and the rotating end 1272 of the second swing arm 127 and the first locking member 1282 and the second locking member 1283 is stable.
  • the first locking member 1282 and the second locking member 1283 may be mirror-symmetrical structures, and the plurality of first protrusions 1262b of the first swing arm 126 and the plurality of first
  • the two protrusions 1262c are of mirror-symmetrical structure
  • the plurality of first protrusions 1262b and the plurality of second protrusions 1262c of the second swing arm 127 are of mirror-symmetrical structure
  • the plurality of first protrusions 1262b of the synchronizing gear 1281 and the plurality of second protrusions 1262b are of mirror-symmetrical structure.
  • the two protrusions 1262c are mirror-symmetrical structures.
  • FIG. 17 is a partial structural diagram of the folding mechanism 12 shown in FIG. 4 . 17 illustrates the assembly structure of the first swing arm 126 , the second swing arm 127 and the synchronization component 128 mounted on the outer cover 1211 of the middle case 121 .
  • the rotating end 1262 of the first swing arm 126 , the rotating end 1272 of the second swing arm 127 and the synchronization assembly 128 are mounted on the middle casing 121 .
  • the connecting section 1263 of the first swing arm 126 can be snapped into the first avoidance notch 1211d of the outer cover plate 1211 of the middle case 121 , and the sliding end 1261 of the first swing arm 126 is located in the outer cover.
  • the connecting section 1263 of the second swing arm 127 can be snapped into the second avoidance notch 1211e of the outer cover 1211 , and the sliding end 1261 of the second swing arm 126 is located outside the outer cover 1211 .
  • both ends of the first adapter shaft 1286 are respectively inserted into a set of corresponding first shaft grooves 1213c and second shaft grooves 1213d, and the first adapter shaft 1286 passes through the first installation space 1213a and the second installation space 1213b .
  • Both ends of the second adapter shaft 1287 are respectively inserted into another set of corresponding first shaft grooves 1213c and second shaft grooves 1213d, and the second adapter shaft 1287 passes through the first installation space 1213a and the second installation space 1213b.
  • Both ends of the third adapter shaft 1288 are respectively inserted into another set of corresponding first shaft grooves 1213c and second shaft grooves 1213d, and the third adapter shaft 1288 passes through the first installation space 1213a and the second installation space 1213b.
  • the second locking member 1283, the rotating end 1262 of the first swing arm 126, the rotating end 1272 of the second swing arm 127, the synchronizing gear 1281 and the first locking member 1282 can be installed in the first installation space 1213a.
  • the rotating end 1262 of the first swing arm 126 is rotatably connected to the middle shell 121 through the first transfer shaft 1286
  • the synchronizing gear 1281 is rotatably connected to the middle shell 121 through the third transfer shaft 1288
  • the rotating end 1272 of the second swing arm 127 passes through the second
  • the transfer shaft 1287 is rotatably connected to the middle shell 121 .
  • the fixing plate 1284 may be installed in the second installation space 1213b. Most of the first elastic member 1285 is located in the second installation space 1213b, and a small part may be located in the first installation space 1213a. One end of the first elastic member 1285 is pressed against the fixing plate 1284 , and the other end is pressed against the first locking member 1282 .
  • FIG. 18 is a partial structural diagram of the folding mechanism 12 shown in FIG. 4 .
  • 17 illustrates the assembly structure of the first swing arm 126 , the second swing arm 127 and the synchronization component 128 mounted on the middle casing 121 .
  • the fixing member 1212 can be located above the synchronization assembly 128.
  • the fixing member 1212 cooperates with the outer cover plate 1211 to fix the second locking member 1283, the first locking member 1282 and the fixing plate 1284 together, so that the first swing arm 126, the synchronization member 128 and the second swing arm 127 are stably mounted on the middle case 121 , and are not easily shaken or separated from the middle case 121 , so as to improve the reliability of the folding mechanism 12 .
  • the rotating end 1262 of the first swing arm 126, the plurality of synchronizing gears 1281 and the rotating end 1272 of the second swing arm 127 are arranged in an arc shape, so that the space inside the inner space 1213 of the middle shell 121 can be fully utilized, so that the middle Another part of the inner space 1213 of the shell 121 can be released to form a screen-accommodating space, which is used to accommodate a part of the flexible display screen 2 when the electronic device 100 is closed, thereby helping to improve the compactness of the component arrangement of the electronic device 100 and reduce the The volume of the electronic device 100 .
  • the number and size of the synchronizing gears 1281 can be designed according to the specific shape and size of the product, which is not strictly limited in this application. Among them, the larger the number of synchronizing gears 1281, the smaller the size of the synchronizing gears 1281, the more space can be released, the smaller the number of synchronizing gears 1281, the larger the size of the synchronizing gears 1281, the smaller the accumulative transmission error of the synchronizing gears 1281, Helps to improve movement accuracy.
  • the synchronization component 128 of the present application may have various implementation structures.
  • the synchronizing assembly 128 may indirectly define the position of the first swing arm 126 and the position of the second swing arm 127 by defining the position of the synchronizing gear 1281 .
  • a latching structure is formed between the first latching member 1282 and the second latching member 1283 and the synchronizing gear 1281, and the rotating end 1262 of the first swing arm 126 and the rotating end 1272 of the second swing arm 127 are connected to the first latching position. There is no clamping structure between the member 1282 and the second locking member 1283 .
  • the synchronizing assembly 128 may not be provided with the second locking member 1283 , and the first locking member 1282 and the synchronizing gear 1281 , the first swing arm 126 and the second swing arm 127 are connected through the locking structure. , so that the first swing arm 126 and the second swing arm 127 can stay at certain positions.
  • the synchronizing assembly 128 may not be provided with the fixing plate 1284, and the two ends of the first elastic member 1285 may abut against the walls of the first locking member 1282 and the second installation space 1213b, respectively, and the first elastic member 1285 It is compressed between the first locking member 1282 and the middle shell 121 .
  • the first elastic member 1285 may also adopt other structures, such as elastic rubber blocks and the like.
  • the above embodiment is an exemplary structure of the synchronization component 128, and the synchronization component 128 may also have other implementation structures, which are not strictly limited in this application.
  • the rotating shaft can be a part of the rotating end 1262 of the first swing arm 126 , or it can be an independent structure that is inserted into the rotating end 1262 of the first swing arm 126 ; the rotating end 1272 of the second swing arm 127
  • the middle shell 121 can also be rotatably connected through a rotating shaft, which can be a part of the rotating end 1272 of the second swing arm 127 , or can be an independent structural member that is inserted into the rotating end 1272 of the second swing arm 127 .
  • FIG. 19 is a partial structural diagram of the folding mechanism 12 shown in FIG. 5 .
  • FIG. 19 illustrates the assembly structure of the first fixing frame 122 , the first swing arm 126 , the synchronization assembly 128 , the second swing arm 127 and the second fixing frame 123 of the folding mechanism 12 .
  • One end of the first swing arm 126 is slidably connected to the first fixing frame 122
  • one end of the second swing arm 127 is slidably connected to the second fixing frame 123 .
  • the sliding connection between the two means that the two are connected to each other, and the two can slide relative to each other after the connection.
  • the sliding end 1261 of the first swing arm 126 is slidably mounted on the first sliding groove 1225 of the first fixing frame 122 .
  • the first sliding body 1261a of the first swing arm 126 may be located in the first sliding groove 1225
  • the first limiting protrusion 1261b may be located in the first guide groove 1227 .
  • the cooperation between the first sliding body 1261a and the first sliding groove 1225 can define the sliding direction of the sliding end 1261 of the first swing arm 126 when sliding relative to the first fixing frame 122; the first guiding groove 1227 and the first limiting protrusion 1261b
  • the cooperation of the first swing arm 126 can limit the position of the first swing arm 126 in the vertical direction of the sliding direction of the first swing arm 126 , which is beneficial to improve the stability of the first swing arm 126 when sliding relative to the first fixed frame 122 and avoid shaking.
  • the sliding end 1271 of the second swing arm 127 is slidably mounted on the second sliding slot 1235 of the second fixing frame 123 .
  • the second sliding body 1271a of the second swing arm 127 may be located in the second sliding groove 1235
  • the second limiting protrusion 1271b may be located in the second guide groove 1237 .
  • the cooperation between the second sliding body 1271a and the second sliding groove 1235 can define the sliding direction of the sliding end 1271 of the second swing arm 127 relative to the second fixing frame 123; the second guiding groove 1237 and the second limiting protrusion 1271b
  • the cooperation of the second swing arm 127 can limit the position of the second swing arm 127 in the vertical direction of the sliding direction of the second swing arm 127 , which is beneficial to improve the stability of the second swing arm 127 when sliding relative to the second fixed frame 123 and avoid shaking.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of the electronic device 100 shown in FIG. 1 cut along C-C
  • FIG. 21 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the structure shown in FIG. 20
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of the structure shown in another state of use
  • FIG. 23 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the structure shown in FIG. 22 .
  • the structures shown in Figures 20 and 21 are in an open state, and the structures shown in Figures 22 and 23 are in a closed state.
  • the first fixing frame 122 is fixedly connected to the first casing 11
  • the second fixing frame 123 is fixedly connected to the second casing 13 .
  • One end of the first swing arm 126 is slidably connected to the first fixing frame 122 and the other end is rotatably connected to the middle shell 121 .
  • the sliding end 1261 of the first swing arm 126 can be mounted on the first sliding groove 1225 to be slidably connected to the first fixing frame 122 .
  • the rotating end 1262 of the first swing arm 126 is rotatably connected to the middle shell 121 through the first connecting shaft 1286 .
  • the sliding end 1271 of the second swing arm 127 can be mounted on the second chute 1235 to be slidably connected to the second fixing frame 123 .
  • the rotating end 1262 of the first swing arm 126 meshes with the rotating end 1272 of the second swing arm 127 through a plurality of synchronizing gears 1281, and the plurality of synchronizing gears 1281 are engaged with each other.
  • Each synchronizing gear 1281 is rotatably connected to the middle casing 121 , and the synchronizing gear 1281 can be rotatably connected to the middle casing 121 through the third transfer shaft 1288 .
  • the rotating end 1262 of the first swing arm 126 and the rotating end 1272 of the second swing arm 127 are linked through a plurality of synchronizing gears 1281, the plurality of synchronizing gears 1281 are used to connect the first swing arm 126 and the second swing arm 127 with each other.
  • the two swing arms 127 keep rotating synchronously during the movement of the housing device, that is, they approach or move away from each other synchronously.
  • 127 is slidably connected to the second fixing frame 123 fixed to the second casing 13, so the rotation of the first casing 11 and the second casing 13 relative to the middle casing 121 is well synchronized, which improves the casing device 1 and the electronic device 100. institutional operating experience.
  • the rotating end 1262 of the first swing arm 126 , the plurality of synchronizing gears 1281 and the rotating end 1272 of the second swing arm 127 are arranged in an arc shape. Since the rotating end 1262 of the first swing arm 126 , the plurality of synchronizing gears 1281 and the rotating end 1262 of the second synchronizing swing arm are arranged in an arc, the space inside the inner space 1213 of the middle shell 121 is fully utilized, so that the middle shell 121 The other part of the inner space 1213 is released to form a screen-accommodating space, and the flexible display screen 2 can be partially accommodated in the inner space 1213 of the middle shell 121 when the flexible display screen 2 is in a closed state, which is beneficial to improve the compactness of the component arrangement of the electronic device 100 , reducing the volume of the electronic device 100 .
  • the top surface 1221 of the first fixing frame 122 and the bottom surface 1222 of the first fixing frame 122 are close to each other in the direction close to the middle shell 121 , and the top surface 1221 of the first fixing frame 122 faces the first support board 124 .
  • the top surface 1221 of the first fixing frame 122 may support the first supporting plate 124 .
  • the extending direction of the first sliding groove 1225 of the first fixing frame 122 and the bottom surface 1222 of the first fixing frame 122 are away from each other, and the first sliding groove 1225 is inclined relative to the bottom surface 1222 of the first fixing frame 122 set up.
  • the inclined design of the first chute 1225 is beneficial to reduce the thickness of the folding mechanism 12 and optimize the mechanism structure.
  • the first chute 1225 may also be parallel to the bottom surface 1222 of the first fixing frame 122, which is not strictly limited in this application.
  • the top surface 1231 of the second fixing frame 123 and the bottom surface 1232 of the second fixing frame 123 are close to each other in the direction close to the middle case 121 , and the top surface 1231 of the second fixing frame 123 faces the second support plate 125 .
  • the top surface 1231 of the second fixing frame 123 may support the second supporting plate 125 .
  • the extending direction of the second sliding slot 1235 of the second fixing frame 123 and the bottom surface 1232 of the second fixing frame 123 are far away from each other, and the second sliding slot 1235 is inclined relative to the bottom surface 1232 of the second fixing frame 123 set up.
  • the inclined design of the second chute 1235 is beneficial to reduce the thickness of the folding mechanism 12 and optimize the mechanism structure.
  • the second chute 1235 may also be parallel to the bottom surface 1232 of the second fixing frame 123 , which is not strictly limited in this application.
  • first fixing frame 122 is fixed to the first casing 11
  • first swing arm 126 is rotatably connected to the middle casing 121
  • second fixing frame 123 is fixed to the second casing 13
  • One end of the second swing arm 127 is rotatably connected to the middle casing 121 and the other end is slidingly connected to the second fixing frame 123 .
  • the first casing 11 When rotating relative to the second casing 13 , the first casing 11 drives the first swing arm 126 to rotate relative to the middle casing 121 through the first fixing frame 122 , and the second casing 13 drives the second swing arm 127 through the second fixing frame 123 Rotating relative to the middle shell 121, since the first locking member 1282 is fixedly installed on the middle shell 121, during the relative rotation of the first shell 11 and the second shell 13, the first swing arm 126 and the second swing arm 127 Rotating relative to the first locking member 1282, the synchronizing gear 1281 rotates relative to the first locking member 1282 along with the first swing arm 126 and the second swing arm 127, and different locking connections are formed between the synchronizing gear 1281 and the first locking member 1282. structure.
  • the first latching member 1282 and the synchronizing gear 1281 form a first latching structure; when the folding mechanism 12 is in a closed state, the first latching member 1282 and the synchronizing gear 1281 form a first latching structure.
  • Two card connection structure In this embodiment, the first latching structure and the second latching structure can make the synchronizing gear 1281 stay at a certain position relative to the first latching member 1282 , even if the first swing arm 126 and the second swing arm 127 are relatively centered
  • the shell 121 maintains a certain relative positional relationship, so that the first shell 11 and the second shell 13 can be better maintained in an open state or a closed state, which improves the user experience.
  • the first clamping structure and the second clamping structure can provide a certain resistance during the process of unfolding the electronic device 100 to enter the open state and during the process of folding to release the open state, so that the user can experience a better mechanism Operational sense.
  • the plurality of first bumps 1282d on the positioning member 1282 present a staggered clamping structure.
  • the plurality of first protrusions 1281b of the synchronizing gear 1281 and the grooves on the first locking member 1282 present a snap-fit structure of concave-convex matching.
  • the difference between the first clamping structure and the second clamping structure is that the synchronizing gear 1281 rotates relative to the first clamping member 1282 , and the same first protrusion 1281b on the synchronizing gear 1281 and the first clamping member 1282 different groove fit.
  • the rotating end 1262 of the first swing arm 126 , the synchronization gear 1281 and the rotating end of the second swing arm 127 all exhibit a staggered locking structure.
  • the protrusions on the rotating end 1262 of the first swing arm 126 , the synchronizing gear 1281 and the rotating end 1272 of the second swing arm 127 can be combined with the grooves ( formed between two adjacent bumps), both present a snap-fit structure with concave-convex matching.
  • the difference between the first clamping structure and the second clamping structure is that the rotating end 1262 of the first swing arm 126 , the synchronizing gear 1281 and the rotating end 1272 of the second swing arm 127 are opposite to the first locking member 1282 and the second locking position
  • the rotation end 1262 of the first swing arm 126, the synchronizing gear 1281, and the same protrusion on the rotation end 1272 of the second swing arm 127 are connected with the first locking member 1282 and the second locking member 1283. different grooves on the .
  • the rotating end 1262 of the first swing arm 126, the synchronizing gear 1281 and the rotating end 1272 of the second swing arm 127 rotate relative to the first locking member 1282 and the second locking member 1283,
  • the same protrusion on the rotating end 1262 of the first swing arm 126 , the synchronizing gear 1281 and the rotating end 1272 of the second swing arm 127 can be removed from one of the recesses on the first locking member 1282 and the second locking member 1283 .
  • the groove slides out and then slides into another groove, i.e., from a "protrusion-groove” mating structure to a “protrusion-bump” transition structure, and then to a “protrusion-another groove” ”, the first detent member 1282 and the second detent member 1283 show a “close-away-close” relative to the rotating end 1262 of the first swing arm 126, the synchronizing gear 1281 and the rotating end 1272 of the second swing arm 127 ” positional relationship.
  • FIG. 24 is a partial structural diagram of the structure shown in FIG. 19 .
  • the first stop member 129 of the folding mechanism 12 is installed in the first installation groove 1226 of the first fixing frame 122 , and the first stop member 129 can partially extend into the first chute 1225 .
  • the second stopper 1220 is installed in the second installation groove 1236 of the second fixing frame 123 , and the second stopper 1220 can partially extend into the second chute 1235 .
  • the first stopper 129 abuts against the sliding end 1261 of the first swing arm 126
  • the second stopper 1220 abuts against the sliding end 1271 of the second swing arm 127 .
  • the first stopper 129 and the second stopper 1220 are used to limit the first swing arm 126 and the second swing arm 127 respectively when the housing device 1 is in an open state, so that the housing device 1 is not subjected to When the external force is large, keep it open to improve the user experience.
  • the cooperation between the first stopper 129 and the first swing arm 126 and the cooperation between the second stopper 1220 and the second swing arm 127 can also be folded during the process of unfolding the electronic device 100 to enter the open state. In the process of releasing the open state, resistance is provided so that the user can experience a better mechanism operation feeling.
  • the structure and size of the sliding end 1261 of the first swing arm 126 and the structure and size of the sliding end 1271 of the second swing arm 127 can be set so that the first stop member 129 and the second stop
  • the component 1220 can also limit the sliding end 1261 of the first swing arm 126 and the sliding end 1271 of the second swing arm 127 when the folding mechanism 12 is in the closed state, so that the housing device 1 can be Keep it folded to improve user experience.
  • the cooperation between the first stopper 129 and the first swing arm 126 and the cooperation between the second stopper 1220 and the second swing arm 127 can also be expanded during the process of folding the electronic device 100 to enter the closed state.
  • the first swing arm 126 may also be limited by two stoppers, for example, one of the stoppers abuts against the sliding end 1261 of the first swing arm 126 when the folding mechanism 12 is in the open state, The other stopper abuts against the sliding end 1271 of the second swing arm 127 when the folding mechanism 12 is in the closed state.
  • the second swing arm 127 is also limited by two stoppers.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of the first stopper 129 shown in FIG. 7
  • FIG. 26 is an exploded structural diagram of the first stopper 129 shown in FIG. 25 .
  • the first stop member 129 includes a bracket 1291 and a second elastic member 1292 .
  • the bracket 1291 is a rigid structure and is not easily deformed under the action of external force.
  • the second elastic member 1292 is an elastic structure, which is easily deformed under the action of external force.
  • the bracket 1291 includes a control portion 1291a and a resisting portion 1291b. One end of the second elastic member 1292 is mounted on the control portion 1291a of the bracket 1291, and the other end of the second elastic member 1292 is used to abut against the groove wall of the first installation groove 1226 (eg Figure 19).
  • control part 1291a may include a plate body 1291c and a guide column 1291d fixed to one side of the plate body 1291c, the abutting part 1291b is fixed to the other side of the plate body 1291c, and the number of the guide columns 1291d may be one or more.
  • the second elastic member 1292 may be a spring, the number of the springs corresponds to the number of the guide posts 1291d, and the springs may be sleeved on the guide posts 1291d.
  • the second elastic member 1292 of the first stop member 129 can be deformed under the action of an external force, so that the first stop member 129 can move relative to the sliding end 1261 of the first swing arm 126, thereby improving the The limit reliability of a stop member 129 and the sliding end 1261 of the first swing arm 126 .
  • the first stop member 129 may further include a buffer member 1293 , and the buffer member 1293 is mounted on the abutting portion 1291 b of the bracket 1291 .
  • the buffer member 1293 can be made of a material with low rigidity (eg, rubber, etc.), so that when an external force is received, it can absorb the impact force through deformation and realize buffering.
  • the first stop member 129 abuts against the sliding end 1261 of the first swing arm 126 through the buffer member 1293 with buffer function, which is beneficial to reduce the first stop position
  • the bracket 1291 of the member 129 and the sliding end 1261 of the first swing arm 126 are at risk of wear during long-term relative movement, which improves the limit reliability of the stop member 129 and makes the folding mechanism 12 more reliable.
  • the structure of the second stopper 1220 may be the same as that of the first stopper 129, so as to simplify the material types of the housing device 1 and reduce the cost. In this embodiment, the specific structure of the second stopper 1220 will not be described in detail.
  • first stop member 129 illustrates an implementation structure of the first stop member 129 by way of example, and the first stop member 129 in the embodiment of the present application may also have other structures, such as elastic rubber blocks, etc.
  • the application is not strictly limited.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic structural diagram of the first support plate 124 and the second support plate 125 shown in FIG. 7 .
  • the first support plate 124 includes a first plate body 1242 , a first rotating portion 1243 and a second rotating portion 1244 , and the first rotating portion 1243 and the second rotating portion 1244 are fixed to the first plate body 1242 at a distance from each other.
  • both the first rotating part 1243 and the second rotating part 1244 may be provided with a rotating shaft hole.
  • the number of the first rotating parts 1243 and the number of the second rotating parts 1244 may be the same or different.
  • the number of the first rotating parts 1243 may be two, and the two first rotating parts 1243 may be respectively fixed to the top and bottom of the first plate body 1242 .
  • the number of the second rotating parts 1244 may be two, and the two second rotating parts 1244 may be respectively fixed to the top and bottom of the first plate body 1242 .
  • the number of the first rotating parts 1243 may also be one or more than three, and/or the number of the second rotating parts 1244 may also be one or more than three.
  • the first support plate 124 may be an integrally formed structural member, or may be an integrally formed structural member formed by assembling.
  • a and/or B may include three schemes: scheme A, scheme B, and scheme A and B.
  • the first plate body 1242 includes a first body portion 1242a and a first extension portion 1242b, and the first extension portion 1242b is fixed to one side of the first body portion 1242a and protrudes relative to the first body portion 1242a.
  • a first notch 1242c is formed on a side of the first body portion 1242a away from the first extension portion 1242b, and the first rotating portion 1243 is located in the first notch 1242c and is fixed to the first body portion 1242a.
  • the number and position of the first notches 1242c correspond to the first rotating portion 1243 .
  • a second notch 1242d is formed on a side of the first body portion 1242a close to the first extension portion 1242b, and the second rotating portion 1244 is located in the second notch 1242d and fixed to the first body portion 1242a.
  • the number and position of the second notches 1242d correspond to the second rotating portion 1244 .
  • both the first main body part 1242a and the first extension part 1242b may be in the shape of a long strip.
  • the second support plate 125 includes a second plate body 1252 , a third rotating portion 1253 and a fourth rotating portion 1254 , and the third rotating portion 1253 and the fourth rotating portion 1254 are fixed to the second plate body 1252 at a distance from each other.
  • Both the third rotating part 1253 and the fourth rotating part 1254 can be provided with a rotating shaft hole.
  • the number of the fourth rotating parts 1254 and the number of the third rotating parts 1253 may be the same or different.
  • the number of the third rotating parts 1253 can be two, and the two third rotating parts 1253 can be respectively fixed on the top and the bottom of the second plate body 1252; the number of the fourth rotating parts 1254 can be two, the two The four rotating parts 1254 can be respectively fixed to the top and bottom of the second plate body 1252 .
  • the number of the third rotating parts 1253 may also be one or more than three, and/or the number of the fourth rotating parts 1254 may also be one or more than three.
  • the second support plate 125 may be an integrally formed structural member, or may be an integrally formed structural member formed by assembly.
  • the second plate body 1252 includes a second body portion 1252a and a second extension portion 1252b.
  • the second extension portion 1252b is fixed to one side of the second body portion 1252a and protrudes from the second body portion 1252a.
  • a third notch 1252c is formed on the side of the second body portion 1252a away from the second extending portion 1252b, and the third rotating portion 1253 is located in the third notch 1252c and is fixed to the second body portion 1252a.
  • the number and position of the third notches 1252c correspond to the third rotating portion 1253 .
  • a fourth notch 1252d is formed on one side of the second main body portion 1252a close to the second extending portion 1252b, and the fourth rotating portion 1254 is located in the fourth notch 1252d and fixed to the second main body portion 1252a.
  • the number and position of the fourth notches 1252d correspond to the fourth rotating portion 1254 .
  • both the second main body portion 1252a and the second extension portion 1252b may be in the shape of a long strip.
  • FIG. 28 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the folding mechanism 12 shown in FIG. 4
  • FIG. 29 is a structural schematic diagram of the structure shown in FIG. 28 cut along D-D.
  • the first support plate 124 is rotatably connected to the first fixing frame 122 and is rotatably connected to the middle shell 121 .
  • the first rotating portion 1243 of the first support plate 124 is rotatably connected to the first fixing frame 122
  • the second rotating portion 1244 is rotatably connected to the middle shell 121 .
  • the first rotating shaft 1210 a is inserted into the first rotating part 1243 and the first fixing frame 122
  • the second rotating shaft 1210 b is inserted into the second rotating part 1244 and the middle shell 121 .
  • the second rotating shaft 1210b is inserted into the first protruding portion 1211a of the middle case 121 , the first protruding portion 1211a is embedded in the first supporting plate 124 , and the first protruding portion 1211a may be at least partially located in the second notch of the first supporting plate 124 . 1242d.
  • the first rotating shaft 1210a is inserted into the first connecting bump 1228 of the first fixing frame 122, the first connecting bump 1228 is embedded in the first support plate 124, and the first connecting bump 1228 may be at least partially located on the first support plate.
  • the first notch 1242c of 124 is inserted into the first protruding portion 1211a of the middle case 121 , the first protruding portion 1211a is embedded in the first supporting plate 124 , and the first protruding portion 1211a may be at least partially located in the second notch of the first supporting plate 124 .
  • the second support plate 125 is rotatably connected to the second fixing frame 123 and is rotatably connected to the middle shell 121 .
  • the third rotating portion 1253 of the second supporting plate 125 is rotatably connected to the second fixing frame 123
  • the fourth rotating portion 1254 is rotatably connected to the middle shell 121 .
  • the third rotating shaft 1210c is inserted into the third rotating part 1253 and the second fixing frame 123
  • the fourth rotating shaft 1210d is inserted into the fourth rotating part 1254 and the middle shell 121 .
  • the fourth rotating shaft 1210d is inserted into the second protruding portion 1211b of the middle case 121
  • the second protruding portion 1211b is embedded in the second supporting plate 125 .
  • the second protruding portion 1211b may be located at least partially in the fourth notch 1252d of the second supporting plate 125 .
  • the third rotating shaft 1210c is inserted into the second connecting bump 1238 of the second fixing frame 123, the second connecting bump 1238 is embedded in the second support plate 125, and the second connecting bump 1238 may be at least partially located on the second support plate.
  • the third notch 1252c of 125 is inserted into the second connecting bump 1238 of the second fixing frame 123, the second connecting bump 1238 is embedded in the second support plate 125, and the second connecting bump 1238 may be at least partially located on the second support plate.
  • the position of the shaft hole of the fourth rotating part 1254 of the 125 is such that the middle shell 121 and the first support plate 124 can be connected rotatably through the second rotating shaft 1210b, and the middle shell 121 and the second support plate 125 can be connected by the fourth rotating shaft 1210d is rotatably connected, that is, the middle shell 121 and the first support plate 124 and the second support plate 125 can be connected by a solid shaft, the connection relationship is reliable, the rotation virtual position is small, and the rotation action is accurate and stable.
  • the embedded relationship between the first convex portion 1211a and the first support plate 124, the embedded relationship between the first connecting protrusion 1228 and the first support plate 124, the embedded relationship between the second convex portion 1211b and the second support plate 125, and the second The embedded relationship between the connection bumps 1238 and the second support plate 125 enables the first support plate 124, the first fixing frame 122 and the middle shell 121 to limit each other in a direction parallel to the rotation center.
  • the two fixing frames 123 and the middle shell 121 can be mutually limited in a direction parallel to the rotation center, which improves the reliability of the rotation connection structure of the folding mechanism 12 .
  • first support plate 124 and the first fixing frame 122 may also be rotationally connected by a virtual axis
  • first support plate 124 and the middle shell 121 may also be rotationally connected by a virtual axis
  • second support The plate 125 and the second fixing frame 123 can also be connected by a virtual axis
  • the second support plate 125 and the middle shell 121 can also be connected by a virtual axis.
  • the overall thickness of the connection structure is made smaller.
  • the first support plate 124 may be provided with an arc-shaped arm
  • the middle shell 121 may be provided with an arc-shaped slot
  • the arc-shaped arm may be installed in the arc-shaped slot, through the relative movement of the two, the first support plate 124 and the
  • the middle shells 121 are rotatably connected through a virtual axis.
  • the second support plate 125 may be provided with an arc-shaped arm
  • the middle shell 121 may be provided with an arc-shaped slot
  • the arc-shaped arm may be installed in the arc-shaped slot. They are connected by a virtual axis.
  • the second rotating part 1244 and the fourth rotating part 1254 are located in the first Between a rotating part 1243 and a third rotating part 1253 .
  • the first support plate 124 covers part of the inner space 1213 of the middle case 121
  • the second support plate 125 covers part of the inner space 1213 of the middle case 121 .
  • the first extending portion 1242b of the first supporting plate 124 and the first extending portion 1242b of the second supporting plate 125 are close to each other.
  • the folding mechanism 12 can provide a relatively complete plane support for the bending portion 22 of the flexible display screen 2 in the open state by adopting a two-plate structure.
  • the first extending portion 1242b and the second extending portion 1252b are spliced, that is, the first supporting plate 124 and the second supporting plate 125 are spliced.
  • the supporting surface 1241 of the first supporting plate 124 and the supporting surface 1251 of the second supporting plate 125 can be spliced to form a supporting surface in the bending area, and the folding mechanism 12 of the housing device 1 can be supported by the bending area in the open state.
  • the curved portion 22 (refer to FIG. 3 ) of the flexible display screen 2 is fully supported by the surface, so that the flexible display screen 2 is not easily dented under the user's pressure, which is beneficial to improve the service life and reliability of the flexible display screen 2 .
  • the case where the first extension portion 1242b and the second extension portion 1252b are spliced may include a case where they are connected to each other without a gap therebetween, or a case where they are close to each other with a small gap between them.
  • the support surface can provide strong support for the flexible display screen 2 .
  • the first support plate 124 forms avoidance notches 1242e on both sides of the first extension part 1242b
  • the second support plate 125 forms avoidance notches 1252e on both sides of the second extension part 1252b
  • the avoidance gaps (1242e, 1252e) are used to prevent the first support plate 124 and the second support plate 125 from interfering with part of the structure of the middle casing 121 during the movement of the casing device 1, that is, to achieve avoidance, thereby The movement reliability of the folding mechanism 12 and the housing device 1 is improved.
  • the avoidance notch 1242e of the first support plate 124 and the avoidance notch 1252e of the second support plate 125 are merged, and the support surface of the bending area is a special shape noodle.
  • the flexible display screen 2 may be provided with a support plate or reinforcing plate that is bendable and has a certain structural strength on the side facing the housing device 1, and the support plate or reinforcing plate covers at least the first support plate
  • the avoidance notch 1242e of 124 and the avoidance notch 1252e of the second support plate 125 are used to improve the anti-pressing strength of the flexible display screen 2 .
  • the first support plate 124 and the second support plate 125 are spliced together.
  • the splicing of the first support plate 124 and the second support plate 125 may include but are not limited to the following scenarios: a part of the first support plate 124 and a part of the second support plate 125 are connected to each other, and there is no gap between the connection parts, the first A gap or gap may be formed between another part of a support plate 124 and another part of the second support plate 125; or, the first support plate 124 and the second support plate 125 are integrally connected to each other without a gap between them; or, A part of the first support plate 124 and a part of the second support plate 125 are close to each other, and there is a small gap between the parts close to each other, and another part of the first support plate 124 and another part of the second support plate 125 may be formed.
  • the first support plate 124 and the second support plate 125 are close to each other as a whole, and there is a small gap between them.
  • the user presses the flexible display screen 2 corresponding to the In the area of the gap there will be no obvious pits in the corresponding area of the flexible display screen 2 , and the support surface of the bending area can provide strong support for the flexible display screen 2 .
  • the folding mechanism can be optimized by optimizing the folding mechanism.
  • the size and shape of the components of 12 minimize the area of the notch or gap, so that the area of the flexible display screen 2 corresponding to the notch or gap may sag slightly under the user's pressure, but still no obvious dent will be generated.
  • the flexible display screen 2 may be provided with a support plate or reinforcing plate that is bendable and has a certain structural strength on the side facing the housing device 1, and the support plate or reinforcing plate covers at least the first support plate
  • the gap or gap between the second support plate 124 and the second support plate 125 can improve the anti-pressing strength of the flexible display screen 2 .
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic structural diagram of the structure shown in FIG. 29 in another state of use. Among them, Fig. 30 corresponds to the closed state.
  • the folding mechanism 12 When the folding mechanism 12 is in the closed state, that is, when the first casing 11 and the second casing 13 are in the closed state, the distance between the first rotating part 1243 and the third rotating part 1253 is smaller than that between the second rotating part 1244 and the fourth rotating part 1253 .
  • the spacing between the rotating parts 1254 At this time, the first support plate 124 and the second support plate 125 are automatically avoided to form a screen accommodating space, and the screen accommodating space gradually becomes larger in the direction close to the middle case 121 .
  • the positions of the first rotating part 1243 and the second rotating part 1244 limit the position of the first support plate 124
  • the positions of the third rotating part 1253 and the fourth rotating part 1254 limit the position of the second support plate 125
  • the first rotating part 1243 is rotatably connected to the first fixed frame 122
  • the third rotating part 1253 is rotatably connected to the second fixed frame 123
  • the second rotating part 1244 and the third rotating part 1253 are rotatably connected to the middle shell 121. 1.
  • the relative positions of the first fixing frame 122 and the second fixing frame 123 and the middle shell 121 By setting the structure of the middle shell 121, the relative movement positions of the first fixing frame 122 and the second fixing frame 123 and the middle shell 121, the relative positions of the first support plate 124 and the second support plate 125 can be controlled, so that the first support The plate 124 and the second support plate 125 can be flattened in the open state, so as to provide a flat and strong support for the flexible display screen 2; in the closed state, they are automatically avoided to form a screen-accommodating space, thereby accommodating the flexible display screen 2, so that the shell
  • the folding action of the body device 1 to the flexible display screen 2 is stable and the pressing force is small, which is beneficial to reduce the risk of damage to the flexible display screen 2 due to excessive extrusion of the folding mechanism 12, so that the reliability of the flexible display screen 2 is high. .
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic structural diagram of the structure shown in FIG. 30 cut along E-E.
  • the first extending portion 1242b and the second extending portion 1252b are away from each other, and the first main portion 1242a and the second extending portion 1242b are separated from each other.
  • the body portions 1252a are adjacent to each other.
  • the first supporting plate 124 and the second supporting plate 125 are substantially V-shaped.
  • the support surface 1241 of the first support plate 124 and the support surface 1251 of the second support plate 125 are disposed opposite to each other and are away from each other in a direction close to the middle case 121 .
  • the first support plate 124 partially extends into the inner space 1213 of the middle case 121
  • the second support plate 125 partially extends into the inner space 1213 of the middle case 121 .
  • the first extension portion 1242b of the first support plate 124 protrudes into the inner space 1213 of the middle case 121
  • the first body portion 1242a may partially extend into the inner space 1213 of the middle case 121 or not.
  • the second extension portion 1252b of the second support plate 125 protrudes into the inner space 1213 of the middle case 121, and the second main body portion 1252a may partially extend into the inner space 1213 of the middle case 121 or not.
  • part of the space between the first support plate 124 and the second support plate 125 in the inner space 1213 of the middle case 121 is released to form a part of the screen-accommodating space, and the flexible display screen 2 can partially extend into the space.
  • the inner space 1213 of the casing 121 improves the space utilization rate, makes the arrangement of the components of the electronic device 100 more compact, and is beneficial to the miniaturization of the electronic device 100 .
  • the top surface 1221 of the first fixing frame 122 faces the first supporting plate 124
  • the bottom surface 1222 of the first fixing frame 122 faces away from the first supporting plate 124
  • the top surface 1231 of the second fixing frame 123 faces the second supporting plate 125
  • the bottom surface 1232 of the second fixing frame 123 faces away from the second supporting plate 125 .
  • the top surface 1221 of the first fixing frame 122 is inclined relative to the first support plate 124 with a gap formed therebetween, and the top surface 1231 of the second fixing frame 123 is inclined relative to the second supporting plate 125 with a gap formed therebetween.
  • the side end of the outer cover plate 1211 of the middle case 121 can abut against and support the first support plate 124 and the second support plate 125 when the folding mechanism 12 is in the open state, so the outer cover plate 1211 can support the first support plate 1211.
  • 124 and the second support plate 125 are stopped to prevent the casing device 1 from being over-folded when unfolding, thereby reducing the force on the flexible display screen 2 and improving the reliability of the flexible display screen 2 and the electronic device 100.
  • the outer cover plate 1211 The support strength of the first support plate 124 and the second support plate 125 can also be increased to provide a more reliable support structure for the flexible display screen 2 .
  • the bottom surface 1222 of the first fixing frame 122 and the bottom surface 1232 of the second fixing frame 123 face oppositely and can be parallel to each other.
  • the top surface 1221 of the first fixing frame 122 and the top surface 1231 of the second fixing frame 123 are facing each other, and the two are relatively inclined to form a "V" shape, so that an appropriate space is formed between the first fixing frame 122 and the second fixing frame 123 , the first support plate 124 and the second support plate 125 can be accommodated in the space, and a screen space is formed between the first support plate 124 and the second support plate 125 .
  • the top surface 1221 of the first fixing frame 122 can abut against and support the first supporting plate 124
  • the top surface 1231 of the second fixing frame 123 can abut against and support the second supporting plate. 125.
  • FIG. 32 is a schematic structural diagram of the electronic device 100 shown in FIG. 1 in a cross-section along F-F
  • FIG. 33 is a structural schematic diagram of the structure shown in FIG. 32 in another use state.
  • the electronic device 100 shown in FIG. 32 is in an open state
  • the electronic device 100 shown in FIG. 33 is in a closed state.
  • the first support plate 124 is rotatably connected to the first fixing frame 122 and is rotatably connected to the middle shell 121
  • the second support plate 125 is rotatably connected to the second fixing frame 123 and is rotatably connected to the middle shell 121
  • the first support plate 124 is rotatably connected to the first fixing frame 122 through the first rotating shaft 1210a, and is rotatably connected to the middle shell 121 through the second rotating shaft 1210b
  • the second supporting plate 125 is rotatably connected to the second fixing frame 123 through the third rotating shaft 1210c
  • the fourth rotating shaft 1210d is rotatably connected to the middle shell 121 .
  • the first casing 11 , the first supporting plate 124 , the second supporting plate 125 and the second casing 13 jointly carry the flexible display screen 2 .
  • FIG. 32 when the first casing 11 and the second casing 13 are relatively unfolded to an open state, the supporting surface 1241 of the first supporting plate 124 is flush with the supporting surface 1251 of the second supporting plate 125 .
  • the flexible display screen 2 is in a flattened configuration.
  • FIG. 33 when the first casing 11 and the second casing 13 are folded relative to the closed state, the supporting surface 1241 of the first supporting plate 124 and the supporting surface 1251 of the second supporting plate 125 are disposed opposite to each other, and are in close proximity to each other.
  • the shells 121 are oriented away from each other.
  • the flexible display screen 2 is in a folded state, and the bent part of the flexible display screen 2 is in the shape of a water drop.
  • the electronic device 100 adopts the casing device 1 to realize the inward folding of the screen, and the electronic device 100 can be bent.
  • the first swing arm 126 is rotatably connected to the middle shell 121 and is slidably connected to the first fixing frame 122 , forming a link-slider structure.
  • the first support plate 124 is connected to the middle
  • the shell 121 is rotatably connected with the first fixing frame 122 to form a link structure;
  • the second swing arm 127 is rotatably connected with the middle shell 121 and slidably connected with the second fixing frame 123 to form a link-slider structure.
  • the two support plates 125 are rotatably connected with the middle shell 121 and are rotatably connected with the second fixing frame 123 to form a link structure.
  • the folding mechanism 12 realizes the connection between the shell and the middle shell 121 through the connecting rod slider structure and the connecting rod structure.
  • the number of its components is small, the matching relationship and matching position are simple, and the components are easy to manufacture and assemble, which is conducive to mass production. .
  • the folding mechanism 12 since the middle shell 121 is linked to the first fixing frame 122 through the first swing arm 126 and the first support plate 124, and the second fixed frame 123 is linked to the second swing arm 127 and the second support plate 125, the folding mechanism 12 The movement trajectory is accurate, and the folding mechanism 12 has better mechanism tensile strength and mechanism extrusion resistance.
  • the first support The movement trajectories of the plate 124 and the second support plate 125 are accurate, so they can be automatically avoided in the closed state to form a screen-receiving space, and the screen-receiving space is precisely controlled, so that the folding action of the casing device 1 to the flexible display screen 2 is stable and squeezed.
  • the lower pressure is beneficial to reduce the risk of damage to the flexible display screen 2 due to excessive extrusion of the folding mechanism 12 , so that the reliability of the flexible display screen 2 is high.
  • the first casing 11 and the second casing 13 when they are folded to the closed state relative to each other by the folding mechanism 12 , they can be completely folded, and there is no gap or a small gap between them, so that the casing device 1
  • the appearance of the housing device 1 is relatively complete, and the appearance is self-shading.
  • the appearance of the electronic device 100 using the housing device 1 is relatively complete, which is beneficial to improve the reliability of the product and the user experience, and also help to improve the waterproof and dustproof of the electronic device 100. performance.
  • Rotational connection relationship of the two parts adopts solid shaft rotation connection, reliable connection relationship, high machining precision, small rotation virtual position, so that the rotation action is accurate and stable.
  • the folding mechanism 12 can design the structure and size of the support plate, the middle shell 121 and the fixing frame, so that the position of the entity shaft (that is, the rotating shaft and the transfer shaft, etc.) used to realize the rotational connection relationship is reasonable, and the folding mechanism can be avoided.
  • the thickness of 12 is significantly increased.
  • the middle casing 121 is partially located in the first fixing groove 112 and partly located in the second fixing groove 132 .
  • the second casing 13 covers the outer cover 1211 .
  • the middle casing 121 partially protrudes from the first fixing groove 112 and the second fixing groove 132 , and the outer cover 1211 faces the first casing 11 . and the second casing 13 is exposed.
  • the middle casing 121 is gradually exposed or gradually hidden relative to the first casing 11 and the second casing 13. The cooperation of the three can realize the casing
  • the backside of the body device 1 and the electronic device 100 is self-shielded, which improves the appearance integrity and the waterproof and dustproof performance.
  • FIG. 34 is a schematic structural diagram of the cross section of the electronic device 100 shown in FIG. 1 along G-G.
  • the electronic device 100 shown in FIG. 34 is in an open state.
  • the first support plate 124 covers part of the inner space 1213 of the middle case 121
  • the second support plate 125 covers part of the inner space 1213 .
  • the first support plate 124 and the second support plate 125 are close to each other, the distance between the support surface 1241 of the first support plate 124 and the support surface 1251 of the second support plate 125 is small, and the folding mechanism 12 adopts a two-plate structure That is, a relatively complete plane support can be provided to the bent portion 22 of the flexible display screen 2 in the open state.
  • the first support plate 124 is spliced with the second support plate 125 to better provide strong support for the flexible display screen 2 .
  • FIG. 35 is a schematic structural diagram of the structure shown in FIG. 34 in another state of use.
  • the electronic device 100 shown in FIG. 35 is in a closed state.
  • the first support plate 124 partially extends into the inner space 1213 of the middle shell 121
  • the second support plate 125 partially extends into the inner space 1213 .
  • part of the space between the first support plate 124 and the second support plate 125 in the inner space 1213 of the middle case 121 is released to form a screen-accommodating space, and the flexible display screen 2 can partially extend into the inner space of the middle case 121 1213 , the space utilization rate is improved, and the components of the electronic device 100 are arranged more compactly, which is beneficial to the miniaturization of the electronic device 100 .
  • FIG. 36 is a schematic structural diagram of the electronic device 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application when it is in an open state in other embodiments
  • FIG. 37 is a schematic diagram of the electronic device 100 shown in FIG. 36 when it is in a closed state.
  • FIG. 38 is a schematic diagram of a partially exploded structure of the housing device 1 of the electronic device 100 shown in FIG. 36 .
  • the electronic device 100 in this embodiment may include most of the technical features of the electronic device 100 in the previous embodiment. The following mainly describes the differences between the two, and most of the technical contents that are the same between the two will not be repeated.
  • the electronic device 100 includes a housing device 1 and a flexible display screen 2 , and the flexible display screen 2 is mounted on the housing device 1 .
  • the flexible display screen 2 is used to display images, and the housing device 1 is used to drive the flexible display screen 2 to move.
  • the casing device 1 includes a first casing 11 , a folding mechanism 12 and a second casing 13 connected in sequence.
  • the folding mechanism 12 can be deformed, so that the first casing 11 and the second casing 13 are relatively folded or relatively unfolded.
  • the first housing 11 may include a first body 116 and two first baffles 117 , and the two first baffles 117 are respectively fixed on two sides of the first body 116 .
  • the first body 116 includes a support surface 111 of the first housing 11 and a first fixing groove 112 , and the two first baffles 117 can form a groove side wall of the first fixing groove 112 .
  • the second housing 13 includes a second body 136 and two second baffles 137 , and the two second baffles 137 are respectively fixed on two sides of the second body 136 .
  • the second body 136 includes a support surface 131 of the second housing 13 and a second fixing groove 132 , and the two second baffles 137 may form a groove side wall of the second fixing groove 132 .
  • the end of the first baffle 117 close to the first fixing groove 112 and the second baffle 137 are close to the second fixing groove 132
  • the ends of the electronic device 100 are spliced together, the folding mechanism 12 is shielded by the first casing 11 and the second casing 13, and the electronic device 100 can realize self-shielding of the appearance in the open state, which improves the waterproof and dustproof performance.
  • the first baffle 117 is close to the top of the support surface 111 of the first casing 11 and the second baffle 137 is close to the first baffle 117.
  • the tops of the supporting surfaces 131 of the two casings 13 are spliced together, the first casing 11 and the second casing 13 are completely closed, and the outer cover 1211 of the folding mechanism 12 is partially extended.
  • the electronic device 100 can realize self-shielding of the appearance in the closed state, and improve the waterproof and dustproof performance.
  • the electronic device 100 realizes self-shielding of the appearance of the open state and the closed state through the structural design of the first casing 11 and the second casing 13, and the end cover part used to realize the appearance shielding can be omitted.
  • the structure design of the device 100 is relatively simple, and the cost is low.
  • first baffle 117 and the second baffle 137 are spliced may include the case where the two are in contact with each other, and may also include the case where a small gap is formed between the two, which is not strictly limited in this application.
  • FIG. 39 is a schematic structural diagram of the electronic device 200 provided by the embodiments of the present application when it is in an open state in some embodiments
  • FIG. 40 is a schematic diagram of the electronic device 200 shown in FIG. Schematic diagram of the structure in the closed state.
  • the electronic device 200 in this embodiment may include some of the technical features of the electronic device 100 in the previous embodiment. The following mainly describes the differences between the two, and most of the technical contents that are the same between the two will not be repeated.
  • the electronic device 200 includes a housing device 3 and a flexible display screen 4 , and the flexible display screen 4 is mounted on the housing device 3 .
  • the flexible display screen 4 is used to display images, and the housing device 3 is used to drive the flexible display screen 4 to move.
  • the casing device 3 includes a first casing 31 , a folding mechanism 32 and a second casing 33 which are connected in sequence.
  • the folding mechanism 32 is used to enable the first casing 31 and the second casing 33 to be folded or unfolded relatively. In other words, the folding mechanism 32 can be deformed, so that the first casing 31 and the second casing 33 are relatively folded or relatively unfolded.
  • the first casing 31 and the second casing 33 can be relatively unfolded to an open state, so that the folding mechanism 32 , the casing device 3 and the electronic device 200 are all in an open state.
  • the flexible display screen 4 is unfolded with the housing device 3 and is in a flattened state.
  • the included angle between the first housing 31 and the second housing 33 may be approximately 180°.
  • the angle between the two may also have a slight deviation relative to 180°, such as 165°, 177°, or 185°.
  • the first casing 31 and the second casing 33 can be folded relatively to a closed state, so that the folding mechanism 32 , the casing device 3 and the electronic device 200 are all in a closed state.
  • the flexible display screen 4 is folded with the casing device 3 and is in a folded state.
  • the flexible display screen 4 is located inside the casing device 3 and is wrapped by the casing device 3 .
  • the first casing 31 and the second casing 33 can also be relatively unfolded or folded to an intermediate state, so that the folding mechanism 32, the casing device 3 and the electronic device 200 are in an intermediate state, and the intermediate state can be an open state and a closed state any state in between.
  • the flexible display screen 4 moves with the housing device 3 .
  • the flexible display screen 4 can be unfolded and folded with the housing device 3 .
  • the flexible display screen 4 is in a flattened state, and the flexible display screen 4 can be displayed in a full screen, so that the electronic device 200 has a larger display area to improve the user's viewing experience and operating experience.
  • the plane size of the electronic device 200 is small (with a small width dimension), which is convenient for the user to carry and store.
  • the first housing 31 when the housing device 3 is in an open state, the first housing 31 can be spliced with the second housing 33 .
  • the splicing of the first casing 31 and the second casing 33 includes the situation that the two abut against each other, and may also include the situation that there is a small gap between the two.
  • the stop of the unfolding action of the housing device 3 can be realized, so as to prevent the housing device 3 from being over-folded during unfolding, thereby reducing the flexible display
  • the force of the screen 4 is improved, and the reliability of the flexible display screen 4 and the electronic device 200 is improved.
  • the first casing 31 and the second casing 33 can be completely closed, and there is no large gap between the first casing 31 and the second casing 33 .
  • the appearance experience of the housing device 3 and the electronic device 200 is better, and the performance of waterproof, dustproof and foreign matter prevention is better.
  • the case where the first casing 31 and the second casing 33 are completely closed includes the case where the two abut against each other, and may also include the case where there is a small gap between the two.
  • the electronic device 200 may further include a plurality of modules (not shown in the figure), and the plurality of modules may be accommodated in the housing device 3 .
  • the multiple modules of the electronic device 200 may include, but are not limited to, a motherboard, a processor, a memory, a battery, a camera module, an earpiece module, a speaker module, a microphone module, an antenna module, a sensor module, etc. The example does not specifically limit the number, type, location, etc. of the modules of the electronic device 200 .
  • the location of the earpiece module of the electronic device 200 can be defined as the upper side of the electronic device 200, and the location of the microphone module of the electronic device 200 can be defined as the lower side of the electronic device 200.
  • the two sides of the 200 held by the left and right hands of the user may be defined as the left and right sides of the electronic device 200 .
  • the electronic device 200 can be folded left and right. In some other embodiments, the electronic device 200 can be folded up and down.
  • the flexible display screen 4 includes a first non-bending part 41 , a bending part 42 and a second non-bending part 43 arranged in sequence.
  • the first non-bending portion 41 is fixedly connected to the first casing 31
  • the second non-bending portion 43 is fixedly connected to the second casing 33 .
  • the bending portion 42 is deformed.
  • the first casing 31 drives the first non-bending portion 41 to move
  • the second casing 33 drives the second non-bending portion 43 to move.
  • the first non-bending portion 41 and the second non-bending portion 43 are folded or unfolded relative to each other.
  • the flexible display 4 may be an organic light emitting diode display, an active matrix organic light emitting diode or an active matrix organic light emitting diode display, a mini organic light emitting diode display, a micro light emitting diode display, a miniature Organic Light Emitting Diode Display, or Quantum Dot Light Emitting Diode Display.
  • FIG. 41 is a partial exploded schematic diagram of the electronic device 200 shown in FIG. 39 .
  • the first casing 31 includes a supporting surface 311 for supporting the flexible display screen 4
  • the second casing 33 includes a supporting surface 331 for supporting the flexible display screen 4 .
  • the first non-bending portion 41 of the flexible display screen 4 may be fixedly connected to the supporting surface 311 of the first casing 31 .
  • the first non-bending portion 41 may be adhered to the supporting surface 311 of the first casing 31 through an adhesive layer.
  • the second non-bending portion 43 is fixedly connected to the supporting surface 331 of the second casing 33 .
  • the second non-bending portion 43 may be bonded to the supporting surface 331 of the second casing 33 through an adhesive layer.
  • the first non-bending portion 41 is fixedly connected to the first casing 31 and the second non-bending portion 43 is fixedly connected to the second casing 33 , the first casing 31 is opposite to the second casing 33
  • the relative folding and unfolding actions between the first non-bending part 41 and the second non-bending part 43 can be accurately controlled, so that the deformation process and movement shape of the flexible display screen 4 are controllable and reliable. higher.
  • the first housing 31 may include a main body part and a sliding part, the main body part is connected to the folding mechanism 32 , the sliding part is slidably connected to the main body part, the sliding part can slide a little relative to the main body part, the first housing 31
  • the supporting surface 311 is formed on the sliding part.
  • the second housing 33 may include a main body part and a sliding part, the main body part is connected with the folding mechanism 32, the sliding part is slidably connected to the main body part, the sliding part can slide slightly relative to the main body part, and the supporting surface 331 of the second housing 33 is formed on the sliding part part.
  • the first non-bending part 41 and the second non-bending part 43 of the flexible display screen 4 can slide slightly relative to the main body part through the sliding parts in the first casing 31 and the second casing 33, so that the During the relative folding or relative unfolding of the first casing 31 and the second casing 33, fine adjustment of the positions is achieved, so as to better convert between the flattened and folded forms, reducing the probability of damage to the flexible display screen 4, The reliability of the flexible display screen 4 is improved.
  • FIG. 42 is a schematic diagram of a partially exploded structure of the housing device 3 shown in FIG. 41
  • FIG. 43 is a schematic structural diagram of the housing device 3 shown in FIG. 42 from another angle.
  • the viewing angle of the housing device 3 shown in FIG. 43 is turned left and right relative to the viewing angle of the housing device 3 shown in FIG. 42 .
  • the folding mechanism 32 includes a middle shell 321 , a first fixing frame 322 , a second fixing frame 323 , a first supporting plate 324 and a second supporting plate 325 .
  • the first fixing frame 322 is used for fixedly connecting the first casing 31 .
  • a first fixing groove 312 is provided on the side of the first casing 31 close to the folding mechanism 32 , and the first fixing bracket 322 is installed in the first fixing groove 312 to be fixedly connected to the first casing 31 .
  • the first fixing frame 322 can be installed in the first fixing groove 312 by means of fasteners, welding, bonding, snap connection, etc., so that the first fixing frame 322 is fixed to the first casing 31 .
  • the second fixing frame 323 is used for fixedly connecting the second casing 33 .
  • a second fixing groove 332 is provided on the side of the second casing 33 close to the folding mechanism 32 , and the second fixing bracket 323 is installed in the second fixing groove 332 to be fixedly connected to the second casing 33 .
  • the second fixing frame 323 can be installed in the second fixing groove 332 by means of fasteners, welding, bonding, snap connection, etc., so that the second fixing frame 323 is fixed to the second housing 33 .
  • the middle case 321 is connected between the first case 31 and the second case 33 .
  • the middle shell 321 is connected between the first fixing frame 322 and the second fixing frame 323.
  • the first support plate 324 is rotatably connected to the first fixing frame 322
  • the second support plate 325 is rotatably connected to the second fixing frame 323 .
  • the first support plate 324 includes a support surface 3241 for supporting the flexible display screen 4
  • the second support plate 325 includes a support surface 3251 for supporting the flexible display screen 4
  • the bending part 42 of the flexible display screen 4 includes a first part close to the first non-bending part 41 , a second part close to the second non-bending part 43 , and a third part located between the first part and the second part.
  • the first part can be fixedly connected to a partial area of the support surface 3241 of the first support plate 324, for example, it can be fixed by bonding through an adhesive layer.
  • the second part can be fixedly connected to a partial area of the support surface 3251 of the second support plate 325, for example, it can be fixed by adhesive bonding.
  • the third part corresponds to another partial area of the support surface 3241 of the first support plate 324 and another partial area of the support surface 3251 of the second support plate 325 , and the third part can move relative to these two partial areas.
  • the adhesive layer between the part 42 and the supporting surface 3251 of the second supporting plate 325 and the adhesive layer between the second non-bending part 43 and the supporting surface 331 of the second shell 33 can be a continuous whole surface adhesive layer , it can also be a point-break type adhesive layer, or it can be an adhesive layer with a hollow area, and the specific scheme of the adhesive layer is not strictly limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the folding mechanism 32 when the first casing 31 and the second casing 33 are in an open state, the folding mechanism 32 is in an open state, the first supporting plate 324 covers part of the middle casing 321 , and the second supporting plate 32 In the shielding part of the middle shell 321, the first support plate 324 and the second support plate 325 are close to each other, the distance between the support surface 3241 of the first support plate 324 and the support surface 3251 of the second support plate 325 is small, and the folding mechanism 32 adopts
  • the two-plate structure can provide a relatively complete plane support for the bent portion 42 of the flexible display screen 4 in the open state.
  • the folding mechanism 32 when the first casing 31 and the second casing 33 are relatively unfolded to an open state, the folding mechanism 32 is in an open state, and the first support plate 324 and the second support plate 325 are spliced together.
  • the support surface 3241 of the first support plate 324 and the support surface 3251 of the second support plate 325 can be spliced to form a support surface in the bending area, and the folding mechanism 32 of the housing device 3 can be supported by the bending area in the open state
  • the curved portion 42 of the flexible display screen 4 is fully supported by the surface, so that the flexible display screen 4 is not easily dented under the user's pressure, which is beneficial to improve the service life and reliability of the flexible display screen 4 .
  • the situation where the first support plate 324 and the second support plate 325 are spliced may include but not limited to the following scenarios: a part of the first support plate 324 and a part of the second support plate 325 are connected to each other, and there is no gap between the connection parts , a gap or a gap may be formed between another part of the first support plate 324 and another part of the second support plate 325; or, the first support plate 324 and the second support plate 325 are integrally connected to each other without a gap between them; Alternatively, a part of the first support plate 324 and a part of the second support plate 325 are close to each other, and there is a small gap between the parts close to each other, and another part of the first support plate 324 and another part of the second support plate 325 A gap or a gap may be formed; alternatively, the first support plate 324 and the second support plate 325 are close to each other as a whole, and there is a small gap between them.
  • the user presses the flexible display screen 4 to correspond to the In the area of the gap, there will be no obvious pits in the corresponding area of the flexible display screen 4 , and the support surface of the bending area can provide strong support for the flexible display screen 4 .
  • the folding mechanism can be optimized by optimizing the folding mechanism.
  • the size and shape of the components of 32 minimize the area of the notch or gap, so that the area of the flexible display 4 corresponding to the notch or gap may sag slightly under the user's pressure, but still no obvious dent will be generated.
  • the flexible display screen 4 may be provided with a support plate or reinforcing plate that is bendable and has a certain structural strength on the side facing the housing device 3, and the support plate or reinforcing plate covers at least the first support plate
  • the gap or gap between the second support plate 324 and the second support plate 325 can improve the anti-pressing strength of the flexible display screen 4 .
  • the folding mechanism 32 may further include a bendable steel sheet, and the bendable steel sheet may be located above the first support plate 324 and the second support plate 325 and cover the space between the first support plate 324 and the second support plate 325 Notches or gaps are provided to provide a flatter and more complete support environment for the flexible display screen 4 and improve the user's pressing experience.
  • the supporting surface 3241 of the first supporting plate 324 is flush with the supporting surface 3251 of the second supporting plate 325 .
  • the support surface 3241 of the first support plate 324 and the support surface 3251 of the second support plate 325 are used to make the flexible display screen 4 present a flat shape.
  • the first support plate 324 and the second support plate 325 can provide a flat and strong support for the flexible display screen 4, so as to improve the user's experience of touch operation, screen viewing and the like.
  • the flexible display screen 4 when installed on the supporting surface 3241 of the first supporting plate 324 and the supporting surface 3251 of the second supporting plate 325, it can present a flat shape, that is, it is considered that the supporting surface 3241 of the first supporting plate 324 and the second supporting surface 3241 The support surface 3251 of the support plate 325 is flush.
  • the situation where the support surface 3241 of the first support plate 324 is flush with the support surface 3251 of the second support plate 325 may include, but is not limited to, the following scenarios: the support surface 3241 of the first support plate 324 and the second support plate 325
  • the supporting surface 3251 of the first supporting plate 324 is flush with itself; alternatively, an adhesive layer or a steel sheet is provided on the supporting surface 3241 of the first supporting plate 324, and an adhesive layer or a steel sheet is provided on the supporting surface 3251 of the second supporting plate 325.
  • the height of the supporting surfaces (3241, 3251) after the adhesive layer or the steel sheet is provided is flush; or; the flexible display screen 4 is provided with a reinforcing plate, and the height after the reinforcing plates are stacked on the two supporting surfaces (3241, 3251) Equal.
  • the case where the support surface 3241 of the first support plate 324 is flush with the support surface 3251 of the second support plate 325 includes: the entire support surface 3241 of the first support plate 324 is a plane, and the entire support surface 3251 of the second support plate 325 or, the support surface 3241 of the first support plate 324 includes a plane area for supporting the flexible display screen 4, and the support surface 3251 of the second support plate 325 includes a surface area for supporting the flexible display screen 4 Flat area, the flat areas of both are flush with each other.
  • the main area of the supporting surface 3241 of the first supporting plate 324 is a plane area for supporting, and the peripheral edge of the supporting surface 3241 of the first supporting plate 324 may be provided with an inclined area for realizing rotation avoidance, which is not made in this application. Strictly limited.
  • the main area of the support surface 3251 of the second support plate 325 is a plane area for supporting, and the peripheral edge of the support surface 3251 of the second support plate 325 may be provided with an inclined area for avoiding rotation, which is not strictly limited in this application .
  • the support surface 3241 of the first support plate 324 is flush with the support surface 311 of the first housing 31
  • the support surface 3251 of the second support plate 325 is flush with the second housing 33 .
  • the support surface 331 is flush.
  • the plurality of supporting surfaces of the housing device 3 for providing support for the flexible display screen 4 are flush, so that the flexible display screen 4 is flattened and has a flat supporting environment, so that the user's touch operation and screen viewing can be improved. Wait for the experience.
  • the support surface 3241 of the first support plate 324 and the support surface 311 of the first casing 31 are both flat and coplanar, so as to better support the flexible display screen 4 .
  • the adhesive layer between the flexible display screen 4 and the supporting surface 3241 of the first support plate 324 may have the same thickness as the adhesive layer between the flexible display screen 4 and the supporting surface 311 of the first housing 31 .
  • the flexible display screen 4 and the first supporting plate 324 can pass through the flexible display 4 and the first supporting plate 324.
  • a slight difference in the thickness of the adhesive layer between the supporting surfaces 3241 of the flexible display screen 4 and the supporting surface 311 of the first casing 31 makes the flexible display screen 4 fixed on the supporting surface of the first supporting plate 324 124 and the supporting surface 311 of the first casing 31, the corresponding area of the flexible display screen 4 is still a flat area.
  • the supporting surface 3241 of the first supporting plate 324 and the supporting surface 311 of the first casing 31 flush.
  • the support surface 3241 of the first support plate 324 and the support surface 311 of the first shell 31 are parallel to each other, and the support surface 3241 of the first support plate 324 slightly protrudes from the support surface 311 of the first shell 31 .
  • the height of the support surface 3241 of a support plate 324 and the support surface 311 of the first housing 31 after the adhesive layer is provided is flush, so that the flexible display screen 4 can still be supported on a plane.
  • the first support plate 324 is also considered The supporting surface 3241 of the first casing 31 is flush with the supporting surface 311 of the first housing 31 .
  • the support surface 311 of the first housing 31 may include a flat surface portion close to the first support plate 324 and an arc surface portion away from the first support plate 324 , and the support surface 3241 of the first support plate 324 is flat , the supporting surface 3241 of the first supporting plate 324 and the plane portion of the supporting surface 311 of the first housing 31 are coplanar, or parallel and slightly misaligned. In this case, it is also considered that the supporting surface 3241 of the first supporting plate 324 and the The support surface 311 of the housing 31 is flush.
  • the housing device 3 can support the flexible display screen 4 to present a 3D display effect.
  • the related design of the supporting surface 3251 of the second supporting plate 325 , the supporting surface 331 of the second casing 33 , and the connection relationship between the two and the flexible display screen 4 may be the same as the above-mentioned first supporting plate 324 .
  • the technical solutions of the supporting surface 3241 , the supporting surface 311 of the first casing 31 , and the connection relationship between the two and the flexible display screen 4 are the same, which will not be repeated in this application.
  • FIG. 44 is an enlarged schematic diagram of the structure at the position A of the electronic device 200 shown in FIG. 40 .
  • the support surface 3241 of the first support plate 324 and the support surface 3251 of the second support plate 325 are disposed opposite to each other and away from each other in the direction close to the middle case 321 .
  • the support surface 3241 of the first support plate 324 and the support surface 3251 of the second support plate 325 are disposed opposite to each other, that is, the support surface 3241 of the first support plate 324 and the support surface 3251 of the second support plate 325 are in a face-to-face positional relationship.
  • the support surface 3241 of the first support plate 324 is inclined relative to the support surface 3251 of the second support plate 325 . That is, an angle is formed between the support surface 3241 of the first support plate 324 and the support surface 3251 of the second support plate 325 .
  • the first support plate 324 and the second support plate 325 are substantially V-shaped.
  • the first support plate 324 and the second support plate 325 are automatically avoided to form a screen-accommodating space.
  • the screen-accommodating space is used for accommodating the flexible display screen 4 , and the casing device 3 can stably fold the flexible display screen 4 . .
  • the extrusion force is small, which is beneficial to reduce the risk of damage to the flexible display screen 4 due to excessive extrusion of the folding mechanism 32 , so that the reliability of the flexible display screen 4 is high.
  • the supporting surface 3241 of the first supporting plate 324 is inclined relative to the supporting surface 311 of the first casing 31, and the second supporting plate 325 supports
  • the surface 3251 is inclined relative to the supporting surface 331 of the second casing 33
  • the supporting surface 311 of the first casing 31 is parallel to the supporting surface 331 of the second casing 33 .
  • the first non-bending portion 41 and the second non-bending portion 43 of the flexible display screen 4 can approach each other to a closed state, and the bending portion 42 is bent into a water drop shape.
  • FIG. 45 is a partial exploded schematic diagram of the folding mechanism 32 shown in FIG. 41
  • FIG. 46 is a schematic structural diagram of the folding mechanism 32 shown in FIG. 45 at another angle. The viewing angle of the folding mechanism 32 shown in FIG. 46 is turned left and right relative to the viewing angle of the folding mechanism 32 shown in FIG. 45 .
  • the folding mechanism 32 includes a middle shell 321, a first fixing frame 322, a second fixing frame 323, a first supporting plate 324, a second supporting plate 325, a first swing arm 326, a second swing arm 327, a synchronization assembly 328, a first The stopper 329 , the second stopper 3250 , the first adapter block 3210 , the second adapter block 3220 , the first adapter shaft 3230 and the second adapter shaft 3240 .
  • the first fixed frame 322 , the second fixed frame 323 , the first swing arm 326 , the second swing arm 327 , the synchronization assembly 328 , the first stopper 329 , the second stopper 3250 , and the two adapter blocks 3210 , the first transfer shaft 3230 and the second transfer shaft 3240 can jointly form a first rotating assembly.
  • the first rotating component can be used as a bottom rotating component of the folding mechanism 32
  • the folding mechanism 32 can further include a second rotating component
  • the second rotating component can be used as a top rotating component of the folding mechanism 32 .
  • the first rotating assembly and the second rotating assembly are both connected to the middle shell 321 , the first support plate 324 and the second support plate 325 .
  • the second rotating component and the first rotating component may have the same or similar structure, symmetrical or partially symmetrical structure, or different structure.
  • the second rotating assembly and the first rotating assembly are centrally symmetric structures, the basic design of the component structure of the second rotating assembly, the connection relationship design between the components, and the connection relationship between the components and other structures other than the assembly.
  • the relevant solutions of the first rotating assembly while allowing the second rotating assembly to be slightly different from the first rotating assembly in terms of the detailed structure or positional arrangement of components.
  • the second rotating assembly may include a first fixing frame 322', a second fixing frame 323', a first swing arm 326', a second swing arm 327', a synchronization assembly 328', and a first stop member 329' , the second stop member 3250', the first adapter block 3210', the second adapter block 3220', the first adapter shaft 3230' and the second adapter shaft 3240', the structure of each part of the second rotating assembly , the connection relationship between the components, the connection relationship between each component and the middle shell 321, the first support plate 324 and the second support plate 325, can refer to the relevant description of the first rotating assembly, the embodiment of this application does not Repeat.
  • first fixing frame 322 of the first rotating assembly and the first fixing frame 322' of the second rotating assembly may be independent structural members, or may be two parts of an integrated structural member;
  • the two fixing frames 323 and the second fixing frame 323 ′ of the second rotating assembly may be independent structural members, or may be two parts of an integrated structural member.
  • the folding mechanism 32 may also include a first rotating component and other rotating components, and the structures of the other rotating components may be the same as or different from those of the first rotating component, which are not strictly limited in this application.
  • the first fixing frame 322 can be rotatably connected to the middle casing 321
  • the second fixing frame 323 can be rotatably connected to the middle casing 321 .
  • the first fixing frame 322 rotates relative to the middle casing 321
  • the second fixing frame 323 rotates relative to the middle casing 323
  • the first casing 31 rotates relative to the second casing 33 , that is, the first casing 31 and the second casing 33 are folded or unfolded relatively.
  • the main motion mechanism of the folding mechanism 32 of the housing device 3 is a single-stage rotational connection between the first fixing frame 322 and the second fixing frame 323 and the middle casing 321 , the number of parts is small, and the fitting relationship between the parts is simple , the degree of freedom of the mechanism is 1, the dimension chain is short, and the cumulative error is small, so the control accuracy of the main motion mechanism of the folding mechanism 32 is high, thereby improving the rotation accuracy of the housing device 3, which is conducive to improving the application of the housing device 3.
  • Electronic User experience of the device 200 is a single-stage rotational connection between the first fixing frame 322 and the second fixing frame 323 and the middle casing 321 , the number of parts is small, and the fitting relationship between the parts is simple , the degree of freedom of the mechanism is 1, the dimension chain is short, and the cumulative error is small, so the control accuracy of the main motion mechanism of the folding mechanism 32 is high, thereby improving the rotation accuracy of the housing device 3, which is conducive to improving the application of the housing device 3.
  • the synchronization assembly 328 may be disposed in the middle case 321 .
  • One end of the first swing arm 326 can be connected to the first fixing frame 322, the other end of the first swing arm 326 can be connected to the middle shell 321 and the synchronization assembly 328, and one end of the second swing arm 327 can be connected to the second fixing frame 323.
  • the other ends of the two swing arms 327 can be connected to the middle shell 321 and to the synchronization assembly 328 .
  • the synchronization assembly 328 is used to keep the first swing arm 326 and the second swing arm 327 rotating synchronously during the movement of the housing device 3 , so as to improve the mechanism operation experience of the housing device 3 and the electronic device 200 .
  • the first stopper 329 can be installed on the first fixing frame 322
  • the second stopper 3250 can be installed on the second fixing frame 323 .
  • the first stopper 329 is used to limit the first swing arm 326
  • the second stopper 3250 is used to limit the second swing arm 327, so that the housing device 3 When not subjected to large external force, keep it open to improve the user's experience.
  • the cooperation between the first stop member 329 and the first swing arm 326 and the cooperation between the second stop member 3250 and the second swing arm 327 can also be deployed in the electronic device 200 . In the process of entering the open state and during the process of folding to release the open state, resistance is provided, so that the user can experience a better mechanism operation feeling.
  • the number of stop members of the folding mechanism 32 may also be one, which may be installed on the first fixing frame 322 to limit the first swing arm 326, or may also be installed on the second fixing frame 323. Used to limit the second swing arm 327.
  • the rotating assembly may not include a stopper.
  • the synchronization component 328 may also be in an indirect connection relationship with the first swing arm 326 and the second swing arm 327, and two ends of the synchronization component 328 are respectively connected to the first fixing frame 322 and the second fixing frame 323 is used to keep the first fixing frame 322 and the second fixing frame 323 rotating synchronously during the movement of the housing device 3 .
  • the embodiments of the present application do not strictly limit the component structure of the rotating assembly and the specific structure of a certain component.
  • the first transfer block 3210 can be connected to the first swing arm 326 through the first transfer shaft 3230 , and the first transfer block 3210 moves relative to the first fixing frame 322 along with the first swing arm 326 .
  • the second adapter block 3220 can be connected to the second swing arm 327 through the second adapter shaft 3240 , and the second adapter block 3220 moves relative to the second fixed frame 323 along with the second swing arm 327 .
  • the first support plate 324 can be connected to the first fixing frame 322 and can also be connected to the first adapter block 3210 .
  • the first fixing frame 322 and the first adapter block 3210 jointly limit the position of the first support plate 324 .
  • the second support plate 325 can be connected to the second fixing frame 323 and can also be connected to the second adapter block 3220 .
  • the second fixing frame 323 and the second adapter block 3220 jointly limit the position of the second support plate 325 .
  • FIG. 47 is a schematic structural diagram of the first fixing frame 322 and the second fixing frame 323 shown in FIG. 45 .
  • the first fixing frame 322 includes a first fixing body 322a, a first arc-shaped arm 322b, and a first connecting arm 322c connected between the first fixing body 322a and the first arc-shaped arm 322b.
  • the first fixed body 322a includes a top surface 3221, a bottom surface 3222, a first side surface 3223 and a second side surface 3224.
  • the top surface 3221 and the bottom surface 3222 are arranged opposite to each other, the first side surface 3223 and the second side surface 3224 are arranged opposite to each other, and the first side surface 3223 And the second side surface 3224 is located between the top surface 3221 and the bottom surface 3222.
  • the top surface 3221 is inclined relative to the bottom surface 3222 , an angle is formed between the top surface 3221 and the bottom surface 3222 , and the top surface 3221 and the bottom surface 3222 approach each other in a direction close to the second side surface 3224 .
  • the first arc-shaped arm 322b is located on the side of the second side surface 3224 away from the first side surface 3223 .
  • the first connecting arm 322c connects the second side surface 3224 and the first arc-shaped arm 322b.
  • the second fixing frame 323 includes a second fixing body 323a, a second arc-shaped arm 323b, and a second connecting arm 322c connected between the second fixing body 323a and the second arc-shaped arm 323b.
  • the second fixed body 323a includes a top surface 3231, a bottom surface 3232, a first side surface 3233 and a second side surface 3234.
  • the top surface 3231 and the bottom surface 3232 are arranged opposite to each other, the first side surface 3233 and the second side surface 3234 are arranged opposite to each other, and the first side surface 3233 And the second side surface 3234 is located between the top surface 3231 and the bottom surface 3232 .
  • the top surface 3231 is inclined relative to the bottom surface 3232 , an angle is formed between the top surface 3231 and the bottom surface 3232 , and the top surface 3231 and the bottom surface 3232 approach each other in a direction close to the second side surface 3234 .
  • the second arc-shaped arm 323b is located on the side of the second side surface 3234 away from the first side surface 3233 .
  • the second connecting arm 322c connects the second side surface 3234 and the second arc-shaped arm 323b.
  • the first fixing body 322a may include a first connecting protrusion 3228, the first connecting protrusion 3228 protrudes from the top surface 3221, and the first connecting protrusion 3228 is provided with a shaft hole.
  • the first fixing body 322a may be provided with a first sinking groove 3229, and the first sinking groove 3229 may divide the first connecting protrusion 3228 into two parts.
  • the second fixing body 323a may include a second connecting protrusion 3238, the second connecting protrusion 3238 protrudes from the top surface 3231, and the second connecting protrusion 3238 is provided with a shaft hole.
  • the second fixing body 323a may be provided with a second sinking groove 3239, and the second sinking groove 3239 may divide the second connecting protrusion 3238 into two parts.
  • FIG. 48 is a partial structural diagram of the first fixing frame 322 and the second fixing frame 323 shown in FIG. 47 .
  • the first fixing body 322a is provided with a first sliding groove 3225.
  • the first chute 3225 may be inclined relative to the bottom surface 3222 , that is, an angle is formed between the extending direction of the first chute 3225 and the bottom surface 3222 .
  • the first chute 3225 may also be inclined relative to the top surface 3221 , that is, an angle is formed between the extending direction of the first chute 3225 and the top surface 3221 .
  • the first chute 3225 may form an opening on the second side surface 3224, and may also form an opening on the first side surface 3223.
  • the first fixing body 322a may further be provided with a first avoidance notch 3227 , and the first avoidance notch 3227 communicates with the first chute 3225 .
  • the first avoidance notch 3227 may form an opening on the top surface 3221 .
  • the second fixing body 323a is provided with a second sliding groove 3235.
  • the second chute 3235 may be inclined relative to the bottom surface 3232 , that is, an angle is formed between the extending direction of the second chute 3235 and the bottom surface 3232 .
  • the second chute 3235 can also be inclined relative to the top surface 3231 , that is, an angle is formed between the extending direction of the second chute 3235 and the top surface 3231 .
  • the extending direction of the second sliding groove 3235 and the bottom surface 3232 are close to each other.
  • the second chute 3235 may form an opening on the second side surface 3234 , and may also form an opening on the first side surface 3233 .
  • the second fixing body 323a may further be provided with a second avoidance gap 3237 , and the second avoidance gap 3237 communicates with the second chute 3235 .
  • the second avoidance notch 3237 may penetrate through the top surface 3231 , that is, the second avoidance notch 3237 forms an opening on the top surface 3231 .
  • FIG. 49 is a schematic structural diagram of the first fixing frame 322 and the second fixing frame 323 shown in FIG. 47 at another angle
  • FIG. 50 is a partial structure of the first fixing frame 322 shown in FIG. 47 .
  • Schematic. The viewing angle shown in FIG. 48 is left and right reversed relative to the viewing angle shown in FIG. 47 .
  • the first fixing body 322 a of the first fixing frame 322 is further provided with a first installation groove 3226 , and the first installation groove 3226 forms an opening on the bottom surface 3222 .
  • the first installation groove 3226 communicates with the first sliding groove 3225 .
  • the structural member installed in the first installation groove 3226 may partially extend into the first sliding groove 3225 .
  • the second fixing body 323 a of the second fixing frame 323 is further provided with a second installation groove 3236 , and the second installation groove 3236 forms an opening on the bottom surface 3232 .
  • the second installation groove 3236 communicates with the second sliding groove 3235 .
  • the structural member installed in the second installation groove 3236 may partially extend into the second sliding groove 3235 .
  • the first fixing body 322a of the first fixing frame 322 may further include a first positioning post 32210 and a first fastening hole 32211.
  • the first positioning post 32210 is raised relative to the bottom surface 3222, and the first The opening of a fastening hole 32211 is located on the bottom surface 3222 .
  • the number of the first positioning posts 32210 may be one or more, and the number of the first fastening holes 32211 may be one or more.
  • the second fixing body 323a of the second fixing bracket 323 may further include a second positioning post 32310 and a second fastening hole 32311 .
  • the number of the second positioning posts 32310 may be one or more, and the number of the second fastening holes 32311 may be one or more.
  • the first housing 31 is provided with positioning holes 313 and fastening holes 314 .
  • the first positioning posts 32210 can extend into the first housing 31 .
  • the positioning holes 313 and the first fastening holes 32211 may be disposed in opposition to the fastening holes 314 of the first housing 31 to be locked by fasteners (not shown in the figure).
  • the second housing 33 is provided with a positioning hole 333 and a fastening hole 334.
  • the second positioning post 32310 can extend into the positioning hole 333 of the second housing 33, and the second The fastening holes 32311 may be disposed opposite to the fastening holes 334 of the second housing 33 so as to be fastened by fasteners (not shown in the figure).
  • the first housing 31 is provided with a protrusion 315 , and the protrusion 315 is located in the first fixing groove 312 .
  • the second housing 33 is provided with a protrusion 335 , and the protrusion 335 is located in the second fixing groove 332 .
  • FIG. 51 is a schematic structural diagram of the connection between the first housing 31 and the first fixing frame 322 shown in FIG. 41
  • FIG. 52 is a cross-section of the partial structure of the structure shown in FIG. Schematic.
  • the first fixing frame 322 When the first fixing frame 322 is fixedly connected to the first casing 31, the first fixing frame 322 is installed in the first fixing groove 312, the first fixing body 322a of the first fixing frame 322 is fixedly connected to the groove wall of the first fixing groove 312, An arc-shaped arm 322b is suspended in the first fixing groove 312 .
  • the first side surface 3223 of the first fixing body 322 a faces the side wall of the first fixing slot 312
  • the bottom surface 3222 faces the bottom wall of the first fixing slot 312 .
  • the protrusions 315 are snapped into the first installation grooves 3226 of the first fixing frame 322 .
  • the first fixing frame 322 and the first housing 31 can be positioned to each other through the cooperation of the first positioning post 32210 and the positioning hole 313 of the first housing 31 (refer to FIG. 43 ), and can also be The cooperation of the protrusion 315 of a housing 31 and the first installation groove 3226 achieves mutual positioning, so the connection structure of the first fixing frame 322 and the first housing 31 has high stability.
  • the protrusions 315 of the first housing 31 and the groove wall of the first installation groove 3226 can also define a space with a suitable volume for accommodating other components, and the height and The depth of the first installation groove 3226 can be flexibly adjusted to the position of the accommodating space, so as to better meet the assembly requirements between multiple components.
  • the second fixing frame 323 is fixedly connected to the second casing 33
  • the second fixing frame 323 is installed in the second fixing groove 332
  • the second fixing body 323 a of the second fixing frame 323 is fixedly connected to the groove of the second fixing groove 332 wall
  • the second arc-shaped arm 323b is suspended in the second fixing groove 332 .
  • the first side 3233 of the second fixing body 323 a faces the side wall of the second fixing slot 332
  • the bottom surface 3232 faces the bottom wall of the second fixing slot 332
  • the protrusion 315 can be snapped into the second mounting slot 3236 of the second fixing frame 323 .
  • FIG. 53 is a schematic diagram of the exploded structure of the middle case 321 shown in FIG. 45
  • FIG. 54 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the middle case 321 shown in FIG. 53 from another perspective.
  • the viewing angle of FIG. 54 is left and right reversed relative to the viewing angle of FIG. 53 .
  • the middle case 321 includes an outer cover 3211 and a fixing member 3212 .
  • the outer cover plate 3211 is bent to form an inner space 3213 of the middle shell 321 , and the inner space 3213 is located at the inner side of the outer cover plate 3211 .
  • the outer cover plate 3211 includes a mounting portion 3211 a, and the mounting portion 3211 a is disposed near the inner space 3213 .
  • the mounting portion 3211a can form a plurality of groove structures and bump structures, these structures enable the mounting portion 3211a to form a plurality of mating surfaces, for example, a concave arc surface 3111-1, a concave arc surface 3211-2, And the overall concave surface 3211-3.
  • the curved surface 3211-3 may include a plurality of small concave curved surfaces.
  • the fixing member 3212 can be accommodated in the inner space 3213, and is fixedly connected to the mounting portion 3211a.
  • the fixing member 3212 may be fixed to the mounting portion 3211a by a plurality of fasteners (not shown in the figure).
  • the fixing member 3212 and the mounting portion 3211a can also be fixed to each other by means of bonding, welding or the like.
  • the fixing member 3212 may form multiple groove structures and multiple convex structures, and these structures enable the fixing member 3212 to form multiple mating surfaces, for example, a convex arc surface 3212-1 and a convex arc surface 3212- 2 and an overall convex surface 3212-3.
  • the curved surface 3212-3 may include a plurality of small concave curved surfaces.
  • the mating surface of the fixing member 3212 and the mating surface of the mounting portion 3211a cooperate with each other to form a plurality of connecting structures of the middle shell 321 for connecting with other components of the folding mechanism 32 .
  • the outer cover plate 3211 may further include another mounting portion 3211a', the mounting portion 3211a' is disposed close to the inner space 3213, and the mounting portion 3211a' and the mounting portion 3211a are spaced apart from each other.
  • the outer cover plate 3211 may be an integrally formed structural member, or an integral structure may be formed by assembling.
  • the middle shell 321 may further include another fixing piece 3212', the fixing piece 3212' can be accommodated in the inner space 3213, and is fixedly connected to the mounting portion 3211a' of the outer cover plate 3211.
  • connection structures are formed between the fixing member 3212' and the mounting portion 3211a', and this part of the connection structure may be the same as or similar to the connection structure formed between the fixing member 3212 and the mounting portion 3211a, symmetrical or partially symmetrical, or different.
  • the connection structure between the fixing member 3212' and the mounting portion 3211a' and the connection structure between the fixing member 3212 and the mounting portion 3211a exhibit a center-symmetric relationship
  • the mounting portion 3211a' and the mounting portion 3211a may be a center-symmetric structure
  • the fixing member 3212' and the fixing member 3212 may be centrally symmetric structures.
  • the outer cover 3211 of the middle case 321 includes an appearance surface 3214 disposed away from the inner space 3213 , and the appearance surface 3214 is the outer surface of the outer cover 3211 .
  • the appearance surface 3214 of the outer cover plate 3211 may include a first arc surface portion 3214a, a flat surface portion 3214b, and a second arc surface portion 3214c, and the first arc surface portion 3214a and the second arc surface portion 3214c are respectively connected to the plane portion. 3214b on both sides.
  • the appearance surface 3214 can also be an arc surface or other smooth curved surface.
  • the first casing 31 and the second casing 33 can block the middle casing 321 from the back side of the casing device 3 (that is, the side facing away from the flexible display screen 4 ) when they are in an open state, At this time, the first casing 31 and the second casing 33 can also shield other components of the folding mechanism 32 from the back side of the casing device 3 , so that the casing device 3 realizes self-shielding on the back side, thereby protecting the folding mechanism 32 , and the appearance of the casing device 3 and the electronic device 200 is complete, the appearance experience is better, and the waterproof and dustproof performance is better.
  • the middle casing 321 partially protrudes from the first fixing groove 312 and the second fixing groove 332 , and the appearance surface 3214 of the middle casing 321 is opposite to each other.
  • the first casing 31 and the second casing 33 are exposed.
  • the first casing 31 , the second casing 33 and the outer cover plate 3211 together form the exterior parts of the casing device 3 and the electronic device 200 , so the casing device 3 and the electronic device 200 can be in a closed state
  • the self-shading of the back side is beneficial to improve the appearance integrity, and the waterproof and dustproof performance is good.
  • the appearance surface 3214 of the outer cover plate 3211 is formed in a shape similar to an arc surface or an arc surface, it is helpful to improve the appearance experience and the holding experience of the electronic device 200 when the electronic device 200 is in the closed state.
  • the middle part of the appearance surface 3214 is the flat part 3214b, so that the thickness (dimension in the direction perpendicular to the flat part 3214b) of the outer cover plate 3211 is small, and the overall thickness of the casing device 3 in the open state is small, in the The overall width in the closed state is small, which is beneficial to the miniaturization and thinning of the electronic device 200 .
  • the housing device 3 may further include a top-side end cap (not shown in the figure) and a bottom-side end cap (not shown in the figure).
  • the top-side end cap is located on the top side of the folding mechanism 32 and the bottom side
  • the end caps are located on the underside of the folding mechanism 32 .
  • the top side end cover shields the middle shell 321 from the top side of the casing device 3, and the bottom side end cover shields the middle casing 321 from the bottom side of the casing device 3; the casing device 3 is in the closed state
  • the middle shell 321 does not protrude from the first fixing groove 312 and the second fixing groove 332, it is blocked by the top side end cover from the top side of the casing device 3, and the bottom side end cover is blocked from the bottom side of the casing device 3 by the bottom side end cover. side cover.
  • the housing device 3 when the housing device 3 is in an open state or a closed state, other components of the folding mechanism 32 can be shielded from the top side of the housing device 3 by the top side end cover, and can be shielded from the top side of the housing device 3 by the bottom side end cover.
  • the bottom side is shielded, and the first casing 31 and the second casing 33 can also be shielded from the top and bottom sides of the casing device 3 . Therefore, the casing device 3 can shield the folding mechanism 32 in all directions in the open state and the closed state, so that the casing device 3 can better realize self-shielding.
  • the top end cap and the bottom end cap may be a part of the middle shell 321 , or may be components independent of the middle shell 321 and connected to the folding mechanism 32 , or may be independent components from the middle shell 321 and connected to the folding mechanism 32 .
  • the first casing 31 and the second casing 33 are connected. The present application does not strictly limit the specific structures and installation methods of the top-side end cap and the bottom-side end cap.
  • FIG. 55 is a schematic diagram of a partial structure of the middle case 321 shown in FIG. 45
  • FIG. 56 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the middle case 321 shown in FIG. 55 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the middle shell 321 taken along D-D
  • FIG. 58 is a cross-sectional schematic view of the middle shell 321 shown in FIG. 55 taken along E-E.
  • the fixing member 3212 is fixedly connected to the outer cover plate 3211 , and the fixing member 3212 and the outer cover plate 3211 together define a plurality of spaces, and these spaces are part of the inner space 3213 .
  • the middle case 321 is provided with a first arc-shaped groove 3213 a , and one end of the first arc-shaped groove 3213 a is connected to the outer space of the middle case 321 .
  • the center of the first arc groove 3213a is far away from the outer cover plate 3211 and close to the fixing member 3212 .
  • the arc surface 3211-1 of the outer cover plate 3211 and the arc surface 3212-1 of the fixing member 3212 are jointly formed to form a first arc groove 3213a.
  • the middle shell 321 is further provided with a second arc-shaped groove 3213 b , and one end of the second arc-shaped groove 3213 b is connected to the outer space of the middle shell 321 .
  • the center of the first arc-shaped groove 3213b is far away from the outer cover plate 3211 and close to the fixing member 3212 .
  • the arc surface 3211-2 of the outer cover plate 3211 and the arc surface 3212-2 of the fixing member 3212 are jointly formed to form a second arc groove 3213b.
  • the middle shell 321 is further provided with an active space 3213 c , and both ends of the active space 3213 c are connected to the outer space of the outer shell 321 .
  • the curved surface 3211-3 of the outer cover plate 3211 and the curved surface 3212-3 of the fixing member 3212 together form an active space 3213c.
  • the end of the movable space 3213c is provided with a plurality of rotating shaft grooves 3213d, and the plurality of rotating shaft grooves 3213d are spaced apart from each other.
  • FIG. 59 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the folding mechanism 32 shown in FIG. 42 .
  • FIG. 59 illustrates the matching structure of the first fixing frame 322 and the second fixing frame 323 of the folding mechanism 32 and the middle shell 321 .
  • the first fixing frame 322 is connected to the middle case 321 , the first arc-shaped arm 322 b of the first fixing frame 322 can be mounted on the middle case 321 , and the first fixing body 322 a of the first fixing frame 322 can be located in the outer space of the middle case 321 .
  • the second fixing frame 323 is connected to the middle case 321 , the second arc-shaped arm 323b of the second fixing frame 323 can be mounted on the middle case 321 , and the second fixing body 323a of the second fixing frame 323 can be located in the outer space of the middle case 321 .
  • FIG. 60 is a schematic structural diagram of the structure shown in FIG. 59 cut along F1-F1
  • FIG. 61 is a structural schematic diagram of the structure shown in FIG. 60 in another state of use.
  • the first arc-shaped arm 322b of the first fixing frame 322 can be installed in the first arc-shaped groove 3213a of the middle shell 321 so as to be rotatably connected to the middle shell 321 .
  • the structure shown in FIG. 60 is in an open state, and the first arc-shaped arm 322b is turned into the first arc-shaped groove 3213a; the structure shown in FIG. 61 is in a closed state, and the first arc-shaped arm 322b is partially turned out of the first arc-shaped groove 3213a .
  • the cooperation of the first arc-shaped arm 322b and the first arc-shaped groove 3213a forms a virtual shaft rotational connection structure.
  • the rotation connection between the first fixing frame 322 and the middle shell 321 is realized through a virtual axis, which can reduce the design difficulty of the folding mechanism 32 , and has lower requirements on the size of the folding mechanism 32 , which is beneficial to the reduction of the folding mechanism 32 and the casing device 3 .
  • the first fixing frame 322 and the middle shell 321 may also be rotationally connected through a solid shaft, which is not strictly limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 62 is a schematic structural diagram of the structure shown in FIG. 59 cut along F2-F2
  • FIG. 63 is a structural schematic diagram of the structure shown in FIG. 62 in another state of use.
  • the second arc-shaped arm 323b of the second fixing frame 323 can be installed in the second arc-shaped groove 3213b of the middle shell 321 so as to be rotatably connected to the middle shell 321 .
  • the structure shown in FIG. 62 is in the open state, and the second arc-shaped arm 323b is turned into the second arc-shaped groove 3213b; the structure shown in FIG. 63 is in the closed state, and the second arc-shaped arm 323b is partially turned out of the second arc-shaped groove 3213b. .
  • the cooperation of the second arc-shaped arm 323b and the second arc-shaped groove 3213b forms a virtual shaft rotational connection structure.
  • the second fixing frame 323 and the middle shell 321 are connected by a virtual axis, which can reduce the design difficulty of the folding mechanism 32 , and has lower requirements on the size of the folding mechanism 32 , which is beneficial to the reduction of the folding mechanism 32 and the casing device 3 .
  • the second fixing frame 323 and the middle shell 321 may also be rotationally connected through a solid shaft, which is not strictly limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 64 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the electronic device 200 shown in FIG. 39 taken along G1-G1
  • FIG. 65 is a cross-sectional structure of the electronic device 200 shown in FIG. 39 taken along H1-H1.
  • 66 is a schematic diagram of a cross-sectional structure of the electronic device 200 shown in FIG. 40 taken along G2-G2
  • FIG. 67 is a schematic cross-sectional structure of the electronic device 200 shown in FIG. 40 taken along H2-H2.
  • the electronic device 200 shown in FIGS. 64 and 65 is in an open state, and the electronic device 200 shown in FIGS. 66 and 67 is in a closed state.
  • G1-G1 is the same position as G2-G2
  • H1-H1 is the same position as H2-H2.
  • the first fixing frame 322 is fixedly connected to the first casing 31 and rotatably connected to the middle casing 321
  • the second fixing frame 323 is fixedly connected to the second casing 33 and rotatably connected to the middle casing 321 .
  • the first fixing body 322a of the first fixing frame 322 is fixedly connected to the first casing 31, the first arc-shaped arm 322b of the first fixing frame 322 is installed in the first arc-shaped groove 3213a of the middle shell 321, and the first fixing frame Rotational connection is achieved between 322 and the middle shell 321 through a virtual axis.
  • the second fixing body 323a of the second fixing frame 323 is fixedly connected to the second casing 33 , the second arc-shaped arm 323b of the second fixing frame 323 is installed in the second arc-shaped groove 3213b of the middle shell 321 , and the second fixing frame 323 is connected to
  • the middle shells 321 are rotationally connected through a virtual axis.
  • the main motion mechanism of the folding mechanism 32 of the housing device 3 is a single-stage rotational connection between the first fixing frame 322 and the second fixing frame 323 and the middle casing 321 , the number of parts is small, and the fitting relationship between the parts is simple , the degree of freedom of the mechanism is 1, the dimension chain is short, and the cumulative error is small, so the control precision of the main motion mechanism of the folding mechanism 32 is high.
  • the control precision of the main motion mechanism of the folding mechanism 32 is high, so the first housing 31 and the second housing
  • the rotation precision of the body 32 relative to the middle casing 321 is high, which is beneficial to improve the user experience of the electronic device 200 using the casing device 3 .
  • FIG. 68 is a schematic diagram of the matching structure of the first swing arm 326 , the second swing arm 327 and the synchronization component 328 shown in FIG. 45
  • FIG. 69 is the structure shown in FIG. 68 . Breakdown diagram.
  • the first swing arm 326 includes a rotating end 3261 and a movable end 3262 .
  • the first swing arm 326 may further include a connecting section 3263 connecting the rotating end 3261 and the movable end 3262 .
  • the first swing arm 326 may be an integrally formed structural member to have high structural strength.
  • the rotating end 3261 of the first swing arm 326 includes a gear portion 3261a and a rotating shaft portion 3261b, the gear of the gear portion 3261a is located on the peripheral side thereof, and the rotating shaft portion 3261b may include two parts, which are respectively fixed to both ends of the gear portion 3261a.
  • the movable end 3262 of the first swing arm 326 may be claw-shaped.
  • the movable end 3262 of the first swing arm 326 includes a first rotating shaft 3262a and a plurality of first claw teeth 3262b spaced apart from each other.
  • the first rotating shaft 3262a includes two parts, and the two parts of the first rotating shaft 3262a are located at the plurality of first The two sides of the claw teeth 3262b are connected to different first claw teeth 3262b.
  • the first claw tooth 3262b has a connecting end away from the rotating end 3261 of the first swing arm 326, and the first rotating shaft 3262a can be connected to the connecting end of the first claw tooth 3262b.
  • the movable end 3262 of the first swing arm 326 may have a first rotation hole 3262c, and the first rotation hole 3262c penetrates the first rotation shaft 3262a and the plurality of first claw teeth 3262b.
  • the rotation center of the first rotation hole 3262c may coincide with the rotation center of the first rotation shaft 3262a.
  • the rotation center of the first rotation hole 3262c is the center line of the hole wall of the first rotation hole 3262c, and the rotation center of the first rotation shaft 3262a is the center line of the outer surface of the first rotation shaft 3262a.
  • the second swing arm 327 includes a rotating end 3271 and a movable end 3272 .
  • the second swing arm 327 may further include a connecting section 3273 connecting the rotating end 3271 and the movable end 3272 .
  • the second swing arm 327 may be an integrally formed structural member to have high structural strength.
  • the rotating end 3271 of the second swing arm 327 includes a gear part 3271a and a rotating shaft part 3271b.
  • the gear part of the gear part 3271a is located on the peripheral side thereof.
  • the movable end 3272 of the second swing arm 327 may be claw-shaped.
  • the movable end 3272 of the second swing arm 327 includes a second rotating shaft 3272a and a plurality of second claw teeth 3272b spaced apart from each other.
  • the two sides of the claw teeth 3272b are connected to different second claw teeth 3272b. That is, the two parts of the second rotating shaft 3272a are respectively connected to the two second claw teeth 3272b located on both sides among the plurality of second claw teeth 3272b.
  • the two parts of the second rotating shaft 3272a are respectively connected to the first second claw tooth 3272b and the third second claw tooth 3272b.
  • the second rotating shaft 3272a may be connected to the end of the second pawl 3272b away from the rotating end 3271 of the second swing arm 327 .
  • the movable end 3272 of the second swing arm 327 may have a second rotation hole 3272c, and the second rotation hole 3272c penetrates the second rotation shaft 3272a and the plurality of second claw teeth 3272b.
  • the rotation center of the second rotation hole 3272c may coincide with the rotation center of the second rotation shaft 3272a.
  • the rotation center of the second rotation hole 3272c is the center line of the hole wall of the second rotation hole 3272c, and the rotation center of the second rotation shaft 3272a is the center line of the outer surface of the second rotation shaft 3272a.
  • the synchronizing assembly 328 may include a plurality of synchronizing gears 3281 , two adjacent synchronizing gears 3281 among the plurality of synchronizing gears 3281 are meshed with each other, and the rotating end of the first swing arm 326 3261 engages the rotating end 3271 of the second swing arm 327 through a plurality of synchronizing gears 3281 .
  • a plurality of synchronizing gears 3281 may be arranged in a series, two adjacent synchronizing gears 3281 mesh with each other, and the two synchronizing gears 3281 located at the ends engage the rotating end 3261 of the first swing arm 326 and the second swinging end 3281 respectively.
  • the synchronizing gear 3281 may include a gear portion 3281a and a rotating shaft portion 3281b, the gear of the gear portion 3281a is located on the peripheral side thereof, and the rotating shaft portion 3281b may include two parts, which are respectively fixed to both ends of the gear portion 3281a.
  • the synchronizing gear 3281 may be an integrally formed structural member to have high structural strength.
  • the quantity and size of the synchronizing gears 3281 of the synchronizing assembly 328 may be designed according to the specific shape and size of the product, which is not strictly limited in this application. Among them, the more the number of synchronizing gears 3281, the smaller the size of the synchronizing gears 3281, the more space can be released, the smaller the number of synchronizing gears 3281, the larger the size of the synchronizing gears 3281, the smaller the accumulative transmission error of the synchronizing gears 3281, Helps to improve movement accuracy.
  • FIG. 70 is a schematic structural diagram of another part of the folding mechanism 32 shown in FIG. 42 .
  • 70 illustrates the matching structure of the middle shell 321 , the first fixing frame 322 , the second fixing frame 323 , the first swing arm 326 , the second swing arm 327 and the synchronization assembly 328 of the folding mechanism 32 .
  • One end of the first swing arm 326 is connected to the first fixing frame 322 and the other end is connected to the middle shell 321 .
  • FIG. 71 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the structure shown in FIG. 70
  • FIG. 72 is a structural schematic diagram of the structure shown in FIG. A schematic diagram of the structure in another state of use. However, in FIG. 71 , part of the structure of the middle case 321 is omitted.
  • the structure shown in Figure 72 is in an open state and the structure shown in Figure 73 is in a closed state.
  • the rotating end 3261 of the first swing arm 326 , the synchronizing component 328 and the rotating end 3271 of the second swing arm 327 are installed in the middle case 321 , for example, can be installed in the movable space 3213 c of the middle case 321 .
  • the rotating shaft portion 3261b of the rotating end 3261 of the first swing arm 326 can be installed in one of the rotating shaft grooves 3213d of the movable space 3213c, so that the rotating end 3261 of the first swing arm 326 is rotatably connected to the middle shell 321 .
  • the rotating shaft portion 3271b of the rotating end 3271 of the second swing arm 327 can be installed in another rotating shaft groove 3213d of the movable space 3213c, so that the rotating end 3271 of the second swing arm 327 can be rotatably connected to the middle case.
  • the shaft portions 3281b of the two synchronizing gears 3281 of the synchronizing assembly 328 can be respectively installed in the other two shaft grooves 3213d of the movable space 3213c, so that the synchronizing gears 3281 of the synchronizing assembly 328 are rotatably connected to the middle casing 321 .
  • the wall of the movable space 3213c of the middle shell 321 faces the rotating end 3261 of the first swing arm 326, the synchronizing gear 3281 and the rotating end 3271 of the second swing arm 327 to limit the position, so that The cooperation relationship between the rotating end 3261 of the first swing arm 326 , the synchronization assembly 328 and the rotating end 3271 of the second swing arm 327 and the middle shell 321 is more stable, and the reliability of the folding mechanism 32 is higher.
  • the first rotating shaft 3262a of the first swing arm 326 is mounted on the first chute 3225 of the first fixing frame 322, and can slide and rotate in the first chute 3225, so that the movable end 3262 of the first swing arm 326
  • the first fixing frame 322 is slidably connected and rotatably connected.
  • the second rotating shaft 3272a of the second swing arm 327 is mounted on the second sliding groove 3235 of the second fixing frame 323, and the second rotating shaft 3272a can slide and rotate in the second sliding groove 3235, so as to enable the movement of the second swing arm 327
  • the end 3272 is slidably connected to and rotatably connected to the second fixing frame 323 .
  • the first swing arm 326 rotates relative to the middle case 321 , the first swing arm 326 slides relative to the first fixing frame 322 and is opposite to the first fixing frame 322 Rotation; the second swing arm 327 rotates relative to the middle shell 321 , the second swing arm 327 slides relative to the second fixing frame 323 and rotates relative to the second fixing frame 323 .
  • the rotating end 3261 of the first swing arm 326 and the rotating end 3271 of the second swing arm 327 are connected by a plurality of synchronizing gears 3281, so that the rotation angle of the rotating end 3261 of the first swing arm 326 is the same as that of the second swing arm 327.
  • the rotation angles of the rotating ends 3271 of the arms 327 are the same in magnitude and opposite in direction, so that the rotations of the first swing arm 326 and the second swing arm 327 relative to the middle shell 321 are synchronized, that is, approach each other or move away from each other synchronously.
  • the first fixing frame 322 since the movable end 3262 of the first swing arm 326 is slidably connected to and rotatably connected to the first fixing frame 322, and the movable end 3272 of the second swing arm 327 is slidably connected to and rotatably connected to the second fixing frame 323, the first fixing frame 322 During the rotation of the second fixing frame 323 relative to the middle shell 321, the first swing arm 326 will affect the rotation angle of the first fixing frame 322, and the second swing arm 327 will affect the rotation angle of the second fixing frame 323, so that the first swing arm 326 will affect the rotation angle of the second fixing frame 323.
  • the rotations of the fixing frame 322 and the second fixing frame 323 relative to the middle shell 321 are kept synchronously, that is, they are synchronously approaching each other or moving away from each other.
  • the rotating end 3261 of the first swing arm 326 , the plurality of synchronizing gears 3281 and the rotating end 3271 of the second swing arm 327 are arranged in an arc shape. That is, the rotation center of the rotation end 3261 of the first swing arm 326, the rotation centers of the plurality of synchronizing gears 3281, and the rotation center of the rotation end 3271 of the second swing arm 327 are arranged in an arc shape.
  • the rotating end 3261 of the first swing arm 326, the plurality of synchronizing gears 3281, and the rotating end 3271 of the second swing arm 327 can make full use of the inner space 3213 of the middle shell 321, so that the inner space 3213 of the middle shell 321 can be more A large amount of space is released to form a screen-accommodating space for accommodating part of the flexible display screen 4 when the electronic device 200 is closed, so as to improve the compactness of the component arrangement of the electronic device 200 and reduce the volume of the electronic device 200 .
  • FIG. 74 is a schematic structural diagram of a part of the folding mechanism 32 shown in FIG. 43
  • FIG. 75 is a cross-sectional schematic diagram of the structure shown in FIG. 74 taken along J-J. 74 shows the middle shell 321 , the first fixing frame 322 , the second fixing frame 323 , the second swing arm 327 , the first stopper 329 and the second stopper 3250 of the folding mechanism 32
  • FIG. 74 shows the middle shell 321 , the first fixing frame 322 , the second fixing frame 323 , the second swing arm 327 , the first stopper 329 and the second stopper 3250 of the folding mechanism 32
  • FIG. 74 shows the middle shell 321 , the first fixing frame 322 , the second fixing frame 323 , the second swing arm 327 , the first stopper 329 and the second stopper 3250 of the folding mechanism 32
  • FIG. 74 shows the middle shell 321 , the first fixing frame 322 , the second fixing frame 323 , the second swing arm 327
  • the first stopper 329 is installed in the first installation groove 3226 of the first fixing frame 322
  • the second stopper 3250 is installed in the second installation groove 3236 of the second fixing frame 323 .
  • the first mounting groove 3226 of the first fixing frame 322 communicates with the first sliding groove 3225
  • the first stop member 329 partially extends into the first sliding groove 3225 .
  • the second mounting groove 3236 of the second fixing frame 323 communicates with the second sliding groove 3235
  • the second stopper 3250 partially extends into the second sliding groove 3235 .
  • the first stopper 329 abuts against the movable end 3262 of the first swing arm 326, and the second stopper 3250 against the movable end 3272 of the second swing arm 327 .
  • the first stop member 329 abuts against the first rotation shaft 3262 a of the first swing arm 326
  • the second stop member 3250 abuts against the second rotation shaft 3272 a of the second swing arm 327 .
  • the first stop member 329 abuts against the side of the first rotating shaft 3262a close to the middle casing 321 to block the first swing arm 326 from moving in the direction close to the middle casing 321
  • the second The stopper 3250 abuts against the side of the second rotating shaft 3272 a that is close to the middle case 321 , so as to block the second swing arm 327 from moving toward the direction close to the middle case 321 .
  • the positions of the first swing arm 326 and the second swing arm 327 are stabilized, so that the housing device 3 can maintain the open state.
  • the limit of the first swing arm 326 by the first stop member 329 and the limit of the second swing arm 327 by the second stop member 3250 so that the housing device 3 is not subjected to a large external force. Keep it open to improve the user experience.
  • the first swing arm 326 needs to move from the side of the first stop member 329 close to the middle case 321 to the side away from the middle case 321 , when the first swing arm 326 passes the first stop member 329, it needs to overcome the limiting resistance of the first stop member 329, and the second swing arm 327 needs to move from the side of the second stop member 3250 close to the middle shell 321 To the side away from the middle shell 321 , when the second swing arm 327 passes the second stop member 3250 , it needs to overcome the limiting resistance of the second stop member 3250 .
  • the first swing arm 326 needs to move from the side of the first stop member 329 away from the middle case 321 to the side close to the middle case 321 .
  • the swing arm 326 passes the first stop member 329, it needs to overcome the limiting resistance of the first stop member 329, and the second swing arm 327 needs to move from the side of the second stop member 3250 away from the middle shell 321 to the side close to the middle shell 321.
  • the second swing arm 327 passes the second stop member 3250 , it needs to overcome the limiting resistance of the second stop member 3250 . Therefore, the first stopper 329 and the second stopper 3250 can provide limiting resistance during the process of unfolding the electronic device 200 to enter the open state and during the process of folding to release the open state, so that the user can experience better sense of institutional operation.
  • FIG. 76 is a schematic structural diagram of the first stopper 329 shown in FIG. 45
  • FIG. 77 is an exploded structural diagram of the first stopper 329 shown in FIG. 76
  • the first stop member 329 includes a bracket 3291 and an elastic member 3292 .
  • the bracket 3291 is a rigid structure and is not easily deformed under the action of external force.
  • the elastic member 3292 is an elastic structure, which is easily deformed under the action of external force.
  • the bracket 3291 includes a control portion 3291a and a resisting portion 3291b.
  • the control part 3291a may include a plate body 3291c and a guide column 3291d fixed on one side of the plate body 3291c, the abutting part 3291b is fixed on the other side of the plate body 3291c, and the number of the guide columns 3291d may be one or more.
  • the elastic member 3292 can be a spring, the number of the springs corresponds to the number of the guide posts 3291d, and the springs can be sleeved on the guide posts 3291d.
  • the elastic member 3292 of the stop member 329 can be deformed under the action of an external force, so that the stop member 329 can move relative to the movable end 3262 of the first swing arm 326, thereby improving the relationship between the stop member 329 and the first swing arm 326. Limitation reliability of the movable end 3262 of the swing arm 326 .
  • the stop member 329 may further include a buffer member 3293 , and the buffer member 3293 is mounted on the abutting portion 3291 b of the bracket 3291 .
  • the buffer member 3293 can be made of a material with low rigidity (eg, rubber, etc.), so that when an external force is received, it can absorb the impact force through deformation and realize buffering.
  • the stop member 329 abuts against the movable end 3262 of the first swing arm 326 through the buffer member 3293 having a buffer function, which is beneficial to lower the bracket of the stop member 329
  • the risk of wear of 3291 and the movable end 3262 of the first swing arm 326 during long-term relative movement improves the limit reliability of the stopper 329 and makes the folding mechanism 32 more reliable.
  • the structure of the second stopper 3250 can be the same as that of the first stopper 329, so as to simplify the material types of the housing device 3 and reduce the cost. In this embodiment, the specific structure of the second stop member 3250 will not be described in detail.
  • the above embodiments illustrate an implementation structure of the stopper by way of example, and the stopper in the embodiments of the present application may also have other structures, such as elastic rubber blocks, etc., which are not strictly enforced in this application. limited.
  • FIG. 78 is a schematic structural diagram of the first support plate 324 and the second support plate 325 shown in FIG. 45
  • the viewing angle of FIG. 79 is left and right reversed relative to the viewing angle of FIG. 78 .
  • the first support plate 324 may include a first plate body 3242 , a first rotating portion 3243 and a first sliding rail 3244 fixed to the first plate body 3242 .
  • the first support plate 324 may be an integrally formed structure to obtain higher structural strength.
  • the support surface 3241 of the first support plate 324 is formed on the first plate body 3242 .
  • the first plate body 3242 includes a fixed surface 3246 , and the fixed surface 3246 is disposed away from the support surface 3241 of the first support plate 324 .
  • the first sliding rail 3244 is fixed on the fixing surface 3246 .
  • the first plate body 3242 may include a top surface and a bottom surface disposed opposite to each other, the top surface of the first plate body 3242 forms the support surface 3241 of the first support plate 324 , and the first slide rail 3244 is fixed on the first plate body 3242 . underside. Wherein, one side of the first plate body 3242 may be provided with a first notch 3242a, and the first rotating portion 3243 is located in the first notch 3242a. The other side of the first plate body 3242 may further be provided with a first avoidance notch 3242b, and the first avoidance notch 3242b is disposed away from the first notch 3242a. The first avoidance notch 3242b is used to avoid other components of the folding mechanism 32 during the rotation of the first support plate 324 .
  • the second support plate 325 includes a second plate body 3252 , a second rotating portion 3253 and a second sliding rail 3254 fixed to the second plate body 3252 .
  • the second support plate 325 may be an integrally formed structure to obtain higher structural strength.
  • the supporting surface 3251 of the second supporting plate 325 is formed on the second plate body 3252 .
  • the second plate body 3252 includes a fixing surface 3256 , and the fixing surface 3256 is disposed away from the supporting surface 3251 of the second supporting plate 325 .
  • the second sliding rail 3254 is fixed on the fixing surface 3256 .
  • the second plate body 3252 may include a top surface and a bottom surface disposed opposite to each other, the top surface of the second plate body 3252 forms the support surface 3251 of the second support plate 325 , and the second slide rail 3254 is fixed on the second plate body 3252 . underside.
  • One side of the second plate body 3252 may be provided with a second notch 3252a, and the second rotating portion 3253 is located in the second notch 3252a.
  • the other side of the second plate body 3252 may further be provided with a second avoidance notch 3252b, and the second avoidance notch 3252b is disposed away from the second notch 3252a.
  • the second avoidance notch 3252b and the first avoidance notch 3242b are disposed opposite to each other.
  • the second avoidance notch 3252b is used to avoid other components of the folding mechanism 32 during the rotation of the second support plate 325 .
  • the first plate body 3242 of the first support plate 324 may be a mirror-symmetric structure.
  • the first support plate 324 may further include another first rotating part 3243' and another first sliding rail 3244', the first rotating part 3243' and the first rotating part 3243 may be mirror-symmetrical structures, and the first sliding rail 3244'
  • the first sliding rail 3244 may be a mirror-symmetric structure.
  • the specific structure of the first support plate 324 is not strictly limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the second plate body 3252 of the second support plate 325 may have a mirror-symmetric structure.
  • the second support plate 325 may further include another second rotating part 3253' and another second sliding rail 3254', the second rotating part 3253' and the second rotating part 3253 may be mirror-symmetrical structures, and the second sliding rail 3254'
  • the second sliding rail 3254 may be a mirror-symmetric structure.
  • the specific structure of the second support plate 325 is not strictly limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 80 is an enlarged schematic view of the structure at the position K of the folding mechanism 32 shown in FIG. 42 .
  • the first support plate 324 is rotatably connected to the first fixing frame 322 .
  • the first rotating portion 3243 of the first supporting plate 324 can be connected to the first connecting protrusion 3228 of the first fixing frame 322 through the rotating shaft 3245 .
  • the first connection protrusions 3228 are at least partially located in the first notches 3242 a of the first support plate 324 so as to be embedded in the first support plate 324 .
  • the second support plate 325 is rotatably connected to the second fixing frame 323 .
  • the second rotating part 3253 of the second supporting plate 325 can be connected to the second connecting protrusion 3238 of the second fixing frame 323 through the rotating shaft 3255 .
  • the second connection protrusions 3238 are at least partially located in the second notches 3252 a of the second support plate 325 to be embedded in the second support plate 325 .
  • first support plate 324 and the first fixing frame 322 are connected by a solid shaft
  • second support plate 325 and the second fixing frame 323 are connected by a solid shaft.
  • the connection is reliable and the virtual position of rotation is small. , the turning action is precise and stable.
  • the embedded relationship between the first connecting bump 3228 and the first support plate 324 and the embedded relationship between the second connecting bump 3238 and the second support plate 325 enable the first support plate 324 and the first fixing frame 322 to be parallel to each other.
  • the second support plate 325 and the second fixing frame 323 can limit each other in the direction parallel to the rotation center, which improves the reliability of the rotation connection structure of the folding mechanism 32 .
  • first support plate 324 and the first fixing frame 322 may also be rotationally connected by a virtual axis
  • second support plate 325 and the second fixing frame 323 may also be rotationally connected by a virtual axis.
  • the virtual shaft rotational connection can reduce the design difficulty of the connection structure, so that the overall thickness of the connection structure is smaller.
  • the rotational connection structures between the first support plate 324 and the first fixing frame 322 and between the second support plate 325 and the second fixing frame 323 may be all connected by a solid shaft, or may be all connected by a solid shaft.
  • the virtual shaft connection is adopted, or the physical shaft connection and the virtual shaft connection can be mixed, which is not strictly limited in this application.
  • the top surface 3221 of the first fixing frame 322 faces the first support plate 324
  • the second side surface 3224 faces the middle case 321
  • the top surface 3231 of the second fixing frame 323 faces the second support plate 325
  • the second side surface 3234 faces the middle case 321 .
  • FIG. 81 is a schematic structural diagram of the first adapter block 3210 and the second adapter block 3220 shown in FIG. 45 .
  • the first adapter block 3210 includes a rotating part 3210a and a sliding part 3210b.
  • the rotating portion 3210a of the first adapter block 3210 is claw-shaped, and the rotating portion 3210a of the first adapter block 3210 may include a plurality of third claw teeth 3210c spaced apart from each other.
  • the rotation portion 3210a of the first adapter block 3210 is provided with a third rotation hole 3210d, and the third rotation hole 3210d penetrates through a plurality of third claw teeth 3210c.
  • the second adapter block 3220 includes a rotating part 3220a and a sliding part 3220b.
  • the rotating portion 3220a of the second adapter block 3220 is claw-shaped, and the rotating portion 3220a of the second adapter block 3220 may include a plurality of fourth claw teeth 3220c spaced apart from each other.
  • the rotating portion 3220a of the second adapter block 3220 is provided with a fourth rotating hole 3220d, and the fourth rotating hole 3220d penetrates through a plurality of fourth claw teeth 3220c.
  • FIG. 82 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the folding mechanism 32 shown in FIG. 43
  • FIG. 83 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the structure shown in FIG. 82 .
  • 82 shows part of the first support plate 324 , part of the second support plate 325 , the first swing arm 326 , the second swing arm 327 , the synchronization assembly 328 , the first transfer block 3210 , the second swing arm 327 of the folding mechanism 32
  • FIG. 83 shows part of the second supporting plate 325 , the second swing arm 327 , part of the synchronization assembly 328 , and the second connecting block 3220 of the folding mechanism 32 and the second transfer shaft 3240 .
  • the rotating portion 3210 a of the first adapter block 3210 is rotatably connected to the movable end 3262 of the first swing arm 326
  • the sliding portion 3210 b of the first adapter block 3210 is slidably connected to the first support plate 324 .
  • the first support plate 324 is slidably connected to and rotatably connected to the movable end 3262 of the first swing arm 326 .
  • the rotating part 3210a of the first adapter block 3210 is embedded between the plurality of first pawl teeth 3262b of the first swing arm 326 .
  • the first connecting shaft 3230 is inserted into the first rotating shaft 3262 a of the first swing arm 326 , the plurality of first pawl teeth 3262 b and the rotating portion 3210 a of the first connecting block 3210 .
  • the first adapter shaft 3230 can be inserted into the first rotation hole 3262c of the first swing arm 326, and can also be inserted into the third rotation hole 3210d of the first adapter block 3210 (see FIG. 81 ).
  • the plurality of third pawl teeth 3210c of the rotating portion 3210a of the first adapter block 3210 and the plurality of first pawl teeth 3262b of the first swing arm 326 may be connected alternately.
  • the sliding portion 3210b of the first adapter block 3210 can be slidably connected to the first sliding rail 3244 of the first support plate 324 .
  • the rotating portion 3220a of the second adapter block 3220 is rotatably connected to the movable end 3272 of the second swing arm 327
  • the sliding portion 3220b of the second adapter block 3220 is slidably connected to the second support plate 325 .
  • the second support plate 325 is slidably connected to and rotatably connected to the movable end 3272 of the second swing arm 327 .
  • the rotating part 3220a of the second adapter block 3220 is embedded between the plurality of second pawl teeth 3272b of the second swing arm 327 .
  • the second connecting shaft 3240 is inserted into the second rotating shaft 3272 a of the second swing arm 327 , the plurality of second pawl teeth 3272 b and the rotating portion 3220 a of the second connecting block 3220 .
  • the second adapter shaft 3240 can be inserted into the second rotation hole 3272c of the second swing arm 327 , and can also be inserted into the fourth rotation hole 3220d of the second adapter block 3220 .
  • the plurality of fourth claws 3220c of the rotating portion 3220a of the second adapter block 3220 and the plurality of second claws 3272b of the second swing arm 327 may be connected alternately.
  • the sliding portion 3220b of the second adapter block 3220 can be slidably connected to the second sliding rail 3254 of the second support plate 325 .
  • the rotating part 3210a of the first adapter block 3210 and the rotating part 3220a of the second adapter block 3220 can also be presented as a protrusion with a rotating hole.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not strictly limit the specific shapes of the first adapter block 3210 and the second adapter block 3220 .
  • the connection relationship between the first support plate 324 and the movable end 3262 of the first swing arm 326, and the connection relationship between the first support plate 324 and the movable end 3262 of the first swing arm 326 It can also be implemented by other structures, which are not strictly limited in this application.
  • FIG. 84 is a schematic cross-sectional structural diagram of the electronic device 200 shown in FIG. 39 taken along L1-L1
  • FIG. 85 is a structural schematic diagram of a part of the structure shown in FIG. 84 at another angle
  • 86 is a schematic view of the cross-sectional structure of the electronic device 200 shown in FIG. 40 taken along L2-L2
  • FIG. 87 is a schematic view of the structure of a part of the structure shown in FIG. 86 at another angle
  • FIG. 88 is a schematic view of the electronic device 200 shown in FIG. 39.
  • FIG. 89 is a schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of the electronic device 200 shown in FIG. 40 taken along the section M2-M2.
  • the electronic device 200 shown in FIGS. 84 and 85 is in an open state, and the electronic device 200 shown in FIGS. 86 and 87 is in a closed state.
  • L1-L1 is the same position as L2-L2
  • M1-M1 is the same position as M2-M2.
  • the first fixing frame 322 is fixedly connected to the first casing 31 .
  • the rotating end 3261 of the first swing arm 326 is rotatably connected to the middle shell 321
  • the movable end 3262 of the first swing arm 326 is slidably connected and rotatably connected to the first fixing frame 322 .
  • the rotating end 3261 of the first swing arm 326 can be installed in the movable space 3213c of the middle shell 321
  • the movable end 3262 of the first swing arm 326 can be installed in the first sliding slot 3225 of the first fixing frame 322 .
  • the movable end 3262 of the first swing arm 326 is slidably connected to and rotatably connected to the first support plate 324 .
  • the movable end 3262 of the first swing arm 326 is rotatably connected to the first adapter block 3210
  • the first adapter block 3210 is slidably connected to the first support plate 324 .
  • the second fixing frame 323 is fixedly connected to the second casing 33 .
  • the rotating end 3271 of the second swing arm 327 is rotatably connected to the middle shell 321
  • the movable end 3272 of the second swing arm 327 is slidably connected to and rotatably connected to the second fixing frame 323 .
  • the rotating end 3271 of the second swing arm 327 can be installed in the movable space 3213c of the middle shell 321
  • the movable end 3272 of the second swing arm 327 can be installed in the second sliding slot 3235 of the second fixing frame 323 .
  • the movable end 3272 of the second swing arm 327 is slidably connected to and rotatably connected to the second support plate 325 .
  • the movable end 3272 of the second swing arm 327 is rotatably connected to the second adapter block 3220
  • the second adapter block 3220 is slidably connected to the second support plate 325 .
  • the extension direction of the second sliding groove 3235 is the same as that of the first sliding groove 3225 . direction away from each other. That is, in the direction close to the middle shell 321 , the extending direction of the second sliding groove 3235 and the extending direction of the first sliding groove 3225 exhibit an opening trend.
  • the first support plate 324 is rotatably connected to the first fixing frame 322
  • the second support plate 325 is rotatably connected to the second fixing frame 323
  • the first casing 31 , the first supporting plate 324 , the second supporting plate 325 and the second casing 33 jointly carry the flexible display screen 4 .
  • FIG. 88 when the first casing 31 and the second casing 33 are relatively unfolded to the open state, the supporting surface 3241 of the first supporting plate 324 is flush with the supporting surface 3251 of the second supporting plate 325 , and the flexible display screen 4 in a flattened form. As shown in FIG.
  • the supporting surface 3241 of the first supporting plate 324 and the supporting surface 3251 of the second supporting plate 325 are disposed opposite to each other, and are close to each other.
  • the shells 321 are oriented away from each other.
  • the flexible display screen 4 is in a folded state, and the bent part of the flexible display screen 4 is in the shape of a water drop.
  • the first support plate 324 is slidably connected to the first adapter block 3210
  • the first adapter block 3210 is rotatably connected to the movable end 3262 of the first swing arm 326
  • the movable end of the first swing arm 326 3262 is slidably connected to and rotatably connected to the first fixing frame 322 through the first chute 3225
  • the second support plate 325 is slidably connected to the second adapter block 3220
  • the second adapter block 3220 is rotatably connected to the movable end 3272 of the second swing arm 327
  • the movable end 3272 of the second swing arm 327 is slidably connected to the second fixing frame 323 through the second chute 3235 and is rotatably connected to the second fixing frame 323 .
  • the extending direction of the second sliding slot 3235 and the extending direction of the first sliding slot 3225 are far away from each other. Therefore, when the first housing 31 and the second housing 33 are converted from the open state to the closed state, the first swing arm The movable end 3262 of the first swing arm 326 and the movable end 3272 of the second swing arm 327 are both close to the middle shell 321 and away from each other.
  • the movable end 3262 of the first swing arm 326 drives the first adapter block 3210 to approach the first support plate 324 and approach the middle shell
  • One end of 321 (referred to as the movable end) is driven by the first adapter block 3210 to drive the movable end of the first support plate 324 away from the second support plate 325, and the movable end 3272 of the second swing arm 327 drives the second adapter block 3220 to slide.
  • One end of the second support plate 325 close to the middle shell 321 (referred to as the movable end), and the movable end of the second support plate 325 is brought away from the first support plate 324 through the second adapter block 3220 .
  • the distance between the rotating end of the first supporting plate 324 and the rotating end of the second supporting plate 325 is smaller than the movement of the first supporting plate 324
  • the distance between the end and the movable end of the second support plate 325, the first support plate 324 and the second support plate 325 are V-shaped, the support surface 3241 of the first support plate 324 is opposite to the support surface 3251 of the second support plate 325 are arranged and away from each other in a direction close to the middle case 321 .
  • the electronic device 200 adopts the housing device 3 to realize the inward folding of the screen, and the electronic device 200 can be bent. Since the first support plate 324 is rotatably connected to the first fixing frame 322 , the first fixing frame 322 is rotatably connected to the middle shell 321 , and the first support plate 324 is slidably connected and rotatably connected to the movable end 3262 of the first swing arm 326 , and the first swing arm 326 The movable end 3262 of the first swing arm 326 is slidably connected to and rotatably connected to the first fixing frame 322, and the rotating end 3261 of the first swing arm 326 is rotatably connected to the middle shell 321, so the movement track of the first support plate 324 relative to the middle shell 321 is determined by the first fixing frame 322 and the middle shell 321.
  • the first swing arms 326 are jointly defined, and the movement track of the first support plate 324 is accurate. Since the second supporting plate 325 is rotatably connected to the second fixing frame 323 , the second fixing frame 323 is rotatably connected to the middle shell 321 , the second supporting plate 325 is slidably connected and rotatably connected to the movable end 3272 of the second swing arm 327 , and the second swing arm 327 The movable end 3272 of the second arm 327 is slidably connected to and rotatably connected to the second fixing frame 323, and the rotating end 3271 of the second swing arm 327 is rotatably connected to the middle shell 321, so the movement track of the second support plate 325 relative to the middle shell 321 is determined by the second fixing frame 323 and the middle shell 321.
  • the second swing arms 327 are jointly defined, and the movement track of the second support plate 325 is accurate. Therefore, the movement trajectories of the first support plate 324 and the second support plate 325 are restricted by other components of the folding mechanism 32.
  • the first support plate 324 and the The movement trajectory of the second support plate 325 is accurate, so it can be flattened in the open state, thereby providing a flat and strong support for the flexible display screen 4, and automatically avoids it in the closed state to form a screen space, and the screen space is precisely controlled,
  • the folding action of the housing device 3 to the flexible display screen 4 is stable and the pressing force is small, which is beneficial to reduce the risk of damage to the flexible display screen 4 due to excessive extrusion of the folding mechanism 32, and improve the reliability of the flexible display screen 4. higher.
  • a plurality of synchronizing gears 3281 are installed in the movable space 3213c of the middle casing 321, each synchronizing gear 3281 is rotatably connected to the middle casing 321, and two adjacent synchronizing gears 3281 mesh with each other.
  • the rotating end 3261 of the first swing arm 326 engages the rotating end 3271 of the second swing arm 327 through a plurality of synchronizing gears 3281 .
  • the arrangement of the plurality of synchronizing gears 3281 keeps the moving movements of the first swing arm 326 and the second swing arm 327 synchronously, that is, approaching or moving away from each other synchronously, and the first swing arm 326 is linked and fixedly connected to the
  • the first fixing frame 322 of a casing 31 and the second swing arm 327 are linked and fixedly connected to the second fixing frame 323 of the second casing 33 , so the first casing 31 and the second casing 33 rotate relative to the middle casing 321
  • the synchronization is good, and the mechanism operation experience of the casing device 3 and the electronic device 200 is improved.
  • the rotating end 3261 of the first swing arm 326 , the plurality of synchronizing gears 3281 and the rotating end 3271 of the second swing arm 327 are arranged in an arc shape. Since the rotating end 3261 of the first swing arm 326, the plurality of synchronizing gears 3281 and the rotating end 3261 of the second synchronizing swing arm are arranged in an arc, the bottom space of the inner space 3213 of the middle shell 321 is fully utilized, so that the middle shell The top space of the inner space 3213 of the 321 is released to form a screen-accommodating space, and the flexible display screen 4 can be partially accommodated in the inner space 3213 of the middle case 321 in the closed state, which is beneficial to improve the compactness of the arrangement of the components of the electronic device 200 , reducing the volume of the electronic device 200 .
  • the first sliding groove 3225 of the first fixing frame 322 is inclined relative to the bottom surface 3222 of the first fixing frame 322 , and the first sliding groove 3225 and the bottom surface 3222 of the first fixing frame 322 are close to the middle case. 321 are close to each other.
  • the second sliding slot 3235 of the second fixing frame 323 is inclined relative to the bottom surface 3232 of the second fixing frame 323 .
  • the inclined design of the first chute 3225 and the second chute 3235 is beneficial to reduce the thickness of the folding mechanism 32 and optimize the structure of the mechanism.
  • first chute 3225 may also be parallel to the bottom surface 3222 of the first fixing frame 322
  • second sliding slot 3235 may also be parallel to the bottom surface 3232 of the second fixing frame 323 , which is not strictly enforced in this application. limited.
  • the top surface 3221 of the first fixing frame 322 faces the first support plate 324 , and the top surface 3221 of the first fixing frame 322 and the bottom surface 3222 of the first fixing frame 322 are close to each other in the direction close to the middle shell 321 .
  • the top surface 3231 of the second fixing frame 323 faces the second support plate 325 , and the top surface 3231 of the second fixing frame 323 and the bottom surface 3232 of the second fixing frame 323 are close to each other in a direction close to the middle case 321 .
  • a gap is formed between the top surface 3221 of the first fixing frame 322 and the first supporting plate 324 , and the top surface 3231 of the second fixing frame 323 and the second supporting plate A gap is formed between 325.
  • the top surface 3221 of the first fixing frame 322 can support the first support plate 324
  • the top surface of the second fixing frame 323 can support the first supporting plate 324 .
  • the face 3231 may support the second support plate 325 .
  • the middle casing 321 is partially located in the first fixing groove 312 and partly located in the second fixing groove 332 .
  • the first casing 31 and the second casing The body 33 covers the appearance surface 3214 of the outer cover 3211 .
  • the middle casing 321 partially protrudes from the first fixing groove 312 and the second fixing groove 332, and the appearance surface 3214 of the outer cover 3211 is opposite to the first fixing groove 312 and the second fixing groove 332.
  • a casing 31 and a second casing 33 are exposed.
  • the middle casing 321 is gradually exposed or gradually hidden from the first casing 31 and the second casing 33, and the cooperation of the three can realize the casing
  • the backside of the body device 3 and the electronic device 200 is self-shielded, which improves the appearance integrity and the waterproof and dustproof performance.
  • the appearance of the electronic device 200 using the housing device 3 is relatively complete, which is beneficial to improve the reliability of the product and the user experience, and also helps to improve the waterproof and dustproof performance of the electronic device 200 .
  • the first support plate 324 covers part of the inner space 3213 of the middle shell 321
  • the second support plate 325 covers part of the inner space 3213 .
  • the first support plate 324 and the second support plate 325 are close to each other, the distance between the support surface 3241 of the first support plate 324 and the support surface 3251 of the second support plate 325 is small, and the folding mechanism 32 adopts a two-plate structure That is, a relatively complete plane support can be provided to the bent portion 42 of the flexible display screen 4 in the open state.
  • the first support plate 324 when the housing device 3 is in an open state, the first support plate 324 can be spliced with the second support plate 325 to better provide strong support for the flexible display screen 4 .
  • the first support plate 324 partially extends into the inner space 3213 of the middle shell 321
  • the second support plate 325 partially extends into the inner space 3213 .
  • part of the space between the first support plate 324 and the second support plate 325 in the inner space 3213 of the middle case 321 is released to form a screen-accommodating space, and the flexible display screen 4 can partially extend into the inner space of the middle case 321 3213, the space utilization rate is improved, the arrangement of components of the electronic device 200 is more compact, and the miniaturization of the electronic device 200 is facilitated.
  • FIG. 90 is a schematic structural diagram of the electronic device 200 provided by an embodiment of the present application when it is in an open state in other embodiments
  • FIG. 91 is a schematic diagram of the electronic device 200 shown in FIG. 90 when it is in a closed state.
  • FIG. 92 is a schematic diagram of a partially exploded structure of the housing device 3 of the electronic device 200 shown in FIG. 90 .
  • the electronic device 200 in this embodiment may include most of the technical features of the electronic device 200 in the foregoing embodiment. The following mainly describes the differences between the two, and most of the technical contents that are the same between the two will not be repeated.
  • the electronic device 200 includes a housing device 3 and a flexible display screen 4 , and the flexible display screen 4 is mounted on the housing device 3 .
  • the flexible display screen 4 is used to display images, and the housing device 3 is used to drive the flexible display screen 4 to move.
  • the casing device 3 includes a first casing 31 , a folding mechanism 32 and a second casing 33 connected in sequence.
  • the folding mechanism 32 can be deformed, so that the first casing 31 and the second casing 33 are relatively folded or relatively unfolded.
  • the first housing 31 may include a first body 316 and two first baffles 317 , and the two first baffles 317 are respectively fixed on two sides of the first body 316 .
  • the first body 316 includes a support surface 311 of the first casing 31 and a first fixing groove 312 , and the two first baffles 317 can form a groove side wall of the first fixing groove 312 .
  • the second housing 33 includes a second body 336 and two second baffles 337 , and the two second baffles 337 are respectively fixed on two sides of the second body 336 .
  • the second body 336 includes a support surface 331 of the second casing 33 and a second fixing groove 332 , and the two second baffles 337 can form a groove side wall of the second fixing groove 332 .
  • the end of the first baffle 317 close to the first fixing groove 312 and the second baffle 337 are close to the second fixing groove 332
  • the ends of the electronic device 200 are spliced together, the folding mechanism 32 is shielded by the first casing 31 and the second casing 33, and the electronic device 200 can realize self-shielding of the appearance in the open state, which improves the waterproof and dustproof performance.
  • the first baffle 317 is close to the top of the support surface 311 of the first casing 31 and the second baffle 337 is close to the first baffle 317 .
  • the tops of the supporting surfaces 331 of the two casings 33 are spliced together, the first casing 31 and the second casing 33 are completely closed, and the middle casing 321 of the folding mechanism 32 is partially exposed.
  • the electronic device 200 can realize self-shielding of the appearance in the closed state, thereby improving the waterproof and dustproof performance.
  • the electronic device 200 realizes the appearance self-shielding in the open state and the closed state through the structural design of the first casing 31 and the second casing 33 , and the end cover parts for realizing appearance shielding can be omitted.
  • the structure design of the device 200 is relatively simple, and the cost is low.
  • the splicing of the first baffle 317 and the second baffle 337 may include the situation in which the two are in contact with each other, and may also include the situation in which a small gap is formed between the two, which is not strictly limited in this application.
  • FIG. 93 is a schematic structural diagram of the electronic device 300 provided by the embodiments of the present application when it is in an open state in some embodiments
  • FIG. 94 is the electronic device 300 shown in FIG. 93 in an open state. Schematic diagram of the structure in the closed state.
  • the electronic device 300 in this embodiment may include some of the technical features of the electronic devices (100, 200) in the previous embodiments. The following mainly describes the differences between the two, and most of the technical contents that are the same between the two will not be repeated.
  • the electronic device 300 includes a housing device 5 and a flexible display screen 6 , and the flexible display screen 6 is mounted on the housing device 5 .
  • the flexible display screen 6 is used to display images, and the housing device 5 is used to drive the flexible display screen 6 to move.
  • the casing device 5 includes a first casing 51 , a folding mechanism 52 and a second casing 53 .
  • the folding mechanism 52 connects the first casing 51 and the second casing 53 , and the folding mechanism 52 is used to connect the first casing 51 to the second casing 53 .
  • the two casings 53 can be folded or unfolded relatively. In other words, the first casing 51 , the folding mechanism 52 and the second casing 53 are connected in sequence.
  • the first casing 51 and the second casing 53 can be folded relative to each other through the deformation of the folding mechanism 52 , and can also be folded by the deformation of the folding mechanism 52 . Implement relative expansion.
  • the first casing 51 and the second casing 53 can be relatively unfolded to an open state, that is, the casing device 5 is in an open state, so that the electronic device 300 is in an open state.
  • the flexible display screen 6 is unfolded with the housing device 5 and is in a flattened state.
  • the included angle between the first casing 51 and the second casing 53 may be approximately 180°.
  • the angle between the two may also have a slight deviation from 180°, such as 165°, 177°, or 185°.
  • the first casing 51 and the second casing 53 can be folded relatively to a closed state, that is, the casing device 5 is in a closed state, so that the electronic device 300 is in a closed state.
  • the flexible display screen 6 is folded with the housing device 5 and is in a folded state, and the flexible display screen 6 is located inside the housing device 5 .
  • the first casing 51 and the second casing 53 can also be relatively unfolded or folded to an intermediate state, that is, the casing device 5 is in an intermediate state, so that the electronic device 300 is in an intermediate state, and the intermediate state can be an open state and an intermediate state. Any state between closed states.
  • the flexible display screen 6 moves with the housing device 5 .
  • the flexible display screen 6 can be unfolded and folded with the housing device 5 .
  • the flexible display screen 6 is in a flattened state, and the flexible display screen 6 can be displayed in a full screen, so that the electronic device 300 has a larger display area to improve the user's viewing experience and operating experience.
  • the plane size of the electronic device 300 is small (with a small width dimension), which is convenient for the user to carry and store.
  • the first casing 51 and the second casing 53 when the first casing 51 and the second casing 53 are in an open state, the first casing 51 and the second casing 53 can be spliced together.
  • the splicing of the first shell 51 and the second shell 53 includes the situation that the two abut against each other, and may also include the situation that there is a small gap between the two.
  • the stop of the unfolding action of the housing device 5 can be realized, so as to prevent the housing device 5 from being over-folded during unfolding, thereby reducing the flexible display
  • the force of the screen 6 is improved, and the reliability of the flexible display screen 6 and the electronic device 300 is improved.
  • the first shell 51 and the second shell 53 when the first shell 51 and the second shell 53 are in the closed state, the first shell 51 and the second shell 53 can be completely closed, and there is no large gap between the first shell 51 and the second shell 53 , so that the appearance experience of the housing device 5 and the electronic device 300 is better, and the performance of waterproof, dustproof, and foreign matter prevention is better.
  • the first shell 51 and the second shell 53 are completely closed, which can also prevent some foreign objects (such as nails, paper clips, glass slag, etc.) outside the electronic device 300 from entering between the first shell 51 and the second shell 53 , so as to prevent foreign objects from damaging the flexible display screen 6 , thereby improving the reliability of the electronic device 300 .
  • the electronic device 300 may further include a plurality of modules (not shown in the figure), and the plurality of modules may be accommodated inside the housing device 5 .
  • the multiple modules of the electronic device 300 may include, but are not limited to, a motherboard, a processor, a memory, a battery, a camera module, an earpiece module, a speaker module, a microphone module, an antenna module, a sensor module, etc. The example does not specifically limit the number, type, location, etc. of the modules of the electronic device 300 .
  • the location of the earpiece module of the electronic device 300 can be defined as the upper side of the electronic device 300, and the location of the microphone module of the electronic device 300 can be defined as the lower side of the electronic device 300.
  • the two sides of the 300 held by the left and right hands of the user may be defined as the left and right sides of the electronic device 300 .
  • the electronic device 300 can be folded left and right. In some other embodiments, the electronic device 300 can be folded up and down.
  • the flexible display screen 6 includes a first non-bending part 61 , a bending part 62 and a second non-bending part 63 arranged in sequence.
  • the first non-bending part 61 is fixedly connected to the first casing 51
  • the second non-bending part 63 is fixedly connected to the second casing 53 .
  • the bending portion 62 is deformed.
  • the first casing 51 and the second casing 53 are relatively folded or relatively unfolded, the first casing 51 drives the first non-bending part 61 to move, and the second casing 53 drives the second non-bending part 63 to move.
  • the first non-bending portion 61 and the second non-bending portion 63 are folded or unfolded relative to each other.
  • the two are fixedly connected means that the two are connected to each other, and the relative positional relationship between the two remains unchanged after the connection.
  • the flexible display 6 may be an organic light emitting diode display, an active matrix organic light emitting diode or an active matrix organic light emitting diode display, a mini organic light emitting diode display, a micro light emitting diode display, a micro Organic Light Emitting Diode Display, or Quantum Dot Light Emitting Diode Display.
  • FIG. 95 is a schematic diagram of a partially exploded structure of the electronic device 300 shown in FIG. 93 .
  • the first casing 51 includes a supporting surface 511 for supporting the flexible display screen 6
  • the second casing 53 includes a supporting surface 531 for supporting the flexible display screen 6 .
  • the first non-bending portion 61 of the flexible display screen 6 may be fixedly connected to the supporting surface 511 of the first casing 51 .
  • the first non-bending portion 61 may be adhered to the supporting surface 511 of the first casing 51 through an adhesive layer.
  • the second non-bending portion 63 is fixedly connected to the supporting surface 531 of the second casing 53 .
  • the second non-bending portion 63 may be adhered to the supporting surface 531 of the second casing 53 through an adhesive layer.
  • the first non-bending portion 61 is fixedly connected to the first casing 51 and the second non-bending portion 63 is fixedly connected to the second casing 53 , the first casing 51 is opposite to the second casing 53
  • the relative folding and unfolding actions between the first non-bending part 61 and the second non-bending part 63 can be accurately controlled, so that the deformation process and movement shape of the flexible display screen 6 are controllable and reliable. higher.
  • the first housing 51 may include a main body part and a sliding part, the main body part is connected to the folding mechanism 52 , the sliding part is slidably connected to the main body part, the sliding part can slide a little relative to the main body part, the first housing 51
  • the supporting surface 511 is formed on the sliding part.
  • the second housing 53 may include a main body part and a sliding part, the main body part is connected with the folding mechanism 52, the sliding part is slidably connected to the main body part, the sliding part can slide slightly relative to the main body part, and the supporting surface 531 of the second housing 53 is formed on the sliding part part.
  • the first non-bending part 61 and the second non-bending part 63 of the flexible display screen 6 can slide slightly relative to the main body part through the sliding parts in the first casing 51 and the second casing 53, so that the In the process of relative folding or relative unfolding of the first casing 51 and the second casing 53, fine-tuning of positions is realized, so as to better convert between the flattened and folded forms, reducing the probability of damage to the flexible display screen 6, The reliability of the flexible display screen 6 is improved.
  • FIG. 95 is a partially exploded schematic view of the housing device 5 shown in FIG. 95
  • FIG. 97 is a schematic structural view of the housing device 5 shown in FIG. 96 from another angle.
  • the viewing angle of the housing device 5 shown in FIG. 97 is turned left and right relative to the viewing angle of the housing device 5 shown in FIG. 96 .
  • the folding mechanism 52 includes a middle shell 521 , a first fixing frame 522 , a second fixing frame 523 , a first supporting plate 524 and a second supporting plate 525 .
  • the first fixing frame 522 is fixedly connected to the first casing 51 .
  • a first fixing groove 512 is provided on the side of the first casing 51 close to the folding mechanism 52 , and the first fixing bracket 522 is installed in the first fixing groove 512 to fixedly connect the first casing 51 .
  • the first fixing frame 522 can be installed in the first fixing groove 512 by means of fasteners, welding, bonding, snap connection, etc., so that the first fixing frame 522 is fixed to the first casing 51 .
  • the second fixing frame 523 is fixedly connected to the second casing 53 .
  • a second fixing groove 532 is defined on the side of the second casing 53 close to the folding mechanism 52 , and the second fixing bracket 523 is installed in the second fixing groove 532 to be fixedly connected to the second casing 53 .
  • the second fixing frame 523 can be installed in the second fixing groove 532 by means of fasteners, welding, bonding, snap connection, etc., so that the second fixing frame 523 is fixed to the second casing 53 .
  • the first fixing frame 522 and the second fixing frame 523 are both connected to the middle case, so that the first casing 51 and the second casing 53 are connected to the middle casing 521 .
  • the first support plate 524 is connected to the first fixing frame 522 and the middle case 521
  • the second support plate 525 is connected to the second fixing frame 523 and the middle case 521 . That is, the first support plate 524 is connected between the first case 51 and the middle case 521
  • the second support plate 525 is connected between the middle case 521 and the second case 53 .
  • the first support plate 524 includes a support surface 5241 for supporting the flexible display screen 6
  • the second support plate 525 includes a support surface 5251 for supporting the flexible display screen 6
  • the bending part 62 of the flexible display screen 6 includes a first part close to the first non-bending part 61 , a second part close to the second non-bending part 63 , and a third part located between the first part and the second part.
  • the first part can be fixedly connected to a partial area of the support surface 5241 of the first support plate 524, for example, it can be fixed by bonding through an adhesive layer.
  • the second part can be fixedly connected to a partial area of the support surface 5251 of the second support plate 525, for example, it can be fixed by adhesive bonding.
  • the third part corresponds to another partial area of the support surface 5241 of the first support plate 524 and another partial area of the support surface 5251 of the second support plate 525 , and the third part can move relative to these two partial areas.
  • the adhesive layer between the part 62 and the supporting surface 5251 of the second supporting plate 525 and the adhesive layer between the second non-bending part 63 and the supporting surface 531 of the second shell 53 can be a continuous whole surface adhesive layer , it can also be a point-break type adhesive layer, or it can be an adhesive layer with a hollow area, and the specific scheme of the adhesive layer is not strictly limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 98 is an enlarged schematic view of the structure at A of the housing device 5 shown in FIG. 95 .
  • the supporting surface 5241 of the first supporting plate 524 is flush with the supporting surface 5251 of the second supporting plate 525 .
  • the folding mechanism 52 is in the open state, the supporting surface 5241 of the first supporting plate 524 and the supporting surface 5251 of the second supporting plate 525 are used to make the flexible display screen 6 appear in a flat state.
  • the first support plate 524 and the second support plate 525 can provide a flat and strong support for the flexible display screen 6, so as to improve the user's experience of touch operation and screen viewing.
  • the flexible display screen 4 when installed on the supporting surface 3241 of the first supporting plate 324 and the supporting surface 3251 of the second supporting plate 325, it can present a flat shape, that is, it is considered that the supporting surface 3241 of the first supporting plate 324 and the second supporting surface 3241 The support surface 3251 of the support plate 325 is flush.
  • the situation where the support surface 3241 of the first support plate 324 is flush with the support surface 3251 of the second support plate 325 may include, but is not limited to, the following scenarios: the support surface 3241 of the first support plate 324 and the second support plate 325
  • the supporting surface 3251 of the first supporting plate 324 is flush with itself; alternatively, an adhesive layer or a steel sheet is provided on the supporting surface 3241 of the first supporting plate 324, and an adhesive layer or a steel sheet is provided on the supporting surface 3251 of the second supporting plate 325.
  • the height of the supporting surfaces (3241, 3251) after the adhesive layer or the steel sheet is provided is flush; or; the flexible display screen 4 is provided with a reinforcing plate, and the height after the reinforcing plates are stacked on the two supporting surfaces (3241, 3251) equal.
  • the case where the support surface 5241 of the first support plate 524 is flush with the support surface 5251 of the second support plate 525 includes: the entire support surface 5241 of the first support plate 524 is a plane, and the entire support surface 5251 of the second support plate 525 are flat, and the two are flush with each other; or, the support surface 5241 of the first support plate 524 includes a plane area for supporting the flexible display screen 6, and the support surface 5251 of the second support plate 525 includes a support surface for supporting the flexible display screen 6. Flat area, the flat areas of both are flush with each other.
  • the main area of the supporting surface 5241 of the first supporting plate 524 is a plane area for supporting, and the peripheral edge of the supporting surface 5241 of the first supporting plate 524 may be provided with an inclined area for realizing rotation avoidance, which is not made in this application. Strictly limited.
  • the main area of the supporting surface 5251 of the second supporting plate 525 is a plane area for supporting, and the peripheral edge of the supporting surface 5251 of the second supporting plate 525 may be provided with an inclined area for realizing rotation avoidance, which is not strictly limited in this application .
  • the supporting surface 5241 of the first supporting plate 524 (or the plane area used for supporting the first casing 524 ) is flush with the supporting surface 511 of the first housing 51
  • the supporting surface 5251 of the second supporting plate 525 (or its plane area for supporting) is flush with the supporting surface 531 of the second housing 53 .
  • the plurality of supporting surfaces of the housing device 5 used to support the flexible display screen 6 are flush, so that the flexible display screen 6 is flattened and has a flat supporting environment, so that the user's touch operation and screen viewing can be improved. Wait for the experience.
  • the support surface 5241 of the first support plate 524 and the support surface 511 of the first casing 51 are both flat and coplanar, so as to better support the flexible display screen 6 .
  • the adhesive layer between the flexible display screen 6 and the supporting surface 5241 of the first support plate 524 may have the same thickness as the adhesive layer between the flexible display screen 6 and the supporting surface 511 of the first housing 51 .
  • the support surface 5241 of the first support plate 524 and the support surface 511 of the first shell 51 are parallel to each other, and the support surface 5241 of the first support plate 524 slightly protrudes from the support surface 511 of the first shell 51 .
  • the height of the support surface 5241 of a support plate 524 and the support surface 511 of the first casing 51 after the adhesive layer is provided is flush, so that the flexible display screen 6 can still be supported on a plane.
  • the first support plate 524 is also considered The support surface 5241 of the first shell 51 is flush with the support surface 511 of the first housing 51 .
  • the support surface 511 of the first housing 51 may include a flat surface portion close to the first support plate 524 and an arc surface portion away from the first support plate 524 , and the support surface 5241 of the first support plate 524 is flat , the support surface 5241 of the first support plate 524 and the plane portion of the support surface 511 of the first housing 51 are coplanar, or parallel and slightly misaligned.
  • the support surface 511 of the housing 51 is flush.
  • the housing device 5 can support the flexible display screen 6 to present a 3D display effect.
  • the related designs of the supporting surface 5251 of the second supporting plate 525 , the supporting surface 531 of the second casing 53 , and the connection relationship between the two and the flexible display screen 6 can be the same as those of the above-mentioned first supporting plate 524 .
  • the technical solutions of the supporting surface 5241 , the supporting surface 511 of the first casing 51 , and the connection relationship between the two and the flexible display screen 6 are the same, which will not be repeated in this application.
  • FIG. 99 is an enlarged schematic diagram of the structure at B of the electronic device 300 shown in FIG. 94 .
  • the supporting surface 5241 of the first supporting plate 524 and the supporting surface 5251 of the second supporting plate 525 are disposed opposite to each other and are in a direction close to the middle casing 521 keep away.
  • the support surface 5241 of the first support plate 524 and the support surface 5251 of the second support plate 525 are disposed opposite to each other, that is, the support surface 5241 of the first support plate 524 and the support surface 5251 of the second support plate 525 are in a face-to-face positional relationship.
  • the support surface 5241 of the first support plate 524 is inclined relative to the support surface 5251 of the second support plate 525 .
  • the first support plate 524 and the second support plate 525 are automatically avoided to form a screen-accommodating space.
  • the screen-accommodating space is used for accommodating the flexible display screen 6 , and the casing device 5 can stably fold the flexible display screen 6 .
  • the extrusion force is small, which is beneficial to reduce the risk of damage to the flexible display screen 6 due to excessive extrusion of the folding mechanism 52, so that the reliability of the flexible display screen 6 is high.
  • the supporting surface 5241 of the first supporting plate 524 is inclined relative to the supporting surface 511 of the first casing 51, and the second supporting plate 525 supports
  • the surface 5251 is inclined relative to the supporting surface 531 of the second casing 53
  • the supporting surface 511 of the first casing 51 is parallel to the supporting surface 531 of the second casing 53 .
  • the first non-bending part 61 and the second non-bending part 63 of the flexible display screen 6 can approach each other to a closed state, and the bending part 62 is bent into a water drop shape.
  • the middle shell 521 has an appearance surface 5211 , the appearance surface 5211 is disposed away from the first support plate 524 and the second support plate 525 , and the appearance surface 5211 is also the outer surface of the middle shell 521 . side.
  • the middle casing 521 when the first casing 51 and the second casing 53 are in the open state, the middle casing 521 is located in the first fixing groove 512 and the second fixing groove 532 , and the first casing 51 and the second casing 53 cover The appearance surface 5211 of the middle case 521 .
  • FIG. 98 when the first casing 51 and the second casing 53 are in the open state, the middle casing 521 is located in the first fixing groove 512 and the second fixing groove 532 , and the first casing 51 and the second casing 53 cover The appearance surface 5211 of the middle case 521 .
  • the middle casing 521 partially protrudes from the first fixing groove 512 and the second fixing groove 532 , and the appearance surface 5211 of the middle casing 521 is opposite to the first fixing groove 512 and the second fixing groove 532 .
  • the casing 51 and the second casing 53 are exposed.
  • the first casing 51 and the second casing 53 can cover the middle casing 521 from the back side of the casing device 5 (that is, the side facing away from the flexible display screen 6 ) when they are in an open state, At this time, the first casing 51 and the second casing 53 can also shield other components of the folding mechanism 52 from the back side of the casing device 5 , so that the casing device 5 realizes self-shielding on the back side, thereby protecting the folding mechanism 52 , and the appearance of the casing device 5 and the electronic device 300 is complete, the appearance experience is better, and the waterproof and dustproof performance is better.
  • the first casing 51 and the second casing 53 When the first casing 51 and the second casing 53 are in a closed state, the first casing 51 , the second casing 53 and the middle casing 521 together form the casing device 5 and the appearance of the electronic device 300 , so the casing device 5 And the electronic device 300 can realize self-shading on the back side in the closed state, which is beneficial to improve the appearance integrity, and has good waterproof and dustproof performance.
  • the appearance surface 5211 of the middle shell 521 includes a first arc surface portion 5211a, a flat surface portion 5211b and a second arc surface portion 5211c, and the first arc surface portion 5211a and the second arc surface portion 5211c. are connected to both sides of the plane portion 5211b, respectively.
  • the appearance surface 5211 is formed in a shape similar to an arc surface, which helps to improve the appearance experience and the holding experience of the electronic device 300 when the electronic device 300 is in a closed state.
  • the middle part of the appearance surface 5211 is the flat part 5211b, so that the thickness (dimension in the direction perpendicular to the flat part 5211b) of the middle case 521 is small, and the overall thickness of the case device 5 in the open state is small and in the closed state The overall width in the state is small, which is beneficial to miniaturization and thinning of the electronic device 300 .
  • the appearance surface 5211 may also be an arc surface or other smooth curved surface.
  • the housing device 5 may further include a top-side end cap (not shown in the figure) and a bottom-side end cap (not shown in the figure).
  • the top-side end cap is located on the top side of the folding mechanism 52 and the bottom side
  • the end caps are located on the underside of the folding mechanism 52 .
  • the top end cover shields the middle casing 521 from the top side of the casing device 5, and the bottom end cover shields the middle casing 521 from the bottom side of the casing device 5;
  • the part of the middle casing 521 that does not protrude from the first fixing groove 512 and the second fixing groove 532 is carried out from the top side of the casing device 5 by the top side end cover.
  • the shielding is shielded from the bottom side of the housing device 5 by the bottom side end cover.
  • the casing device 5 can shield the folding mechanism 52 in all directions in the open state and the closed state, so that the casing device 5 can better realize self-shielding.
  • the top end cap and the bottom end cap may be a part of the middle shell 521, or may be components independent from the middle shell 521 and connected to the folding mechanism 52, or may be independent components from the middle shell 521 and connected to the folding mechanism 52.
  • the first case 51 and the second case 53 are connected.
  • the present application does not strictly limit the specific structures and installation methods of the top-side end cap and the bottom-side end cap.
  • FIG. 100 is a partially exploded schematic diagram of the folding mechanism 52 shown in FIG. 95
  • FIG. 101 is a schematic structural diagram of the folding mechanism 52 shown in FIG. 100 at another angle.
  • the viewing angle of the folding mechanism 52 shown in FIG. 101 is turned left and right relative to the viewing angle of the folding mechanism 52 shown in FIG. 100 .
  • the folding mechanism 52 includes a middle shell 521, a first fixing frame 522, a second fixing frame 523, a first supporting plate 524, a second supporting plate 525, a third fixing frame 5261, a fourth fixing frame 5262, a first swing arm 527, The second swing arm 528 and the synchronization assembly 529 .
  • first fixing frame 522 and the second fixing frame 523 may together form a first connecting frame assembly.
  • first connecting frame assembly may serve as the bottom connecting assembly of the folding mechanism 52 .
  • the folding mechanism 52 may also include a second connecting frame assembly, which may serve as a top connecting assembly of the folding mechanism 52 .
  • the first connecting frame assembly and the second connecting frame assembly are both connected to the middle shell 521 , the first support plate 524 and the second support plate 525 .
  • the second connecting frame assembly and the first connecting frame assembly may be mirror-symmetrical structures.
  • the second connecting frame assembly may include a first fixing frame 522' and a second fixing frame 523', the structure of each component of the second connecting frame assembly, each component and the middle shell 521, the first supporting plate 524 and the second
  • the folding mechanism 52 may also include a first connecting frame assembly and other connecting frame assemblies, and the structures of the other connecting frame assemblies may be the same as or different from those of the first connecting frame assembly, which are not strictly limited in this application. .
  • the third fixed frame 5261, the fourth fixed frame 5262, the first swing arm 527, the second swing arm 528, and the synchronization assembly 529 may form a synchronization connection assembly.
  • the synchronous connection assembly is located between the first connection frame assembly and the second connection frame assembly, and the synchronous connection assembly connects the middle shell 521 , the first support plate 524 and the second support plate 525 .
  • the number of synchronous connection components may be one or more groups, which is not strictly limited in this application.
  • first fixing frame 522 of the first connecting frame assembly, the third fixing frame 5261 of the synchronous connecting frame assembly and the first fixing frame 522' of the second connecting frame assembly may be independent structural members, or may be an integrated structure
  • the second fixing frame 523 of the first connecting frame assembly, the fourth fixing frame 5262 of the synchronous connecting frame assembly and the second fixing frame 523' of the second connecting frame assembly can be independent structural members, or can be Parts of a one-piece structure.
  • FIG. 102 is a schematic structural diagram of the first fixing frame 522 and the second fixing frame 523 shown in FIG. 100 .
  • the first fixing frame 522 includes a first fixing body 522a, a first arc-shaped arm 522b, and a first connecting arm 522c connected between the first fixing body 522a and the first arc-shaped arm 522b.
  • the first fixed body 522a includes a top surface 5221, a bottom surface 5222, a first side surface 5223 and a second side surface 5224.
  • the top surface 5221 and the bottom surface 5222 are arranged opposite to each other, the first side surface 5223 and the second side surface 5224 are arranged opposite to each other, and the first side surface 5223 And the second side 5224 is located between the top surface 5221 and the bottom surface 5222.
  • the top surface 5221 includes an inclined region inclined relative to the bottom surface 5222 , and the inclined region of the top surface 5221 and the bottom surface 5222 are close to each other in a direction close to the second side surface 5224 .
  • the first arc-shaped arm 522b is located on the side of the second side surface 5224 away from the first side surface 5223 .
  • the first connecting arm 522c connects the second side surface 5224 and the first arc-shaped arm 522b.
  • the center of the first arc-shaped arm 522b is located at the top side of the first arc-shaped arm 522b.
  • the first fixed body 522a is provided with a first sliding groove 5225.
  • the first chute 5225 forms an opening on the second side surface 5224 .
  • the extending direction of the first chute 5225 may be inclined relative to the bottom surface 5222, forming an included angle therebetween. In the direction close to the second side surface 5224, the extending direction of the first sliding groove 5225 and the bottom surface 5222 are close to each other.
  • the first fixed body 522a may further be provided with a first movable notch 5226 , and the first movable notch 5226 communicates with the first chute 5225 and forms an opening at the top surface 5221 .
  • the first fixing body 522a may further be provided with one or more first fastening holes 5227 .
  • the second fixing frame 523 includes a second fixing body 523a, a second arc-shaped arm 523b, and a second connection connected between the second fixing body 523a and the second arc-shaped arm 523b. Arm 322c.
  • the second fixed body 523a includes a top surface 5231, a bottom surface 5232, a first side surface 5233 and a second side surface 5234.
  • the top surface 5231 is arranged opposite to the bottom surface 5232
  • the first side surface 5233 is arranged opposite to the second side surface 5234
  • the first side surface 5233 And the second side 5234 is located between the top surface 5231 and the bottom surface 5232.
  • the top surface 5231 includes an inclined region inclined relative to the bottom surface 5232 , and the inclined region of the top surface 5231 and the bottom surface 5232 are close to each other in a direction close to the second side surface 5234 .
  • the second arc-shaped arm 523b is located on the side of the second side surface 5234 away from the first side surface 5233 .
  • the second connecting arm 322c connects the second side surface 5234 and the second arc-shaped arm 523b.
  • the center of the second arc-shaped arm 523b is located at the top side of the second arc-shaped arm 523b.
  • the second fixing body 523a is provided with a second sliding groove 5235 .
  • the second chute 5235 forms an opening on the second side surface 5234 .
  • the extending direction of the second chute 5235 may be inclined relative to the bottom surface 5232, and an included angle is formed therebetween. In the direction close to the second side surface 5234, the extending direction of the second sliding groove 5235 and the bottom surface 5232 are close to each other.
  • the second fixed body 523a may further be provided with a second movable notch 5236 , and the second movable notch 5236 communicates with the second chute 5235 and forms an opening on the top surface 5231 .
  • the second fixing body 523a may further be provided with one or more second fastening holes 5237 .
  • the first fixing frame 522 and the second fixing frame 523 may have the same structure, mirror symmetry structure, partial mirror symmetry structure, center symmetry structure, partial center symmetry structure or different structures, which are not strictly limited in this application.
  • the two structures are partially mirror-symmetrical structures, which means that part of the regions of the two structures are mirror-symmetrical, and the other part of the region is not limited. , and other areas are not limited.
  • FIG. 103 is a schematic structural diagram of the third fixing frame 5261 and the fourth fixing frame 5262 shown in FIG. 100 .
  • the third fixing frame 5261 includes a top surface 5261a, a bottom surface 5261b, a first side surface 5261c, and a second side surface 5261d.
  • the second side surface 5261d is located between the top surface 5261a and the bottom surface 5261b.
  • the top surface 5261a includes an inclined region inclined relative to the bottom surface 5261b, and the inclined region of the top surface 5261a and the bottom surface 5261b approach each other in a direction close to the second side surface 5261d.
  • the third fixing frame 5261 is provided with a third sliding slot 5261e.
  • the third chute 5261e may form an opening on the second side surface 5261d.
  • the extending direction of the third chute 5261e may be inclined relative to the bottom surface 5261b, forming an included angle therebetween.
  • the third fixing frame 5261 may further be provided with a third movable notch 5261f, and the third movable notch 5261f communicates with the third chute 5261e and forms an opening on the top surface 5261a.
  • the third fixing frame 5261 may further be provided with one or more third fastening holes 5261g.
  • the fourth fixing frame 5262 includes a top surface 5262a, a bottom surface 5262b, a first side surface 5262c and a second side surface 5262d, the top surface 5262a and the bottom surface 5262b are disposed opposite to each other, and the first side surface 5262c is opposite to the first side surface 5262c.
  • the two side surfaces 5262d are disposed opposite to each other, and the first side surface 5262c and the second side surface 5262d are located between the top surface 5262a and the bottom surface 5262b.
  • the top surface 5262a includes an inclined region inclined relative to the bottom surface 5262b, and the inclined region of the top surface 5262a and the bottom surface 5262b approach each other in a direction close to the second side surface 5262d.
  • the fourth fixing frame 5262 is provided with a fourth chute 5262e.
  • the fourth chute 5262e may form an opening on the second side surface 5262d.
  • the extending direction of the fourth chute 5262e may be inclined relative to the bottom surface 5262b, and an included angle is formed therebetween.
  • the fourth fixing frame 5262 may further be provided with a fourth movable notch 5262f, and the fourth movable notch 5262f communicates with the fourth chute 5262e and forms an opening on the top surface 5262a.
  • the fourth fixing frame 5262 may further be provided with one or more fourth fastening holes 5262g.
  • the third fixing frame 5261 and the fourth fixing frame 5262 may be the same structure, mirror-symmetrical structure, partial mirror-symmetrical structure, centrosymmetrical structure, partial centrosymmetrical structure or different structures, which are not strictly limited in this application.
  • FIG. 104 is a schematic diagram of a part of the folding mechanism 52 shown in FIG. 95 .
  • the first fixing body 522a of the first fixing frame 522 is fixedly connected to the first housing 51 , the first arc-shaped arm 522b is suspended in the air, and the first side surface 5223 and the bottom surface 5222 of the first fixing frame 522 face the groove wall of the first fixing groove 512 .
  • the first side surface 5261c and the bottom surface 5261b of the third fixing bracket 5261 face the groove wall of the first fixing groove 512 .
  • the first fastening hole 5227 faces the fastening hole 513 of a part of the first casing 51
  • the third fastening hole 5261g faces the fastening hole 513 of the other part of the first casing 51, so as to pass the fastener (not shown in the figure). shown) to lock.
  • the inclined area of the top surface 5261 a of the third fixing frame 5261 may be flush with the inclined area of the top surface 5221 of the first fixing frame 522 .
  • a matching structure between the positioning column and the positioning hole can also be set to improve the connection stability.
  • the present application does not strictly limit the connection structure between the fixing frame and the housing.
  • connection relationship and relative positional relationship between the second fixing frame 523 and the second housing 53 are the same as the connection relationship and relative positional relationship between the first fixing frame 522 and the first housing 51 .
  • This application The embodiments are not repeated here.
  • connection relationship and relative positional relationship between the fourth fixing frame 5262 and the second housing 53 are the same as the connection relationship and the relative positional relationship between the third fixing frame 5261 and the first housing 51 , and the embodiment of the present application will not Repeat.
  • FIG. 105 is a schematic structural diagram of the middle case 521 shown in FIG. 100 .
  • the middle case 521 has an inner space 5212 , and the appearance surface 5211 of the middle case 521 is disposed away from the inner space 5212 .
  • the inner space 5212 may include multiple activity spaces and multiple avoidance spaces.
  • the movable space is used to install the structural members of the folding mechanism 52 connected to the middle shell 521 and allow these structural members to move; the avoidance space is used to avoid other structural members of the folding mechanism 52 during the movement of the folding mechanism 52 .
  • the middle case 521 may include a main body part and a plurality of fitting parts, and the plurality of fitting parts cooperate with the main body part to form an active space and an escape space of the inner space 5212 .
  • the outer surface of the main body portion may form the appearance surface 5211 of the middle shell 521, and a plurality of matching portions may be located inside the main body portion and fixedly connected to the main body portion.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not strictly limit the component structures, connection structures, and connection methods of the main body portion and the mating portion.
  • FIG. 106 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the middle case 521 shown in FIG. 105 taken along C-C.
  • the middle case 521 has a first arc-shaped groove 5212a and a second arc-shaped groove 5212b.
  • the first arc-shaped groove 5212a and the second arc-shaped groove 5212b are part of the inner space 5212 .
  • the first arc-shaped groove 5212a communicates with the outer space on one side of the middle shell 521
  • the second arc-shaped groove 5212b communicates with the outer space on the other side of the middle shell 521 .
  • the first arc-shaped groove 5212a and the second arc-shaped groove 5212b may be arranged side by side, or may be arranged in a staggered position.
  • the number of the first arc grooves 5212a may be one or more.
  • the number of the second arc-shaped grooves 5212b may be one or more.
  • FIG. 107 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the middle case 521 shown in FIG. 105 taken along D-D.
  • the middle case 521 has a third arc-shaped groove 5212c and a fourth arc-shaped groove 5212d.
  • the third arcuate groove 5212c and the fourth arcuate groove 5212d are part of the inner space 5212 .
  • the third arc-shaped groove 5212c communicates with the external space on one side of the middle shell 521
  • the fourth arc-shaped groove 5212d communicates with the external space on the other side of the middle shell 521 .
  • the third arc-shaped groove 5212c and the fourth arc-shaped groove 5212d may be arranged side by side, or may be arranged in a staggered position.
  • the number of the third arc grooves 5212c may be one or more.
  • the number of the fourth arc-shaped grooves 5212d may be one or more.
  • FIG. 108 is a partially exploded schematic diagram of the middle case 521 shown in FIG. 105
  • FIG. 109 is a schematic structural diagram of the structure shown in FIG. 108 from another angle.
  • the viewing angle of Figure 109 is left and right flipped relative to the viewing angle of Figure 108.
  • the middle case 521 has an installation space 5212e.
  • the installation space 5212e is a part of the inner space 5212 .
  • the middle case 521 may include a first part 521a and a second part 521b, and the second part 521b is fixed to the first part 521a to form an installation space 5212e.
  • the first part 521a of the middle case 521 may be the main body part, and the second part 521b may be the matching part.
  • the first part 521a forms a groove 5212k
  • the second part 521b is installed in the groove 5212k and covers the groove 5212k
  • the surface of the second part 521b facing the groove and the wall surface of the groove 5212k together define an installation space 5212e.
  • the installation space 5212e of the middle shell 521 can also be formed in a manner, which is not strictly limited in this application.
  • FIG. 110 is a schematic structural diagram of the middle shell 521 shown in FIG. 105 cut along the line E-E. 110 shows that the middle shell 521 is divided into two parts along E-E, which is a schematic structural diagram of the two parts.
  • the installation space 5212e may include a main body space 5212f, a plurality of first shaft grooves 5212g, a plurality of second shaft grooves 5212j, and two escape notches (5212h, 5212i).
  • the plurality of first shaft grooves 5212g are located at one end of the main body space 5212f and communicate with the main body space 5212f, and the plurality of second shaft grooves 5212j are located at the other end of the main body space 5212f and communicate with the main body space 5212f.
  • Each of the plurality of first shaft grooves 5212g is paired with a second shaft groove 5212j, in other words, the plurality of first shaft grooves 5212g and the plurality of second shaft grooves 5212j are provided in a one-to-one correspondence.
  • the two avoidance gaps (5212h, 5212i) are located on both sides of the main body space 5212f and communicate with the main body space 5212f, respectively.
  • the number of installation spaces 5212e may be one or more.
  • the main body space 5212f, the plurality of first shaft grooves 5212g, the plurality of second shaft grooves 5212j, and the two avoidance notches (5212h, 5212i) are all formed by the first part 521a and the second part 521b of the middle shell 521.
  • the main shape of each space may be constituted by a part of the first part 521a and the second part 521b, and the remaining shape may be constituted by the other part.
  • the main shapes of the plurality of first rotating shaft grooves 5212g and the plurality of second rotating shaft grooves 5212j may be formed by the second portion 521b of the middle case 521 .
  • Part of the shape of the main body space 5212f is constituted by the first part 521a, and the other part of the shape is constituted by the second part 521b.
  • the main shape of the two avoidance notches ( 5212h , 5212i ) may be constituted by the first part 521 a of the middle case 521 .
  • FIG. 111 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the folding mechanism 52 shown in FIG. 96 .
  • 111 illustrates a part of the middle shell 521 , the first fixing frame 522 and the second fixing frame 523 of the folding mechanism 52 .
  • the structure shown in Figure 111 is in an open state. It can be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, when the folding mechanism 52 is in an open state, or a part of the structure of the folding mechanism 52 is in an open state, both correspond to the open state of the first casing 51 and the second casing 53 .
  • the first arc-shaped arm 522b of the first fixing frame 522 is installed in the first arc-shaped groove 5212a of the middle case 521 , so that the first fixing frame 522 is rotatably connected to the middle case 521 .
  • the first fixing body 522 a of the first fixing frame 522 is located outside the middle shell 521 .
  • the second arc-shaped arm 523b of the second fixing frame 523 is installed in the second arc-shaped groove 5212b of the middle case 521 , so that the second fixing frame 523 is rotatably connected to the middle case 521 .
  • the second fixing body 523a of the second fixing frame 523 is located outside the middle case 521 .
  • FIG. 112 is a schematic structural diagram of the structure shown in FIG. 111 cut along F-F
  • FIG. 113 is a structural schematic diagram of the structure shown in FIG. 112 in a closed state.
  • the folding mechanism 52 or a part of the structure of the folding mechanism 52 is in a closed state, which corresponds to the fact that the first casing 51 and the second casing 53 are closed. state.
  • the first arc-shaped arm 522b is installed in the first arc-shaped groove 5212a, and is rotatably connected to the middle shell 521; As shown in FIG. 112, in the open state, the first arc-shaped arm 522b can be fully rotated into the first arc-shaped groove 5212a, and the second arc-shaped arm 523b can be fully rotated into the second arc-shaped groove 5212b, so that the first fixed body 522a and the second fixing body 523a are respectively located on two sides of the middle shell 521, and the first fixing frame 522 and the second fixing frame 523 are in the open position. As shown in FIG.
  • the first arc-shaped arm 522b is partially rotated out of the first arc-shaped groove 5212a
  • the second arc-shaped arm 523b is partially rotated out of the second arc-shaped groove 5212b, so that the first fixed body 522a and the The second fixing bodies 523a are close to each other and are located on the same side of the middle shell 521, and the first fixing frame 522 and the second fixing frame 523 are in the closed position.
  • FIG. 114 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the electronic device 300 shown in FIG. 93 taken along the section H-H
  • FIG. 115 is a cross-sectional structure schematic diagram of the electronic device 300 shown in FIG.
  • the first fixing frame 522 is fixedly connected to the first casing 51 and rotatably connected to the middle casing 521
  • the second fixing frame 523 is fixedly connected to the second casing 53 and rotatably connected to the middle casing 521 .
  • the first fixing body 522a of the first fixing frame 522 is fixedly connected to the first casing 51
  • the first arc-shaped arm 522b of the first fixing frame 522 is installed in the first arc-shaped groove 5212a of the middle shell 521
  • the first fixing frame The 522 and the middle shell 521 are connected in rotation through a virtual axis.
  • the second fixing body 523a of the second fixing frame 523 is fixedly connected to the second casing 33, the second arc-shaped arm 523b of the second fixing frame 523 is installed in the second arc-shaped groove 5212b of the middle shell 521, and the second fixing frame 523 is connected to
  • the middle shells 521 are rotationally connected through a virtual axis.
  • the main motion mechanism of the folding mechanism 52 of the casing device 5 is a single-stage rotational connection between the first fixing frame 522 and the second fixing frame 523 and the middle casing 521 , the number of parts is small, and the matching relationship between the parts is simple , the degree of freedom of the mechanism is 1, the dimension chain is short, and the accumulated error is small, so the control precision of the main motion mechanism of the folding mechanism 52 is high.
  • the control precision of the main motion mechanism of the folding mechanism 52 is high, so the first housing 51 and the second housing
  • the rotation precision of the body 32 relative to the middle case 521 is high, which is beneficial to improve the user experience of the electronic device 300 to which the case device 5 is applied.
  • FIG. 116 is a schematic structural diagram of the first support plate 524 and the second support plate 525 shown in FIG. 100
  • the first support plate 524 includes a first plate body 5242 , a first movable portion 5243 and a first rotating portion 5244 .
  • the supporting surface 5241 of the first supporting plate 524 is formed on the first plate body 5242 , and the first movable portion 5243 and the first rotating portion 5244 are fixed to the first plate body 5242 .
  • the first plate body 5242 has a fixing surface 5245 , and the fixing surface 5245 of the first plate body 5242 is disposed away from the supporting surface 5241 of the first supporting plate 524 .
  • the first plate body 5242 includes two plate surfaces disposed opposite to each other, one of which forms the supporting surface 5241 of the first supporting plate 524 , and the other plate surface forms the fixing surface 5245 .
  • the first plate body 5242 has a first avoidance gap 5246 , and the first avoidance gap 5246 penetrates the first plate body 5242 .
  • the first rotating portion 5244 is an arc-shaped arm. One end of the first rotating portion 5244 is fixed to the fixing surface 5245 of the first plate body 5242 , and the other end is located at the first escape notch 5246 .
  • the first avoidance notch 5246 is not only used to accommodate part of the first rotating part 5244, but also can be used to avoid other structures. In some other embodiments, the other end of the first rotating part 5244 may not extend into the first avoidance notch 5246 , but is located close to the first avoidance notch 5246 .
  • the first movable portion 5243 is fixed to the fixing surface 5245 of the first plate body 5242 .
  • the first movable part 5243 may include a base 5243a and a rotating shaft 5243b, the base 5243a is fixed on the fixing surface 5245, the rotating shaft 5243b includes two parts, and the two parts of the rotating shaft 5243b are respectively fixed on both sides of the base 5243a.
  • the first support plate 524 may further include a first reinforcing portion 5247, the first reinforcing portion 5247 is fixed on the fixing surface 5245, and the two ends are respectively connected to the base 5243a and the first rotating portion 5244, so as to improve the first movable portion 5243 and the first rotating portion 5244.
  • the connection strength between the first rotating portion 5244 and the first plate body 5242 makes the structural strength of the first support plate 524 relatively high.
  • the first movable portion 5243 , the first rotating portion 5244 and the first reinforcing portion 5247 of the first support plate 524 together form a connection structure.
  • the first support plate 524 may include a plurality of connecting structures spaced apart from each other.
  • the number of the first avoidance notches 5246 of the first plate body 5242 is the same as the number of the plurality of connecting structures, and is provided in a one-to-one correspondence.
  • the first plate body 5242 of the first support plate 524 may also have a plurality of avoidance notches spaced from the first avoidance notches 5246 for avoiding other structures.
  • the second support plate 525 includes a second plate body 5252 , a second movable portion 5253 and a second rotating portion 5254 .
  • the supporting surface 5251 of the second supporting plate 525 is formed on the second plate body 5252 , and the second movable portion 5253 and the second rotating portion 5254 are fixed to the second plate body 5252 .
  • the second plate body 5252 has a fixing surface 5255 , and the fixing surface 5255 of the second plate body 5252 is disposed away from the supporting surface 5251 of the second supporting plate 525 .
  • the second plate body 5252 includes two plate surfaces disposed opposite to each other, wherein one plate surface forms the supporting surface 5251 of the second supporting plate 525 , and the other plate surface forms the fixing surface 5255 .
  • the second plate body 5252 has a second avoidance gap 5256 , and the second avoidance gap 5256 penetrates through the second plate body 5252 .
  • the second rotating portion 5254 is an arc-shaped arm, one end of the second rotating portion 5254 is fixed to the fixing surface 5255 of the second plate body 5252 , and the other end is located at the second avoidance notch 5256 .
  • the second avoidance notch 5256 is not only used to accommodate part of the second rotating part 5254, but also can be used to avoid other structures.
  • the other end of the second rotating portion 5254 may not extend into the second avoidance notch 5256 , but is located close to the second avoidance notch 5256 .
  • the second movable portion 5253 is fixed to the fixing surface 5255 of the second plate body 5252 .
  • the second movable part 5253 may include a base 5253a and a rotating shaft 5253b, the base 5253a is fixed on the fixing surface 5255, the rotating shaft 5253b includes two parts, and the two parts of the rotating shaft 5253b are respectively fixed on both sides of the base 5253a.
  • the second support plate 525 may further include a second reinforcing portion 5257, the second reinforcing portion 5257 is fixed on the fixing surface 5255, and the two ends are respectively connected to the base 5253a and the second rotating portion 5254, so as to enhance the second movable portion 5253 and the second rotating portion 5254.
  • the connection strength of the second rotating portion 5254 and the second plate body 5252 makes the structural strength of the second support plate 525 relatively high.
  • the second movable portion 5253 , the second rotating portion 5254 and the second reinforcing portion 5257 of the second support plate 525 together form a connection structure.
  • the second support plate 525 may include a plurality of connecting structures spaced apart from each other.
  • the number of the second avoidance notches 5256 of the second plate body 5252 is the same as the number of the plurality of connecting structures, and is provided in a one-to-one correspondence.
  • the second plate body 5252 of the second support plate 525 may further have a plurality of avoidance notches spaced from the second avoidance notches 5256 for avoiding other structures.
  • FIG. 118 is a partial structural diagram of the folding mechanism 52 shown in FIG. 96 . 118 shows part of the middle shell 521 , the first fixing frame 522 , the second fixing frame 523 , the first supporting plate 524 and the second supporting plate 525 of the folding mechanism 52 , and the structure shown in FIG. 10 is in an open state.
  • the first rotating portion 5244 of the first support plate 524 is installed in the third arc-shaped groove 5212c of the middle shell 521, and the first rotating portion 5244 of the arc-shaped arm can move in the third arc-shaped groove 5212c to form an arc-shaped arm In a rotational connection relationship with the virtual axis of the arc-shaped groove, the first rotating portion 5244 of the first support plate 524 is rotationally connected to the middle shell 521 .
  • the first movable portion 5243 of the first supporting plate 524 is mounted on the first sliding slot 5225 of the first fixing frame 522 , and the first movable portion 5243 of the first supporting plate 524 is slidably connected to and rotatably connected to the first fixing frame 522 .
  • the second rotating portion 5254 of the second support plate 525 is installed in the fourth arc-shaped groove 5212d of the middle shell 521, and the second rotating portion 5254 in the form of an arc-shaped arm can move in the fourth arc-shaped groove 5212d to form an arc-shaped arm
  • the second rotating portion 5254 of the second supporting plate 525 is rotationally connected to the middle shell 521 .
  • the second movable portion 5253 of the second supporting plate 525 is mounted on the second sliding slot 5235 of the second fixing frame 523 .
  • FIG. 119 is a schematic structural diagram of the structure shown in FIG. 118 cut along G-G
  • FIG. 120 is a structural schematic diagram of the structure shown in FIG. 119 in another use state.
  • Figure 119 corresponds to the open state
  • Figure 120 corresponds to the closed state.
  • the first rotating portion 5244 of the first support plate 524 is installed in the third arc-shaped groove 5212c, and is rotatably connected to the middle shell 521;
  • the second rotating portion 5254 of the second supporting plate 525 is installed in the fourth arc-shaped groove 5212d, and is rotatably connected to the middle shell 521;
  • the first fixing frame 522 and the second fixing frame 523 are in an open position relative to the middle case 521 , and the first fixing frame 522 and the second fixing frame 523 are away from each other.
  • the first fixed frame 522 drives the first movable part 5243 to move to the open position, and the first rotating part 5244 in the arc-shaped arm structure can be completely rotated into the third arc-shaped groove 5212c;
  • the second fixed frame 523 drives the second movable part 5253 to move
  • the second rotating portion 5254 in the arc-shaped arm structure can be completely rotated into the fourth arc-shaped groove 5212d.
  • the first support plate 524 and the second support plate 525 are unfolded relative to each other and are in the open position, and the support surface 5241 of the first support plate 524 is flush with the support surface 5251 of the second support plate 525 .
  • the first fixing frame 522 and the second fixing frame 523 are in a closed position relative to the middle case 521 , and the first fixing frame 522 and the second fixing frame 523 are close to each other.
  • the first fixed frame 522 drives the first movable part 5243 to move to the closed position, and the first rotating part 5244 in the arc-shaped arm structure partially rotates out of the third arc-shaped groove 5212c; the second fixed frame 523 drives the second movable part 5253 to move to the closed position.
  • the second rotating portion 5254 in the arc-shaped arm structure is partially rotated out of the fourth arc-shaped groove 5212d.
  • the first support plate 524 and the second support plate 525 are folded relative to each other and are in the closed position. direction away from each other.
  • the first fixing frame 522 drives the first movable portion 5243 to move relative to the middle shell 521
  • the second fixing frame 523 drives the second movable portion 5253 to move towards the middle
  • the shell 521 moves, the first movable part 5243 and the second movable part 5253 are close to each other, and the first rotating part 5244 and the second rotating part 5254 are far away from each other, so that the first support plate 524 and the second support plate 525 are arranged in a V shape.
  • the support surface 5241 of the first support plate 524 and the support surface 5251 of the second support plate 525 are disposed opposite to each other, and are away from each other in the direction close to the middle shell 521 .
  • a larger space is formed between the support surface 5241 of the first support plate 524 and the support surface 5251 of the second support plate 525 .
  • first rotating part 5244 and the middle shell 521 are rotatably connected through a virtual axis
  • second rotating part 5254 and the middle shell 521 are rotatably connected through a virtual axis, which is beneficial to reduce the design difficulty of the rotating connection structure.
  • first fixed frame 522 drives the first movable portion 5243 to move relative to the middle shell 521
  • first movable portion 5243 slides and rotates relative to the first fixed frame 522
  • second fixed frame 523 drives the second movable portion 5253 to move relative to the middle shell 521
  • the second movable portion 5253 slides and rotates relative to the second fixed frame 523 .
  • FIG. 121 is a schematic structural diagram of the structure shown in FIG. 118 cut along H-H.
  • the rotating shaft 5243b of the first movable part 5243 is mounted on the first sliding groove 5225 of the first fixing frame 522 .
  • the rotating shaft 5243b is in the first sliding groove 5225
  • the first movable part 5243 slides and rotates relative to the first fixing frame 522 .
  • the first movable portion 5243 is slidably connected to and rotatably connected to the first fixed frame 522 .
  • the rotating shaft 5253b of the second movable part 5253 is mounted on the second sliding groove 5235 of the second fixing frame 523 .
  • the rotating shaft 5253b is in the second sliding groove 5235 Slide and rotate, so that the second movable part 5253 slides and rotates relative to the second fixed frame 523 .
  • the second movable portion 5253 is slidably connected to and rotatably connected to the second fixed frame 523 .
  • the extending direction of the first sliding slot 5225 and the extending direction of the second sliding slot 5235 are away from each other.
  • the relative positional relationship between the first sliding groove 5225 and the second sliding groove 5235 is beneficial to reduce the design difficulty of the folding mechanism 52 and improve the practicability.
  • FIG. 122 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the electronic device 300 shown in FIG. 93 taken along the section J-J
  • FIG. 123 is a cross-sectional structure schematic diagram of the electronic device 300 shown in FIG.
  • the first support plate 524 is slidably connected to and rotates with the first fixing frame 522 , and is rotatably connected to the middle shell 521 ;
  • the first movable portion 5243 of the first support plate 524 is mounted on the first chute 5225 of the first fixing frame 522, and the first rotating portion 5244 is mounted on the third arc-shaped groove 5212c of the middle shell 521.
  • the second movable portion 5253 of the second support plate 525 is mounted on the second sliding groove 5235 of the second fixing frame 523 , and the second rotating portion 5254 is mounted on the fourth arc-shaped groove 5212d of the middle case 521 .
  • both ends of the first support plate 524 are connected to the first fixing frame 522 and the middle shell 521 respectively, and two ends of the second support plate 525 are respectively connected to the second fixing frame 523 and the middle shell 521, so the first The movement trajectory of the support plate 524 is restricted by the relative position of the first fixing frame 522 and the middle shell 521 , and the movement trajectory of the second support plate 525 is restricted by the relative position of the second fixing frame 523 and the middle casing 521 .
  • the first casing 51 , the first supporting plate 524 , the second supporting plate 525 and the second casing 53 jointly carry the flexible display screen 6 .
  • the supporting surface 5241 of the first supporting plate 524 is flush with the supporting surface 5251 of the second supporting plate 525 .
  • the flexible display screen 6 is in a flattened configuration. As shown in FIG.
  • the supporting surface 5241 of the first supporting plate 524 and the supporting surface 5251 of the second supporting plate 525 are disposed opposite to each other, and are in close proximity to each other.
  • the shells 521 are oriented away from each other.
  • the flexible display screen 6 is in a folded state, and the bent part of the flexible display screen 6 is in the shape of a water drop.
  • the electronic device 300 adopts the housing device 5 to realize the inward folding of the screen, and the electronic device 300 can be bent.
  • the main motion mechanism of the folding mechanism 52 of the housing device 5 has high control precision, a small number of components, a simple matching relationship and matching position, and the components are easy to manufacture and assemble, which is conducive to mass production.
  • the first support plate 524 and the second support plate 525 have accurate movement trajectories during the unfolding or folding process of the housing device 5, and can automatically avoid in the closed state to form a screen-accommodating space, and the screen-accommodating space is precisely controlled, making the case
  • the device 5 has a stable folding action on the flexible display screen 6 and a small pressing force, which is conducive to reducing the risk of damage to the flexible display screen 6 due to excessive extrusion by the folding mechanism 52 , and makes the flexible display screen 6 more reliable.
  • first casing 51 and the second casing 53 are relatively folded to the closed state by the folding mechanism 52, they can be completely folded, and there is no gap or small gap between them, so that the appearance of the casing device 5 is relatively complete, and the realization of The appearance is self-shading, and the appearance of the electronic device 300 using the housing device 5 is relatively complete, which is beneficial to improve the reliability of the product and the user experience, and also helps to improve the waterproof and dustproof performance of the electronic device 300 .
  • FIG. 124 is a schematic structural diagram of the structure shown in FIG. 118 taken along the section I-I
  • FIG. 125 is a structural schematic diagram of the structure shown in FIG. 124 in a closed state.
  • the first support plate 524 shields part of the inner space 5212 of the middle case 521
  • the second support plate 525 shields part of the inner space 5212 of the middle case 521 .
  • the first support plate 524 and the second support plate 525 are close to each other, the distance between the support surface 5241 of the first support plate 524 and the support surface 5251 of the second support plate 525 is small, and the folding mechanism 52 adopts a two-plate structure In this way, a relatively complete plane support can be provided to the bent portion 62 (refer to FIG. 95 ) of the flexible display screen 6 in the open state.
  • the first support plate 524 is spliced with the second support plate 525 .
  • the supporting surface 5241 of the first supporting plate 524 and the supporting surface 5251 of the second supporting plate 525 can be spliced to form a supporting surface in the bending area, and the folding mechanism 52 of the housing device 5 can be supported by the bending area in the open state.
  • the curved portion 62 (see FIG. 95 ) of the flexible display screen 6 is fully supported by the surface, so that the flexible display screen 6 is not easily dented under the user's pressure, which is beneficial to improve the service life and reliability of the flexible display screen 6 .
  • the situation where the first support plate 524 and the second support plate 525 are spliced may include but not limited to the following scenarios: a part of the first support plate 524 and a part of the second support plate 525 are connected to each other, and there is no gap between the connection parts , a gap or gap may be formed between another part of the first support plate 524 and another part of the second support plate 525; or, the first support plate 524 and the second support plate 525 are integrally connected to each other without a gap between them; Alternatively, a part of the first support plate 524 and a part of the second support plate 525 are close to each other, and there is a small gap between the parts close to each other, and another part of the first support plate 524 and another part of the second support plate 525 A notch or a gap may be formed; or, the first support plate 524 and the second support plate 525 are close to each other as a whole, and there is a small gap between them.
  • the user presses the flexible display screen 6 to correspond to the In the area of the gap, there will be no obvious pits in the corresponding area of the flexible display screen 6 , and the support surface of the bending area can provide strong support for the flexible display screen 6 .
  • the folding mechanism can be optimized by optimizing the folding mechanism.
  • the size and shape of the components of 52 minimize the area of the notch or gap, so that the area of the flexible display screen 6 corresponding to the notch or gap may sag slightly under the user's pressure, but no obvious dent will be produced.
  • the flexible display screen 6 may be provided with a support plate or reinforcing plate that is bendable and has a certain structural strength on the side facing the housing device 3, and the support plate or reinforcing plate covers at least the first support plate
  • the gap or gap between the second support plate 524 and the second support plate 525 can improve the anti-pressing strength of the flexible display screen 6 .
  • the gaps on the first support plate 524 and the second support plate 525 may include avoidance gaps, which are used to prevent the first support plate 524 and the second support plate 525 from colliding with the middle shell 521 or other structures during the relative rotation process. Interference, ie for achieving avoidance, thereby improving the reliability of the movement of the folding mechanism 52 and the housing device 5 .
  • the avoidance gap of the first support plate 524 and the avoidance gap of the second support plate 525 are merged, and the support surface of the bending area is a special-shaped surface.
  • the folding mechanism 52 may further include a bendable steel sheet, and the bendable steel sheet may be located above the first support plate 524 and the second support plate 525 and cover the space between the first support plate 524 and the second support plate 525 Notches or gaps are provided to provide a flatter and more complete support environment for the flexible display screen 6 to improve the user's pressing experience.
  • the first support plate 524 partially extends into the inner space 5212 of the middle case 521
  • the second support plate 525 partially extends into the inner space 5212 of the middle case 521 .
  • the first support plate 524 and the second support plate 525 are automatically avoided to form a screen-accommodating space, and the screen-accommodating space gradually becomes larger in the direction close to the middle case 521 .
  • part of the space between the first support plate 524 and the second support plate 525 in the inner space 5212 of the middle case 521 is released to form a part of the screen-accommodating space, the flexible display screen 6 (see FIG. 99 ) It can partially extend into the inner space 5212 of the middle case 521 , which improves the space utilization rate, makes the arrangement of the components of the electronic device 300 more compact, and is beneficial to the miniaturization of the electronic device 300 .
  • FIG. 126 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the electronic device 300 shown in FIG. 93 taken along N-N
  • FIG. 127 is a cross-sectional structure schematic diagram of the electronic device 300 shown in FIG. 94 taken along O-O.
  • the middle casing 521 when the first casing 51 and the second casing 53 are in the open state, a part of the middle casing 521 is located in the first fixing groove 512 , the other part of the middle casing 521 is located in the second fixing groove 532 , and the first casing
  • the body 51 and the second casing 53 cover the appearance surface 5211 of the middle casing 521 .
  • FIG. 127 when the first casing 51 and the second casing 53 are in the closed state, the middle casing 521 partially protrudes from the first fixing groove 512 and the second fixing groove 532 , and the appearance surface 5211 of the middle casing 521 is opposite to the first fixing groove 512 and the second fixing groove 532 .
  • the casing 51 and the second casing 53 are exposed.
  • the middle casing 521 is gradually exposed or gradually hidden from the first casing 51 and the second casing 53.
  • the cooperation of the three can realize the casing
  • the backside of the body device 5 and the electronic device 300 is self-shielded, which improves the appearance integrity and the waterproof and dustproof performance.
  • the first support plate 524 covers part of the inner space 5212 of the middle shell 521
  • the second support plate 525 covers part of the inner space 5212 .
  • the first support plate 524 and the second support plate 525 are close to each other, the distance between the support surface 5241 of the first support plate 524 and the support surface 5251 of the second support plate 525 is small, and the folding mechanism 52 adopts a two-plate structure That is, a relatively complete plane support can be provided to the bent portion 62 of the flexible display screen 6 in the open state.
  • the first support plate 524 is spliced with the second support plate 525 to better provide strong support for the flexible display screen 6 .
  • the first support plate 524 partially extends into the inner space 5212 of the middle case 521
  • the second support plate 525 partially extends into the inner space 5212 .
  • part of the space between the first support plate 524 and the second support plate 525 in the inner space 5212 of the middle case 521 is released to form a screen-accommodating space, and the flexible display screen 6 can partially extend into the inner space of the middle case 521 5212, the space utilization rate is improved, the arrangement of components of the electronic device 300 is more compact, and the miniaturization of the electronic device 300 is facilitated.
  • the first fixing frame 522 is rotatably connected to the middle shell 521
  • the second fixing frame 523 is rotatably connected to the middle casing 521
  • the first housing 51 and the middle casing 521 are rotatably connected to each other.
  • the relative movement trajectory of the first fixing frame 522 and the middle casing 521 is determined, and the relative movement trajectory of the second fixing frame 523 and the middle casing 521 is determined.
  • FIGS. 112 and 113 since the first fixing frame 522 is rotatably connected to the middle shell 521 , and the second fixing frame 523 is rotatably connected to the middle casing 521 , the first housing 51 and the middle casing 521 are rotatably connected to each other.
  • the relative movement trajectory of the first fixing frame 522 and the middle casing 521 is determined, and the relative movement trajectory of the second fixing frame 523 and the middle casing 521 is determined.
  • the first support plate 524 is slidably connected to the first fixing frame 522 and rotatably connected to the middle shell 521 , the movement track of the first support plate 524 is affected by the first fixing frame 522 and the middle shell 521 .
  • the second support plate 525 is slidably connected and rotatably connected to the second fixing frame 523, and is rotatably connected to the middle shell 521.
  • the movement trajectories of the frame 522 and the second fixing frame 523 relative to the middle shell 521 are determined, the movement trajectories of the first support plate 524 and the second support plate 525 are precise, so they can be automatically avoided in the closed state to form a screen space,
  • the screen space is precisely controlled, so that the folding action of the housing device 5 on the flexible display screen 6 is stable and the pressing force is small, which is beneficial to reduce the risk of damage to the flexible display screen 6 due to excessive extrusion of the folding mechanism 52, so that The reliability of the flexible display screen 6 is high.
  • There may be one or more rotational connection structures between the second rotating portion 5254 of the second support plate 525 and the middle shell 521, and the sliding connection and rotational connection structure between the second movable portion 5253 and the second fixing frame 523 may have a place or multiple places.
  • first rotating part 5244 and the middle shell 521 can also be rotationally connected by a solid shaft, and the first movable part 5243 and the first fixing frame 522 can also be slidably connected and rotationally connected by an adapter block.
  • the second rotating part 5254 and the middle shell 521 can also be rotatably connected through a solid shaft, and the second movable part 5253 and the second fixing frame 523 can also be slidably connected and rotatably connected through an adapter block.
  • This embodiment of the present application does not strictly limit the specific implementation structure of the above connection relationship.
  • FIG. 128 is a schematic structural diagram of the first swing arm 527 , the second swing arm 528 and the synchronization assembly 529 shown in FIG. 100
  • FIG. 129 is an exploded view of the structure shown in FIG. 128
  • FIG. 130 is a schematic structural diagram of the structure shown in FIG. 129 at another angle. The viewing angle of FIG. 130 is turned upside down relative to the viewing angle shown in FIG. 129 .
  • the first swing arm 527 includes a movable end 5271 and a rotating end 5272 .
  • the first swing arm 527 may further include a connecting section 5273 connecting the movable end 5271 and the rotating end 5272 .
  • the first swing arm 527 may be an integrally formed structural member to have high structural strength.
  • the movable end 5271 of the first swing arm 527 includes a rotating shaft 5271a.
  • the rotating end 5272 of the first swing arm 527 includes a gear portion 5272a, a plurality of first protrusions 5272b and a plurality of second protrusions 5272c.
  • the gear portion 5272a may be provided with a shaft hole, a plurality of first protrusions 5272b and a plurality of The two protrusions 5272c are located at opposite ends of the gear portion 5272a.
  • the plurality of first protrusions 5272b are arranged in a ring shape and spaced apart from each other.
  • the plurality of first protrusions 5272b are arranged around the shaft hole of the gear portion 5272a.
  • the second protrusions 5272c are arranged in a ring shape and spaced apart from each other, and a plurality of the second protrusions 5272c are arranged around the rotation shaft hole of the gear portion 5272a.
  • the second swing arm 528 includes a movable end 5281 and a rotating end 5282 .
  • the second swing arm 528 may further include a connecting section 5283 connecting the movable end 5281 and the rotating end 5282 .
  • the second swing arm 528 may be an integrally formed structural member to have higher structural strength.
  • the movable end 5281 of the second swing arm 528 includes a rotating shaft 5281a.
  • the rotating end 5282 of the second swing arm 528 includes a gear portion 5282a, a plurality of first protrusions 5282b and a plurality of second protrusions 5282c.
  • the gear portion 5282a may be provided with a shaft hole, a plurality of first protrusions 5282b and a plurality of The two protrusions 5282c are located opposite to each other at both ends of the gear portion 5282a.
  • the plurality of first protrusions 5282b are arranged in a ring shape and spaced apart from each other.
  • the plurality of first protrusions 5282b are arranged around the rotating shaft hole of the gear portion 5282a.
  • the second protrusions 5282c are arranged in a ring shape and spaced apart from each other, and a plurality of second protrusions 5282c are arranged around the rotation shaft hole of the gear portion 5282a.
  • the synchronizing assembly 529 includes a plurality of synchronizing gears 5291 , the plurality of synchronizing gears 5291 are engaged with each other, and the rotating end 5272 of the first swing arm 527 is engaged with the second through the plurality of synchronizing gears 5291 .
  • Rotation end 5282 of swing arm 528 Exemplarily, a plurality of synchronizing gears 5291 may be arranged in a series, two adjacent synchronizing gears 5291 mesh with each other, and the two synchronizing gears 5291 located at the ends engage the rotating end 5272 of the first swing arm 527 and the second swinging end 5291 respectively. Rotated end 5282 of arm 528.
  • the rotating end 5272 of the first swing arm 527 and the rotating end 5282 of the second swing arm 528 are connected by a plurality of synchronizing gears 5291 , so that the rotation angle of the rotating end 5272 of the first swing arm 527 is the same as that of the second swing arm 527
  • the rotation angles of the rotating ends 5282 of the arms 528 are the same in magnitude and opposite in direction, so that the rotations of the first swing arm 527 and the second swing arm 528 relative to the middle shell 521 are synchronized, that is, approach or move away from each other synchronously.
  • the synchronizing gear 5291 includes a gear portion 5291a, a plurality of first protrusions 5291b and a plurality of second protrusions 5291c
  • the gear portion 5291a may be provided with a shaft hole, a plurality of first protrusions 5291b and a plurality of second protrusions 5291c.
  • the protrusions 5291c are disposed opposite to the two ends of the gear portion 5291a.
  • a plurality of first protrusions 5291b are arranged in a ring shape and spaced apart from each other.
  • the protrusions 5291c are arranged in a ring shape and spaced apart from each other, and a plurality of second protrusions 5291c are arranged around the rotation shaft hole of the gear portion 5291a.
  • the synchronizing gear 5291 can be an integrally formed structural member to have high structural strength.
  • the synchronization assembly 529 further includes a first locking member 5292, a second locking member 5293, a fixing plate 5294, an elastic member 5295, a first transfer shaft 5296, a second transfer shaft 5297, and a plurality of third Adapter shaft 5298.
  • the first locking member 5292 is located between the elastic member 5295 and the synchronizing gear 5291 .
  • the second locking member 5293 is located on the side of the synchronizing gear 5291 away from the first locking member 5292
  • the fixing plate 5294 is located on the side of the elastic member 5295 away from the first locking member 5292 .
  • the second locking member 5293 , the plurality of synchronizing gears 5291 , the first locking member 5292 , the elastic member 5295 and the fixing plate 5294 are sequentially arranged in a direction parallel to the rotation center of the housing device 5 .
  • the rotating end 5272 of the first swing arm 527 and the rotating end 5282 of the second swing arm 528 are located between the first locking member 5292 and the second locking member 5293 .
  • the first locking member 5292 includes a first locking plate 5292a and a plurality of first bump groups 5292b, and the plurality of first bump groups 5292b are fixed to the first card The same side surface of the bit plate 5292a.
  • the first clamping plate 5292a includes a plurality of first through holes 5292c, and the plurality of first through holes 5292c are spaced apart from each other.
  • the plurality of first bump groups 5292b are disposed in a one-to-one correspondence with the plurality of first through holes 5292c.
  • Each first bump group 5292b may include a plurality of first bumps 5292d, the plurality of first bumps 5292d are arranged in a ring shape and spaced apart from each other, and the plurality of first bumps 5292d are disposed around the first through holes 5292c, Detent slots are formed between two adjacent first bumps 5292d.
  • the first retaining member 5292 can be an integrally formed structural member to have higher structural strength.
  • the second locking member 5293 includes a second locking plate 5293a and a plurality of second bump groups 5293b, and the plurality of second bump groups 5293b are fixed to the second card.
  • the second locking plate 5293a includes a plurality of second through holes 5293c, and the plurality of second through holes 5293c are spaced apart from each other.
  • the plurality of second bump groups 5293b are disposed in a one-to-one correspondence with the plurality of second through holes 5293c.
  • Each second bump group 5293b may include a plurality of second bumps 5293d, the plurality of second bumps 5293d are arranged in a ring shape and spaced apart from each other, and the plurality of second bumps 5293d are disposed around the second through holes 5293c, Detent slots are formed between two adjacent second bumps 5293d.
  • the second retaining member 5293 may be an integrally formed structural member to have higher structural strength.
  • the fixing plate 5294 may have a plate body structure.
  • the fixing plate 5294 includes a plurality of third through holes 5294a, and the plurality of third through holes 5294a are spaced apart from each other.
  • the plurality of first through holes 5292c, the plurality of second through holes 5293c, and the plurality of third through holes 5294a may have the same arrangement shape and arrangement spacing.
  • the elastic member 5295 includes a plurality of springs 5295a.
  • the first adapter shaft 5296 is inserted into the second locking member 5293 , the rotating end 5272 of the first swing arm 527 , the first locking member 5292 , one of the springs 5295 a and the fixing plate 5294 .
  • the first adapter shaft 5296 passes through a second through hole 5293c of the second locking member 5293, a shaft hole of the first swing arm 527, a first through hole 5292c of the first locking member 5292, and one of the springs The inner space of 5295a and a third through hole 5294a of the fixing plate 5294.
  • the first adapter shaft 5296 includes a first end portion and a second end portion opposite to each other, and the first end portion of the first adapter shaft 5296 is close to the second locking member 5293 and protrudes relative to the second locking member 5293 Out, the second end of the first adapter shaft 5296 is close to the fixing plate 5294 and protrudes from the fixing plate 5294 .
  • the first end of the first adapter shaft 5296 may be provided with a limiting flange 5296a, the limiting flange 5296a is located on the side of the second locking member 5293 away from the first locking member 5292, and the limiting flange The 5296a can abut against the second retaining member 5293 for limiting.
  • the first end of the first transfer shaft 5296 can be fixedly connected to the fixing plate 5294 by welding, bonding or the like. Spring 5295a is in a compressed state.
  • the number of the third transfer shafts 5298 is the same as that of the synchronizing gears 5291 , and the third transfer shafts 5298 , the synchronizing gears 5291 , and some of the springs 5295 a among the plurality of springs 5295 a are provided in a one-to-one correspondence.
  • the third adapter shaft 5298 is inserted into the second locking member 5293 , the synchronizing gear 5291 , the first locking member 5292 , another spring 5295 a and the fixing plate 5294 .
  • the third adapter shaft 5298 passes through the other second through hole 5293c of the second locking member 5293, the shaft hole of the synchronizing gear 5291, the other first through hole 5292c of the first locking member 5292, and another spring The inner space of 5295a and another third through hole 5294a of the fixing plate 5294.
  • the third adapter shaft 5298 includes a first end portion and a second end portion disposed opposite to each other, and the first end portion of the third adapter shaft 5298 is close to the second locking member 5293 and protrudes relative to the second locking member 5293 Out, the second end of the third adapter shaft 5298 is close to the fixing plate 5294 and protrudes from the fixing plate 5294 .
  • the first end of the third adapter shaft 5298 may be provided with a limiting flange 5298a, the limiting flange 5298a is located on the side of the second locking member 5293 away from the first locking member 5292, and the limiting flange The 5298a can abut against the second retaining member 5293 for limiting the position.
  • the first end of the third adapter shaft 5298 can be fixedly connected to the fixing plate 5294 by welding, bonding or the like.
  • Spring 5295a is in a compressed state.
  • the second adapter shaft 5297 is inserted into the second locking member 5293 , the rotating end 5282 of the second swing arm 528 , the first locking member 5292 , another spring 5295 a and the fixing plate 5294 .
  • the second adapter shaft 5297 passes through the other second through hole 5293c of the second locking member 5293, the shaft hole of the second swing arm 528, the other first through hole 5292c of the first locking member 5292, and the other The inner space of one spring 5295a and the other third through hole 5294a of the fixing plate 5294.
  • the second adapter shaft 5297 includes a first end portion and a second end portion disposed opposite to each other, and the first end portion of the second adapter shaft 5297 is close to the second locking member 5293 and protrudes relative to the second locking member 5293 Out, the second end of the second adapter shaft 5297 is close to the fixing plate 5294 and protrudes from the fixing plate 5294 .
  • the first end of the second adapter shaft 5297 may be provided with a limiting flange 5297a, and the limiting flange 5297a is located on the side of the second locking member 5293 away from the first locking member 5292, and the limiting flange The 5297a can abut against the second retaining member 5293 for limiting the position.
  • the first end of the second adapter shaft 5297 can be fixedly connected to the fixing plate 5294 by welding, bonding or the like.
  • Spring 5295a is in a compressed state.
  • the rotating end 5272 of the first swing arm 527 , the synchronizing gear 5291 and the rotating end 5282 of the second swing arm 528 are arranged in an arc shape.
  • the plurality of first through holes 5292c of the first locking member 5292 are arranged in an arc shape, and the first locking plate 5292a may be arc-shaped or nearly arcuate;
  • the plurality of second locking members 5293 The through holes 5293c are arranged in an arc shape, and the second clamping plate 5293a can be in an arc shape or a nearly arc shape;
  • the plurality of third through holes 5294a of the fixing plate 5294 are arranged in an arc shape, and the fixing plate 5294 can be in an arc shape or a near arc shape.
  • the positions of the first through hole 5292c, the second through hole 5293c and the third through hole 5294a define the positions of the first adapter shaft 5296, the third adapter shaft 5298 and the second adapter shaft 5297, so that the first swing arm
  • the rotating end 5272 of 527 , the synchronizing gear 5291 and the rotating end 5282 of the second swing arm 528 are arranged in an arc shape.
  • the plurality of first protrusions 5272b of the first swing arm 527 and the plurality of first protrusions 5292d of one of the first protrusion groups 5292b are alternately arranged to form a snap connection Structure
  • the plurality of second protrusions 5272c of the first swing arm 527 and the plurality of second protrusions 5293d of one of the second protrusion groups 5293b are alternately arranged to form a snap-fit structure.
  • the plurality of first projections 5272b of the synchronizing gear 5291 and the plurality of first projections 5292d of the other first projection group 5292b are alternately arranged to form a snap-fit structure
  • the plurality of second projections 5272c of the The plurality of second bumps 5293d of the second bump group 5293b are alternately arranged to form a snap-fit structure.
  • the plurality of first protrusions 5272b of the second swing arm 528 and the plurality of first protrusions 5292d of the other first protrusion group 5292b are alternately arranged to form a snap-fit structure
  • the plurality of second protrusions of the second swing arm 528 5272c and a plurality of second bumps 5293d of another second bump group 5293b are alternately arranged to form a snap-fit structure.
  • the rotating end 5272 of the first swing arm 527 , the rotating end 5282 of the second swing arm 528 and the synchronizing gear 5291 are all engaged with the first locking member 5292 and the second locking member 5293 to form a locking structure , so that the first swing arm 527 and the second swing arm 528 can stay at certain positions.
  • the elastic member 5295 is in a compressed state, and the elastic force generated by the elastic member 5295 pushes the first locking member 5292 against the synchronizing gear 5291 .
  • the first locking member 5292 cooperates with the second locking member 5293 to press the rotating end 5272 of the first swing arm 527, the synchronizing gear 5291 and the rotating end 5282 of the second swing arm 528, so that the The locking structure between the rotating end 5272 , the synchronizing gear 5291 and the rotating end 5282 of the second swing arm 528 and the first locking member 5292 and the second locking member 5293 is stable.
  • the first locking member 5292 and the second locking member 5293 may be mirror-symmetrical structures, and the plurality of first protrusions 5272b of the first swing arm 527 and the plurality of first
  • the two protrusions 5272c may be mirror-symmetrical structures
  • the plurality of first protrusions 5272b and the plurality of second protrusions 5272c of the second swing arm 528 may be mirror-symmetrical structures
  • the second protrusions 5272c may be mirror-symmetrical structures.
  • FIG. 131 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the folding mechanism 52 shown in FIG. 96
  • FIG. 132 is another partial structural schematic diagram of the folding mechanism 52 shown in FIG. 96
  • FIG. 133 is FIG. 96
  • Another partial structural schematic diagram of the folding mechanism 52 is shown.
  • 131 illustrates the assembly structure of the middle shell 521 , the third fixing frame 5261 , the fourth fixing frame 5262 , the first swing arm 527 , the second swing arm 528 and the synchronization assembly 529 .
  • the middle case 521 may include a first part 521a and a second part 521b , FIG.
  • FIG. 132 shows the assembly structure of the first part 521a of the middle case 521 and other structures
  • FIG. 133 shows the second part of the middle case 521 Assembly structure of part 521b with other structures.
  • the folding mechanism 52 is in an open state. In the open state, the third fixing frame 5261 and the fourth fixing frame 5262 are unfolded relative to each other, located on both sides of the middle shell 521 respectively, and are in the open position.
  • one end of the first swing arm 527 is connected to the middle shell 521 , and the other end is connected to the third fixing frame 5261 .
  • One end of the second swing arm 528 is connected to the middle shell 521 , and the other end is connected to the fourth fixing frame 5262 .
  • the synchronizing assembly 529 is mounted on the middle casing 521 , and the synchronizing assembly 529 is connected to one end of the first swing arm 527 and one end of the second swing arm 528 .
  • the second part 521b of the middle shell 521 shields part of the structure of the first swing arm 527 , part of the structure of the synchronization assembly 529 and part of the structure of the second swing arm 528 .
  • the rotating end 5272 of the first swing arm 527 is installed in the installation space 5212e of the middle shell 521, and the movable end 5271 of the first swing arm 527 is installed in the third chute 5261e of the third fixing frame 5261.
  • the swing arm 527 is connected between the middle shell 521 and the third fixing frame 5261 .
  • the rotating end 5282 of the second swing arm 528 is mounted on the middle shell 521, the movable end 5281 of the second swing arm 528 is mounted on the fourth chute 5262e of the fourth fixing frame 5262, and the second swing arm 528 is connected between the middle shell 521 and the first Between the four fixing brackets 5262.
  • the synchronizing assembly 529 is installed in the installation space 5212e of the middle case 521 , and the synchronizing assembly 529 is connected to the rotating end 5272 of the first swing arm 527 and the rotating end 5282 of the second swing arm 528 .
  • the rotating shaft 5271a of the movable end 5271 of the first swing arm 527 can be installed in the third chute 5261e, and can slide and rotate in the third chute 5261e, so that the first swing arm 527
  • the movable end 5271 is slidably connected to and rotatably connected to the third fixing frame 5261 .
  • the rotating shaft 5281a of the movable end 5281 of the second swing arm 528 can be installed in the fourth chute 5262e, and can slide and rotate in the fourth chute 5262e, so that the movable end 5281 of the second swing arm 528 slides therein, and is dynamically connected and rotated.
  • the fourth fixing frame 5262 is rotatably connected.
  • the rotating end 5272 of the first swing arm 527 can be installed in the main body space 5212f of the installation space 5212e of the middle shell 521, and the movable end 5271 of the first swing arm 527 can protrude through the avoidance gap 5212h to the outside of the middle case 521 .
  • the rotating end 5282 of the second swing arm 528 can be installed in the main body space 5212f of the installation space 5212e of the middle shell 521, and the movable end 5281 of the second swing arm 528 can protrude to the outside of the middle shell 521 through the avoidance gap 5212i.
  • the synchronization assembly 529 is installed in the main body space 5212f.
  • both ends of the first adapter shaft 5296 of the synchronizing assembly 529 are respectively inserted into a pair of a first shaft slot 5212g and a second shaft slot 5212j, and the first adapter shaft 5296 passes through through the main body space 5212f.
  • the first transfer shaft 5296 is inserted into the rotating end 5272 of the first swing arm 527 , and the rotating end 5272 of the first swing arm 527 is connected to the middle shell 521 in rotation.
  • Two ends of the second transfer shaft 5297 are respectively inserted into the pair of another first shaft slot 5212g and another second shaft slot 5212j, and the second transfer shaft 5297 passes through the main body space 5212f.
  • the second adapter shaft 5297 is inserted into the rotating end 5282 of the second swing arm 528 , and the rotating end 5282 of the second swing arm 528 is rotatably connected to the middle shell 521 .
  • Both ends of the third adapter shaft 5298 are respectively inserted into the pair of another first shaft groove 5212g and another second shaft groove 5212j, and the third adapter shaft 5298 passes through the main body space 5212f.
  • the third adapter shaft 5298 is inserted into the synchronizing gear 5291 , and the synchronizing gear 5291 is rotatably connected to the middle casing 521 .
  • the second locking member 5293 can be installed in the main body space 5212f.
  • FIG. 134 is a schematic structural diagram of the structure shown in FIG. 131 cut along G-G
  • FIG. 135 is a structural schematic diagram of the structure shown in FIG. 134 in a closed state.
  • the movable end 5271 of the first swing arm 527 is mounted on the third chute 5261e for sliding connection and rotational connection with the third fixing frame 5261 .
  • the rotating end 5272 of the first swing arm 527 is rotatably connected to the middle shell 521 through the first connecting shaft 5296 .
  • the movable end 5281 of the second swing arm 528 is mounted on the fourth chute 5262e for sliding connection and rotational connection with the fourth fixing frame 5262 .
  • the rotating end 5282 of the second swing arm 528 is rotatably connected to the middle shell 521 through the second connecting shaft 5297 .
  • Adjacent synchronizing gears 5291 mesh with each other, and each synchronizing gear 5291 is rotatably connected to the middle casing 521 through a third transfer shaft 5298 .
  • the rotating end 5282 of the second swing arm 528 engages the rotating end 5272 of the first swing arm 527 through a plurality of synchronizing gears 5291 .
  • the first swing arm 527 and the second swing arm 528 are driven to rotate relative to the middle case.
  • the 5282 meshes with the rotating end 5272 of the first swing arm 527 through a plurality of synchronizing gears 5291, so the rotation of the first swing arm 527 and the second swing arm 528 relative to the middle shell 521 is synchronous, and the two move closer to or away from each other synchronously, lifting the Institutional operating experience.
  • first locking member 5292 is fixedly mounted on the middle case 521 (as shown in FIG. 132 ), during the relative rotation of the first case 51 and the second case 53 , the first swing arm 527 and the second The swing arm 528 rotates relative to the first locking member 5292 , the synchronizing gear 5291 rotates relative to the first locking member 5292 along with the first swing arm 527 and the second swing arm 528 , and a difference is formed between the synchronizing gear 5291 and the first locking member 5292 snap-on structure.
  • the first locking member 5292 and the synchronizing gear 5291 form a first locking structure; the first housing 51 and the second housing 53 are in an open state. In the closed state, the first locking member 5292 and the synchronizing gear 5291 form a second locking structure.
  • the first latching structure and the second latching structure can make the synchronizing gear 5291 stay at a certain position relative to the first latching member 5292, even if the first swing arm 527 and the second swing arm 528 are relatively centered
  • the shell 521 maintains a certain relative positional relationship, so that the first shell 51 and the second shell 53 can be better maintained in an open state or a closed state, which improves the user experience.
  • the synchronizing assembly 529 makes the first clamping member 5292 press the synchronous gear 5291, and the first clamping structure and the second clamping structure are maintained between the first clamping member 5292 and the synchronous gear 5291.
  • the synchronization component 529 has a movement resistance that prevents the relative positional relationship from changing. Therefore, the first clamping structure and the second clamping structure can provide a certain resistance during the process of unfolding the electronic device 300 to enter the open state and the process of folding to release the open state, so that the user can experience a better mechanism Operational feeling.
  • the plurality of first protrusions 5291b of the synchronizing gear 5291 and the first engaging are arranged in a staggered clamping structure.
  • the plurality of first protrusions 5291b of the synchronizing gear 5291 and the grooves on the first locking member 5292 present a snap-fit structure of concave-convex matching.
  • the difference between the first clamping structure and the second clamping structure is that the synchronizing gear 5291 rotates relative to the first clamping member 5292, and the same first protrusion 5291b on the synchronizing gear 5291 is connected to the first clamping member 5292. different groove fit.
  • the rotating end 5272 of the first swing arm 527 , the synchronizing gear 5291 and the rotating end of the second swing arm 528 all present a latching structure arranged in a staggered manner.
  • the protrusions on the rotating end 5272 of the first swing arm 527 , the synchronizing gear 5291 and the rotating end 5282 of the second swing arm 528 can be combined with the grooves ( formed between two adjacent bumps), both present a snap-fit structure with concave-convex matching.
  • the difference between the first clamping structure and the second clamping structure is that the rotating end 5272 of the first swing arm 527 , the synchronizing gear 5291 and the rotating end 5282 of the second swing arm 528 are opposite to the first locking member 5292 and the second locking position
  • the rotating end 5272 of the first swing arm 527, the synchronizing gear 5291 and the same protrusion on the rotating end 5282 of the second swing arm 528 are connected with the first locking member 5292 and the second locking member 5293. different grooves on the .
  • the rotating end 5272 of the first swing arm 527, the synchronizing gear 5291 and the rotating end 5282 of the second swing arm 528 rotate relative to the first locking member 5292 and the second locking member 5293,
  • the same protrusion on the rotating end 5272 of the first swing arm 527, the synchronizing gear 5291 and the rotating end 5282 of the second swing arm 528 can be removed from one of the recesses on the first locking member 5292 and the second locking member 5293.
  • the groove slides out and then slides into another groove, i.e., from a "protrusion-groove” mating structure to a “protrusion-bump” transition structure, and then to a “protrusion-another groove” ” matching structure, the first detent member 5292 and the second detent member 5293 are relative to the rotating end 5272 of the first swing arm 527, the synchronizing gear 5291 and the rotating end 5282 of the second swing arm 528, showing “close-away-close” ” positional relationship.
  • the rotating end 5272 of the first swing arm 527, the plurality of synchronizing gears 5291 and the rotating end 5282 of the second swing arm 528 are arranged in an arc shape, so that the The inner space 5212 of the shell 521 enables more release of the inner space 5212 of the middle shell 521 to form a screen-accommodating space for accommodating a part of the flexible display screen 6 when the electronic device 300 is closed, thereby facilitating the improvement of the electronic device 300
  • the compactness of the arrangement of the components reduces the volume of the electronic device 300 .
  • the number and size of the synchronizing gears 5291 can be designed according to the specific shape and size of the product, which is not strictly limited in this application. Among them, the greater the number of synchronizing gears 5291, the smaller the size of the synchronizing gears 5291, the more space can be released, the smaller the number of synchronizing gears 5291, the larger the size of the synchronizing gears 5291, the smaller the cumulative transmission error of the synchronizing gears 5291, Helps to improve movement accuracy.
  • FIG. 136 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the electronic device 300 shown in FIG. 93 taken along L-L
  • FIG. 137 is a cross-sectional structure schematic view of the electronic device 300 shown in FIG. 94 taken along M-M.
  • the third fixing frame 5261 is fixedly connected to the first casing 51
  • the third fixing frame 5262 is fixedly connected to the second casing 53 .
  • the movable end 5271 of the first swing arm 527 is slidably connected to and rotatably connected to the third fixing frame 5262
  • the rotating end 5272 of the first swing arm 527 is rotatably connected to the middle shell 521 .
  • the movable end 5281 of the second swing arm 528 is slidably connected to and rotatably connected to the fourth fixing frame 5262
  • the rotating end 5282 of the second swing arm 528 is rotatably connected to the middle shell 521 .
  • the rotating end 5272 of the first swing arm 527 meshes with the rotating end 5282 of the second swing arm 528 through a plurality of synchronizing gears 5291 .
  • the movable end 5271 of the first swing arm 527 is installed in the third chute 5261e
  • the movable end 5281 of the second swing arm 528 is installed in the fourth chute 5262e
  • the rotating end 5272 of the first swing arm 527, the second swing arm The rotating end 5282 of the 528 and the synchronizing gear 5291 are respectively connected to the middle shell 521 through different connecting shafts.
  • the rotating end 5272 of the first swing arm 527 and the rotating end 5282 of the second swing arm 528 are linked through a plurality of synchronizing gears 5291, the plurality of synchronizing gears 5291 are used to connect the first swing arm 527 and the second swing arm 528 with each other.
  • the two swing arms 528 keep rotating synchronously during the movement of the housing device 5 , that is, synchronously approach each other or move away from each other.
  • the first swing arm 527 is connected to the third fixing frame 5261 fixed to the first casing 51
  • the second swing arm 528 is connected to the fourth fixing frame 5262 fixed to the second casing 53 .
  • the synchronous rotation of the two swing arms 528 can also keep the first casing 51 and the second casing 53 rotating synchronously, so the rotation of the first casing 51 and the second casing 53 relative to the middle casing 521 is well synchronized, improving the The mechanical operation experience of the housing device 5 and the electronic device 300 is presented.
  • the rotating end 5272 of the first swing arm 527 , the plurality of synchronizing gears 5291 and the rotating end 5282 of the second swing arm 528 are arranged in an arc shape, making full use of the inner side of the middle shell 521 space 5212, so as to release more of the inner space 5212 of the middle case 521 to form a screen-accommodating space, and the flexible display screen 6 can be partially accommodated in the inner space 5212 of the middle case 521 in the closed state, which is beneficial to improve the electronic equipment 300.
  • the compactness of the arrangement of the components reduces the volume of the electronic device 300 .
  • the synchronization component 529 of the present application may have various implementation structures.
  • the synchronizing assembly 529 may indirectly define the position of the first swing arm 527 and the position of the second swing arm 528 by defining the position of the synchronizing gear 5291 .
  • a latching structure is formed between the first latching member 5292 and the second latching member 5293 and the synchronizing gear 5291, and the rotating end 5272 of the first swing arm 527 and the rotating end 5282 of the second swing arm 528 are connected to the first latching position. There is no clamping structure between the member 5292 and the second locking member 5293 .
  • the synchronizing assembly 529 may not be provided with the second locking member 5293, and the first locking member 5292 and the synchronizing gear 5291, the first swing arm 527 and the second swing arm 528 are connected through the locking structure. , so that the first swing arm 527 and the second swing arm 528 can stay at certain positions.
  • the synchronizing assembly 529 may not be provided with the fixing plate 5294, the two ends of the elastic member 5295 may respectively abut against the first locking member 5292 and the wall surface of the installation space 5212e, and the elastic member 5295 is compressed on the first locking member 5295. between the position piece 5292 and the middle shell 521 .
  • the elastic member 5295 may also adopt other structures, such as elastic rubber blocks and the like.
  • the above embodiments are exemplary structures of the synchronization component 529, and the synchronization component 529 may also have other implementation structures, which are not strictly limited in this application.
  • the rotating shaft can be a part of the rotating end 5272 of the first swing arm 527 , or it can be an independent structure and inserted into the rotating end 5272 of the first swing arm 527 ; the rotating end 5282 of the second swing arm 528
  • the middle shell 521 can also be rotatably connected through a rotating shaft.
  • the rotating shaft can be a part of the rotating end 5282 of the second swing arm 528 , or can be an independent structural member that is inserted into the rotating end 5282 of the second swing arm 528 .
  • FIG. 138 is a schematic structural diagram of the electronic device 300 provided by an embodiment of the present application when it is in an open state in other embodiments
  • FIG. 139 is a schematic diagram of the electronic device 300 shown in FIG. 138 when it is in a closed state.
  • FIG. 140 is a schematic diagram of a partially exploded structure of the housing device 5 of the electronic device 300 shown in FIG. 138 .
  • the electronic device 300 in this embodiment may include most of the technical features of the electronic device 300 in the previous embodiment. The following mainly describes the differences between the two, and most of the same technical contents will not be repeated.
  • the electronic device 300 includes a housing device 5 and a flexible display screen 6 , and the flexible display screen 6 is mounted on the housing device 5 .
  • the flexible display screen 6 is used to display images, and the housing device 5 is used to drive the flexible display screen 6 to move.
  • the casing device 5 includes a first casing 51 , a folding mechanism 52 and a second casing 53 connected in sequence.
  • the folding mechanism 52 can be deformed, so that the first casing 51 and the second casing 53 are relatively folded or relatively unfolded.
  • the first housing 51 may include a first body 514 and two first baffles 515 , and the two first baffles 515 are respectively fixed on two sides of the first body 514 .
  • the first body 514 includes a support surface 511 of the first housing 51 and a first fixing groove 512 , and the two first baffles 515 can form groove side walls of the first fixing groove 512 .
  • the second casing 53 includes a second body 534 and two second baffles 535 , and the two second baffles 535 are respectively fixed on two sides of the second body 534 .
  • the second body 534 includes a support surface 531 of the second housing 53 and a second fixing groove 532 , and the two second baffles 535 may form groove side walls of the second fixing groove 532 .
  • the electronic device 300 can realize self-shielding of the appearance in the closed state, which improves the waterproof and dustproof performance.
  • the electronic device 300 realizes self-shielding of the appearance in the open state and the closed state through the structural design of the first casing 51 and the second casing 53 , and the end cover parts for realizing appearance shielding can be omitted.
  • the structure design of the device 300 is relatively simple, and the cost is low.
  • the case where the first baffle 515 and the second baffle 535 are spliced may include a case where the two are in contact with each other, or a case where a small gap is formed between the two, which is not strictly limited in this application.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Telephone Set Structure (AREA)
  • Casings For Electric Apparatus (AREA)
  • Calculators And Similar Devices (AREA)
  • Pivots And Pivotal Connections (AREA)
  • Devices For Indicating Variable Information By Combining Individual Elements (AREA)
  • Folding Of Thin Sheet-Like Materials, Special Discharging Devices, And Others (AREA)

Abstract

本申请公开一种折叠机构及电子设备。折叠机构应用于电子设备的壳体装置中,用于连接壳体装置的两个壳体。折叠机构能够在折叠过程中自动避让形成容屏空间,柔性显示屏容置于容屏空间,使得壳体装置对柔性显示屏的折叠动作稳定、挤压力较小,有利于降低柔性显示屏因折叠机构的过度挤压而发生损坏的风险,使得柔性显示屏的可靠性较高。

Description

折叠机构、壳体装置及电子设备
本申请要求于2020年10月29日提交中国专利局、申请号为202011187735.1、申请名称为“折叠机构及电子设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,本申请要求于2020年10月29日提交中国专利局、申请号为202011183401.7、申请名称为“折叠机构及电子设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,本申请要求于2020年10月31日提交中国专利局、申请号为202011197784.3、申请名称为“折叠机构及电子设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及可折叠电子产品技术领域,尤其涉及一种折叠机构、壳体装置及电子设备。
背景技术
近年来,柔性显示屏由于其具有轻薄、不易碎等特点,被广泛应用于多种可折叠的电子设备中。可折叠的电子设备还包括用于承载柔性显示屏的壳体装置,壳体装置一般包括两个壳体及连接在两个壳体之间的折叠机构,两个壳体通过折叠机构的形变相对折叠或相对展开,并带动柔性显示屏折叠或展开。在传统的屏幕内折式电子设备中,电子设备折叠时,柔性显示屏折叠于壳体装置的内侧,柔性显示屏的折弯部容易因被壳体装置过度挤压而发生损坏,导致柔性显示屏的可靠性较差,使用寿命较短。
发明内容
本申请的目的在于提供了一种折叠机构、壳体装置及电子设备。折叠机构应用于电子设备的壳体装置中,用于连接壳体装置的两个壳体。壳体装置用于承载柔性显示屏,在壳体装置的折叠过程中,壳体装置的折叠机构能够自动避让形成容屏空间,壳体装置对柔性显示屏的折叠动作稳定、挤压力较小,有利于降低柔性显示屏因折叠机构的过度挤压而发生损坏的风险,使得柔性显示屏的可靠性较高。
第一方面,本申请提供一种折叠机构,折叠机构可以应用于电子设备的壳体装置中。电子设备还可以包括安装于壳体装置的柔性显示屏。电子设备采用壳体装置实现屏幕内折,电子设备可弯折。
折叠机构包括中壳、第一固定架、第二固定架、第一摆臂、第二摆臂、第一支撑板及第二支撑板。第一摆臂的一端滑动连接第一固定架、另一端转动连接中壳,第二摆臂的一端滑动连接第二固定架、另一端转动连接中壳,第一支撑板转动连接第一固定架且转动连接中壳,第二支撑板转动连接第二固定架且转动连接中壳。
折叠机构处于打开状态时,第一支撑板的支撑面与第二支撑板的支撑面齐平;折叠机构处于闭合状态时,第一支撑板的支撑面与第二支撑板的支撑面相对设置、且在靠近中壳的方向上彼此远离。
在本申请中,第一支撑板和第二支撑板能够自动避让,形成容屏空间,容屏空间用于容置柔性显示屏,壳体装置对柔性显示屏的折叠动作稳定、挤压力较小,有利于降低柔性显示屏因折叠机构的过度挤压而发生损坏的风险,使得柔性显示屏的可靠性较高。
其中,由于第一支撑板的两端分别转动连接第一固定架和中壳,第二支撑板的两端分别 转动连接第二固定架和中壳,因此第一支撑板和第二支撑板的运动轨迹受到折叠机构的其他部件的制约,在第一壳体与第二壳体相对折叠的过程中,第一支撑板和第二支撑板的运动轨迹准确,因此能够在闭合状态中自动避让,形成容屏空间,且容屏空间控制精确,使得壳体装置对柔性显示屏的折叠动作稳定、挤压力较小,有利于降低柔性显示屏因折叠机构的过度挤压而发生损坏的风险,使得柔性显示屏的可靠性较高。
此外,第一摆臂与中壳转动连接、与第一固定架滑动连接,形成了连杆滑块结构,第一支撑板与中壳转动连接、与第一固定架转动连接,形成了连杆结构;第二摆臂与中壳转动连接、与第二固定架滑动连接,形成了连杆滑块结构,第二支撑板与中壳转动连接、与第二固定架转动连接,形成了连杆结构。折叠机构通过连杆滑块结构和连杆结构实现壳体与中壳之间的连接,其组成部分数量少,配合关系及配合位置简单,组成部件易制作和组装,有利于实现量产。并且,由于中壳通过第一摆臂和第一支撑板联动第一固定架、且通过第二摆臂和第二支撑板联动第二固定架,因此折叠机构的运动轨迹准确,折叠机构具有较佳的机构抗拉能力和机构抗挤压能力。
其中,当柔性显示屏安装在第一支撑板的支撑面与第二支撑板的支撑面上,能够呈现平整的形态,即认为第一支撑板的支撑面与第二支撑板的支撑面齐平。例如,第一支撑板的支撑面与第二支撑板的支撑面齐平的情况可以包括但不限于以下几种场景:第一支撑板的支撑面与第二支撑板的支撑面本身齐平;或者,第一支撑板的支撑面上设有粘接层,第二支撑板的支撑面上设有粘接层,两个支撑面设置粘接层后的高度齐平;或者;柔性显示屏上设有补强板,两个支撑面上堆叠补强板之后的高度齐平等。
其中,折叠机构相对展开至打开状态时,第一支撑板的支撑面与第一壳体的支撑面齐平,第二支撑板的支撑面与第二壳体的支撑面齐平。此时,壳体装置的用于为柔性显示屏提供支撑的多个支撑面齐平,使得柔性显示屏展平且具有平整的支撑环境,从而能够提高用户的触控操作、画面观看等体验。
其中,第一支撑板的支撑面和第一壳体的支撑面均为平面,且两者共面,从而更好地支撑柔性显示屏。此时,柔性显示屏与第一支撑板的支撑面之间的胶层可以和柔性显示屏与第一壳体的支撑面之间的胶层相等厚度。
其中,当第一支撑板的支撑面与第一壳体的支撑面彼此平行,但两者之间有少许错位时,可以通过柔性显示屏与第一支撑板的支撑面之间的胶层和柔性显示屏与第一壳体的支撑面之间的胶层的厚度的少许差异,使柔性显示屏固定于第一支撑板的支撑面和第一壳体的支撑面后,柔性显示屏的相应区域为仍为平面区域,这种情况也认为第一支撑板的支撑面与第一壳体的支撑面齐平。
一种可能的实现方式中,中壳包括外盖板,外盖板弯曲形成内侧空间。折叠机构处于打开状态时,第一支撑板遮盖部分内侧空间,第二支撑板遮盖部分内侧空间。此时,第一支撑板与第二支撑板彼此靠近,第一支撑板的支撑面与第二支撑板的支撑面之间的距离较小,折叠机构采用两板式结构即可在打开状态中对柔性显示屏的折弯部提供较为完整的平面支撑。
一种可能的实现方式中,折叠机构处于闭合状态时,第一支撑板部分伸入内侧空间,第二支撑板部分伸入内侧空间。
在本实现方式中,中壳的内侧空间中位于第一支撑板与第二支撑板之间的部分空间被释放,形成容屏空间的一部分,柔性显示屏可以部分伸入中壳的内侧空间,提高了空间利用率,使得电子设备的部件排布更为紧凑,有利于电子设备的小型化。
一种可能的实现方式中,折叠机构处于打开状态时,第一支撑板与第二支撑板拼接。此 时,第一支撑板和第二支撑板能够为柔性显示屏提供平整的强力支撑,以提高用户的触控操作、画面观看等体验。
在本申请中,第一支撑板与第二支撑板拼接的情况,可以包括但不限于以下场景:第一支撑板的一部分与第二支撑板的一部分相互连接,且连接部分之间无缝隙,第一支撑板的另一部分与第二支撑板的另一部分之间可以形成缺口或缝隙;或者,第一支撑板与第二支撑板整体相互连接、两者之间无缝隙;或者,第一支撑板的一部分与第二支撑板的一部分相互靠近,且相互靠近的部分之间存在小缝隙,第一支撑板的另一部分与第二支撑板的另一部分之间可以形成缺口或缝隙;或者,第一支撑板与第二支撑板整体相互靠近,且两者之间存在小缝隙。当第一支撑板与第二支撑板之间存在小缝隙、或者第一支撑板的一部分与第二支撑板的一部分之间存在小缝隙时,用户按压柔性显示屏对应于该缝隙的区域,柔性显示屏的对应区域也不会出现明显凹坑,折弯区支撑面能够为柔性显示屏提供强力支撑。
其中,当第一支撑板与第二支撑板之间存在缺口或缝隙、或者第一支撑板的一部分与第二支撑板的一部分之间存在缺口或缝隙时,可以通过优化折叠机构的部件尺寸和形状,尽量减小缺口或缝隙的面积,使得柔性显示屏对应于缺口或缝隙的区域可能在用户的按压下稍微下陷,但是仍不会产生明显凹坑。此外,在一些实施例中,柔性显示屏可以在朝向壳体装置的一侧设置可弯曲且具有一定结构强度的支撑板或补强板,支撑板或补强板至少覆盖第一支撑板与第二支撑板之间的缺口或缝隙,以提高柔性显示屏的抗按压强度。
一种可能的实现方式中,第一支撑板包括第一板体、第一转动部及第二转动部,第一转动部和第二转动部彼此间隔地固定于第一板体,第一转动部转动连接第一固定架,第二转动部转动连接中壳。第二支撑板包括第二板体、第三转动部及第四转动部,第三转动部和第四转动部彼此间隔地固定于第二板体,第三转动部转动连接第二固定架,第四转动部转动连接中壳。
折叠机构处于打开状态时,第二转动部和第四转动部位于第一转动部与第三转动部之间;折叠机构处于闭合状态时,第一转动部与第三转动部之间的间距小于第二转动部与第四转动部之间的间距。此时,第一支撑板与第二支撑板自动避让,形成容屏空间,容屏空间在靠近中壳的方向上空间逐渐变大。
在本实现方式中,由于第一转动部和第二转动部的位置限制了第一支撑板的位置,第三转动部和第四转动部的位置限制了第二支撑板的位置,第一转动部转动连接第一固定架、第三转动部转动连接第二固定架、第二转动部和第三转动部转动连接中壳,因此壳体装置通过设置中壳的结构、第一固定架和第二固定架与中壳的相对运动位置,能够控制第一支撑板与第二支撑板的相对位置,使得第一支撑板与第二支撑板能够在打开状态时展平,从而为柔性显示屏提供平整的强力支撑;在闭合状态时自动避让,形成容屏空间,从而容置柔性显示屏,使得壳体装置对柔性显示屏的折叠动作稳定、挤压力较小,有利于降低柔性显示屏因折叠机构的过度挤压而发生损坏的风险,使得柔性显示屏的可靠性较高。
一种可能的实现方式中,折叠机构还包括第一转轴和第二转轴,第一转轴插接第一转动部和第一固定架,第二转轴插接第二转动部和中壳。折叠机构还包括第三转轴和第四转轴,第三转轴插接第三转动部和第二固定架,第四转轴插接第四转动部和中壳。第一支撑板与第一固定架及中壳之间的转动连接关系、第二支撑板与第二固定架及中壳之间的转动连接关系,均采用实体轴转动连接,连接关系可靠,加工精度高,转动虚位小,使得转动动作精确、稳定。
一种可能的实现方式中,中壳包括第一凸部和第二凸部,第二转轴插接第一凸部,第一 凸部嵌入第一支撑板,第四转轴插接第二凸部,第二凸部嵌入第二支撑板。
在本实现方式中,通过设计中壳的第一凸部和第二凸部的转轴孔的位置、第一支撑板的第二转动部的转轴孔的位置以及第二支撑板的第四转动部的转轴孔的位置,使得中壳与第一支撑板之间可以通过第二转轴转动连接,中壳与第二支撑板之间可以通过第四转轴转动连接,也即中壳与第一支撑板及第二支撑板之间可以通过实体轴转动连接,连接关系可靠,转动虚位小,转动动作精确、稳定。
此外,第一凸部与第一支撑板的嵌入关系、第一连接凸块与第一支撑板的嵌入关系、第二凸部与第二支撑板的嵌入关系以及第二连接凸块与第二支撑板的嵌入关系,使得第一支撑板与第一固定架及中壳能够在平行于转动中心的方向上彼此限位,第二支撑板与第二固定架及中壳能够在平行于转动中心的方向上彼此限位,提高了折叠机构的转动连接结构的可靠性。
一种可能的实现方式中,第一板体包括第一主体部分和第一延伸部分,第一延伸部分固定于第一主体部分的一侧且相对第一主体部分凸出,第一主体部分远离第一延伸部分的一侧形成第一缺口,第一转动部位于第一缺口且固定于第一主体部分,第一主体部分靠近第一延伸部分的一侧形成第二缺口,第二转动部位于第二缺口且固定于第一主体部分。
第二板体包括第二主体部分和第二延伸部分,第二延伸部分固定于第二主体部分的一侧且相对第二主体部分凸出,第二主体部分远离第二延伸部分的一侧形成第三缺口,第三转动部位于第三缺口且固定于第二主体部分,第二主体部分靠近第二延伸部分的一侧形成第四缺口,第四转动部位于第四缺口且固定于第二主体部分。
在折叠机构的展开过程中,第一延伸部分与第二延伸部分相互靠近,在折叠机构的折叠过程中,第一延伸部分与第二延伸部分相互远离。
在本实现方式中,第一壳体与第二壳体处于打开状态时,第一支撑板与第二支撑板彼此靠近,第一支撑板的支撑面与第二支撑板的支撑面之间的距离较小,折叠机构采用两板式结构即可在打开状态中对柔性显示屏的折弯部提供较为完整的平面支撑。折叠机构处于闭合状态时,也即第一壳体与第二壳体相对折叠至闭合状态时,第一支撑板与第二支撑板大致呈现V形。第一支撑板的支撑面与第二支撑板的支撑面相对设置、且在靠近中壳的方向上彼此远离。
一种可能的实现方式中,第一壳体与第二壳体相对展开至打开状态时,第一延伸部分与第二延伸部分拼接,也即第一支撑板与第二支撑板拼接。此时,第一支撑板的支撑面与第二支撑板的支撑面可以拼接形成折弯区支撑面,壳体装置的折叠机构能够在打开状态中,通过折弯区支撑面充分支撑柔性显示屏的折弯部,使得柔性显示屏不易在用户的按压下发生凹陷等问题,有利于提高柔性显示屏的使用寿命和可靠性。
其中,第一延伸部分与第二延伸部分拼接的情况,可以包括彼此连接、两者之间无缝隙的情况,也可以包括彼此靠近、两者之间存在小缝隙的情况。当第一延伸部分与第二延伸部分之间存在小缝隙时,用户按压柔性显示屏对应于该缝隙的区域,柔性显示屏的对应区域也不会出现明显凹坑,折弯区支撑面能够为柔性显示屏提供强力支撑。
一种可能的实现方式中,第一支撑板在第一延伸部分的两侧形成避让缺口,第二支撑板在第二延伸部分的两侧形成避让缺口,避让缺口用于避免第一支撑板和第二支撑板在壳体装置运动的过程中,与中壳的部分结构发生干涉,也即用于实现避让,从而提高折叠机构和壳体装置的运动可靠性。在本实施例中,第一壳体与第二壳体处于打开状态时,第一支撑板的避让缺口和第二支撑板的避让缺口合并,折弯区支撑面为异形面。
其中,可以通过优化折叠机构的部件尺寸和形状,尽量减小避让缺口的面积,使得柔性 显示屏对应于避让缺口的区域可能在用户的按压下稍微下陷,但是仍不会产生明显凹坑。此外,在一些实施例中,柔性显示屏可以在朝向壳体装置的一侧设置可弯曲且具有一定结构强度的支撑板或补强板,支撑板或补强板至少覆盖第一支撑板的避让缺口和第二支撑板的避让缺口,以提高柔性显示屏的抗按压强度。
一种可能的实现方式中,第一摆臂包括滑动端和转动端,第一固定架设有第一滑槽,第一摆臂的滑动端安装于第一滑槽,第一摆臂的转动端转动连接中壳。第二摆臂包括滑动端和转动端,第二固定架设有第二滑槽,第二摆臂的滑动端安装于第二滑槽,第二摆臂的转动端转动连接中壳。
一种可能的实现方式中,折叠机构还包括多个同步齿轮,每个同步齿轮均转动连接中壳,多个同步齿轮彼此啮合,第一摆臂的转动端通过多个同步齿轮啮合第二摆臂的转动端。
在本实现方式中,第一摆臂的转动端与第二摆臂的转动端通过多个同步齿轮连接,使得第一摆臂的转动端的转动角度与第二摆臂的转动端的转动角度,大小相同且方向相反,使得第一摆臂与第二摆臂相对中壳的转动动作保持同步,也即同步相互靠近或相互远离。
一种可能的实现方式中,第一摆臂的转动端、多个同步齿轮及第二摆臂的转动端排布成弧形,以能够充分利用中壳的内侧空间的空间,使得中壳的内侧空间的另一部分空间能够释放形成容屏空间,用于在电子设备闭合时,收容部分柔性显示屏,从而有利于提高电子设备的部件排布的紧凑性,减小电子设备的体积。
一种可能的实现方式中,折叠机构还包括第一卡位件和第一弹性件,第一卡位件和第一弹性件安装于中壳,第一卡位件位于第一弹性件与同步齿轮之间,第一弹性件处于压缩状态,第一弹性件产生的弹性力将第一卡位件抵向同步齿轮。折叠机构处于打开状态时,第一卡位件与同步齿轮形成第一卡接结构,折叠机构处于闭合状态时,第一卡位件与同步齿轮形成第二卡接结构。
其中,第一弹性件处于压缩状态,第一弹性件产生的弹性力将第一卡位件抵向同步齿轮。此时,第一卡位件与第二卡位件配合压紧第一摆臂的转动端、同步齿轮以及第二摆臂的转动端,使得第一摆臂的转动端、同步齿轮以及第二摆臂的转动端与第一卡位件及第二卡位件之间的卡接结构稳定。
在本实现方式中,第一卡接结构和第二卡接结构能够使同步齿轮相对第一卡位件停留在某些位置,也即使第一摆臂和第二摆臂相对中壳保持一定的相对位置关系,使得第一壳体与第二壳体能够更好地保持打开状态或闭合状态,提高了用户的使用体验。此外,第一卡接结构和第二卡接结构可以在电子设备展开以进入打开状态的过程中、折叠以解除打开状态的过程中,提供一定的阻力,使得用户能够体验到较佳的机构操作感。
一种可能的实现方式中,折叠机构还包括安装于中壳的第一转接轴、第二转接轴、第三转接轴、第二卡位件以及固定板,第二卡位件位于同步齿轮远离第一卡位件的一侧,固定板位于第一弹性件远离第一卡位件的一侧,第一弹性件包括多个弹簧。
第一转接轴插接第二卡位件、第一摆臂的转动端、第一卡位件、其中一个弹簧以及固定板,第三转接轴插接第二卡位件、同步齿轮、第一卡位件、另一个弹簧以及固定板,第二转接轴插接第二卡位件、第二摆臂的转动端、第一卡位件、另一个弹簧以及固定板。
第一卡位件包括多个第一凸块组,每个第一凸块组均包括多个第一凸块,多个第一凸块排布成环状且彼此间隔,第二卡位件包括多个第二凸块组,每个第二凸块组均包括多个第二凸块,多个第二凸块排布成环状且彼此间隔;第一摆臂的转动端、同步齿轮及第二摆臂的转动端均包括相背设置的多个第一凸起和多个第二凸起,多个第一凸起排布成环状且彼此间隔, 多个第二凸起排布成环状且彼此间隔。
第一摆臂的多个第一凸起与其中一个第一凸块组的多个第一凸块交错排布形成卡接结构,第一摆臂的多个第二凸起与其中一个第二凸块组的多个第二凸块交错排布形成卡接结构;同步齿轮的多个第一凸起与另一个第一凸块组的多个第一凸块交错排布形成卡接结构,同步齿轮的多个第二凸起与另一个第二凸块组的多个第二凸块交错排布形成卡接结构;第二摆臂的多个第一凸起与另一个第一凸块组的多个第一凸块交错排布形成卡接结构,第二摆臂的多个第二凸起与另一个第二凸块组的多个第二凸块交错排布形成卡接结构。
在本实现方式中,第一摆臂的转动端、第二摆臂的转动端以及同步齿轮相对第一卡位件和第二卡位件转动时,多个第一凸起与多个第一凸块的相对位置发生变化,能够形成不同的卡接结构,多个第二凸起与多个第二凸块的相对位置发生变化,能够形成不同的卡接结构。
一种可能的实现方式中,第一固定架还设有第一安装槽,第一安装槽连通第一滑槽,折叠机构还包括第一止位件,第一止位件安装于第一安装槽,折叠机构处于打开状态时,第一止位件抵持第一摆臂的滑动端。
在本实现方式中,第一止位件用于在壳体装置处于打开状态时,对第一摆臂进行限位,使得壳体装置在没有受到较大外力时,保持打开状态,以提高用户的使用体验。此外,第一止位件与第一摆臂的配合还能够在电子设备展开以进入打开状态的过程中、折叠以解除打开状态的过程中,提供阻力,使得用户能够体验到较佳的机构操作感。
一种可能的实现方式中,第一止位件包括支架和第二弹性件,支架包括控制部和抵持部,第二弹性件的一端安装于支架的控制部、另一端抵持第一安装槽的槽壁,折叠机构处于打开状态时,支架的抵持部抵持第一摆臂的滑动端。
在本实现方式中,第一止位件的第二弹性件能够在外力作用下发生形变,从而使得第一止位件能够相对第一摆臂的滑动端移动,提高了第一止位件与第一摆臂的滑动端的限位可靠性。
其中,第一止位件还可以包括缓冲件,缓冲件安装于支架的抵持部。其中,缓冲件可以采用刚度较小的材料,以在受到外力时,能够通过形变吸收冲击力,实现缓冲。由于缓冲件套设在支架的抵持部上,因此第一止位件通过具有缓冲作用的缓冲件抵持第一摆臂的滑动端,有利于降低第一止位件的支架和第一摆臂的滑动端在长时间相对运动的过程中发生磨损的风险,提高了止位件的限位可靠性,使得折叠机构的可靠性更高。
一种可能的实现方式中,第一固定架包括顶面、底面以及第二侧面,顶面与底面相背设置,第二侧面位于顶面与底面之间,顶面面向第一支撑板,第二侧面面向中壳,顶面与底面在靠近第二侧面的方向上相互靠近。
在本实现方式中,第一固定架的顶面面向第一支撑板,第一固定架的底面背向第一支撑板。第二固定架的顶面面向第二支撑板,第二固定架的底面背向第二支撑板。折叠机构处于打开状态时,第一固定架的底面与第二固定架的底面朝向一致,两者可以彼此平行或齐平设置。第一固定架的顶面相对第一支撑板倾斜,两者之间形成间隙,第二固定架的顶面相对第二支撑板倾斜,两者之间形成间隙。其中,中壳的外盖板的侧端可以在折叠机构处于打开状态时,抵持并支撑第一支撑板和第二支撑板,因此外盖板能够对第一支撑板和第二支撑板进行止位,以防止壳体装置在展开时过折,从而降低柔性显示屏的受力,提高柔性显示屏和电子设备的可靠性,外盖板还能够增加第一支撑板和第二支撑板的支撑强度,以为柔性显示屏提供更可靠的支撑结构。
折叠机构处于闭合状态时,第一固定架的底面与第二固定架的底面朝向相反,两者可以 彼此平行。第一固定架的顶面和第二固定架的顶面朝向彼此,两者相对倾斜形成“V”形,使得第一固定架与第二固定架之间形成适当的空间,第一支撑板和第二支撑板能够容置于该空间、且第一支撑板和第二支撑板之间形成容屏空间。示例性的,折叠机构处于闭合状态时,第一固定架的顶面可以抵持并支撑第一支撑板,第二固定架的顶面可以抵持并支撑第二支撑板。
一种可能的实现方式中,在靠近第二侧面的方向上,第一滑槽的延伸方向与底面彼此远离。此时,第一滑槽的倾斜设计有利于降低折叠机构的厚度,优化机构结构。
第二方面,本申请提供另一种折叠机构,折叠机构可以应用于电子设备的壳体装置中。电子设备还可以包括安装于壳体装置的柔性显示屏。电子设备采用壳体装置实现屏幕内折,电子设备可弯折。
折叠机构包括中壳、第一固定架、第二固定架、第一摆臂、第二摆臂、第一支撑板及第二支撑板,第一固定架转动连接中壳,第二固定架转动连接中壳。第一摆臂包括转动端和活动端,第一摆臂的转动端转动连接中壳,第一摆臂的活动端滑动连接第一固定架;第二摆臂包括转动端和活动端,第二摆臂的转动端转动连接中壳,第二摆臂的活动端滑动连接第一固定架。
第一支撑板转动连接第一固定架,第一支撑板滑动连接第一摆臂的活动端;第二支撑板转动连接第二固定架,第二支撑板滑动连接第二摆臂的活动端。折叠机构处于打开状态时,第一支撑板的支撑面与第二支撑板的支撑面齐平;折叠机构处于闭合状态时,第一支撑板的支撑面与第二支撑板的支撑面相对设置、且在靠近中壳的方向上彼此远离。
其中,第一支撑板的支撑面与第二支撑板的支撑面相对设置,也即第一支撑板的支撑面与第二支撑板的支撑面呈现面对面的位置关系,第一支撑板的支撑面相对第二支撑板的支撑面倾斜设置。也即,第一支撑板的支撑面与第二支撑板的支撑面之间形成夹角。第一支撑板与第二支撑板大致呈现V形。
在本申请中,第一支撑板和第二支撑板自动避让,形成容屏空间,容屏空间用于容置柔性显示屏,电子设备的壳体装置对柔性显示屏的折叠动作稳定、挤压力较小,有利于降低柔性显示屏因折叠机构的过度挤压而发生损坏的风险,使得柔性显示屏的可靠性较高。
一种可能的实现方式中,中壳包括外盖板,外盖板弯曲形成内侧空间;折叠机构处于打开状态时,第一支撑板遮盖部分内侧空间,第二支撑板遮盖部分内侧空间。此时,第一支撑板与第二支撑板彼此靠近,第一支撑板的支撑面与第二支撑板的支撑面之间的距离较小,折叠机构采用两板式结构即可在打开状态中对柔性显示屏的折弯部提供较为完整的平面支撑。折叠机构处于闭合状态时,第一支撑板部分伸入内侧空间,第二支撑板部分伸入内侧空间。此时,中壳的内侧空间中位于第一支撑板与第二支撑板之间的部分空间被释放,形成容屏空间,柔性显示屏可以部分伸入中壳的内侧空间,提高了空间利用率,使得电子设备的部件排布更为紧凑,有利于电子设备的小型化。
一种可能的实现方式中,折叠机构处于打开状态时,第一支撑板与第二支撑板拼接。第一支撑板的支撑面与第二支撑板的支撑面可以拼接形成折弯区支撑面,折叠机构能够在打开状态中,通过折弯区支撑面充分支撑柔性显示屏的折弯部,使得柔性显示屏不易在用户的按压下发生凹陷等问题,有利于提高柔性显示屏的使用寿命和可靠性。
一种可能的实现方式中,第一固定架包括第一弧形臂,第一弧形臂转动连接中壳;第二固定架包括第二弧形臂,第二弧形臂转动连接中壳。也就是说,第一固定架通过第一弧形臂实现与中壳的转动连接,第二固定架通过第二弧形臂实现与中壳的转动连接。
一种可能的实现方式中,第二摆臂的活动端还转动连接第一固定架,第二摆臂的活动端还转动连接第一固定架。
一种可能的实现方式中,第一固定架包括第一固定本体,第一固定本体设有第一滑槽,第二固定架包括第二固定本体,第二固定本体设有第二滑槽;折叠机构处于闭合状态时,在靠近中壳的方向上,第二滑槽的延伸方向与第一滑槽的延伸方向彼此远离;第一摆臂的活动端包括第一转轴,第一转轴安装于第一滑槽,且能够在第一滑槽中滑动,以使第一摆臂的活动端滑动连接第一固定架;第二摆臂的活动端包括第二转轴,第二转轴安装于第二滑槽,且能够在第二滑槽中滑动,以使第二摆臂的活动端滑动连接第二固定架。
可以理解的是,折叠机构处于闭合状态时,在靠近中壳的方向上,第二滑槽的延伸方向与第一滑槽的延伸方向彼此远离,因此在折叠机构由打开状态转换为闭合状态的过程中,第一摆臂的活动端和第二摆臂的活动端均靠近中壳、且彼此远离,第一摆臂的活动端带动第一转接块靠近第一支撑板靠近中壳的一端(简称活动端),且通过第一转接块带动第一支撑板的活动端远离第二支撑板,第二摆臂的活动端带动第二转接块滑动靠近第二支撑板靠近中壳的一端(简称活动端),且通过第二转接块带栋第二支撑板的活动端远离第一支撑板。故而,折叠机构相对折叠至闭合状态时,第一支撑板的转动端与第二支撑板的转动端之间的距离,小于第一支撑板的活动端与第二支撑板的活动端之间的距离,第一支撑板与第二支撑板呈V形,第一支撑板的支撑面与第二支撑板的支撑面相对设置、且在靠近中壳的方向上彼此远离。
一种可能的实现方式中,第一转轴还能够在第一滑槽中转动,第二转轴还能够在第二滑槽中转动,以使第一摆臂的活动端转动连接第一固定架,第二摆臂的活动端转动连接第二固定架。
一种可能的实现方式中,第一支撑板还转动连接第一摆臂的活动端,第二支撑板还转动连接第二摆臂的活动端。以使第一支撑板转动连接第一摆臂,第二支撑板转动连接第二摆臂。
一种可能的实现方式中,折叠机构还包括第一转接块和第二转接块;第一转接块包括转动部和滑动部,第一转接块的转动部转动连接第一摆臂的活动端,第一转接块的滑动部滑动连接第一支撑板;第二转接块包括转动部和滑动部,第二转接块的转动部转动连接第二摆臂的活动端,第二转接块的滑动部滑动连接第二支撑板。此时,第二支撑板滑动连接且转动连接第二摆臂的活动端。
一种可能的实现方式中,第一摆臂的活动端呈爪状,第一摆臂的活动端包括彼此间隔设置的多个第一爪齿,第一转轴包括两个部分,第一转轴的两个部分分别位于多个第一爪齿的两侧,并连接不同的第一爪齿;第一转接块的转动部嵌入多个第一爪齿之间,折叠机构还包括第一转接轴,第一转接轴插接第一转轴、多个第一爪齿及第一转接块的转动部。
一种可能的实现方式中,第一转接块的转动部呈爪状,第一转接块的转动部包括彼此间隔设置的多个第三爪齿,多个第三爪齿与多个第一爪齿交错排布。
一种可能的实现方式中,第一摆臂的活动端具有第一转动孔,第一转动孔贯穿第一转轴和多个第一爪齿,第一转动孔的转动中心与第一转轴的转动中心重合,第一转接轴插设于第一转动孔。
一种可能的实现方式中,第一支撑板包括第一板体和第一滑轨,第一支撑板的支撑面形成于第一板体,第一板体包括固定面,固定面背向第一支撑板的支撑面设置,第一滑轨固定于固定面,第一转接块的滑动部滑动连接第一滑轨。
一种可能的实现方式中,第一固定本体还设有第一安装槽,第一安装槽连通第一滑槽,折叠机构还包括第一止位件,第一止位件安装于第一安装槽,折叠机构处于打开状态时,第 一止位件抵持第一转轴,以阻挡第一摆臂向靠近中壳的方向移动。
一种可能的实现方式中,第一止位件包括支架和弹性件,支架包括控制部和抵持部,弹性件的一端安装于支架的控制部、另一端抵持第一安装槽的槽壁,折叠机构处于打开状态时,支架的抵持部抵持第一转轴。在本申请中,第一止位件的弹性件能够在外力作用下发生形变,从而使得第一止位件能够相对第一摆臂的活动端移动,提高了第一止位件与第一摆臂的活动端的限位可靠性。
一种可能的实现方式中,第一固定本体包括顶面、底面以及第二侧面,顶面与底面相背设置,第二侧面位于顶面与底面之间,顶面面向第一支撑板,第二侧面面向中壳,顶面与底面在靠近第二侧面的方向上相互靠近。
一种可能的实现方式中,在靠近第二侧面的方向上,第一滑槽的延伸方向与底面彼此靠近。
一种可能的实现方式中,折叠机构还包括多个同步齿轮,每个同步齿轮均转动连接中壳,相邻的两个同步齿轮相互啮合,第一摆臂的转动端通过多个同步齿轮啮合第二摆臂的转动端。在本申请中,多个同步齿轮的设置使得第一摆臂和第二摆臂的动动作保持同步,也即同步地靠近彼此或远离彼此,提高了电子设备的机构操作体验。
一种可能的实现方式中,第一摆臂的转动端、多个同步齿轮及第二摆臂的转动端排布成弧形。也即,第一摆臂的转动端的转动中心、多个同步齿轮的转动中心、及第二摆臂的转动端的转动中心呈弧形排布。此时,第一摆臂的转动端、多个同步齿轮以及第二摆臂的转动端,能够充分利用中壳的内侧空间,使得中壳的内侧空间能够更多地释放出来以形成容屏空间,用于在电子设备闭合时,收容部分柔性显示屏,从而有利于提高电子设备的部件排布的紧凑性,减小电子设备的体积。
第三方面,本申请还提供一种折叠机构,折叠机构可以应用于电子设备的壳体装置中。电子设备还可以包括安装于壳体装置的柔性显示屏。电子设备采用壳体装置实现屏幕内折,电子设备可弯折。
折叠机构包括中壳、第一固定架、第二固定架、第一支撑板及第二支撑板。第一固定架转动连接中壳,第二固定架转动连接中壳。第一支撑板滑动连接第一固定架,并转动连接中壳;第二支撑板滑动连接第二固定架,并转动连接中壳。折叠机构处于打开状态时,第一支撑板的支撑面与第二支撑板的支撑面齐平;折叠机构处于闭合状态时,第一支撑板的支撑面与第二支撑板的支撑面相对设置、且在靠近中壳的方向上彼此远离。
在本申请中,折叠机构处于打开状态时,第一支撑板的支撑面与第二支撑板的支撑面齐平,使得柔性显示屏处于展平形态。折叠机构处于闭合状态时,第一支撑板的支撑面与第二支撑板的支撑面相对设置、且在靠近中壳的方向上彼此远离,使得柔性显示屏处于折叠形态,柔性显示屏折弯的部分呈水滴状。
壳体装置的折叠机构的主运动机构为第一固定架及第二固定架与中壳之间的单级转动连接,零件数量少,零件配合关系简单,机构自由度为1,尺寸链短,累积误差小,因此折叠机构的主运动机构的控制精度高。由于第一支撑板的两端分别连接第一固定架和中壳,第二支撑板的两端分别连接第二固定架和中壳,因此第一支撑板的运动轨迹受到第一固定架和中壳的相对位置的制约,第二支撑板的运动轨迹受到第二固定架和中壳的相对位置的制约,使得第一支撑板和第二支撑板自动避让,形成容屏空间,壳体装置对柔性显示屏的折叠动作稳定、挤压力较小,有利于降低柔性显示屏因折叠机构的过度挤压而发生损坏的风险,使得柔性显示屏的可靠性较高。
其中,当柔性显示屏安装在第一支撑板的支撑面与第二支撑板的支撑面上,能够呈现平整的形态,即认为第一支撑板的支撑面与第二支撑板的支撑面齐平。例如,第一支撑板的支撑面与第二支撑板的支撑面齐平的情况可以包括但不限于以下几种场景:第一支撑板的支撑面与第二支撑板的支撑面本身齐平;或者,第一支撑板的支撑面上设有粘接层或钢片,第二支撑板的支撑面上设有粘接层或钢片,两个支撑面设置粘接层或钢片后的高度齐平;或者;柔性显示屏上设有补强板,两个支撑面上堆叠补强板之后的高度齐平等。
其中,第一支撑板的支撑面与第二支撑板的支撑面齐平的情况包括:第一支撑板的支撑面整体为平面,第二支撑板的支撑面整体为平面,两者相互齐平;或者,第一支撑板的支撑面包括用于支撑柔性显示屏的平面区域,第二支撑板的支撑面包括用于支撑柔性显示屏的平面区域,两者的平面区域相互齐平。例如,第一支撑板的支撑面的主要区域为用于实现支撑的平面区域,第一支撑板的支撑面的周缘可以设置有用于实现转动避让的倾斜区域,本申请对此不作严格限定。第二支撑板的支撑面的主要区域为用于实现支撑的平面区域,第二支撑板的支撑面的周缘可以设置有用于实现转动避让的倾斜区域,本申请对此不作严格限定。
一些可能的实现方式中,中壳具有内侧空间。折叠机构处于打开状态时,第一支撑板遮盖部分内侧空间,第二支撑板遮盖部分内侧空间;折叠机构处于闭合状态时,第一支撑板部分伸入内侧空间,第二支撑板部分伸入内侧空间。
在本实现方式中,折叠机构处于打开状态时,第一支撑板与第二支撑板彼此靠近,第一支撑板的支撑面与第二支撑板的支撑面之间的距离较小,折叠机构采用两板式结构即可在打开状态中对柔性显示屏的折弯部提供较为完整的平面支撑。
此外,折叠机构处于闭合状态时,由于第一支撑板部分伸入内侧空间,第二支撑板部分伸入内侧空间,中壳的内侧空间中位于第一支撑板与第二支撑板之间的部分空间被释放,形成容屏空间的一部分,柔性显示屏可以部分伸入中壳的内侧空间,提高了空间利用率,使得电子设备的部件排布更为紧凑,有利于电子设备的小型化。
一些可能的实现方式中,折叠机构处于打开状态时,第一支撑板与第二支撑板拼接。此时,第一支撑板的支撑面与第二支撑板的支撑面可以拼接形成折弯区支撑面,壳体装置的折叠机构能够在打开状态中,通过折弯区支撑面充分支撑柔性显示屏的折弯部,使得柔性显示屏不易在用户的按压下发生凹陷等问题,有利于提高柔性显示屏的使用寿命和可靠性。
其中,第一支撑板与第二支撑板拼接的情况,可以包括但不限于以下场景:第一支撑板的一部分与第二支撑板的一部分相互连接,且连接部分之间无缝隙,第一支撑板的另一部分与第二支撑板的另一部分之间可以形成缺口或缝隙;或者,第一支撑板与第二支撑板整体相互连接、两者之间无缝隙;或者,第一支撑板的一部分与第二支撑板的一部分相互靠近,且相互靠近的部分之间存在小缝隙,第一支撑板的另一部分与第二支撑板的另一部分之间可以形成缺口或缝隙;或者,第一支撑板与第二支撑板整体相互靠近,且两者之间存在小缝隙。当第一支撑板与第二支撑板之间存在小缝隙、或者第一支撑板的一部分与第二支撑板的一部分之间存在小缝隙时,用户按压柔性显示屏对应于该缝隙的区域,柔性显示屏的对应区域也不会出现明显凹坑,折弯区支撑面能够为柔性显示屏提供强力支撑。
其中,当第一支撑板与第二支撑板之间存在缺口或缝隙、或者第一支撑板的一部分与第二支撑板的一部分之间存在缺口或缝隙时,可以通过优化折叠机构的部件尺寸和形状,尽量减小缺口或缝隙的面积,使得柔性显示屏对应于缺口或缝隙的区域可能在用户的按压下稍微下陷,但是仍不会产生明显凹坑。此外,在一些实现方式中,柔性显示屏可以在朝向壳体装置的一侧设置可弯曲且具有一定结构强度的支撑板或补强板,支撑板或补强板至少覆盖第一 支撑板与第二支撑板之间的缺口或缝隙,以提高柔性显示屏的抗按压强度。
其中,第一支撑板和第二支撑板上的缺口可以包括避让缺口,用于避免第一支撑板和第二支撑板在相对转动的过程中,与中壳或者其他结构发生干涉,也即用于实现避让,从而提高折叠机构和壳体装置的运动可靠性。在本实现方式中,第一壳体与第二壳体处于打开状态时,第一支撑板的避让缺口和第二支撑板的避让缺口合并,折弯区支撑面为异形面。
其中,折叠机构还可以包括可弯折钢片,可弯折钢片可以位于第一支撑板和第二支撑板上方,且覆盖第一支撑板与第二支撑板之间的缺口或缝隙,以为柔性显示屏提供更平整和完整的支撑环境,提高用户的按压使用体验。
一些可能的实现方式中,第一固定架包括第一弧形臂,第二固定架包括第二弧形臂,中壳具有第一弧形槽和第二弧形槽,第一弧形臂安装于第一弧形槽,第二弧形臂安装于第二弧形槽。
第一固定架与中壳之间通过虚拟轴转动连接,第二固定架与中壳之间通过虚拟轴转动连接,有利于降低转动连接结构的设计难度。
一些可能的实现方式中,第一支撑板还转动连接第一固定架,第二支撑板还转动连接第二固定架。
一些可能的实现方式中,第一支撑板包括第一板体、第一活动部及第一转动部,第一支撑板的支撑面形成于第一板体,第一活动部和第一转动部固定于第一板体,第一活动部滑动连接第一固定架,第一转动部转动连接中壳。第二支撑板包括第二板体、第二活动部及第二转动部,第二支撑板的支撑面形成于第二板体,第二活动部和第二转动部固定于第二板体,第二活动部滑动连接第二固定架,第二转动部转动连接中壳。
在打开状态向闭合状态转换的过程中,第一固定架带动第一活动部相对中壳活动,第二固定架带动第二活动部相对中壳活动,第一活动部与第二活动部相互靠近,第一转动部与第二转动部远离彼此,使得第一支撑板与第二支撑板大致呈V形排布,第一支撑板的支撑面与第二支撑板的支撑面相对设置,且在靠近中壳的方向上彼此远离。此时,第一支撑板的支撑面与第二支撑板的支撑面之间形成空间较大的容屏空间。
一些可能的实现方式中,第一板体具有固定面和第一避让缺口,第一板体的固定面背向第一支撑板的支撑面设置,第一转动部为弧形臂,第一转动部的一端固定于第一板体的固定面,另一端位于第一避让缺口。此时,第一避让缺口既用于收容部分第一转动部,还能够用于避让其他结构。第二板体具有固定面和第二避让缺口,第二板体的固定面背向第二支撑板的支撑面设置,第二转动部为弧形臂,第二转动部的一端固定于第二板体的固定面,另一端位于第二避让缺口。此时,第二避让缺口既用于收容部分第二转动部,还能够用于避让其他结构。中壳具有第三弧形槽和第四弧形槽,第一转动部安装于第三弧形槽,第二转动部安装于第四弧形槽。
一些可能的实现方式中,第一活动部还转动连接第一固定架,第二活动部还转动连接第二固定架。
一些可能的实现方式中,第一固定架具有第一滑槽,第一活动部包括转轴,第一活动部的转轴安装于第一滑槽,且能够在第一滑槽内滑动。第二固定架具有第二滑槽,第二活动部包括转轴,第二活动部的转轴安装于第二滑槽,且能够在第二滑槽内滑动。
一些可能的实现方式中,折叠机构处于闭合状态时,在靠近中壳的方向上,第一滑槽的延伸方向和第二滑槽延伸方向远离彼此。此时,第一滑槽和第二滑槽的相对位置关系有利于降低折叠机构的设计难度,提高可实现性。
一些可能的实现方式中,第一活动部的转轴还能够在第一滑槽内转动,第二活动部的转轴还能够在第二滑槽内转动。
一些可能的实现方式中,折叠机构还包括第三固定架、第四固定架、第一摆臂、第二摆臂及多个同步齿轮。第一摆臂包括活动端和转动端,第一摆臂的活动端滑动连接第三固定架,第一摆臂的转动端转动连接中壳。第二摆臂包括活动端和转动端,第二摆臂的活动端滑动连接第四固定架,第二摆臂的转动端转动连接中壳。每个同步齿轮均转动连接中壳,相邻的两个同步齿轮彼此啮合,第一摆臂的转动端通过多个同步齿轮啮合第二摆臂的转动端。
在本实现方式中,由于第一摆臂的转动端与第二摆臂的转动端通过多个同步齿轮实现联动,多个同步齿轮用于使第一摆臂和第二摆臂在壳体装置的运动过程中保持同步转动,也即同步相互靠近或相互远离。
一些可能的实现方式中,第一摆臂的活动端还转动连接第三固定架,第二摆臂的活动端还转动连接第四固定架。
一些可能的实现方式中,第一摆臂的活动端包括转轴,第三固定架设有第三滑槽,第一摆臂的活动端的转轴安装于第三滑槽,且能够在第三滑槽内滑动。第二摆臂的活动端包括转轴,第四固定架设有第四滑槽,第二摆臂的活动端的转轴安装于第四滑槽,且能够在第四滑槽内滑动。
一些可能的实现方式中,第一摆臂的活动端的转轴还能够在第三滑槽内转动,第二摆臂的活动端的转轴还能够在第四滑槽内转动。
一些可能的实现方式中,第一摆臂的转动端、多个同步齿轮及第二摆臂的转动端排布成弧形,从而能够充分利用中壳的内侧空间,使得中壳的内侧空间能够更多地释放出来、形成容屏空间,用于在电子设备闭合时,收容部分柔性显示屏,从而有利于提高电子设备的部件排布的紧凑性,减小电子设备的体积。
一些可能的实现方式中,折叠机构还包括第一卡位件和弹性件,第一卡位件和弹性件安装于中壳,第一卡位件位于弹性件与同步齿轮之间,弹性件处于压缩状态,弹性件产生的弹性力将第一卡位件抵向同步齿轮。折叠机构处于打开状态时,第一卡位件与同步齿轮形成第一卡接结构,折叠机构处于闭合状态时,第一卡位件与同步齿轮形成第二卡接结构。
在本实现方式中,第一卡接结构和第二卡接结构能够使同步齿轮相对第一卡位件停留在某些位置,也即使第一摆臂和第二摆臂相对中壳保持一定的相对位置关系,使得第一壳体与第二壳体能够更好地保持打开状态或闭合状态,提高了用户的使用体验。
此外,同步组件通过弹性件的弹性力,使得第一卡位件压紧同步齿轮,第一卡位件和同步齿轮之间维持第一卡接结构和第二卡接结构的相对位置关系,同步组件具有阻止该相对位置关系发生变化的运动阻力。因此,第一卡接结构和第二卡接结构可以在电子设备展开以进入打开状态的过程中、折叠以解除打开状态的过程中,提供一定的阻力,使得用户能够体验到较佳的机构操作感。
一些可能的实现方式中,折叠机构还包括安装于中壳的第一转接轴、第二转接轴、第三转接轴、第二卡位件以及固定板,第二卡位件位于同步齿轮远离第一卡位件的一侧,固定板位于弹性件远离第一卡位件的一侧,弹性件包括多个弹簧。
第一转接轴插接第二卡位件、第一摆臂的转动端、第一卡位件、其中一个弹簧以及固定板,第三转接轴插接第二卡位件、同步齿轮、第一卡位件、另一个弹簧以及固定板,第二转接轴插接第二卡位件、第二摆臂的转动端、第一卡位件、另一个弹簧以及固定板。
第一卡位件包括多个第一凸块组,每个第一凸块组均包括多个第一凸块,多个第一凸块 排布成环状且彼此间隔,第二卡位件包括多个第二凸块组,每个第二凸块组均包括多个第二凸块,多个第二凸块排布成环状且彼此间隔;第一摆臂的转动端、同步齿轮及第二摆臂的转动端均包括相背设置的多个第一凸起和多个第二凸起,多个第一凸起排布成环状且彼此间隔,多个第二凸起排布成环状且彼此间隔。
第一摆臂的多个第一凸起与其中一个第一凸块组的多个第一凸块交错排布形成卡接结构,第一摆臂的多个第二凸起与其中一个第二凸块组的多个第二凸块交错排布形成卡接结构;同步齿轮的多个第一凸起与另一个第一凸块组的多个第一凸块交错排布形成卡接结构,同步齿轮的多个第二凸起与另一个第二凸块组的多个第二凸块交错排布形成卡接结构;第二摆臂的多个第一凸起与另一个第一凸块组的多个第一凸块交错排布形成卡接结构,第二摆臂的多个第二凸起与另一个第二凸块组的多个第二凸块交错排布形成卡接结构。
在本实现方式中,第一摆臂的转动端、第二摆臂的转动端以及同步齿轮均卡接第一卡位件和第二卡位件,形成卡接结构,使得第一摆臂和第二摆臂能够在某些位置停留。
此外,弹性件处于压缩状态,弹性件产生的弹性力将第一卡位件抵向同步齿轮。此时,第一卡位件与第二卡位件配合压紧第一摆臂的转动端、同步齿轮以及第二摆臂的转动端,使得第一摆臂的转动端、同步齿轮以及第二摆臂的转动端与第一卡位件及第二卡位件之间的卡接结构稳定。
其中,第一摆臂的转动端、第二摆臂的转动端以及同步齿轮相对第一卡位件和第二卡位件转动时,多个第一凸起与多个第一凸块的相对位置发生变化,能够形成不同的卡接结构,多个第二凸起与多个第二凸块的相对位置发生变化,能够形成不同的卡接结构。
第四方面,本申请还提供一种壳体装置,包括第一壳体、第二壳体以及上述任一项的折叠机构,折叠机构连接第一壳体和第二壳体,折叠机构用于使第一壳体与第二壳体能够相对折叠或相对展开。
在本申请中,在壳体装置的折叠过程中,壳体装置的折叠机构自动避让形成容屏空间,容屏空间用于容置柔性显示屏,壳体装置对柔性显示屏的折叠动作稳定、挤压力较小,有利于降低柔性显示屏因折叠机构的过度挤压而发生损坏的风险,使得柔性显示屏的可靠性较高。
第五方面,本申请还提供一种电子设备,包括柔性显示屏、第一壳体、第二壳体以及上述任一项的折叠机构,折叠机构连接第一壳体和第二壳体,折叠机构用于使第一壳体与第二壳体能够相对折叠或相对展开。柔性显示屏包括依次排列的第一非折弯部、折弯部及第二非折弯部,第一非折弯部固定连接第一壳体,第二非折弯部固定连接第二壳体,在第一壳体与第二壳体相对折叠或相对展开的过程中,折弯部发生形变。
在本申请中,在壳体装置的折叠过程中,壳体装置的折叠机构自动避让形成容屏空间,容屏空间用于容置柔性显示屏,壳体装置对柔性显示屏的折叠动作稳定、挤压力较小,有利于降低柔性显示屏因折叠机构的过度挤压而发生损坏的风险,使得柔性显示屏的可靠性较高,电子设备的使用寿命较长。
一些可能的实现方式中,第一壳体靠近折叠机构的一侧设有第一固定槽,第一固定架安装于第一固定槽,第二壳体靠近折叠机构的一侧设有第二固定槽,第二固定架安装于第二固定槽。此时,第一固定架固定连接第一壳体,第二固定架固定连接第二壳体。
中壳包括外观面。第一壳体与第二壳体处于打开状态时,第一壳体及第二壳体遮盖外观面。第一壳体与第二壳体处于闭合状态时,外观面相对第一壳体及第二壳体露出。
在本实现方式中,第一壳体和第二壳体能够在处于打开状态时,从壳体装置的背侧遮挡中壳,此时,第一壳体与第二壳体同样能够从壳体装置的背侧遮挡折叠机构的其他部件,使 得壳体装置实现背侧自遮蔽,从而对折叠机构进行保护,并且壳体装置及电子设备的外观完整,外观体验较佳,防水、防尘性能较好。
一些可能的实现方式中,外观面包括第一弧面部分、平面部分以及第二弧面部分,第一弧面部分和第二弧面部分分别连接于平面部分的两侧;或,外观面为弧面。
在本实现方式中,外观面形成弧面或类似弧面的形状,有助于提高电子设备处于闭合状态时的外观体验和握持体验。此外,外观面的中部为平面部分,使得外盖板的厚度较小,壳体装置处于打开状态时的整体厚度较小、处于闭合状态时的整体宽度较小,有利于电子设备的小型化和轻薄化。在其他一些实现方式中,外观面也可以为弧面或其他光滑曲面。
附图说明
图1是本申请实施例提供的电子设备在一些实施例中处于打开状态时的结构示意图;
图2是图1所示电子设备处于闭合状态时的结构示意图;
图3是图1所示电子设备的部分分解结构示意图;
图4是图3所示壳体装置的部分分解结构示意图;
图5是图4所示壳体装置在另一角度的结构示意图;
图6是图2所示电子设备的A处结构的放大示意图;
图7是图3所示折叠机构的部分分解结构示意图;
图8是图7所示折叠机构在另一角度的结构示意图;
图9是图7所示第一固定架和第二固定架的结构示意图;
图10是图9所示第一固定架和第二固定架在另一角度的结构示意图;
图11是图9所示第一固定架沿B-B处剖开的结构示意图;
图12是图3所示第一壳体与第一固定架连接的结构示意图;
图13是图7所示中壳的分解结构示意图;
图14是图7所示第一摆臂、第二摆臂以及同步组件的结构示意图;
图15是图14所示结构的分解示意图;
图16是图15所示结构在另一角度的结构示意图;
图17是图4所示折叠机构的部分结构示意图;
图18是图4所示折叠机构的部分结构示意图;
图19是图5所示折叠机构的部分结构示意图;
图20是图1所示电子设备沿C-C处剖开的结构示意图;
图21是图20所示结构的部分结构示意图;
图22是图20所示结构在另一使用状态中的结构示意图;
图23是图22所示结构的部分结构示意图;
图24是图19所示结构的部分结构示意图;
图25是图7所示第一止位件的结构示意图;
图26是图25所示第一止位件的分解结构示意图;
图27是图7所示第一支撑板和第二支撑板的结构示意图;
图28是图4所示折叠机构的部分结构示意图;
图29是图28所示结构沿D-D处剖开的结构示意图;
图30是图29所示结构在另一使用状态中的结构示意图;
图31是图30所示结构沿E-E处剖开的结构示意图;
图32是图1所示电子设备沿F-F处剖面的结构示意图;
图33是图32所示结构在另一使用状态中的结构示意图;
图34是图1所示电子设备沿G-G处剖面的结构示意图;
图35是图34所示结构在另一使用状态中的结构示意图;
图36是本申请实施例提供的电子设备在另一些实施例中处于打开状态时的结构示意图;
图37是图36所示电子设备处于闭合状态时的结构示意图;
图38是图36所示电子设备的壳体装置的部分分解结构示意图;
图39是本申请实施例提供的电子设备在一些实施例中处于打开状态时的结构示意图;
图40是图39所示电子设备处于闭合状态时的结构示意图;
图41是图39所示电子设备的部分分解结构示意图;
图42是图41所示壳体装置的部分分解结构示意图;
图43是图42所示壳体装置在另一角度的结构示意图;
图44是图40所示电子设备的A处结构的放大示意图;
图45是图41所示折叠机构的部分分解结构示意图;
图46是图45所示折叠机构在另一角度的结构示意图;
图47是图45所示第一固定架和第二固定架的结构示意图;
图48是图47所示第一固定架和第二固定架的部分结构示意图;
图49是图47所示第一固定架和第二固定架在另一角度的结构示意图;
图50是图47所示第一固定架的部分结构示意图;
图51是图41所示第一壳体与第一固定架连接的结构示意图;
图52是图51所示结构沿B-B处剖开的部分结构的截面示意图;
图53是图45所示中壳的分解结构示意图;
图54是图53所示中壳在另一视角的结构示意图;
图55是图45所示中壳的部分结构示意图;
图56是图55所示中壳沿C-C处剖开的截面示意图;
图57是图55所示中壳沿D-D处剖开的截面示意图;
图58是图55所示中壳沿E-E处剖开的截面示意图;
图59是图42所示折叠机构的部分结构示意图;
图60是图59所示结构沿F1-F1处剖开的结构示意图;
图61是图60所示结构在另一使用状态中的结构示意图;
图62是图59所示结构沿F2-F2处剖开的结构示意图;
图63是图62所示结构在另一使用状态中的结构示意图;
图64是图39所示电子设备沿G1-G1处剖面的截面结构示意图;
图65是图39所示电子设备沿H1-H1处剖开的截面结构示意图;
图66是图40所示电子设备沿G2-G2处剖面的截面结构示意图;
图67是图40所示电子设备沿H2-H2处剖开的截面结构示意图;
图68是图45所示第一摆臂、第二摆臂及同步组件的配合结构示意图;
图69是图68所示结构的分解示意图;
图70是图42所示折叠机构的另一部分结构示意图;
图71是图70所示结构的部分结构示意图;
图72是图70所示结构沿I-I处剖开的结构示意图;
图73是图72所示结构在另一种使用状态中的结构示意图;
图74是图43所示折叠机构的一部分结构示意图;
图75是图74所示结构沿J-J处剖开的截面示意图;
图76是图45所示第一止位件的结构示意图;
图77是图76所示第一止位件的分解结构示意图;
图78是图45所示第一支撑板和第二支撑板的结构示意图;
图79是图78所示第一支撑板和第二支撑板在另一角度的结构示意图;
图80是图42所示折叠机构的K处结构的放大示意图;
图81是图45所示第一转接块和第二转接块的结构示意图;
图82是图43所示折叠机构的部分结构示意图;
图83是图82所示结构的部分结构示意图;
图84是图39所示电子设备沿L1-L1处剖面的截面结构示意图;
图85是图84所示结构的部分结构在另一角度的结构示意图;
图86是图40所示电子设备沿L2-L2处剖开的截面结构示意图;
图87是图86所示结构的部分结构在另一角度的结构示意图;
图88是图39所示电子设备沿M1-M1处剖面的截面结构示意图;
图89是图40所示电子设备沿M2-M2处剖开的截面结构示意图;
图90是本申请实施例提供的电子设备在另一些实施例中处于打开状态时的结构示意图;图91是图90所示电子设备处于闭合状态时的结构示意图;
图92是图90所示电子设备的壳体装置的部分分解结构示意图;
图93是本申请实施例提供的电子设备在一些实施例中处于打开状态时的结构示意图;
图94是图93所示电子设备处于闭合状态时的结构示意图;
图95是图93所示电子设备的部分分解结构示意图;
图96是图95所示壳体装置的部分分解结构示意图;
图97是图96所示壳体装置在另一角度的结构示意图;
图98是图95所示壳体装置的A处结构的放大示意图;
图99是图94所示电子设备的B处结构的放大示意图;
图100是图95所示折叠机构的部分分解结构示意图;
图101是图100所示折叠机构在另一角度的结构示意图;
图102是图100所示第一固定架和第二固定架的结构示意图;
图103是图100所示第三固定架和第四固定架的结构示意图;
图104是图95所示折叠机构的部分机构示意图;
图105是图100所示中壳的结构示意图;
图106是图105所示中壳沿C-C处剖开的截面示意图;
图107是图105所示中壳沿D-D处剖开的截面示意图;
图108是图105所示中壳的部分分解结构示意图;
图109是图108所示结构在另一角度的结构示意图;
图110是图105所示中壳沿E-E处剖开的结构示意图;
图111是图96所示折叠机构的部分结构示意图;
图112是图111所示结构沿F-F处剖开的结构示意图;
图113是图112所示结构处于闭合状态时的结构示意图;
图114是图93所示电子设备沿H-H处剖面的截面结构示意图;
图115是图94所示电子设备沿I-I处剖开的截面结构示意图;
图116是图100所示第一支撑板和第二支撑板的结构示意图;
图117是图116所示第一支撑板和第二支撑板在另一角度的结构示意图;
图118是图96所示折叠机构的部分结构示意图;
图119是图118所示结构沿G-G处剖开的结构示意图;
图120是图119所示结构在另一使用状态中的结构示意图;
图121是图118所示结构沿H-H处剖开的结构示意图;
图122是图93所示电子设备沿J-J处剖面的截面结构示意图;
图123是图94所示电子设备沿K-K处剖开的截面结构示意图;
图124是图118所示结构沿I-I处剖开的结构示意图;
图125是图124所示结构处于闭合状态时的结构示意图;
图126是图93所示电子设备沿N-N处剖面的截面结构示意图;
图127是图94所示电子设备沿O-O处剖开的截面结构示意图;
图128是图100所示第一摆臂、第二摆臂以及同步组件的结构示意图;
图129是图128所示结构的分解示意图;
图130是图129所示结构在另一角度的结构示意图;
图131是图96所示折叠机构的部分结构示意图;
图132是图96所示折叠机构的另一部分结构示意图;
图133是图96所示折叠机构的另一部分结构示意图;
图134是图131所示结构沿G-G剖开的结构示意图;
图135是图134所示结构在闭合状态的结构示意图;
图136是图93所示电子设备沿L-L处剖面的截面结构示意图;
图137是图94所示电子设备沿M-M处剖开的截面结构示意图;
图138是本申请实施例提供的电子设备在另一些实施例中处于打开状态时的结构示意图;
图139是图138所示电子设备处于闭合状态时的结构示意图;
图140是图138所示电子设备的壳体装置的部分分解结构示意图。
具体实施方式
下面结合本申请实施例中的附图对本申请以下各个实施例进行描述。
在本申请实施例的描述中,需要说明的是,除非另有明确的规定和限定,术语“安装”、“连接”应做广义理解,例如,“连接”可以是可拆卸地连接,也可以是不可拆卸地连接;可以是直接连接,也可以通过中间媒介间接连接。其中,“固定连接”是指彼此连接且连接后的相对位置关系不变。“转动连接”是指彼此连接且连接后能够相对转动。“滑动连接”是指彼此连接且连接后能够相对滑动。本申请实施例中所提到的方位用语,例如,“上”、“下”、“左”、“右”、“内”、“外”等,仅是参考附图的方向,因此,使用的方位用语是为了更好、更清楚地说明及理解本申请实施例,而不是指示或暗指所指的装置或元件必须具有特定的方位、以特定的方位构造和操作,因此不能理解为对本申请实施例的限制。“多个”是指至少两个。“和/或”是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。
本申请提供一种电子设备。电子设备可以是手机、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、可穿戴设备等可折叠的电子产品。本申请实施例以电子设备是手机为例进行说明。
电子设备包括柔性显示屏和壳体装置,壳体装置用于承载柔性显示屏。壳体装置能够带动柔性显示屏折叠或展开。示例性的,电子设备可以为两折的可折叠结构。壳体装置包括第一壳体、第二壳体及折叠机构,折叠结构连接第一壳体和第二壳体,用于使第一壳体与第二壳体能够相对折叠或者相对展开。电子设备、壳体装置及折叠机构对应地具有打开状态和闭合状态。
其中,折叠机构包括中壳、第一支撑板、第二支撑板、第一固定架、第二固定架及连接组件,第一固定架用于固定至第一壳体,第二固定架用于固定至第二壳体,中壳通过连接组件连接在第一固定架与第二固定架之间,第一支撑板连接第一固定架和/或中壳,第二支撑板连接第二固定架和/或中壳。
其中,第一支撑板和第二支撑板用于支撑柔性显示屏的折弯部。折叠机构处于打开状态时,第一支撑板和第二支撑板展平,以使柔性显示屏的折弯部展平。折叠机构处于闭合状态时,第一支撑板与第二支撑板在靠近中壳的方向上彼此远离,两者共同呈现“V”形的张开形状,以与中壳共同形成水滴状的容屏空间,使得柔性显示屏的折弯部能够收容于容屏空间,且呈现水滴状。
其中,折叠机构处于打开状态时,第一支撑板与第二支撑板可以拼接,以通过两板式结构支撑柔性显示屏。折叠机构处于闭合状态时,第一支撑板和第二支撑板部分伸入中壳的内侧空间,以使中壳的部分内侧空间的能够构成容屏空间的一部分,提高折叠机构的空间利用率。
其中,第一支撑板与第一固定架和/或中壳之间形成两个连接结构,第二支撑板与第二固定架和/或中壳之间形成两个连接结构,以使第一支撑板和第二支撑板的运动轨迹在折叠机构的折叠过程中是确定的,从而自动避让形成容屏空间,且能够合理控制折叠机构对柔性屏的挤压动作,使得折叠机构及壳体装置对柔性显示屏的折叠动作稳定、挤压力较小,有利于降低柔性显示屏因折叠机构的过度挤压而发生损坏的风险,使得柔性显示屏的可靠性较高。
其中,折叠机构处于打开状态时,第一固定架面向第一支撑板的顶面与第一支撑板之间形成避让间隙,第二固定架面向第二支撑板的顶面与第二支撑板之间形成避让间隙。折叠机构处于闭合状态时,第一支撑板靠近第一固定架的顶面、避让间隙减小或消除,第二支撑板靠近第二固定架的顶面、避让间隙减小或消除,第一支撑板与第二支撑板在靠近中壳的方向上彼此远离,两者共同呈现“V”形的张开形状。
其中,折叠机构还可以包括一个或多个同步组件,用于使第一固定架和第二固定架相对中壳保持同步转动,以提高壳体装置及电子设备的同步转动的操作体验。
以下通过实施例对本申请方案进行示例说明。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图1和图2,图1是本申请实施例提供的电子设备100在一些实施例中处于打开状态时的结构示意图,图2是图1所示电子设备100处于闭合状态时的结构示意图。
电子设备100包括壳体装置1和柔性显示屏2,柔性显示屏2安装于壳体装置1。柔性显示屏2用于显示图像,壳体装置1用于带动柔性显示屏2运动。壳体装置1包括依次连接第一壳体11、折叠机构12以及第二壳体13。折叠机构12能够发生形变,以使第一壳体11与 第二壳体13相对折叠或相对展开,折叠机构12用于使第一壳体13与第二壳体11能够相对折叠或相对展开。也即,折叠机构12能够发生形变,以使第一壳体13与第二壳体11相对折叠或相对展开。
如图1所示,第一壳体11与第二壳体13可以相对展开至打开状态,使得折叠机构12、壳体装置1及电子设备100均处于打开状态。柔性显示屏2随壳体装置1展开,处于展平形态。示例性的,壳体装置1处于打开状态时,第一壳体11与第二壳体13之间的夹角可以大致呈180°。在其他一些实施例中,壳体装置1处于打开状态时,两者之间的角度也可以相对180°存在少许偏差,例如165°、177°或者185°等。
如图2所示,第一壳体11与第二壳体13可以相对折叠至闭合状态,使得折叠机构12、壳体装置1及电子设备100均处于闭合状态。柔性显示屏2随壳体装置1折叠,处于折叠形态,柔性显示屏2位于壳体装置1内侧,被壳体装置1包裹。
其中,第一壳体11与第二壳体13也可以相对展开或相对折叠至中间状态,使得折叠机构12、壳体装置1及电子设备100均处于中间状态,中间状态可以为打开状态与闭合状态之间的任意状态。柔性显示屏2随壳体装置1运动。
在本实施例中,柔性显示屏2能够随壳体装置1展开和折叠。当电子设备100处于打开状态时,柔性显示屏2处于展平形态,柔性显示屏2能够全屏进行显示,使得电子设备100具有较大的显示面积,以提高用户的观看体验和操作体验。当电子设备100处于闭合状态时,电子设备100的平面尺寸较小(具有较小的宽度尺寸),便于用户携带和收纳。
示例性的,如图1所示,壳体装置1处于打开状态时,第一壳体11可以与第二壳体13拼接。第一壳体11与第二壳体13拼接包括了两者相互抵持的情况,也可以包括两者之间有小缝隙的情况。在本实施例中,通过第一壳体11与第二壳体13的拼接,能够实现对壳体装置1展开动作的止位,以防止壳体装置1在展开时过折,从而降低柔性显示屏2的受力,提高柔性显示屏2和电子设备100的可靠性。
此外,如图2所示,壳体装置1处于闭合状态时,第一壳体11与第二壳体13能够完全合拢,第一壳体11与第二壳体13之间没有较大缝隙,使得壳体装置1和电子设备100的外观体验较佳,且防水、防尘、防异物的性能较佳。第一壳体11与第二壳体13完全合拢的情况包括两者相互抵持的情况,也可以包括两者之间具有较小缝隙的情况。当第一壳体11与第二壳体13存在较小缝隙时,电子设备100外部的一些异物(例如钉子、曲别针、玻璃渣等)也不会通过该缝隙进入第一壳体11与第二壳体13之间,以避免异物损伤柔性显示屏2,从而提高了电子设备100的可靠性。
一些实施例中,电子设备100还可以包括多个模组(图中未示出),多个模组可以收纳于壳体装置1内部。电子设备100的多个模组可以包括但不限于主板、处理器、存储器、电池、摄像头模组、听筒模组、扬声器模组、麦克风模组、天线模组、传感器模组等,本申请实施例不对电子设备100的模组数量、类型、位置等进行具体限定。
可以理解的是,用户手持电子设备100时,电子设备100的听筒模组所在位置可以定义为电子设备100的上边,电子设备100的麦克风模组所在位置可以定义为电子设备100的下边,电子设备100的被用户的左右手握持的两侧可以定义为电子设备100的左右两边。在一些实施例中,电子设备100能够实现左右对折。在其他一些实施例中,电子设备100能够实现上下对折。
一些实施例中,如图1所示,柔性显示屏2包括依次排列的第一非折弯部21、折弯部22以及第二非折弯部23。第一非折弯部21固定连接第一壳体11,第二非折弯部23固定连接第 二壳体13,在第一壳体11与第二壳体13相对折叠或相对展开的过程中,折弯部22发生形变。在第一壳体11与第二壳体13相对折叠或相对展开的过程中,第一壳体11带动第一非折弯部21活动,第二壳体13带动第二非折弯部23活动,第一非折弯部21与第二非折弯部23相对折叠或展开。
一些实施例中,柔性显示屏2可以为有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode,OLED)显示屏,有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light-emitting diode,AMOLED)显示屏,迷你有机发光二极管(mini organic light-emitting diode)显示屏,微型发光二极管(micro light-emittingdiode)显示屏,微型有机发光二极管(micro organic light-emitting diode)显示屏,或量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes,QLED)显示屏。
一些实施例中,请参阅图3,图3是图1所示电子设备100的部分分解结构示意图。
第一壳体11包括用于承载柔性显示屏2的支撑面111,第二壳体13包括用于承载柔性显示屏2的支撑面131。示例性的,柔性显示屏2的第一非折弯部21可以固定连接第一壳体11的支撑面111。例如,第一非折弯部21可以通过胶层粘接于第一壳体11的支撑面111。第二非折弯部23固定连接第二壳体13的支撑面131。例如,第一非折弯部21可以通过胶层粘接于第二壳体13的支撑面131。
在本实施例中,由于第一非折弯部21固定连接第一壳体11、第二非折弯部23固定连接第二壳体13,因此第一壳体11与第二壳体13相对折叠或展开时,能够准确地控制第一非折弯部21与第二非折弯部23之间的相对折叠和展开的动作,使得柔性显示屏2的变形过程和运动形态可控,可靠性较高。
在其他一些实施例中,第一壳体11可以包括主体部分及滑动部分,主体部分与折叠机构12连接,滑动部分滑动连接主体部分,滑动部分可以相对主体部分发生少许滑动,第一壳体11的支撑面111形成于滑动部分。第二壳体13可以包括主体部分及滑动部分,主体部分与折叠机构12连接,滑动部分滑动连接主体部分,滑动部分可以相对主体部分发生少许滑动,第二壳体13的支撑面131形成于滑动部分。此时,柔性显示屏2的第一非折弯部21和第二非折弯部23可以通过第一壳体11和第二壳体13中滑动部分与主体部分发生的少许相对滑动,以在第一壳体11与第二壳体13的相对折叠或相对展开的过程中,实现位置微调,从而更好地在展平形态和折叠形态之间转换,降低柔性显示屏2发生损坏的几率,提高柔性显示屏2的可靠性。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图3至图5,图4是图3所示壳体装置1的部分分解结构示意图,图5是图4所示壳体装置1在另一角度的结构示意图。图5所示壳体装置1所处视角相对图4所示壳体装置1所处视角进行了左右翻转。
折叠机构12包括中壳121、第一固定架122、第二固定架123、第一支撑板124以及第二支撑板125。第一固定架122用于固定连接第一壳体11。示例性的,第一壳体11靠近折叠机构12的一侧设有第一固定槽112,第一固定架122安装于第一固定槽112,以固定连接第一壳体11。其中,第一固定架122可以通过紧固件、焊接、粘接、扣合连接等方式安装于第一固定槽112,实现第一固定架112固定于第一壳体11。
第二固定架123用于固定连接第二壳体13。第二壳体13靠近折叠机构12的一侧设有第二固定槽132,第二固定架123安装于第二固定槽132,以固定连接第二壳体13。其中,第二固定架123可以通过紧固件、焊接、粘接、扣合连接等方式安装于第二固定槽132,实现第二固定架123固定于第二壳体13。
中壳121连接在第一壳体11与第二壳体13之间。第一支撑板124转动连接第一固定架122且转动连接中壳121,第二支撑板125转动连接第二固定架123且转动连接中壳121。也即,第一支撑板124连接在第一壳体11与中壳121之间,第二支撑板125连接在中壳121与第二壳体13之间。在本申请实施例中,两者转动连接是指两者彼此连接,且连接后两者可以相对转动。
一些实施例中,如图3和图4所示,第一支撑板124包括用于承载柔性显示屏2的支撑面1241,第二支撑板125包括用于承载柔性显示屏2的支撑面1251。柔性显示屏2的折弯部22包括靠近第一非折弯部21的第一部分、靠近第二非折弯部23的第二部分、以及位于第一部分与第二部分之间的第三部分。其中,第一部分可以固定连接第一支撑板124的支撑面1241的部分区域,例如可以通过粘接层粘接固定。第二部分可以固定连接第二支撑板125的支撑面1251的部分区域,例如可以通过粘接层粘接固定。第三部分对应于第一支撑板124的支撑面1241的另一部分区域和第二支撑板125的支撑面1251的另一部分区域,第三部分可以相对这两部分区域活动。
其中,位于第一非折弯部21与第一壳体11的支撑面111之间的胶层、位于折弯部22与第一支撑板124的支撑面1241之间的胶层、位于折弯部22与第二支撑板125的支撑面1251之间的胶层以及位于第二非折弯部23与第二壳体13的支撑面131之间的胶层,可以是连续的整面胶层,也可以是点断式胶层,也可以是具有镂空区域的胶层,本申请实施例对胶层的具体方案不做严格限定。
一些实施例中,如图3所示,第一壳体11与第二壳体13相对展开至打开状态时,折叠机构12处于打开状态,第一支撑板124的支撑面1241与第二支撑板125的支撑面1251齐平。换言之,折叠机构12处于打开状态时,第一支撑板124的支撑面1241和第二支撑板125的支撑面1251用于使柔性显示屏2呈现展平形态。此时,第一支撑板124和第二支撑板125能够为柔性显示屏2提供平整的强力支撑,以提高用户的触控操作、画面观看等体验。
其中,当柔性显示屏2安装在第一支撑板124的支撑面1241与第二支撑板125的支撑面1251上,能够呈现平整的形态,即认为第一支撑板124的支撑面1241与第二支撑板125的支撑面1251齐平。例如,第一支撑板124的支撑面1241与第二支撑板125的支撑面1251齐平的情况可以包括但不限于以下几种场景:第一支撑板124的支撑面1241与第二支撑板125的支撑面1251本身齐平;或者,第一支撑板124的支撑面1241上设有粘接层,第二支撑板125的支撑面1251上设有粘接层,两个支撑面(1241、1251)设置粘接层后的高度齐平;或者;柔性显示屏2上设有补强板,两个支撑面(1241、1251)上堆叠补强板之后的高度齐平等。
示例性的,第一壳体11与第二壳体13相对展开至打开状态时,第一支撑板124的支撑面1241与第一壳体11的支撑面111齐平,第二支撑板125的支撑面1251与第二壳体13的支撑面131齐平。此时,壳体装置1的用于为柔性显示屏2提供支撑的多个支撑面齐平,使得柔性显示屏2展平且具有平整的支撑环境,从而能够提高用户的触控操作、画面观看等体验。
示例性的,第一支撑板124的支撑面1241和第一壳体11的支撑面111均为平面,且两者共面,从而更好地支撑柔性显示屏2。此时,柔性显示屏2与第一支撑板124的支撑面1241之间的胶层可以和柔性显示屏2与第一壳体11的支撑面111之间的胶层相等厚度。
可以理解的是,当第一支撑板124的支撑面1241与第一壳体11的支撑面111彼此平行,但两者之间有少许错位时,可以通过柔性显示屏2与第一支撑板124的支撑面1241之间的胶 层和柔性显示屏2与第一壳体11的支撑面111之间的胶层的厚度的少许差异,使柔性显示屏2固定于第一支撑板124的支撑面124和第一壳体11的支撑面111后,柔性显示屏2的相应区域为仍为平面区域,这种情况也认为第一支撑板124的支撑面1241与第一壳体11的支撑面111齐平。
在其他一些实施例中,柔性显示屏2的折弯部22与第一支撑板124的支撑面1241之间也可以无固定连接关系,也即两者之间无连接胶层,两者可以直接接触。此时,第一支撑板124的支撑面1241与第一壳体11的支撑面111彼此平行,且第一支撑板124的支撑面1241相对第一壳体11的支撑面111少许凸出,第一支撑板124的支撑面1241和第一壳体11的支撑面111设置有胶层之后的高度齐平,以使柔性显示屏2仍可以获得平面支撑,这种情况也认为第一支撑板124的支撑面1241与第一壳体11的支撑面111齐平。
在其他一些实施例中,第一壳体11的支撑面111可以包括靠近第一支撑板124的平面部分和远离第一支撑板124的弧面部分,第一支撑板124的支撑面1241为平面,第一支撑板124的支撑面1241与第一壳体11的支撑面111的平面部分共面、或者平行且有少许错位,这种情况也认为第一支撑板124的支撑面1241与第一壳体11的支撑面111齐平。在本实施例中,壳体装置1可以支撑柔性显示屏2呈现3D显示效果。
其中,第二支撑板125的支撑面1251、第二壳体13的支撑面131、以及这两者与柔性显示屏2之间的连接关系等的相关设计,可以与上述第一支撑板124的支撑面1241、第一壳体11的支撑面111、以及这两者与柔性显示屏2之间的连接关系等的技术方案相同,本申请对此不再赘述。
一些实施例中,请参阅图6,图6是图2所示电子设备100的A处结构的放大示意图。第一壳体11与第二壳体13相对折叠至闭合状态时,第一支撑板124的支撑面1241与第二支撑板125的支撑面1251相对设置、且在靠近中壳121的方向上彼此远离。第一支撑板124的支撑面1241与第二支撑板125的支撑面1251相对设置,也即第一支撑板124的支撑面1241与第二支撑板125的支撑面1251呈现面对面的位置关系,第一支撑板124的支撑面1241相对第二支撑板125的支撑面1251倾斜设置,第一支撑板124的支撑面1241与第二支撑板125的支撑面1251之间形成夹角。
在本实施例中,第一支撑板124和第二支撑板125自动避让,形成容屏空间,容屏空间用于容置柔性显示屏2,壳体装置1对柔性显示屏2的折叠动作稳定、挤压力较小,有利于降低柔性显示屏2因折叠机构12的过度挤压而发生损坏的风险,使得柔性显示屏2的可靠性较高。
示例性的,第一壳体11与第二壳体13相对折叠至闭合状态时,第一支撑板124的支撑面1241相对第一壳体11的支撑面111倾斜,第二支撑板125的支撑面1251相对第二壳体13的支撑面131倾斜,第一壳体11的支撑面111与第二壳体13的支撑面131平行。此时,柔性显示屏2的第一非折弯部21与第二非折弯部23能够相互靠近至合拢状态,折弯部22弯折成水滴状。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图7和图8,图7是图3所示折叠机构12的部分分解结构示意图,图8是图7所示折叠机构12在另一角度的结构示意图。图8所示折叠机构12所处视角相对图7所示折叠机构12所处视角进行了左右翻转。
折叠机构12包括中壳121、第一固定架122、第二固定架123、第一支撑板124、第二支撑板125、第一摆臂126、第二摆臂127、同步组件128、第一止位件129以及第二止位件1220。
其中,第一固定架122、第二固定架123、第一摆臂126、第二摆臂127、同步组件128、 第一止位件129以及第二止位件1220可以共同形成第一转动组件。示例性的,第一转动组件可以作为折叠机构12的底部转动组件,折叠机构12还可以包括第二转动组件,第二转动组件可以作为折叠机构12的顶部转动组件。第一转动组件和第二转动组件均连接中壳121、第一支撑板124以及第二支撑板125。
其中,第二转动组件与第一转动组件可以是相同或相似结构、对称或部分对称结构、或者不同结构。一些实施例中,第二转动组件与第一转动组件为镜面对称结构,第二转动组件的部件结构的基础设计、部件之间的连接关系设计、及部件与组件之外的其他结构的连接关系设计,均可参阅第一转动组件的相关方案,同时允许第二转动组件与第一转动组件在部件的细节结构或位置排布上有些许不同。
示例性的,第二转动组件可以包括第一固定架122’、第二固定架123’、第一摆臂126’、第二摆臂127’、同步组件128’、第一止位件129’以及第二止位件1220’,第二转动组件的各部件结构、部件之间的相互连接关系、各部件与中壳121、第一支撑板124以及第二支撑板125之间的连接关系可以对应地参考第一转动组件的相关描述,本申请实施例不再赘述。
其中,第一转动组件的第一固定架122与第二转动组件的第一固定架122’可以为彼此独立的结构件,也可以为一体式结构件的两个部分;第一转动组件的第二固定架123和第二转动组件的第二固定架123’可以为彼此独立的结构件,也可以为一体式结构件的两个部分。在其他一些实施例中,折叠机构12也可以包括第一转动组件和其他转动组件,其他转动组件的结构可以与第一转动组件的结构相同或不同,本申请对此不做严格限定。
一些实施例中,同步组件128可以安装于中壳121。第一摆臂126的一端可以连接第一固定架122,第一摆臂126的另一端可以连接中壳121且连接同步组件128,第二摆臂127的一端可以连接第二固定架123,第二摆臂127的另一端可以连接中壳121且连接同步组件128。同步组件128用于使第一摆臂126和第二摆臂127在壳体装置1的运动过程中保持同步转动,以提升壳体装置1和电子设备100的机构操作体验。
第一止位件129可以安装于第一固定架122,第二止位件1220可以安装于第二固定架123。第一止位件129和第二止位件1220用于在壳体装置1处于打开状态时,分别对第一摆臂126和第二摆臂127进行限位,使得壳体装置1在没有受到较大外力时,保持打开状态,以提高用户的使用体验。此外,在一些实施例中,第一止位件129与第一摆臂126之间的配合、和第二止位件1220与第二摆臂127之间的配合,还能够在电子设备100展开以进入打开状态的过程中、折叠以解除打开状态的过程中,提供阻力,使得用户能够体验到较佳的机构操作感。
在其他一些实施例中,折叠机构12的止位件的数量也可以为一个,可以安装于第一固定架122、用于限位第一摆臂126,或者,也可以安装于第二固定架123、用于限位第二摆臂127。在其他一些实施例中,转动组件也可以不包括止位件。在其他一些实施例中,同步组件128与第一摆臂126及第二摆臂127之间也可以为非直接连接关系,同步组件128的两端分别连接第一固定架122和第二固定架123,用于使第一固定架122和第二固定架123在壳体装置1的运动过程中保持同步转动。本申请实施例不对转动组件的部件构成以及某个部件的具体构成进行严格限定。
一些实施例中,如图7和图8所示,折叠机构12还可以包括转轴组件,转轴组件包括多个转轴,第一支撑板124和第二支撑板125通过多个转轴转动连接第一固定架122、第二固定架123及中壳121。示例性的,多个转轴包括第一转轴1210a、第二转轴1210b、第三转轴1210c以及第四转轴1210d。第一支撑板124可以通过第一转轴1210a转动连接第一固定架 122,通过第二转轴1210b转动连接中壳121;第二支撑板125可以通过第三转轴1210c转动连接第二固定架123,通过第四转轴1210d转动连接中壳121。
可以理解的是,上述转轴组件可以位于折叠机构12的底部。一些实施例中,折叠机构12还可以包括位于顶部的另一个转轴组件,该转轴组件的多个转轴可以使第一支撑板124和第二支撑板125转动连接第一固定架122’、第二固定架123’及中壳121’。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图9和图10,图9是图7所示第一固定架122和第二固定架123的结构示意图,图10是图9所示第一固定架122和第二固定架123在另一角度的结构示意图。图10所示视角相对图9所示视角进行了左右翻转。
第一固定架122包括顶面1221、底面1222、第一侧面1223及第二侧面1224,顶面1221与底面1222相背设置,第一侧面1223与第二侧面1224相背设置,第一侧面1223和第二侧面1224位于顶面1221与底面1222之间。第一固定架122的顶面1221相对第一固定架122的底面1222倾斜设置,两者之间形成夹角,第一固定架122的顶面1221与第一固定架122的底面1222在靠近第一固定架122的第二侧面1224的方向上相互靠近。
其中,第一固定架122设有第一滑槽1225和第一安装槽1226。示例性的,第一滑槽1225可以相对第一固定架122的底面1222倾斜设置,也即,第一滑槽1225的延伸方向与底面1222之间形成夹角。第一滑槽1225也可以相对第一固定架122的顶面1221倾斜设置,也即,第一滑槽1225的延伸方向与顶面3221之间形成夹角。在靠近第一固定架122的第二侧面1224的方向上,第一滑槽1225的延伸方向与第一固定架122的底面1222彼此远离。其中,第一滑槽1225可以在第二侧面1224形成开口。
示例性的,第一固定架122还可以设有第一导向槽1227,第一导向槽1227连通第一滑槽1225。第一导向槽1227可以在第一固定架122的底面1222形成开口。第一安装槽1226在第一固定架122的底面1222形成开口。
其中,第一固定架122可以包括第一连接凸块1228,第一连接凸块1228相对第一固定架122的顶面1221凸出,第一连接凸块1228设有转轴孔。第一固定架122还可以包括第一下沉槽1229,第一下沉槽1229由第一固定架122的顶面1221向底面1222的方向凹陷。其中,第一下沉槽1229可以贯穿第一连接凸块1228并将第一连接凸块1228分隔为两部分。
一些实施例中,如图9和图10所示,第二固定架123包括顶面1231、底面1232、第一侧面1233及第二侧面1234,顶面1231与底面1232相背设置,第一侧面1233与第二侧面1234相背设置,第一侧面1233和第二侧面1234位于顶面1231与底面1232之间。第二固定架123的顶面1231相对第二固定架123的底面1232倾斜设置,两者之间形成夹角,第二固定架123的顶面1231与第二固定架123的底面1232在靠近第二固定架123的第二侧面1234的方向上相互靠近。
其中,第二固定架123设有第二滑槽1235和第二安装槽1236。示例性的,第二滑槽1235可以相对第二固定架123的底面1232倾斜设置,也即,第二滑槽1235的延伸方向与底面1232之间形成夹角。第二滑槽1235也可以相对第二固定架123的顶面1231倾斜设置,也即第二滑槽1235的延伸方向与顶面1231之间形成夹角。在靠近第二固定架123的第二侧面1234的方向上,第二滑槽1235的延伸方向与第二固定架123的底面1232彼此远离。其中,第二滑槽1235可以在第二侧面1234形成开口。
示例性的,第二固定架123还可以设有第二导向槽1237,第二导向槽1237连通第二滑槽1235。第二导向槽1237可以在第二固定架123的底面1232形成开口。第二安装槽1236在第二固定架123的底面1232形成开口。
其中,第二固定架123可以包括第二连接凸块1238,第二连接凸块1238相对第二固定架123的顶面1231凸出,第二连接凸块1238设有转轴孔。第二固定架123还可以包括第二下沉槽1239,第二下沉槽1239由第二固定架123的顶面1231向底面1232的方向凹陷。其中,第二下沉槽1239可以贯穿第二连接凸块1238并将第二连接凸块1238分隔为两部分。
请参阅图11,图11是图9所示第一固定架122沿B-B处剖开的结构示意图。第一固定架122第一安装槽1226连通第一滑槽1225。安装于第一安装槽1226的部件可以部分伸入第一滑槽1225。同样的,参阅图10,第二固定架123的第二安装槽1236连通第二滑槽1235,安装于第二安装槽1236的部件可以部分伸入第二滑槽1235。
一些实施例中,如图10所示,第一固定架122还可以包括第一定位柱12210和第一紧固孔12211,第一定位柱12210相对第一固定架122的底面1222凸起,第一紧固孔12211的开口位于第一固定架122的底面1222。其中,第一定位柱12210的数量可以为一个或多个,第一紧固孔12211的数量可以为一个或多个。第二固定架123还可以包括第二定位柱12310和第二紧固孔12311,第二定位柱12310相对第二固定架123的底面1232凸起,第二紧固孔12311的开口位于第二固定架123的底面1232。其中,第二定位柱12310的数量可以为一个或多个,第二紧固孔12311的数量可以为一个或多个。
如图5所示,第一壳体11设有定位孔113和紧固孔114,第一固定架122与第一壳体11连接时,第一定位柱12210可以伸入第一壳体11的定位孔113,第一紧固孔12211可以与第一壳体11的紧固孔114正对设置,以通过紧固件(图中未示出)锁紧。第二壳体13设有定位孔133和紧固孔134,第二固定架123与第二壳体13连接时,第二定位柱12310可以伸入第二壳体13的定位孔133,第二紧固孔12311可以与第二壳体13的紧固孔134正对设置,以通过紧固件(图中未示出)锁紧。
一些实施例中,如图4所示,第一固定架122与折叠机构12的其他结构配合时,第一固定架122的顶面1221面向第一支撑板124,第一固定架122的第二侧面1224面向中壳121,第二固定架123的顶面1231面向第二支撑板125,第二固定架123的第二侧面1234面向中壳121。第一壳体11设有凸块115,凸块115位于第一固定槽112。第二壳体13设有凸块135,凸块135位于第二固定槽132。
一些实施例中,请参阅图12,图12是图3所示第一壳体11与第一固定架122连接的结构示意图。
第一固定架122固定于第一壳体11时,第一固定架122的第一侧面1223面向第一固定槽112的侧壁,第一固定架122的底面1222面向第一固定槽112的底壁,凸块115卡入第一固定架122的第一安装槽1226。此时,第一固定架122与第一壳体11之间既可以通过第一定位柱12210与第一壳体11的定位孔113的配合实现彼此定位(可参阅图4),还能够通过第一壳体11的凸块115与第一安装槽1226的配合实现彼此定位,因此第一固定架122与第一壳体11的连接结构的稳定性高。
此外,第一壳体11的凸块115也可以与第一安装槽1226的槽壁共同围设出一体积合适的容置空间,以容置其他部件,且能够通过控制凸块115的高度和第一安装槽1226的深度,对容置空间的位置进行灵活调整,以更好地满足多个部件之间的组装需求。
可以理解的,第二固定架123固定于第二壳体13时,第二固定架123的第一侧面1233面向第二固定槽132的侧壁,第二固定架123的底面1232面向第二固定槽132的底壁,凸块115可以卡入第二固定架123的第二安装槽1236。
一些实施例中,请参阅图13,图13是图7所示中壳121的分解结构示意图。中壳121 包括外盖板1211和固定件1212。示例性的,外盖板1211弯曲形成中壳121的内侧空间1213,内侧空间1213位于外盖板1211的内侧。外盖板1211包括第一凸部1211a、第二凸部1211b及安装部1211c。第一凸部1211a和第二凸部1211b靠近内侧空间1213设置,且彼此间隔。安装部1211c形成第一安装空间1213a、第二安装空间1213b、多个第一转轴槽1213c及多个第二转轴槽1213d,多个第一转轴槽1213c、第一安装空间1213a、第二安装空间1213b及多个第二转轴槽1213d沿中壳121的轴向方向排布且彼此连通。中壳121的轴向方向平行于壳体装置1的转动中心,第一壳体11与第二壳体13绕壳体装置1的转动中心相对转动。第一转轴槽1213c、第一安装空间1213a、第二安装空间1213b及第二转轴槽1213d均为内侧空间1213的一部分。
其中,外盖板1211还设有第一避让缺口1211d和第二避让缺口1211e,第一避让缺口1211d和第二避让缺口1211e分别位于第一安装空间1213a的两侧且连通第一安装空间1213a。其中,外盖板1211的侧端还可以设有多个紧固孔1211f,多个紧固孔1211f靠近安装部1211c设置,且安装部1211c的两侧均设有至少一个紧固孔1211f。
其中,第一凸部1211a、第二凸部1211b及安装部1211c形成外盖板1211的一组安装结构,该组安装结构可以位于外盖板1211的底部。一些实施例中,外盖板1211还可以包括另一组安装结构,另一组安装结构可以位于外盖板1211的顶部。外盖板1211的两组安装结构可以为镜面对称结构。其中,外盖板1211可以为一体成型的结构件,也通过组装方式形成一体式结构。
示例性的,固定件1212包括下压部1212a和两个固定部1212b,两个固定部1212b分别连接于下压部1212a的两侧。一些实施例中,下压部1212a可以为“工”字形结构,其中一个固定部1212b可以一分为二、分别连接于下压部1212a一侧的两个端部,另一个固定部1212b也可以一分为二,分别连接于下压部1212a另一侧的两个端部。其中,固定件1212可以为一体成型的结构件,也通过组装方式形成一体式结构。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图7和图13,固定件1212可以对应外盖板1211底部的安装结构进行固定。示例性的,固定件1212固定连接外盖板1211且部分收容于中壳121的内侧空间1213。固定件1212对应外盖板1211的安装部1211c固定。固定件1212的两个固定部1212b分别固定于外盖板1211的两个侧端,下压部1212a收容于内侧空间1213,下压部1212a相对两个固定部1212b向靠近安装部1211c的方向下沉。其中,固定件1212的下压部1212a能够压住安装于安装部1211c的部件,以使该部件与中壳121稳定连接。
其中,中壳121还可以包括另一个固定件1212’,固定件1212’可以对应外盖板1211顶部的安装结构进行固定。固定件1212’与固定件1212可以为镜面对称结构。固定件1212’固定连接外盖板1211且部分收容于中壳121的内侧空间1213。固定件1212’与外盖板1211的具体连接结构可以参阅固定件1212与外盖板1211的连接结构,此处不再赘述。
一些实施例中,结合参阅图3和图4,中壳121的外盖板1211具有外观面1214,外观面1214背向第一支撑板124和第二支撑板125设置,外观面1214也即为外盖板1211的外侧面。第一壳体11与第二壳体13处于打开状态时,中壳121部分位于第一固定槽112、部分位于第二固定槽132,第一壳体11及第二壳体13遮盖中壳121的外观面1214。
在本实施例中,第一壳体11和第二壳体13能够在处于打开状态时,从壳体装置1的背侧(也即背向柔性显示屏2的一侧)遮挡中壳121,此时,第一壳体11与第二壳体13同样能够从壳体装置1的背侧遮挡折叠机构12的其他部件,使得壳体装置1实现背侧自遮蔽,从而对折叠机构12进行保护,并且壳体装置1及电子设备100的外观完整,外观体验较佳,防 水、防尘性能较好。
一些实施例中,如图6所示,第一壳体11与第二壳体13处于闭合状态时,中壳121部分伸出第一固定槽112和第二固定槽132,中壳121的外观面1214相对第一壳体11及第二壳体13露出。在本实施例中,第一壳体11、第二壳体13以及外盖板1211共同形成壳体装置1和电子设备100的外观件,因此壳体装置1和电子设备100能够在闭合状态中实现背侧自遮蔽,有利于提高外观完整性,且防水、防尘性能较好。
示例性的,外盖板1211的外观面1214包括第一弧面部分1214a、平面部分1214b以及第二弧面部分1214c,第一弧面部分1214a和第二弧面部分1214c分别连接于平面部分1214b的两侧。在本实施例中,外观面1214形成类似弧面的形状,有助于提高电子设备100处于闭合状态时的外观体验和握持体验。此外,外观面1214的中部为平面部分1214b,使得外盖板1211的厚度(在垂直于平面部分1214b的方向上的尺寸)较小,壳体装置1处于打开状态时的整体厚度较小、处于闭合状态时的整体宽度较小,有利于电子设备100的小型化和轻薄化。在其他一些实施例中,外观面1214也可以为弧面或其他光滑曲面。
一些实施例中,壳体装置1还可以包括顶侧端盖(图中未示出)和底侧端盖(图中未示出),顶侧端盖位于折叠机构12的顶侧,底侧端盖位于折叠机构12的底侧。第一壳体11与第二壳体13处于打开状态时,顶侧端盖从壳体装置1的顶侧遮挡中壳121,底侧端盖从壳体装置1的底侧遮挡中壳121;第一壳体11与第二壳体13处于闭合状态时,中壳121未伸出第一固定槽112和第二固定槽132的部分,被顶侧端盖从壳体装置1的顶侧进行遮挡,被底侧端盖从壳体装置1的底侧进行遮挡。
示例性的,第一壳体11与第二壳体13处于打开状态或闭合状态时,折叠机构12的其他部件可以由顶侧端盖从壳体装置1的顶侧进行遮挡、由底侧端盖从壳体装置1的底侧进行遮挡,也可以由第一壳体11和第二壳体13从壳体装置1的顶侧和底侧进行遮挡。故而,壳体装置1能够在打开状态和闭合状态中,对折叠机构12进行全方位遮蔽,使得壳体装置1能够更好地实现自遮蔽。
其中,顶侧端盖和底侧端盖可以为中壳121的一部分,也可以为与中壳121相互独立的部件、并连接折叠机构12,也可以为与中壳121相互独立的部件、并连接第一壳体11和第二壳体13。本申请不对顶侧端盖及底侧端盖的具体结构及安装方式进行严格限定。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图14至图16,图14是图7所示第一摆臂126、第二摆臂127以及同步组件128的结构示意图,图15是图14所示结构的分解示意图,图16是图15所示结构在另一角度的结构示意图。其中,图16所处视角相对图15所示视角进行了上下翻转。
第一摆臂126包括滑动端1261和转动端1262。其中,第一摆臂126的滑动端1261可以包括第一滑动主体1261a和第一限位凸起1261b,第一滑动主体1261a可以大致呈平板状,第一限位凸起1261b固定于第一滑动主体1261a的一侧表面。
示例性的,第一摆臂126的转动端1262包括齿轮部1262a、多个第一凸起1262b及多个第二凸起1262c,齿轮部1262a可以设有转轴孔,多个第一凸起1262b和多个第二凸起1262c相背设置地位于齿轮部1262a的两端,多个第一凸起1262b排布成环状且彼此间隔,多个第一凸起1262b环绕齿轮部1262a的转轴孔设置,多个第二凸起1262c排布成环状且彼此间隔,多个第二凸起1262c环绕齿轮部1262a的转轴孔设置。第一摆臂126还可以包括连接滑动端1261和转动端1262的连接段1263,连接段1263可以相对第一滑动主体1261a弯折,以使第一摆臂126的形状更为多样化。其中,第一摆臂126可以为一体成型的结构件,以具有较高的结构强度。
第二摆臂127包括滑动端1271和转动端1272。其中,第二摆臂127的滑动端1271可以包括第二滑动主体1271a和第二限位凸起1271b,第二滑动主体1271a可以大致呈平板状,第二限位凸起1271b固定于第二滑动主体1271a的一侧表面。示例性的,第二摆臂127的转动端1272包括齿轮部1272a、多个第一凸起1272b及多个第二凸起1272c,齿轮部1272a可以设有转轴孔,多个第一凸起1272b和多个第二凸起1272c相背设置地位于齿轮部1272a的两端,多个第一凸起1272b排布成环状且彼此间隔,多个第一凸起1272b环绕齿轮部1272a的转轴孔设置,多个第二凸起1272c排布成环状且彼此间隔,多个第二凸起1272c环绕齿轮部1272a的转轴孔设置。第二摆臂127还可以包括连接滑动端1271和转动端1272的连接段1273,连接段1273可以相对第二滑动主体1272a弯折,以使第二摆臂127的形状更为多样化。其中,第二摆臂127可以为一体成型的结构件,以具有较高的结构强度。
一些实施例中,如图14至图16所示,同步组件128包括多个同步齿轮1281,多个同步齿轮1281彼此啮合,第一摆臂126的转动端1262通过多个同步齿轮1281啮合第二摆臂127的转动端1272。示例性的,多个同步齿轮1281可以排成一串,相邻的两个同步齿轮1281彼此啮合,位于端部的两个同步齿轮1281分别啮合第一摆臂126的转动端1262和第二摆臂127的转动端1272。
在本实施例中,第一摆臂126的转动端1262与第二摆臂127的转动端1272通过多个同步齿轮1281连接,使得第一摆臂126的转动端1262的转动角度与第二摆臂127的转动端1272的转动角度,大小相同且方向相反,使得第一摆臂126与第二摆臂127相对中壳121的转动动作保持同步,也即同步相互靠近或相互远离。
示例性的,同步齿轮1281包括齿轮部1281a、多个第一凸起1281b及多个第二凸起1281c,齿轮部1281a可以设有转轴孔,多个第一凸起1281b和多个第二凸起1281c相背设置地位于齿轮部1281a的两端,多个第一凸起1281b排布成环状且彼此间隔,多个第一凸起1281b环绕齿轮部1281a的转轴孔设置,多个第二凸起1281c排布成环状且彼此间隔,多个第二凸起1281c环绕齿轮部1281a的转轴孔设置。其中,同步齿轮1281可以为一体成型的结构件,以具有较高的结构强度。
一些实施例中,同步组件128还包括第一卡位件1282、第二卡位件1283、固定板1284、第一弹性件1285、第一转接轴1286、第二转接轴1287以及多个第三转接轴1288。第一卡位件1282位于第一弹性件1285与同步齿轮1281之间。第二卡位件1283位于同步齿轮1281远离第一卡位件1282的一侧,固定板1284位于第一弹性件1285远离第一卡位件1282的一侧。第二卡位件1283、多个同步齿轮1281、第一卡位件1282、第一弹性件1285以及固定板1284沿平行于壳体装置1的转动中心的方向依次排布。第一摆臂126的转动端1262和第二摆臂127的转动端1272位于第一卡位件1282与第二卡位件1283之间。
一些实施例中,如图15和图16所示,第一卡位件1282包括第一卡位板1282a及多个第一凸块组1282b,多个第一凸块组1282b固定于第一卡位板1282a的同一侧表面。第一卡位板1282a包括多个第一通孔1282c,多个第一通孔1282c彼此间隔设置。多个第一凸块组1282b与多个第一通孔1282c一一对应设置。每个第一凸块组1282b均可以包括多个第一凸块1282d,多个第一凸块1282d排布成环状且彼此间隔,多个第一凸块1282d环绕第一通孔1282c设置,相邻的两个第一凸块1282d之间形成卡位槽。其中,第一卡位件1282可以为一体成型的结构件,以具有较高的结构强度。
一些实施例中,如图15和图16所示,第二卡位件1283包括第二卡位板1283a及多个第二凸块组1283b,多个第二凸块组1283b固定于第二卡位板1283a的同一侧表面。第二卡位 板1283a包括多个第二通孔1283c,多个第二通孔1283c彼此间隔设置。多个第二凸块组1283b与多个第二通孔1283c一一对应设置。每个第二凸块组1283b均可以包括多个第二凸块1283d,多个第二凸块1283d排布成环状且彼此间隔,多个第二凸块1283d环绕第二通孔1283c设置,相邻的两个第二凸块1283d之间形成卡位槽。其中,第二卡位件1283可以为一体成型的结构件,以具有较高的结构强度。
一些实施例中,如图15和图16所示,固定板1284可以呈板体结构。固定板1284包括多个第三通孔1284a,多个第三通孔1284a彼此间隔设置。示例性的,多个第一通孔1282c、多个第二通孔1283c以及多个第三通孔1284a的排布形状及排布间距可以相同。
一些实施例中,如图14至图16所示,第一弹性件1285包括多个弹簧1285a。第一转接轴1286插接第二卡位件1283、第一摆臂126的转动端1262、第一卡位件1282、其中一个弹簧1285a以及固定板1284。其中,第一转接轴1286穿过第二卡位件1283的一个第二通孔1283c、第一摆臂126的转轴孔、第一卡位件1282的一个第一通孔1282c、其中一个弹簧1285a的内侧空间以及固定板1284的一个第三通孔1284a。其中,第一转接轴1286包括相背设置的第一端部和第二端部,第一转接轴1286的第一端部靠近第二卡位件1283且相对第二卡位件1283凸出,第一转接轴1286的第二端部靠近固定板1284且相对固定板1284凸出。示例性的,第一转接轴1286的第一端部可以设有限位凸缘1286a,限位凸缘1286a位于第二卡位件1283远离第一卡位件1282的一侧,限位凸缘1286a可以抵持第二卡位件1283,用于实现限位。其中,第一转接轴1286的第二端部可以通过焊接、粘接等方式固定连接固定板1284。弹簧1285a处于压缩状态。
第三转接轴1288的数量与同步齿轮1281的数量相同,第三转接轴1288、同步齿轮1281及多个弹簧1285a中的部分弹簧1285a一一对应设置。第三转接轴1288插接第二卡位件1283、同步齿轮1281、第一卡位件1282、另一个弹簧1285a以及固定板1284。其中,第三转接轴1288穿过第二卡位件1283的另一个第二通孔1283c、同步齿轮1281的转轴孔、第一卡位件1282的另一个第一通孔1282c、另一个弹簧1285a的内侧空间以及固定板1284的另一个第三通孔1284a。
其中,第三转接轴1288包括相背设置的第一端部和第二端部,第三转接轴1288的第一端部靠近第二卡位件1283且相对第二卡位件1283凸出,第三转接轴1288的第二端部靠近固定板1284且相对固定板1284凸出。示例性的,第三转接轴1288的第一端部可以设有限位凸缘1288a,限位凸缘1288a位于第二卡位件1283远离第一卡位件1282的一侧,限位凸缘1288a可以抵持第二卡位件1283,用于实现限位。第三转接轴1288的第二端部可以通过焊接、粘接等方式固定连接固定板1284。弹簧1285a处于压缩状态。
第二转接轴1287插接第二卡位件1283、第二摆臂127的转动端1272、第一卡位件1282、另一个弹簧1285a以及固定板1284。其中,第二转接轴1287穿过第二卡位件1283的另一个第二通孔1283c、第二摆臂127的转轴孔、第一卡位件1282的另一个第一通孔1282c、另一个弹簧1285a的内侧空间以及固定板1284的另一个第三通孔1284a。
其中,第二转接轴1287包括相背设置的第一端部和第二端部,第二转接轴1287的第一端部靠近第二卡位件1283且相对第二卡位件1283凸出,第二转接轴1287的第二端部靠近固定板1284且相对固定板1284凸出。示例性的,第二转接轴1287的第一端部可以设有限位凸缘1287a,限位凸缘1287a位于第二卡位件1283远离第一卡位件1282的一侧,限位凸缘1287a可以抵持第二卡位件1283,用于实现限位。第二转接轴1287的第二端部可以通过焊接、粘接等方式固定连接固定板1284。弹簧1285a处于压缩状态。
一些实施例中,如图14至图16所示,第一摆臂126的转动端1262、同步齿轮1281及第二摆臂127的转动端1272排布成弧形。示例性的,第一卡位件1282的多个第一通孔1282c排布成弧形,第一卡位板1282a可以呈弧形或近弧形;第二卡位件1283的多个第二通孔1283c排布成弧形,第二卡位板1283a可以呈弧形或近弧形;固定板1284的多个第三通孔1284a排布成弧形,固定板1284可以呈弧形或近弧形。通过第一通孔1282c、第二通孔1283c以及第三通孔1284a的位置,限定第一转接轴1286、第三转接轴1288及第二转接轴1287的位置,使得第一摆臂126的转动端1262、同步齿轮1281及第二摆臂127的转动端1272排布成弧形。
一些实施例中,如图14至图16所示,第一摆臂126的多个第一凸起1262b与其中一个第一凸块组1282b的多个第一凸块1282d交错排布形成卡接结构,第一摆臂126的多个第二凸起1262c与其中一个第二凸块组1283b的多个第二凸块1283d交错排布形成卡接结构。同步齿轮1281的多个第一凸起1281b与另一个第一凸块组1282b的多个第一凸块1282d交错排布形成卡接结构,同步齿轮1281的多个第二凸起1281c与另一个第二凸块组1283b的多个第二凸块1283d交错排布形成卡接结构。第二摆臂127的多个第一凸起1272b与另一个第一凸块组1282b的多个第一凸块1282d交错排布形成卡接结构,第二摆臂127的多个第二凸起1272c与另一个第二凸块组1283b的多个第二凸块1283d交错排布形成卡接结构。
在本实施例中,第一摆臂126的转动端1262、第二摆臂127的转动端1272以及同步齿轮1281均卡接第一卡位件1282和第二卡位件1283,形成卡接结构,使得第一摆臂126和第二摆臂127能够在某些位置停留。
此外,第一弹性件1285处于压缩状态,第一弹性件1285产生的弹性力将第一卡位件1282抵向同步齿轮1281。此时,第一卡位件1282与第二卡位件1283配合压紧第一摆臂126的转动端1262、同步齿轮1281以及第二摆臂127的转动端1272,使得第一摆臂126的转动端1262、同步齿轮1281以及第二摆臂127的转动端1272与第一卡位件1282及第二卡位件1283之间的卡接结构稳定。
其中,第一摆臂126的转动端1262、第二摆臂127的转动端1272以及同步齿轮1281相对第一卡位件1282和第二卡位件1283转动时,多个第一凸起1262b与多个第一凸块1282d的相对位置发生变化,能够形成不同的卡接结构,多个第二凸起1262c与多个第二凸块1283d的相对位置发生变化,能够形成不同的卡接结构。
一些实施例中,如图14至图16所示,第一卡位件1282与第二卡位件1283可以为镜面对称结构,第一摆臂126的多个第一凸起1262b与多个第二凸起1262c为镜面对称结构,第二摆臂127的多个第一凸起1262b与多个第二凸起1262c为镜面对称结构,同步齿轮1281的多个第一凸起1262b与多个第二凸起1262c为镜面对称结构。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图13和图17,图17是图4所示折叠机构12的部分结构示意图。其中,图17示意出第一摆臂126、第二摆臂127及同步组件128安装于中壳121的外盖板1211的组装结构。第一摆臂126的转动端1262、第二摆臂127的转动端1272以及同步组件128安装于中壳121。折叠机构12处于图17所示状态时,第一摆臂126的连接段1263可以卡入中壳121的外盖板1211的第一避让缺口1211d,第一摆臂126的滑动端1261位于外盖板1211的外侧;第二摆臂127的连接段1263可以卡入外盖板1211的第二避让缺口1211e,第二摆臂126的滑动端1261位于外盖板1211的外侧。
其中,第一转接轴1286的两端分别装入一组对应的第一转轴槽1213c和第二转轴槽1213d中,第一转接轴1286穿过第一安装空间1213a和第二安装空间1213b。第二转接轴1287的两端分别装入另一组对应的第一转轴槽1213c和第二转轴槽1213d中,第二转接轴1287穿过 第一安装空间1213a和第二安装空间1213b。第三转接轴1288的两端分别装入另一组对应的第一转轴槽1213c和第二转轴槽1213d中,第三转接轴1288穿过第一安装空间1213a和第二安装空间1213b。
第二卡位件1283、第一摆臂126的转动端1262、第二摆臂127的转动端1272、同步齿轮1281以及第一卡位件1282可以安装于第一安装空间1213a。第一摆臂126的转动端1262通过第一转接轴1286转动连接中壳121,同步齿轮1281通过第三转接轴1288转动连接中壳121,第二摆臂127的转动端1272通过第二转接轴1287转动连接中壳121。
固定板1284可以安装于第二安装空间1213b。第一弹性件1285大部分位于第二安装空间1213b,可以小部分位于第一安装空间1213a。第一弹性件1285的一端抵持固定板1284,另一端抵持第一卡位件1282。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图17和图18,图18是图4所示折叠机构12的部分结构示意图。其中,图17示意出第一摆臂126、第二摆臂127及同步组件128安装于中壳121的组装结构。固定件1212可以位于同步组件128的上方,固定件1212与外盖板1211配合,共同固定第二卡位件1283、第一卡位件1282及固定板1284,使得第一摆臂126、同步组件128以及第二摆臂127稳定地安装于中壳121,不易晃动或脱离中壳121,以提高折叠机构12的可靠性。
其中,由于第一摆臂126的转动端1262、多个同步齿轮1281以及第二摆臂127的转动端1272排布成弧形,从而能够充分利用中壳121的内侧空间1213的空间,使得中壳121的内侧空间1213的另一部分空间能够释放形成容屏空间,用于在电子设备100闭合时,收容部分柔性显示屏2,从而有利于提高电子设备100的部件排布的紧凑性,减小电子设备100的体积。
可以理解的是,同步齿轮1281的数量、尺寸等可以依据产品具体形态、尺寸等机型设计,本申请对此不做严格限定。其中,同步齿轮1281数量越多、同步齿轮1281的尺寸越小,能够释放更多的空间,同步齿轮1281的数量越少,同步齿轮1281的尺寸越大,同步齿轮1281的传动累积误差更小,有利于提高运动准确性。
可以理解的是,本申请同步组件128可以有多种实现结构。在其他一些实施例中,同步组件128可以通过对同步齿轮1281的位置限定,间接限定第一摆臂126的位置和第二摆臂127的位置。例如,第一卡位件1282和第二卡位件1283与同步齿轮1281之间形成卡接结构,第一摆臂126的转动端1262与第二摆臂127的转动端1272与第一卡位件1282及第二卡位件1283之间无卡接结构。在其他一些实施例中,同步组件128也可以不设置第二卡位件1283,通过第一卡位件1282与同步齿轮1281、第一摆臂126及第二摆臂127之间的卡接结构,使得第一摆臂126和第二摆臂127能够在某些位置停留。在其他一些实施例中,同步组件128也可以不设置固定板1284,第一弹性件1285的两端可以分别抵持第一卡位件1282和第二安装空间1213b的壁面,第一弹性件1285被压缩在第一卡位件1282与中壳121之间。在其他一些实施例中,第一弹性件1285也可以采用其他结构,例如弹性橡胶块等。以上实施例为同步组件128的示例性结构,同步组件128也可以有其他实现结构,本申请对此不做严格限定。
在其他一些实施例中,第一摆臂126的转动端1262与第二摆臂127的转动端1272之间没有设置连接两者的同步组件128,第一摆臂126的转动端1262可以通过转轴转动连接中壳121,该转轴可以为第一摆臂126的转动端1262的一部分,也可以为独立结构件且插接第一摆臂126的转动端1262;第二摆臂127的转动端1272也可以通过转轴转动连接中壳121,该转轴可以为第二摆臂127的转动端1272的一部分,也可以为独立结构件且插接第二摆臂127 的转动端1272。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图10和图19,图19是图5所示折叠机构12的部分结构示意图。图19示意出折叠机构12的第一固定架122、第一摆臂126、同步组件128、第二摆臂127以及第二固定架123的组装结构。第一摆臂126的一端滑动连接第一固定架122,第二摆臂127的一端滑动连接第二固定架123。在本申请实施例中,两者滑动连接是指两者彼此连接,且连接后两者可以相对滑动。
示例性的,第一摆臂126的滑动端1261可滑动地安装于第一固定架122的第一滑槽1225。其中,第一摆臂126的第一滑动主体1261a可以位于第一滑槽1225,第一限位凸起1261b可以位于第一导向槽1227。第一滑动主体1261a与第一滑槽1225的配合,能够限定第一摆臂126的滑动端1261相对第一固定架122滑动时的滑动方向;第一导向槽1227与第一限位凸起1261b的配合,能够在第一摆臂126的滑动方向的垂直方向上对第一摆臂126进行限位,有利于提高第一摆臂126相对第一固定架122滑动时的稳定性,避免晃动。
第二摆臂127的滑动端1271可滑动地安装于第二固定架123的第二滑槽1235。其中,第二摆臂127的第二滑动主体1271a可以位于第二滑槽1235,第二限位凸起1271b可以位于第二导向槽1237。第二滑动主体1271a与第二滑槽1235的配合,能够限定第二摆臂127的滑动端1271相对第二固定架123滑动时的滑动方向;第二导向槽1237与第二限位凸起1271b的配合,能够在第二摆臂127的滑动方向的垂直方向上对第二摆臂127进行限位,有利于提高第二摆臂127相对第二固定架123滑动时的稳定性,避免晃动。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图20至图23,图20是图1所示电子设备100沿C-C处剖开的结构示意图,图21是图20所示结构的部分结构示意图,图22是图20所示结构在另一使用状态中的结构示意图,图23是图22所示结构的部分结构示意图。其中,图20和图21所示结构处于打开状态,图22和图23所示结构处于闭合状态。
第一固定架122固定连接第一壳体11,第二固定架123固定连接第二壳体13。第一摆臂126的一端滑动连接第一固定架122、另一端转动连接中壳121,第二摆臂127的一端滑动连接第二固定架123、另一端转动连接中壳121。其中,第一摆臂126的滑动端1261可以安装于第一滑槽1225,以滑动连接第一固定架122。第一摆臂126的转动端1262通过第一转接轴1286转动连接中壳121。第二摆臂127的滑动端1271可以安装于第二滑槽1235,以滑动连接第二固定架123,第二摆臂127的转动端1272通过第二转接轴1287转动连接中壳121。
其中,第一摆臂126的转动端1262通过多个同步齿轮1281啮合第二摆臂127的转动端1272,多个同步齿轮1281彼此啮合。各同步齿轮1281均转动连接中壳121,同步齿轮1281可以通过第三转接轴1288转动连接中壳121。
在本实施例中,由于第一摆臂126的转动端1262与第二摆臂127的转动端1272通过多个同步齿轮1281实现联动,多个同步齿轮1281用于使第一摆臂126和第二摆臂127在壳体装置的运动过程中保持同步转动,也即同步相互靠近或相互远离,第一摆臂126滑动连接固定于第一壳体11的第一固定架122,第二摆臂127滑动连接固定于第二壳体13的第二固定架123,因此第一壳体11和第二壳体13相对中壳121的转动动作同步性好,提高了壳体装置1和电子设备100的机构操作体验。
其中,如图22所示,第一摆臂126的转动端1262、多个同步齿轮1281及第二摆臂127的转动端1272排布成弧形。由于第一摆臂126的转动端1262、多个同步齿轮1281以及第二同步摆臂的转动端1262呈弧形排布,充分利用了中壳121的内侧空间1213的空间,从而将中壳121的内侧空间1213的另一部分空间释放出来、形成容屏空间,柔性显示屏2能够在闭 合状态时,部分收容于中壳121的内侧空间1213,有利于提高电子设备100的部件排布的紧凑性,减小电子设备100的体积。
其中,如图22所示,第一固定架122的顶面1221与第一固定架122的底面1222在靠近中壳121的方向上相互靠近,第一固定架122的顶面1221面向第一支撑板124。示例性的,第一固定架122的顶面1221可以支撑第一支撑板124。在靠近中壳121的方向上,第一固定架122的第一滑槽1225的延伸方向与第一固定架122的底面1222彼此远离,第一滑槽1225相对第一固定架122的底面1222倾斜设置。其中,第一滑槽1225的倾斜设计有利于降低折叠机构12的厚度,优化机构结构。在其他一些实施例中,第一滑槽1225也可以平行于第一固定架122的底面1222,本申请对此不做严格限定。
第二固定架123的顶面1231与第二固定架123的底面1232在靠近中壳121的方向上相互靠近,第二固定架123的顶面1231面向第二支撑板125。示例性的,第二固定架123的顶面1231可以支撑第二支撑板125。在靠近中壳121的方向上,第二固定架123的第二滑槽1235的延伸方向与第二固定架123的底面1232彼此远离,第二滑槽1235相对第二固定架123的底面1232倾斜设置。其中,第二滑槽1235的倾斜设计有利于降低折叠机构12的厚度,优化机构结构。在其他一些实施例中,第二滑槽1235也可以平行于第二固定架123的底面1232,本申请对此不做严格限定。
可以理解的,请结合参阅图17和图20,在本申请实施例中,由于第一固定架122固定于第一壳体11,第一摆臂126的一端转动连接中壳121、另一端滑动连接第一固定架122,第二固定架123固定于第二壳体13,第二摆臂127的一端转动连接中壳121、另一端滑动连接第二固定架123,因此当第一壳体11与第二壳体13相对转动时,第一壳体11通过第一固定架122带动第一摆臂126相对中壳121转动,第二壳体13通过第二固定架123带动第二摆臂127相对中壳121转动,由于第一卡位件1282固定安装于中壳121,因此在第一壳体11与第二壳体13相对转动的过程中,第一摆臂126和第二摆臂127相对第一卡位件1282转动,同步齿轮1281随第一摆臂126和第二摆臂127相对第一卡位件1282转动,同步齿轮1281与第一卡位件1282之间形成不同的卡接结构。
示例性的,当折叠机构12处于打开状态时,第一卡位件1282与同步齿轮1281形成第一卡接结构;折叠机构12处于闭合状态时,第一卡位件1282与同步齿轮1281形成第二卡接结构。在本实施例中,第一卡接结构和第二卡接结构能够使同步齿轮1281相对第一卡位件1282停留在某些位置,也即使第一摆臂126和第二摆臂127相对中壳121保持一定的相对位置关系,使得第一壳体11与第二壳体13能够更好地保持打开状态或闭合状态,提高了用户的使用体验。此外,第一卡接结构和第二卡接结构可以在电子设备100展开以进入打开状态的过程中、折叠以解除打开状态的过程中,提供一定的阻力,使得用户能够体验到较佳的机构操作感。
其中,请再次参阅图14至图16,第一卡位件1282与同步齿轮1281处于第一卡接结构或第二卡接结构时,同步齿轮1281的多个第一凸起1281b与第一卡位件1282上的多个第一凸块1282d,呈现交错排布的卡接结构。换言之,同步齿轮1281的多个第一凸起1281b与第一卡位件1282上的凹槽(形成于两个相邻的第一凸块1282d之间),呈现凹凸配合的卡接结构。第一卡接结构与第二卡接结构的区别在于,同步齿轮1281相对第一卡位件1282发生了转动,同步齿轮1281上的同一个第一凸起1281b、与第一卡位件1282上的不同凹槽配合。
示例性的,第一卡位件1282与同步齿轮1281处于第一卡接结构或第二卡接结构时,第一摆臂126的转动端1262、同步齿轮1281及第二摆臂127的转动端1272上的凸起、可以与 第一卡位件1282及第二卡位件1283上的凸块,均呈现交错排布的卡接结构。换言之,第一摆臂126的转动端1262、同步齿轮1281及第二摆臂127的转动端1272上的凸起、可以与第一卡位件1282及第二卡位件1283上的凹槽(形成于两个相邻的凸块之间),均呈现凹凸配合的卡接结构。第一卡接结构与第二卡接结构的区别在于,第一摆臂126的转动端1262、同步齿轮1281及第二摆臂127的转动端1272相对第一卡位件1282及第二卡位件1283发生了转动,第一摆臂126的转动端1262、同步齿轮1281及第二摆臂127的转动端1272上的同一个凸起、与第一卡位件1282及第二卡位件1283上的不同凹槽配合。
其中,当折叠机构12处于中间状态时,第一摆臂126的转动端1262、同步齿轮1281及第二摆臂127的转动端1272相对第一卡位件1282及第二卡位件1283转动,第一摆臂126的转动端1262、同步齿轮1281及第二摆臂127的转动端1272上的同一个凸起、可以从第一卡位件1282及第二卡位件1283上的其中一个凹槽滑出、然后滑入另一个凹槽,也即,由“凸起-凹槽”的配合结构转变为“凸起-凸块”的过渡结构,再转变为“凸起-另一个凹槽”的配合结构,第一卡位件1282及第二卡位件1283相对第一摆臂126的转动端1262、同步齿轮1281及第二摆臂127的转动端1272,呈现“靠近-远离-靠近”的位置关系。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图19和图24,图24是图19所示结构的部分结构示意图。折叠机构12的第一止位件129安装于第一固定架122的第一安装槽1226,第一止位件129可以部分伸入第一滑槽1225。第二止位件1220安装于第二固定架123的第二安装槽1236,第二止位件1220可以部分伸入第二滑槽1235。
折叠机构12处于打开状态时,第一止位件129抵持第一摆臂126的滑动端1261,第二止位件1220抵持第二摆臂127的滑动端1271。第一止位件129和第二止位件1220用于在壳体装置1处于打开状态时,分别对第一摆臂126和第二摆臂127进行限位,使得壳体装置1在没有受到较大外力时,保持打开状态,以提高用户的使用体验。此外,第一止位件129与第一摆臂126的配合及第二止位件1220与第二摆臂127之间的配合,还能够在电子设备100展开以进入打开状态的过程中、折叠以解除打开状态的过程中,提供阻力,使得用户能够体验到较佳的机构操作感。
在其他一些实施例中,可以通过设置第一摆臂126的滑动端1261的结构和尺寸、第二摆臂127的滑动端1271的结构和尺寸,使得第一止位件129和第二止位件1220也能够在折叠机构12处于闭合状态时,对第一摆臂126的滑动端1261和第二摆臂127的滑动端1271进行限位,使得壳体装置1在没有受到较大外力时,保持折叠状态,以提高用户的使用体验。此外,第一止位件129与第一摆臂126的配合及第二止位件1220与第二摆臂127之间的配合,还能够在电子设备100折叠以进入闭合状态的过程中、展开以解除闭合状态的过程中,提供阻力,使得用户能够体验到较佳的机构操作感。在其他一些实施例中,也可以通过两个止位件限位第一摆臂126,例如,其中一个止位件在折叠机构12处于打开状态时抵持第一摆臂126的滑动端1261,另一个止位件在折叠机构12处于闭合状态时抵持第二摆臂127的滑动端1271。同样的,也通过两个止位件限位第二摆臂127。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图25和图26,图25是图7所示第一止位件129的结构示意图,图26是图25所示第一止位件129的分解结构示意图。
第一止位件129包括支架1291和第二弹性件1292。支架1291为刚性结构,在外力作用下不易发生形变。第二弹性件1292为弹性结构,在外力作用下容易发生形变。支架1291包括控制部1291a和抵持部1291b,第二弹性件1292的一端安装于支架1291的控制部1291a,第二弹性件1292的另一端用于抵持第一安装槽1226的槽壁(如图19所示)。示例性的,控 制部1291a可以包括板体1291c和固定于板体1291c一侧的导向柱1291d,抵持部1291b固定于板体1291c的另一侧,导向柱1291d的数量可以为一个或多个。第二弹性件1292可以为弹簧,弹簧的数量与导向柱1291d的数量对应,弹簧可以套设在导向柱1291d上。第一壳体11与第二壳体13处于打开状态时,支架1291的抵持部1291b抵持第一摆臂126的滑动端1261。
在本实施例中,第一止位件129的第二弹性件1292能够在外力作用下发生形变,从而使得第一止位件129能够相对第一摆臂126的滑动端1261移动,提高了第一止位件129与第一摆臂126的滑动端1261的限位可靠性。
其中,第一止位件129还可以包括缓冲件1293,缓冲件1293安装于支架1291的抵持部1291b。其中,缓冲件1293可以采用刚度较小的材料(例如橡胶等),以在受到外力时,能够通过形变吸收冲击力,实现缓冲。由于缓冲件1293套设在支架1291的抵持部1291b上,因此第一止位件129通过具有缓冲作用的缓冲件1293抵持第一摆臂126的滑动端1261,有利于降低第一止位件129的支架1291和第一摆臂126的滑动端1261在长时间相对运动的过程中发生磨损的风险,提高了止位件129的限位可靠性,使得折叠机构12的可靠性更高。
其中,第二止位件1220的结构可以与第一止位件129的结构相同,以简化壳体装置1的物料种类,降低成本。本实施例不再对第二止位件1220的具体结构进行赘述。
可以理解的是,上述实施例通过举例方式示意出第一止位件129的一种实现结构,本申请实施例的第一止位件129也可以有其他结构,例如采用弹性橡胶块等,本申请对此不做严格限定。
一些实施例中,请参阅图27,图27是图7所示第一支撑板124和第二支撑板125的结构示意图。第一支撑板124包括第一板体1242、第一转动部1243及第二转动部1244,第一转动部1243和第二转动部1244彼此间隔地固定于第一板体1242。其中,第一转动部1243和第二转动部1244均可以设有转轴孔。第一转动部1243的数量与第二转动部1244的数量可以相同也可以不同。例如,第一转动部1243的数量可以为两个,两个第一转动部1243可以分别固定于第一板体1242的顶部和底部。第二转动部1244的数量可以为两个,两个第二转动部1244可以分别固定于第一板体1242的顶部和底部。
在其他一些实施例中,第一转动部1243的数量也可以为一个或三个以上,和/或,第二转动部1244的数量也可以为一个或三个以上。其中,第一支撑板124可以为一体成型的结构件,也可以是通过组装方式形成的一体式结构件。在本申请实施例中,A和/或B,可以包括方案A、方案B以及方案A和B三种方案。
示例性的,第一板体1242包括第一主体部分1242a和第一延伸部分1242b,第一延伸部分1242b固定于第一主体部分1242a的一侧且相对第一主体部分1242a凸出。第一主体部分1242a远离第一延伸部分1242b的一侧形成第一缺口1242c,第一转动部1243位于第一缺口1242c且固定于第一主体部分1242a。其中,第一缺口1242c的数量及位置与第一转动部1243相对应。第一主体部分1242a靠近第一延伸部分1242b的一侧形成第二缺口1242d,第二转动部1244位于第二缺口1242d且固定于第一主体部分1242a。其中,第二缺口1242d的数量及位置与第二转动部1244相对应。其中,第一主体部分1242a和第一延伸部分1242b均可以呈长条板状。
一些实施例中,第二支撑板125包括第二板体1252、第三转动部1253及第四转动部1254,第三转动部1253和第四转动部1254彼此间隔地固定于第二板体1252。第三转动部1253及第四转动部1254均可设置转轴孔。其中,第四转动部1254的数量与第三转动部1253的数量 可以相同也可以不同。例如,第三转动部1253的数量可以为两个,两个第三转动部1253可以分别固定于第二板体1252的顶部和底部;第四转动部1254的数量可以为两个,两个第四转动部1254可以分别固定于第二板体1252的顶部和底部。在其他一些实施例中,第三转动部1253的数量也可以为一个或三个以上,和/或,第四转动部1254的数量也可以为一个或三个以上。其中,第二支撑板125可以为一体成型的结构件,也可以是通过组装方式形成的一体式结构件。
示例性的,第二板体1252包括第二主体部分1252a和第二延伸部分1252b,第二延伸部分1252b固定于第二主体部分1252a的一侧且相对第二主体部分1252a凸出。第二主体部分1252a远离第二延伸部分1252b的一侧形成第三缺口1252c,第三转动部1253位于第三缺口1252c且固定于第二主体部分1252a。其中,第三缺口1252c的数量及位置与第三转动部1253相对应。第二主体部分1252a靠近第二延伸部分1252b的一侧形成第四缺口1252d,第四转动部1254位于第四缺口1252d且固定于第二主体部分1252a。其中,第四缺口1252d的数量及位置与第四转动部1254相对应。其中,第二主体部分1252a和第二延伸部分1252b均可以呈长条板状。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图28和图29,图28是图4所示折叠机构12的部分结构示意图,图29是图28所示结构沿D-D处剖开的结构示意图。
第一支撑板124转动连接第一固定架122且转动连接中壳121。其中,第一支撑板124的第一转动部1243转动连接第一固定架122,第二转动部1244转动连接中壳121。第一转轴1210a插接第一转动部1243和第一固定架122,第二转轴1210b插接第二转动部1244和中壳121。示例性的,第二转轴1210b插接中壳121的第一凸部1211a,第一凸部1211a嵌入第一支撑板124,第一凸部1211a可以至少部分位于第一支撑板124的第二缺口1242d。示例性的,第一转轴1210a插接第一固定架122的第一连接凸块1228,第一连接凸块1228嵌入第一支撑板124,第一连接凸块1228可以至少部分位于第一支撑板124的第一缺口1242c。
第二支撑板125转动连接第二固定架123且转动连接中壳121。其中,第二支撑板125的第三转动部1253转动连接第二固定架123,第四转动部1254转动连接中壳121。第三转轴1210c插接第三转动部1253和第二固定架123,第四转轴1210d插接第四转动部1254和中壳121。示例性,第四转轴1210d插接中壳121的第二凸部1211b,第二凸部1211b嵌入第二支撑板125。第二凸部1211b可以至少部分位于第二支撑板125的第四缺口1252d。示例性的,第三转轴1210c插接第二固定架123的第二连接凸块1238,第二连接凸块1238嵌入第二支撑板125,第二连接凸块1238可以至少部分位于第二支撑板125的第三缺口1252c。
在本实施例中,通过设计中壳121的第一凸部1211a和第二凸部1211b的转轴孔的位置、第一支撑板124的第二转动部1244的转轴孔的位置以及第二支撑板125的第四转动部1254的转轴孔的位置,使得中壳121与第一支撑板124之间可以通过第二转轴1210b转动连接,中壳121与第二支撑板125之间可以通过第四转轴1210d转动连接,也即中壳121与第一支撑板124及第二支撑板125之间可以通过实体轴转动连接,连接关系可靠,转动虚位小,转动动作精确、稳定。
此外,第一凸部1211a与第一支撑板124的嵌入关系、第一连接凸块1228与第一支撑板124的嵌入关系、第二凸部1211b与第二支撑板125的嵌入关系以及第二连接凸块1238与第二支撑板125的嵌入关系,使得第一支撑板124与第一固定架122及中壳121能够在平行于转动中心的方向上彼此限位,第二支撑板125与第二固定架123及中壳121能够在平行于转动中心的方向上彼此限位,提高了折叠机构12的转动连接结构的可靠性。
在其他一些实施例中,第一支撑板124与第一固定架122之间也可以通过虚拟轴转动连接,第一支撑板124与中壳121之间也可以通过虚拟轴转动连接,第二支撑板125与第二固定架123之间也可以通过虚拟轴转动连接,第二支撑板125与中壳121之间也可以通过虚拟轴转动连接,通过虚拟轴转动连接可以降低连接结构的设计难度,使得连接结构的整体厚度较小。
示例性的,第一支撑板124可以设有弧形臂,中壳121可以设有弧形槽,弧形臂安装于弧形槽中,通过两者的相对运动,使第一支撑板124与中壳121之间通过虚拟轴转动连接。第二支撑板125可以设有弧形臂,中壳121可以设有弧形槽,弧形臂安装于弧形槽中,通过两者的相对运动,使第二支撑板125与中壳121之间通过虚拟轴转动连接。其中,第一支撑板124与第一固定架122之间、第一支撑板124与中壳121之间、第二支撑板125与第二固定架123之间以及第二支撑板125与中壳121之间的四个转动连接结构中,可以全部采用实体轴连接、也可以全部采用虚拟轴连接、也可以混合采用实体轴连接和虚拟轴连接,本申请对此不作严格限定。
一些实施例中,如图28所示,折叠机构12处于打开状态时,也即第一壳体11与第二壳体13处于打开状态时,第二转动部1244和第四转动部1254位于第一转动部1243与第三转动部1253之间。第一支撑板124遮盖中壳121的部分内侧空间1213,第二支撑板125遮盖中壳121的部分内侧空间1213。其中,在第一壳体11与第二壳体13相对展开的过程中,也即在折叠机构12的展开过程中,第一支撑板124的第一延伸部分1242b与第二支撑板125的第二延伸部分1252b相互靠近。
在本实施例中,第一壳体11与第二壳体13处于打开状态时,第一支撑板124与第二支撑板125彼此靠近,第一支撑板124的支撑面1241与第二支撑板125的支撑面1251之间的距离较小,折叠机构12采用两板式结构即可在打开状态中对柔性显示屏2的折弯部22提供较为完整的平面支撑。
示例性的,第一壳体11与第二壳体13相对展开至打开状态时,第一延伸部分1242b与第二延伸部分1252b拼接,也即第一支撑板124与第二支撑板125拼接。此时,第一支撑板124的支撑面1241与第二支撑板125的支撑面1251可以拼接形成折弯区支撑面,壳体装置1的折叠机构12能够在打开状态中,通过折弯区支撑面充分支撑柔性显示屏2的折弯部22(参阅图3),使得柔性显示屏2不易在用户的按压下发生凹陷等问题,有利于提高柔性显示屏2的使用寿命和可靠性。
其中,第一延伸部分1242b与第二延伸部分1252b拼接的情况,可以包括彼此连接、两者之间无缝隙的情况,也可以包括彼此靠近、两者之间存在小缝隙的情况。当第一延伸部分1242b与第二延伸部分1252b之间存在小缝隙时,用户按压柔性显示屏2对应于该缝隙的区域,柔性显示屏2的对应区域也不会出现明显凹坑,折弯区支撑面能够为柔性显示屏2提供强力支撑。
一些实施例中,结合参阅图27和图28,第一支撑板124在第一延伸部分1242b的两侧形成避让缺口1242e,第二支撑板125在第二延伸部分1252b的两侧形成避让缺口1252e,避让缺口(1242e、1252e)用于避免第一支撑板124和第二支撑板125在壳体装置1运动的过程中,与中壳121的部分结构发生干涉,也即用于实现避让,从而提高折叠机构12和壳体装置1的运动可靠性。在本实施例中,第一壳体11与第二壳体13处于打开状态时,第一支撑板124的避让缺口1242e和第二支撑板125的避让缺口1252e合并,折弯区支撑面为异形面。
其中,可以通过优化折叠机构12的部件尺寸和形状,尽量减小避让缺口(1242e、1252e) 的面积,使得柔性显示屏2对应于避让缺口(1242e、1252e)的区域可能在用户的按压下稍微下陷,但是仍不会产生明显凹坑。此外,在一些实施例中,柔性显示屏2可以在朝向壳体装置1的一侧设置可弯曲且具有一定结构强度的支撑板或补强板,支撑板或补强板至少覆盖第一支撑板124的避让缺口1242e和第二支撑板125的避让缺口1252e,以提高柔性显示屏2的抗按压强度。
在本申请中,折叠机构12处于打开状态时,第一支撑板124与第二支撑板125拼接。第一支撑板124与第二支撑板125拼接的情况,可以包括但不限于以下场景:第一支撑板124的一部分与第二支撑板125的一部分相互连接,且连接部分之间无缝隙,第一支撑板124的另一部分与第二支撑板125的另一部分之间可以形成缺口或缝隙;或者,第一支撑板124与第二支撑板125整体相互连接、两者之间无缝隙;或者,第一支撑板124的一部分与第二支撑板125的一部分相互靠近,且相互靠近的部分之间存在小缝隙,第一支撑板124的另一部分与第二支撑板125的另一部分之间可以形成缺口或缝隙;或者,第一支撑板124与第二支撑板125整体相互靠近,且两者之间存在小缝隙。当第一支撑板124与第二支撑板125之间存在小缝隙、或者第一支撑板124的一部分与第二支撑板125的一部分之间存在小缝隙时,用户按压柔性显示屏2对应于该缝隙的区域,柔性显示屏2的对应区域也不会出现明显凹坑,折弯区支撑面能够为柔性显示屏2提供强力支撑。
其中,当第一支撑板124与第二支撑板125之间存在缺口或缝隙、或者第一支撑板124的一部分与第二支撑板125的一部分之间存在缺口或缝隙时,可以通过优化折叠机构12的部件尺寸和形状,尽量减小缺口或缝隙的面积,使得柔性显示屏2对应于缺口或缝隙的区域可能在用户的按压下稍微下陷,但是仍不会产生明显凹坑。此外,在一些实施例中,柔性显示屏2可以在朝向壳体装置1的一侧设置可弯曲且具有一定结构强度的支撑板或补强板,支撑板或补强板至少覆盖第一支撑板124与第二支撑板125之间的缺口或缝隙,以提高柔性显示屏2的抗按压强度。
一些实施例中,请参阅图30,图30是图29所示结构在另一使用状态中的结构示意图。其中,图30对应于闭合状态。
折叠机构12处于闭合状态时,也即第一壳体11与第二壳体13处于闭合状态时,第一转动部1243与第三转动部1253之间的间距小于第二转动部1244与第四转动部1254之间的间距。此时,第一支撑板124与第二支撑板125自动避让,形成容屏空间,容屏空间在靠近中壳121的方向上空间逐渐变大。
在本实施例中,由于第一转动部1243和第二转动部1244的位置限制了第一支撑板124的位置,第三转动部1253和第四转动部1254的位置限制了第二支撑板125的位置,第一转动部1243转动连接第一固定架122、第三转动部1253转动连接第二固定架123、第二转动部1244和第三转动部1253转动连接中壳121,因此壳体装置1通过设置中壳121的结构、第一固定架122和第二固定架123与中壳121的相对运动位置,能够控制第一支撑板124与第二支撑板125的相对位置,使得第一支撑板124与第二支撑板125能够在打开状态时展平,从而为柔性显示屏2提供平整的强力支撑;在闭合状态时自动避让,形成容屏空间,从而容置柔性显示屏2,使得壳体装置1对柔性显示屏2的折叠动作稳定、挤压力较小,有利于降低柔性显示屏2因折叠机构12的过度挤压而发生损坏的风险,使得柔性显示屏2的可靠性较高。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图30和图31,图31是图30所示结构沿E-E处剖开的结构示意图。
在折叠机构12的折叠过程中,也即第一壳体11与第二壳体13相对折叠的过程中,第一 延伸部分1242b与第二延伸部分1252b相互远离,第一主体部分1242a与第二主体部分1252a相互靠近。折叠机构12处于闭合状态时,也即第一壳体11与第二壳体13相对折叠至闭合状态时,第一支撑板124与第二支撑板125大致呈现V形。第一支撑板124的支撑面1241与第二支撑板125的支撑面1251相对设置、且在靠近中壳121的方向上彼此远离。
其中,第一支撑板124部分伸入中壳121的内侧空间1213,第二支撑板125部分伸入中壳121的内侧空间1213。例如,第一支撑板124的第一延伸部分1242b伸入中壳121的内侧空间1213,第一主体部分1242a可以部分伸入中壳121的内侧空间1213、或者不伸入。第二支撑板125的第二延伸部分1252b伸入中壳121的内侧空间1213,第二主体部分1252a可以部分伸入中壳121的内侧空间1213、或者不伸入。
在本实施例中,中壳121的内侧空间1213中位于第一支撑板124与第二支撑板125之间的部分空间被释放,形成容屏空间的一部分,柔性显示屏2可以部分伸入中壳121的内侧空间1213,提高了空间利用率,使得电子设备100的部件排布更为紧凑,有利于电子设备100的小型化。
一些实施例中,请再次参阅图29,第一固定架122的顶面1221面向第一支撑板124,第一固定架122的底面1222背向第一支撑板124。第二固定架123的顶面1231面向第二支撑板125,第二固定架123的底面1232背向第二支撑板125。折叠机构12处于打开状态时,第一固定架122的底面1222与第二固定架123的底面1232朝向一致,两者可以彼此平行或齐平设置。第一固定架122的顶面1221相对第一支撑板124倾斜,两者之间形成间隙,第二固定架123的顶面1231相对第二支撑板125倾斜,两者之间形成间隙。其中,中壳121的外盖板1211的侧端可以在折叠机构12处于打开状态时,抵持并支撑第一支撑板124和第二支撑板125,因此外盖板1211能够对第一支撑板124和第二支撑板125进行止位,以防止壳体装置1在展开时过折,从而降低柔性显示屏2的受力,提高柔性显示屏2和电子设备100的可靠性,外盖板1211还能够增加第一支撑板124和第二支撑板125的支撑强度,以为柔性显示屏2提供更可靠的支撑结构。
一些实施例中,请再次参阅图30,折叠机构12处于闭合状态时,第一固定架122的底面1222与第二固定架123的底面1232朝向相反,两者可以彼此平行。第一固定架122的顶面1221和第二固定架123的顶面1231朝向彼此,两者相对倾斜形成“V”形,使得第一固定架122与第二固定架123之间形成适当的空间,第一支撑板124和第二支撑板125能够容置于该空间、且第一支撑板124和第二支撑板125之间形成容屏空间。示例性的,折叠机构12处于闭合状态时,第一固定架122的顶面1221可以抵持并支撑第一支撑板124,第二固定架123的顶面1231可以抵持并支撑第二支撑板125。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图32至图33,图32是图1所示电子设备100沿F-F处剖面的结构示意图,图33是图32所示结构在另一使用状态中的结构示意图。其中,图32所示电子设备100处于打开状态,图33所示电子设备100处于闭合状态。
第一支撑板124转动连接第一固定架122且转动连接中壳121,第二支撑板125转动连接第二固定架123且转动连接中壳121。其中,第一支撑板124通过第一转轴1210a转动连接第一固定架122,通过第二转轴1210b转动连接中壳121;第二支撑板125通过第三转轴1210c转动连接第二固定架123,通过第四转轴1210d转动连接中壳121。
第一壳体11、第一支撑板124、第二支撑板125及第二壳体13共同承载柔性显示屏2。如图32所示,第一壳体11与第二壳体13相对展开至打开状态时,第一支撑板124的支撑面1241与第二支撑板125的支撑面1251齐平。柔性显示屏2处于展平形态。如图33所示,第 一壳体11与第二壳体13相对折叠至闭合状态时,第一支撑板124的支撑面1241与第二支撑板125的支撑面1251相对设置、且在靠近中壳121的方向上彼此远离。柔性显示屏2处于折叠形态,柔性显示屏2折弯的部分呈水滴状。
在本实施例中,电子设备100采用壳体装置1实现屏幕内折,电子设备100可弯折。结合参阅图20、图22、图32以及图33,第一摆臂126与中壳121转动连接、与第一固定架122滑动连接,形成了连杆滑块结构,第一支撑板124与中壳121转动连接、与第一固定架122转动连接,形成了连杆结构;第二摆臂127与中壳121转动连接、与第二固定架123滑动连接,形成了连杆滑块结构,第二支撑板125与中壳121转动连接、与第二固定架123转动连接,形成了连杆结构。折叠机构12通过连杆滑块结构和连杆结构实现壳体与中壳121之间的连接,其组成部分数量少,配合关系及配合位置简单,组成部件易制作和组装,有利于实现量产。并且,由于中壳121通过第一摆臂126和第一支撑板124联动第一固定架122、且通过第二摆臂127和第二支撑板125联动第二固定架123,因此折叠机构12的运动轨迹准确,折叠机构12具有较佳的机构抗拉能力和机构抗挤压能力。
其中,如图32和图33所示,由于第一支撑板124的两端分别转动连接第一固定架122和中壳121,第二支撑板125的两端分别转动连接第二固定架123和中壳121,因此第一支撑板124和第二支撑板125的运动轨迹受到折叠机构12的其他部件的制约,在第一壳体11与第二壳体13相对折叠的过程中,第一支撑板124和第二支撑板125的运动轨迹准确,因此能够在闭合状态中自动避让,形成容屏空间,且容屏空间控制精确,使得壳体装置1对柔性显示屏2的折叠动作稳定、挤压力较小,有利于降低柔性显示屏2因折叠机构12的过度挤压而发生损坏的风险,使得柔性显示屏2的可靠性较高。
其中,如图33所示,第一壳体11与第二壳体13通过折叠机构12相对折叠至闭合状态时,能够完全合拢,两者之间无缝隙或缝隙较小,使得壳体装置1的外观较为完整,实现外观自遮蔽,应用该壳体装置1的电子设备100的外观较为完整,有利于提高产品的可靠性和用户的使用体验,也有利于提高电子设备100的防水、防尘性能。
其中,如图32和图33所示,第一支撑板124与第一固定架122及中壳121之间的转动连接关系、第二支撑板125与第二固定架123及中壳121之间的转动连接关系,均采用实体轴转动连接,连接关系可靠,加工精度高,转动虚位小,使得转动动作精确、稳定。其中,折叠机构12可以通过对支撑板、中壳121及固定架的结构及尺寸设计,使得用于实现转动连接关系的实体轴(也即转轴和转接轴等)的位置合理,避免折叠机构12的厚度明显增加。
其中,如图32所示,第一壳体11与第二壳体13处于打开状态时,中壳121部分位于第一固定槽112、部分位于第二固定槽132,第一壳体11及第二壳体13遮盖外盖板1211。如图33所示,第一壳体11与第二壳体13处于闭合状态时,中壳121部分伸出第一固定槽112和第二固定槽132,外盖板1211相对第一壳体11及第二壳体13露出。在本实施例中,壳体装置1在打开状态与闭合状态切换的过程中,中壳121相对第一壳体11和第二壳体13逐渐露出或逐渐被隐藏,三者相配合能够实现壳体装置1和电子设备100的背侧自遮蔽,提高了外观完整性和防水、防尘性能。
一些实施例中,请参阅图34,图34是图1所示电子设备100沿G-G处剖面的结构示意图。其中,图34所示电子设备100处于打开状态。第一壳体11与第二壳体13处于打开状态时,第一支撑板124遮盖中壳121的部分内侧空间1213,第二支撑板125遮盖部分内侧空间1213。此时,第一支撑板124与第二支撑板125彼此靠近,第一支撑板124的支撑面1241与第二支撑板125的支撑面1251之间的距离较小,折叠机构12采用两板式结构即可在打开状 态中对柔性显示屏2的折弯部22提供较为完整的平面支撑。示例性的,壳体装置1处于打开状态时,第一支撑板124与第二支撑板125拼接,以更好地为柔性显示屏2提供强力支撑。
一些实施例中,请参阅图35,图35是图34所示结构在另一使用状态中的结构示意图。其中,图35所示电子设备100处于闭合状态。第一壳体11与第二壳体13处于闭合状态时,第一支撑板124部分伸入中壳121的内侧空间1213,第二支撑板125部分伸入内侧空间1213。此时,中壳121的内侧空间1213中位于第一支撑板124与第二支撑板125之间的部分空间被释放,形成容屏空间,柔性显示屏2可以部分伸入中壳121的内侧空间1213,提高了空间利用率,使得电子设备100的部件排布更为紧凑,有利于电子设备100的小型化。
请结合参阅图36至图38,图36是本申请实施例提供的电子设备100在另一些实施例中处于打开状态时的结构示意图,图37是图36所示电子设备100处于闭合状态时的结构示意图,图38是图36所示电子设备100的壳体装置1的部分分解结构示意图。本实施例电子设备100可以包括前述实施例电子设备100的大部分技术特征,以下主要阐述两者的区别,两者相同的大部分技术内容不再赘述。
一些实施例中,电子设备100包括壳体装置1和柔性显示屏2,柔性显示屏2安装于壳体装置1。柔性显示屏2用于显示图像,壳体装置1用于带动柔性显示屏2运动。壳体装置1包括依次连接第一壳体11、折叠机构12以及第二壳体13。折叠机构12能够发生形变,以使第一壳体11与第二壳体13相对折叠或相对展开。
其中,第一壳体11可以包括第一本体116及两个第一挡板117,两个第一挡板117分别固定于第一本体116的两侧。其中,第一本体116包括第一壳体11的支撑面111和第一固定槽112,两个第一挡板117可以形成第一固定槽112的槽侧壁。第二壳体13包括第二本体136及两个第二挡板137,两个第二挡板137分别固定于第二本体136的两侧。其中,第二本体136包括第二壳体13的支撑面131和第二固定槽132,两个第二挡板137可以形成第二固定槽132的槽侧壁。
结合参阅图36和图38,第一壳体11与第二壳体13处于打开状态时,第一挡板117靠近第一固定槽112的端部与第二挡板137靠近第二固定槽132的端部拼接,折叠机构12被第一壳体11与第二壳体13遮挡,电子设备100能够在打开状态实现外观自遮蔽,提高了防水、防尘性能。
结合参阅图37和图38,第一壳体11与第二壳体13处于闭合状态时,第一挡板117靠近第一壳体11的支撑面111的顶部与第二挡板137的靠近第二壳体13的支撑面131的顶部拼接,第一壳体11与第二壳体13完全合拢,折叠机构12的外盖板1211部分伸出。此时,电子设备100能够在闭合状态中实现外观自遮蔽,提高了防水、防尘性能。
在本实施例中,电子设备100通过第一壳体11与第二壳体13的结构设计,实现打开状态和闭合状态的外观自遮蔽,可以省略用于实现外观遮蔽的端盖部件,因此电子设备100的结构设计较为简单,成本较低。
其中,第一挡板117与第二挡板137拼接的情况,可以包括两者相互接触的情况,也可以包括两者之间形成小缝隙的情况,本申请对此不做严格限定。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图39和图40,图39是本申请实施例提供的电子设备200在一些实施例中处于打开状态时的结构示意图,图40是图39所示电子设备200处于闭合状态时的结构示意图。本实施例电子设备200可以包括前述实施例电子设备100的部分技术特征,以下主要阐述两者的区别,两者相同的大部分技术内容不再赘述。
电子设备200包括壳体装置3和柔性显示屏4,柔性显示屏4安装于壳体装置3。柔性显示屏4用于显示图像,壳体装置3用于带动柔性显示屏4运动。壳体装置3包括依次连接的第一壳体31、折叠机构32以及第二壳体33,折叠机构32用于使第一壳体31与第二壳体33能够相对折叠或相对展开。换言之,折叠机构32能够发生形变,以使第一壳体31与第二壳体33相对折叠或相对展开。
如图39所示,第一壳体31与第二壳体33可以相对展开至打开状态,使得折叠机构32、壳体装置3及电子设备200均处于打开状态。柔性显示屏4随壳体装置3展开,处于展平形态。示例性的,壳体装置3处于打开状态时,第一壳体31与第二壳体33之间的夹角可以大致呈180°。在其他一些实施例中,壳体装置3处于打开状态时,两者之间的角度也可以相对180°存在少许偏差,例如165°、177°或者185°等。
如图40所示,第一壳体31与第二壳体33可以相对折叠至闭合状态,使得折叠机构32、壳体装置3及电子设备200均处于闭合状态。柔性显示屏4随壳体装置3折叠,处于折叠形态,柔性显示屏4位于壳体装置3内侧,被壳体装置3包裹。
其中,第一壳体31与第二壳体33也可以相对展开或相对折叠至中间状态,使得折叠机构32、壳体装置3及电子设备200处于中间状态,中间状态可以为打开状态与闭合状态之间的任意状态。柔性显示屏4随壳体装置3运动。
在本实施例中,柔性显示屏4能够随壳体装置3展开和折叠。当电子设备200处于打开状态时,柔性显示屏4处于展平形态,柔性显示屏4能够全屏进行显示,使得电子设备200具有较大的显示面积,以提高用户的观看体验和操作体验。当电子设备200处于闭合状态时,电子设备200的平面尺寸较小(具有较小的宽度尺寸),便于用户携带和收纳。
示例性的,如图39所示,壳体装置3处于打开状态时,第一壳体31可以与第二壳体33拼接。第一壳体31与第二壳体33拼接包括了两者相互抵持的情况,也可以包括两者之间有小缝隙的情况。在本实施例中,通过第一壳体31与第二壳体33的拼接,能够实现对壳体装置3展开动作的止位,以防止壳体装置3在展开时过折,从而降低柔性显示屏4的受力,提高柔性显示屏4和电子设备200的可靠性。
此外,如图40所示,壳体装置3处于闭合状态时,第一壳体31与第二壳体33能够完全合拢,第一壳体31与第二壳体33之间没有较大缝隙,使得壳体装置3和电子设备200的外观体验较佳,且防水、防尘、防异物的性能较佳。第一壳体31与第二壳体33完全合拢的情况包括两者相互抵持的情况,也可以包括两者之间具有较小缝隙的情况。当第一壳体31与第二壳体33存在较小缝隙时,电子设备200外部的一些异物(例如钉子、曲别针、玻璃渣等)也不会通过该缝隙进入第一壳体31与第二壳体33之间,以避免异物损伤柔性显示屏4,从而提高了电子设备200的可靠性。
一些实施例中,电子设备200还可以包括多个模组(图中未示出),多个模组可以收纳于壳体装置3内部。电子设备200的多个模组可以包括但不限于主板、处理器、存储器、电池、摄像头模组、听筒模组、扬声器模组、麦克风模组、天线模组、传感器模组等,本申请实施例不对电子设备200的模组数量、类型、位置等进行具体限定。
可以理解的是,用户手持电子设备200时,电子设备200的听筒模组所在位置可以定义为电子设备200的上边,电子设备200的麦克风模组所在位置可以定义为电子设备200的下边,电子设备200的被用户的左右手握持的两侧可以定义为电子设备200的左右两边。在一些实施例中,电子设备200能够实现左右对折。在其他一些实施例中,电子设备200能够实现上下对折。
一些实施例中,如图39所示,柔性显示屏4包括依次排列的第一非折弯部41、折弯部42以及第二非折弯部43。第一非折弯部41固定连接第一壳体31,第二非折弯部43固定连接第二壳体33,在第一壳体31与第二壳体33相对折叠或相对展开的过程中,折弯部42发生形变。在第一壳体31与第二壳体33相对折叠或相对展开的过程中,第一壳体31带动第一非折弯部41活动,第二壳体33带动第二非折弯部43活动,第一非折弯部41与第二非折弯部43相对折叠或展开。
一些实施例中,柔性显示屏4可以为有机发光二极管显示屏,有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体显示屏,迷你有机发光二极管显示屏,微型发光二极管显示屏,微型有机发光二极管显示屏,或量子点发光二极管显示屏。
一些实施例中,请参阅图41,图41是图39所示电子设备200的部分分解结构示意图。第一壳体31包括用于承载柔性显示屏4的支撑面311,第二壳体33包括用于承载柔性显示屏4的支撑面331。示例性的,柔性显示屏4的第一非折弯部41可以固定连接第一壳体31的支撑面311。例如,第一非折弯部41可以通过胶层粘接于第一壳体31的支撑面311。第二非折弯部43固定连接第二壳体33的支撑面331。例如,第二非折弯部43可以通过胶层粘接于第二壳体33的支撑面331。
在本实施例中,由于第一非折弯部41固定连接第一壳体31、第二非折弯部43固定连接第二壳体33,因此第一壳体31与第二壳体33相对折叠或展开时,能够准确地控制第一非折弯部41与第二非折弯部43之间的相对折叠和展开的动作,使得柔性显示屏4的变形过程和运动形态可控,可靠性较高。
在其他一些实施例中,第一壳体31可以包括主体部分及滑动部分,主体部分与折叠机构32连接,滑动部分滑动连接主体部分,滑动部分可以相对主体部分发生少许滑动,第一壳体31的支撑面311形成于滑动部分。第二壳体33可以包括主体部分及滑动部分,主体部分与折叠机构32连接,滑动部分滑动连接主体部分,滑动部分可以相对主体部分发生少许滑动,第二壳体33的支撑面331形成于滑动部分。此时,柔性显示屏4的第一非折弯部41和第二非折弯部43可以通过第一壳体31和第二壳体33中滑动部分与主体部分发生的少许相对滑动,以在第一壳体31与第二壳体33的相对折叠或相对展开的过程中,实现位置微调,从而更好地在展平形态和折叠形态之间转换,降低柔性显示屏4发生损坏的几率,提高柔性显示屏4的可靠性。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图41至图43,图42是图41所示壳体装置3的部分分解结构示意图,图43是图42所示壳体装置3在另一角度的结构示意图。图43所示壳体装置3所处视角相对图42所示壳体装置3所处视角进行了左右翻转。折叠机构32包括中壳321、第一固定架322、第二固定架323、第一支撑板324以及第二支撑板325。
第一固定架322用于固定连接第一壳体31。示例性的,第一壳体31靠近折叠机构32的一侧设有第一固定槽312,第一固定架322安装于第一固定槽312,以固定连接第一壳体31。其中,第一固定架322可以通过紧固件、焊接、粘接、扣合连接等方式安装于第一固定槽312,实现第一固定架322固定于第一壳体31。
第二固定架323用于固定连接第二壳体33。第二壳体33靠近折叠机构32的一侧设有第二固定槽332,第二固定架323安装于第二固定槽332,以固定连接第二壳体33。其中,第二固定架323可以通过紧固件、焊接、粘接、扣合连接等方式安装于第二固定槽332,实现第二固定架323固定于第二壳体33。
中壳321连接在第一壳体31与第二壳体33之间。示例性的,中壳321连接在第一固定 架322与第二固定架323之间。第一支撑板324转动连接第一固定架322,第二支撑板325转动连接第二固定架323。
一些实施例中,如图41所示,第一支撑板324包括用于承载柔性显示屏4的支撑面3241,第二支撑板325包括用于承载柔性显示屏4的支撑面3251。柔性显示屏4的折弯部42包括靠近第一非折弯部41的第一部分、靠近第二非折弯部43的第二部分、以及位于第一部分与第二部分之间的第三部分。其中,第一部分可以固定连接第一支撑板324的支撑面3241的部分区域,例如可以通过粘接层粘接固定。第二部分可以固定连接第二支撑板325的支撑面3251的部分区域,例如可以通过粘接层粘接固定。第三部分对应于第一支撑板324的支撑面3241的另一部分区域和第二支撑板325的支撑面3251的另一部分区域,第三部分可以相对这两部分区域活动。
其中,位于第一非折弯部41与第一壳体31的支撑面311之间的胶层、位于折弯部42与第一支撑板324的支撑面3241之间的胶层、位于折弯部42与第二支撑板325的支撑面3251之间的胶层以及位于第二非折弯部43与第二壳体33的支撑面331之间的胶层,可以是连续的整面胶层,也可以是点断式胶层,也可以是具有镂空区域的胶层,本申请实施例对胶层的具体方案不做严格限定。
一些实施例中,如图41所示,第一壳体31与第二壳体33处于打开状态时,折叠机构32处于打开状态,第一支撑板324遮挡部分中壳321,第二支撑板32遮挡部分中壳321,第一支撑板324与第二支撑板325相互靠近,第一支撑板324的支撑面3241与第二支撑板325的支撑面3251之间的距离较小,折叠机构32采用两板式结构即可在打开状态中对柔性显示屏4的折弯部42提供较为完整的平面支撑。
示例性的,第一壳体31与第二壳体33相对展开至打开状态时,折叠机构32处于打开状态,第一支撑板324与第二支撑板325拼接。此时,第一支撑板324的支撑面3241与第二支撑板325的支撑面3251可以拼接形成折弯区支撑面,壳体装置3的折叠机构32能够在打开状态中,通过折弯区支撑面充分支撑柔性显示屏4的折弯部42,使得柔性显示屏4不易在用户的按压下发生凹陷等问题,有利于提高柔性显示屏4的使用寿命和可靠性。
其中,第一支撑板324与第二支撑板325拼接的情况,可以包括但不限于以下场景:第一支撑板324的一部分与第二支撑板325的一部分相互连接,且连接部分之间无缝隙,第一支撑板324的另一部分与第二支撑板325的另一部分之间可以形成缺口或缝隙;或者,第一支撑板324与第二支撑板325整体相互连接、两者之间无缝隙;或者,第一支撑板324的一部分与第二支撑板325的一部分相互靠近,且相互靠近的部分之间存在小缝隙,第一支撑板324的另一部分与第二支撑板325的另一部分之间可以形成缺口或缝隙;或者,第一支撑板324与第二支撑板325整体相互靠近,且两者之间存在小缝隙。当第一支撑板324与第二支撑板325之间存在小缝隙、或者第一支撑板324的一部分与第二支撑板325的一部分之间存在小缝隙时,用户按压柔性显示屏4对应于该缝隙的区域,柔性显示屏4的对应区域也不会出现明显凹坑,折弯区支撑面能够为柔性显示屏4提供强力支撑。
其中,当第一支撑板324与第二支撑板325之间存在缺口或缝隙、或者第一支撑板324的一部分与第二支撑板325的一部分之间存在缺口或缝隙时,可以通过优化折叠机构32的部件尺寸和形状,尽量减小缺口或缝隙的面积,使得柔性显示屏4对应于缺口或缝隙的区域可能在用户的按压下稍微下陷,但是仍不会产生明显凹坑。此外,在一些实施例中,柔性显示屏4可以在朝向壳体装置3的一侧设置可弯曲且具有一定结构强度的支撑板或补强板,支撑板或补强板至少覆盖第一支撑板324与第二支撑板325之间的缺口或缝隙,以提高柔性显示 屏4的抗按压强度。
其中,折叠机构32还可以包括可弯折钢片,可弯折钢片可以位于第一支撑板324和第二支撑板325上方,且覆盖第一支撑板324与第二支撑板325之间的缺口或缝隙,以为柔性显示屏4提供更平整和完整的支撑环境,提高用户的按压使用体验。
一些实施例中,如图41所示,折叠机构32处于打开状态时,第一支撑板324的支撑面3241与第二支撑板325的支撑面3251齐平。换言之,折叠机构32处于打开状态时,第一支撑板324的支撑面3241和第二支撑板325的支撑面3251用于使柔性显示屏4呈现展平形态。此时,第一支撑板324和第二支撑板325能够为柔性显示屏4提供平整的强力支撑,以提高用户的触控操作、画面观看等体验。
其中,当柔性显示屏4安装在第一支撑板324的支撑面3241与第二支撑板325的支撑面3251上,能够呈现平整的形态,即认为第一支撑板324的支撑面3241与第二支撑板325的支撑面3251齐平。例如,第一支撑板324的支撑面3241与第二支撑板325的支撑面3251齐平的情况可以包括但不限于以下几种场景:第一支撑板324的支撑面3241与第二支撑板325的支撑面3251本身齐平;或者,第一支撑板324的支撑面3241上设有粘接层或钢片,第二支撑板325的支撑面3251上设有粘接层或钢片,两个支撑面(3241、3251)设置粘接层或钢片后的高度齐平;或者;柔性显示屏4上设有补强板,两个支撑面(3241、3251)上堆叠补强板之后的高度齐平等。
其中,第一支撑板324的支撑面3241与第二支撑板325的支撑面3251齐平的情况包括:第一支撑板324的支撑面3241整体为平面,第二支撑板325的支撑面3251整体为平面,两者相互齐平;或者,第一支撑板324的支撑面3241包括用于支撑柔性显示屏4的平面区域,第二支撑板325的支撑面3251包括用于支撑柔性显示屏4的平面区域,两者的平面区域相互齐平。例如,第一支撑板324的支撑面3241的主要区域为用于实现支撑的平面区域,第一支撑板324的支撑面3241的周缘可以设置有用于实现转动避让的倾斜区域,本申请对此不作严格限定。第二支撑板325的支撑面3251的主要区域为用于实现支撑的平面区域,第二支撑板325的支撑面3251的周缘可以设置有用于实现转动避让的倾斜区域,本申请对此不作严格限定。
示例性的,壳体装置3处于打开状态时,第一支撑板324的支撑面3241与第一壳体31的支撑面311齐平,第二支撑板325的支撑面3251与第二壳体33的支撑面331齐平。此时,壳体装置3的用于为柔性显示屏4提供支撑的多个支撑面齐平,使得柔性显示屏4展平且具有平整的支撑环境,从而能够提高用户的触控操作、画面观看等体验。
示例性的,第一支撑板324的支撑面3241和第一壳体31的支撑面311均为平面,且两者共面,从而更好地支撑柔性显示屏4。此时,柔性显示屏4与第一支撑板324的支撑面3241之间的胶层可以和柔性显示屏4与第一壳体31的支撑面311之间的胶层相等厚度。
可以理解的是,当第一支撑板324的支撑面3241与第一壳体31的支撑面311彼此平行,但两者之间有少许错位时,可以通过柔性显示屏4与第一支撑板324的支撑面3241之间的胶层和柔性显示屏4与第一壳体31的支撑面311之间的胶层的厚度的少许差异,使柔性显示屏4固定于第一支撑板324的支撑面124和第一壳体31的支撑面311后,柔性显示屏4的相应区域为仍为平面区域,这种情况也认为第一支撑板324的支撑面3241与第一壳体31的支撑面311齐平。
在其他一些实施例中,柔性显示屏4的折弯部42与第一支撑板324的支撑面3241之间也可以无固定连接关系,也即两者之间无连接胶层,两者可以直接接触。此时,第一支撑板 324的支撑面3241与第一壳体31的支撑面311彼此平行,且第一支撑板324的支撑面3241相对第一壳体31的支撑面311少许凸出,第一支撑板324的支撑面3241和第一壳体31的支撑面311设置有胶层之后的高度齐平,以使柔性显示屏4仍可以获得平面支撑,这种情况也认为第一支撑板324的支撑面3241与第一壳体31的支撑面311齐平。
在其他一些实施例中,第一壳体31的支撑面311可以包括靠近第一支撑板324的平面部分和远离第一支撑板324的弧面部分,第一支撑板324的支撑面3241为平面,第一支撑板324的支撑面3241与第一壳体31的支撑面311的平面部分共面、或者平行且有少许错位,这种情况也认为第一支撑板324的支撑面3241与第一壳体31的支撑面311齐平。在本实施例中,壳体装置3可以支撑柔性显示屏4呈现3D显示效果。
其中,第二支撑板325的支撑面3251、第二壳体33的支撑面331、以及这两者与柔性显示屏4之间的连接关系等的相关设计,可以与上述第一支撑板324的支撑面3241、第一壳体31的支撑面311、以及这两者与柔性显示屏4之间的连接关系等的技术方案相同,本申请对此不再赘述。
一些实施例中,请参阅图44,图44是图40所示电子设备200的A处结构的放大示意图。折叠机构32至闭合状态时,第一支撑板324的支撑面3241与第二支撑板325的支撑面3251相对设置、且在靠近中壳321的方向上彼此远离。第一支撑板324的支撑面3241与第二支撑板325的支撑面3251相对设置,也即第一支撑板324的支撑面3241与第二支撑板325的支撑面3251呈现面对面的位置关系,第一支撑板324的支撑面3241相对第二支撑板325的支撑面3251倾斜设置。也即,第一支撑板324的支撑面3241与第二支撑板325的支撑面3251之间形成夹角。第一支撑板324与第二支撑板325大致呈现V形。
在本实施例中,第一支撑板324和第二支撑板325自动避让,形成容屏空间,容屏空间用于容置柔性显示屏4,壳体装置3对柔性显示屏4的折叠动作稳定、挤压力较小,有利于降低柔性显示屏4因折叠机构32的过度挤压而发生损坏的风险,使得柔性显示屏4的可靠性较高。
示例性的,第一壳体31与第二壳体33相对折叠至闭合状态时,第一支撑板324的支撑面3241相对第一壳体31的支撑面311倾斜,第二支撑板325的支撑面3251相对第二壳体33的支撑面331倾斜,第一壳体31的支撑面311与第二壳体33的支撑面331平行。此时,柔性显示屏4的第一非折弯部41与第二非折弯部43能够相互靠近至合拢状态,折弯部42弯折成水滴状。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图45和图46,图45是图41所示折叠机构32的部分分解结构示意图,图46是图45所示折叠机构32在另一角度的结构示意图。图46所示折叠机构32所处视角相对图45所示折叠机构32所处视角进行了左右翻转。折叠机构32包括中壳321、第一固定架322、第二固定架323、第一支撑板324、第二支撑板325、第一摆臂326、第二摆臂327、同步组件328、第一止位件329、第二止位件3250、第一转接块3210、第二转接块3220、第一转接轴3230以及第二转接轴3240。
其中,第一固定架322、第二固定架323、第一摆臂326、第二摆臂327、同步组件328、第一止位件329、第二止位件3250、两个转接块3210、第一转接轴3230以及第二转接轴3240可以共同形成第一转动组件。示例性的,第一转动组件可以作为折叠机构32的底部转动组件,折叠机构32还可以包括第二转动组件,第二转动组件可以作为折叠机构32的顶部转动组件。第一转动组件和第二转动组件均连接中壳321、第一支撑板324以及第二支撑板325。
其中,第二转动组件与第一转动组件可以是相同或相似结构、对称或部分对称结构、或 者不同结构。一些实施例中,第二转动组件与第一转动组件为中心对称结构,第二转动组件的部件结构的基础设计、部件之间的连接关系设计、及部件与组件之外的其他结构的连接关系设计,均可参阅第一转动组件的相关方案,同时允许第二转动组件与第一转动组件在部件的细节结构或位置排布上有些许不同。
示例性的,第二转动组件可以包括第一固定架322’、第二固定架323’、第一摆臂326’、第二摆臂327’、同步组件328’、第一止位件329’、第二止位件3250’、第一转接块3210’、第二转接块3220’、第一转接轴3230’以及第二转接轴3240’,第二转动组件的各部件的结构、部件之间的相互连接关系、各部件与中壳321、第一支撑板324以及第二支撑板325之间的连接关系,可以对应地参考第一转动组件的相关描述,本申请实施例不再赘述。
其中,第一转动组件的第一固定架322与第二转动组件的第一固定架322’可以为彼此独立的结构件,也可以为一体式结构件的两个部分;第一转动组件的第二固定架323和第二转动组件的第二固定架323’可以为彼此独立的结构件,也可以为一体式结构件的两个部分。在其他一些实施例中,折叠机构32也可以包括第一转动组件和其他转动组件,其他转动组件的结构可以与第一转动组件的结构相同或不同,本申请对此不做严格限定。
一些实施例中,第一固定架322可以转动连接中壳321,第二固定架323可以转动连接中壳321。在本实施例中,由于第一固定架322固定连接第一壳体31、第二固定架323固定连接第二壳体33(参阅图41),因此第一固定架322相对中壳321转动、第二固定架323相对中壳323转动时,第一壳体31相对第二壳体33转动,也即第一壳体31与第二壳体33相对折叠或相对展开。
在本实施例中,壳体装置3的折叠机构32的主运动机构为第一固定架322及第二固定架323与中壳321之间的单级转动连接,零件数量少,零件配合关系简单,机构自由度为1,尺寸链短,累积误差小,因此折叠机构32的主运动机构的控制精度高,从而提高了壳体装置3的转动精度,有利于提高应用该壳体装置3的电子设备200的用户使用体验。
一些实施例中,同步组件328可以设置于中壳321。第一摆臂326的一端可以连接第一固定架322,第一摆臂326的另一端可以连接中壳321且连接同步组件328,第二摆臂327的一端可以连接第二固定架323,第二摆臂327的另一端可以连接中壳321且连接同步组件328。同步组件328用于使第一摆臂326和第二摆臂327在壳体装置3的运动过程中保持同步转动,以提升壳体装置3和电子设备200的机构操作体验。第一止位件329可以安装于第一固定架322,第二止位件3250可以安装于第二固定架323。在壳体装置3处于打开状态时,第一止位件329用于对第一摆臂326进行限位,第二止位件3250用于对第二摆臂327进行限位,使得壳体装置3在没有受到较大外力时,保持打开状态,以提高用户的使用体验。此外,在一些实施例中,第一止位件329与第一摆臂326之间的配合、及第二止位件3250与第二摆臂327之间的配合,还能够在电子设备200展开以进入打开状态的过程中、折叠以解除打开状态的过程中,提供阻力,使得用户能够体验到较佳的机构操作感。
在其他一些实施例中,折叠机构32的止位件的数量也可以为一个,可以安装于第一固定架322、用于限位第一摆臂326,或者,也可以安装于第二固定架323、用于限位第二摆臂327。在其他一些实施例中,转动组件也可以不包括止位件。在其他一些实施例中,同步组件328与第一摆臂326及第二摆臂327之间也可以为非直接连接关系,同步组件328的两端分别连接第一固定架322和第二固定架323,用于使第一固定架322和第二固定架323在壳体装置3的运动过程中保持同步转动。本申请实施例不对转动组件的部件构成以及某个部件的具体构成进行严格限定。
一些实施例中,第一转接块3210可以通过第一转接轴3230连接第一摆臂326,第一转接块3210随第一摆臂326相对第一固定架322活动。第二转接块3220可以通过第二转接轴3240连接第二摆臂327,第二转接块3220随第二摆臂327相对第二固定架323活动。第一支撑板324可以连接第一固定架322,还可以连接第一转接块3210,第一固定架322与第一转接块3210共同限制第一支撑板324的位置。第二支撑板325可以连接第二固定架323,还可以连接第二转接块3220,第二固定架323和第二转接块3220共同限制第二支撑板325的位置。
一些实施例中,请参阅图47,图47是图45所示第一固定架322和第二固定架323的结构示意图。第一固定架322包括第一固定本体322a、第一弧形臂322b以及连接于第一固定本体322a与第一弧形臂322b之间的第一连接臂322c。第一固定本体322a包括顶面3221、底面3222、第一侧面3223及第二侧面3224,顶面3221与底面3222相背设置,第一侧面3223与第二侧面3224相背设置,第一侧面3223和第二侧面3224位于顶面3221与底面3222之间。顶面3221相对底面3222倾斜设置,顶面3221与底面3222之间形成夹角,顶面3221与底面3222在靠近第二侧面3224的方向上相互靠近。第一弧形臂322b位于第二侧面3224远离第一侧面3223的一侧。示例性的,第一连接臂322c连接第二侧面3224与第一弧形臂322b。
第二固定架323包括第二固定本体323a、第二弧形臂323b以及连接于第二固定本体323a与第二弧形臂323b之间的第二连接臂322c。第二固定本体323a包括顶面3231、底面3232、第一侧面3233及第二侧面3234,顶面3231与底面3232相背设置,第一侧面3233与第二侧面3234相背设置,第一侧面3233和第二侧面3234位于顶面3231与底面3232之间。顶面3231相对底面3232倾斜设置,顶面3231与底面3232之间形成夹角,顶面3231与底面3232在靠近第二侧面3234的方向上相互靠近。第二弧形臂323b位于第二侧面3234远离第一侧面3233的一侧。示例性的,第二连接臂322c连接第二侧面3234与第二弧形臂323b。
一些实施例中,如图47所示,第一固定本体322a可以包括第一连接凸块3228,第一连接凸块3228相对顶面3221凸出,第一连接凸块3228设有转轴孔。第一固定本体322a可以设有第一下沉槽3229,第一下沉槽3229可以将第一连接凸块3228分隔为两部分。
第二固定本体323a可以包括第二连接凸块3238,第二连接凸块3238相对顶面3231凸出,第二连接凸块3238设有转轴孔。第二固定本体323a可以设有第二下沉槽3239,第二下沉槽3239可以将第二连接凸块3238分隔为两部分。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图47和图48,图48是图47所示第一固定架322和第二固定架323的部分结构示意图。在第一固定架322中,第一固定本体322a设有第一滑槽3225。示例性的,第一滑槽3225可以相对底面3222倾斜设置,也即,第一滑槽3225的延伸方向与底面3222之间形成夹角。第一滑槽3225也可以相对顶面3221倾斜设置,也即,第一滑槽3225的延伸方向与顶面3221之间形成夹角。在靠近第二侧面3224的方向上,第一滑槽3225的延伸方向与底面3222彼此靠近。其中,第一滑槽3225可以在第二侧面3224形成开口,还可以在第一侧面3223上形成开口。示例性的,第一固定本体322a还可以设有第一避让缺口3227,第一避让缺口3227连通第一滑槽3225。第一避让缺口3227可以在顶面3221形成开口。
在第二固定架323中,第二固定本体323a设有第二滑槽3235。示例性的,第二滑槽3235可以相对底面3232倾斜设置,也即,第二滑槽3235的延伸方向与底面3232之间形成夹角。第二滑槽3235也可以相对顶面3231倾斜设置,也即,第二滑槽3235的延伸方向与顶面3231之间形成夹角。在靠近第二侧面3234的方向上,第二滑槽3235的延伸方向与底面3232彼此 靠近。其中,第二滑槽3235可以第二侧面3234形成开口,还可以在第一侧面3233上形成开口。示例性的,第二固定本体323a还可以设有第二避让缺口3237,第二避让缺口3237连通第二滑槽3235。第二避让缺口3237可以贯穿顶面3231,也即第二避让缺口3237在顶面3231形成开口。
请结合参阅图49和图50,图49是图47所示第一固定架322和第二固定架323在另一角度的结构示意图,图50是图47所示第一固定架322的部分结构示意图。其中,图48所示视角相对图47所示视角进行了左右翻转。
一些实施例中,第一固定架322的第一固定本体322a还设有第一安装槽3226,第一安装槽3226在底面3222形成开口。第一安装槽3226连通第一滑槽3225。此时,安装于第一安装槽3226的结构件可以部分伸入第一滑槽3225。
第二固定架323的第二固定本体323a还设有第二安装槽3236,第二安装槽3236在底面3232形成开口。第二安装槽3236连通第二滑槽3235。此时,安装于第二安装槽3236的结构件可以部分伸入第二滑槽3235。
一些实施例中,如图49所示,第一固定架322的第一固定本体322a还可以包括第一定位柱32210和第一紧固孔32211,第一定位柱32210相对底面3222凸起,第一紧固孔32211的开口位于底面3222。其中,第一定位柱32210的数量可以为一个或多个,第一紧固孔32211的数量可以为一个或多个。第二固定架323的第二固定本体323a还可以包括第二定位柱32310和第二紧固孔32311,第二定位柱32310相对底面3232凸起,第二紧固孔32311的开口位于底面3232。其中,第二定位柱32310的数量可以为一个或多个,第二紧固孔32311的数量可以为一个或多个。
如图43所示,第一壳体31设有定位孔313和紧固孔314,第一固定架322与第一壳体31连接时,第一定位柱32210可以伸入第一壳体31的定位孔313,第一紧固孔32211可以与第一壳体31的紧固孔314正对设置,以通过紧固件(图中未示出)锁紧。第二壳体33设有定位孔333和紧固孔334,第二固定架323与第二壳体33连接时,第二定位柱32310可以伸入第二壳体33的定位孔333,第二紧固孔32311可以与第二壳体33的紧固孔334正对设置,以通过紧固件(图中未示出)锁紧。
一些实施例中,如图42所示,第一壳体31设有凸块315,凸块315位于第一固定槽312。第二壳体33设有凸块335,凸块335位于第二固定槽332。请结合参阅图51和图52,图51是图41所示第一壳体31与第一固定架322连接的结构示意图,图52是图51所示结构沿B-B处剖开的部分结构的截面示意图。第一固定架322固定连接第一壳体31时,第一固定架322安装于第一固定槽312,第一固定架322的第一固定本体322a固定连接第一固定槽312的槽壁,第一弧形臂322b悬空地位于第一固定槽312中。其中,第一固定本体322a的第一侧面3223面向第一固定槽312的侧壁,底面3222面向第一固定槽312的底壁。如图52所示,凸块315卡入第一固定架322的第一安装槽3226。此时,第一固定架322与第一壳体31之间既可以通过第一定位柱32210与第一壳体31的定位孔313的配合实现彼此定位(可参阅图43),还能够通过第一壳体31的凸块315与第一安装槽3226的配合实现彼此定位,因此第一固定架322与第一壳体31的连接结构的稳定性高。此外,第一壳体31的凸块315也可以与第一安装槽3226的槽壁共同围设出一容积合适的容置空间,以容置其他部件,且能够通过控制凸块315的高度和第一安装槽3226的深度,对容置空间的位置进行灵活调整,以更好地满足多个部件之间的组装需求。
同样的,第二固定架323固定连接第二壳体33时,第二固定架323安装于第二固定槽 332,第二固定架323的第二固定本体323a固定连接第二固定槽332的槽壁,第二弧形臂323b悬空地位于第二固定槽332中。第二固定本体323a的第一侧面3233面向第二固定槽332的侧壁,底面3232面向第二固定槽332的底壁,凸块315可以卡入第二固定架323的第二安装槽3236。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图53和图54,图53是图45所示中壳321的分解结构示意图,图54是图53所示中壳321在另一视角的结构示意图。图54所处视角相对图53所处视角进行左右翻转。中壳321包括外盖板3211和固定件3212。示例性的,外盖板3211弯曲形成中壳321的内侧空间3213,内侧空间3213位于外盖板3211的内侧。外盖板3211包括安装部3211a,安装部3211a靠近内侧空间3213设置。其中,安装部3211a可以形成多个凹槽结构和凸块结构,这些结构使得安装部3211a形成多个配合面,例如可以形成下凹的弧面3111-1、下凹的弧面3211-2、以及整体下凹的曲面3211-3。其中,曲面3211-3可以包括多个下凹的小曲面。
固定件3212可以收容于内侧空间3213,固定连接安装部3211a。示例性的,可以通过多个紧固件(图中未示出)将固定件3212固定于安装部3211a。在其他一些实施例中,固定件3212与安装部3211a之间也可以通过粘接、焊接等方式实现彼此固定。其中,固定件3212可以形成多个凹槽结构和多个凸块结构,这些结构使得固定件3212形成多个配合面,例如可以形成上凸的弧面3212-1、上凸的弧面3212-2以及整体上凸的曲面3212-3。其中,曲面3212-3可以包括多个下凹的小曲面。固定件3212的配合面与安装部3211a的配合面相互配合,能够共同构成中壳321的多个连接结构,用于与折叠机构32的其他部件连接。
其中,外盖板3211还可以包括另一个安装部3211a’,安装部3211a’靠近内侧空间3213设置,安装部3211a’与安装部3211a彼此间隔设置。其中,外盖板3211可以为一体成型的结构件,也通过组装方式形成一体式结构。中壳321还可以包括另一个固定件3212’,固定件3212’可以收容于内侧空间3213,固定连接外盖板3211的安装部3211a’。固定件3212’与安装部3211a’之间形成多个连接结构,这部分连接结构可以与固定件3212与安装部3211a之间形成的连接结构相同或相似、对称或部分对称、或者不同。例如,固定件3212’与安装部3211a’之间的连接结构和固定件3212与安装部3211a之间的连接结构呈现中心对称关系,安装部3211a’与安装部3211a可以为中心对称结构,固定件3212’与固定件3212可以为中心对称结构。
一些实施例中,如图54所示,中壳321的外盖板3211包括背向内侧空间3213设置的外观面3214,外观面3214为外盖板3211的外侧表面。示例性的,外盖板3211的外观面3214可以包括第一弧面部分3214a、平面部分3214b以及第二弧面部分3214c,第一弧面部分3214a和第二弧面部分3214c分别连接于平面部分3214b的两侧。在其他一些实施例中,外观面3214也可以为弧面或其他光滑曲面。
再次结合参阅图41和图42,第一壳体31与第二壳体33相对展开至打开状态时,中壳321的一部分位于第一固定槽312,中壳321的另一部分位于第二固定槽332,第一壳体31及第二壳体33遮盖中壳321的外观面3214。在本实施例中,第一壳体31和第二壳体33能够在处于打开状态时,从壳体装置3的背侧(也即背向柔性显示屏4的一侧)遮挡中壳321,此时,第一壳体31与第二壳体33同样能够从壳体装置3的背侧遮挡折叠机构32的其他部件,使得壳体装置3实现背侧自遮蔽,从而对折叠机构32进行保护,并且壳体装置3及电子设备200的外观完整,外观体验较佳,防水、防尘性能较好。
请再次参阅图44,第一壳体31与第二壳体33相对折叠至闭合状态时,中壳321部分伸 出第一固定槽312和第二固定槽332,中壳321的外观面3214相对第一壳体31及第二壳体33露出。在本实施例中,第一壳体31、第二壳体33以及外盖板3211共同形成壳体装置3和电子设备200的外观件,因此壳体装置3和电子设备200能够在闭合状态中实现背侧自遮蔽,有利于提高外观完整性,且防水、防尘性能较好。
其中,由于外盖板3211的外观面3214形成类似弧面或弧面的形状,有助于提高电子设备200处于闭合状态时的外观体验和握持体验。此外,外观面3214的中部为平面部分3214b,使得外盖板3211的厚度(在垂直于平面部分3214b的方向上的尺寸)较小,壳体装置3处于打开状态时的整体厚度较小、处于闭合状态时的整体宽度较小,有利于电子设备200的小型化和轻薄化。
一些实施例中,壳体装置3还可以包括顶侧端盖(图中未示出)和底侧端盖(图中未示出),顶侧端盖位于折叠机构32的顶侧,底侧端盖位于折叠机构32的底侧。壳体装置3处于打开状态时,顶侧端盖从壳体装置3的顶侧遮挡中壳321,底侧端盖从壳体装置3的底侧遮挡中壳321;壳体装置3处于闭合状态时,中壳321未伸出第一固定槽312和第二固定槽332的部分,被顶侧端盖从壳体装置3的顶侧进行遮挡,被底侧端盖从壳体装置3的底侧进行遮挡。示例性的,壳体装置3处于打开状态或闭合状态时,折叠机构32的其他部件可以由顶侧端盖从壳体装置3的顶侧进行遮挡、由底侧端盖从壳体装置3的底侧进行遮挡,也可以由第一壳体31和第二壳体33从壳体装置3的顶侧和底侧进行遮挡。故而,壳体装置3能够在打开状态和闭合状态中,对折叠机构32进行全方位遮蔽,使得壳体装置3能够更好地实现自遮蔽。
其中,顶侧端盖和底侧端盖可以为中壳321的一部分,也可以为与中壳321相互独立的部件、并连接折叠机构32,也可以为与中壳321相互独立的部件、并连接第一壳体31和第二壳体33。本申请不对顶侧端盖及底侧端盖的具体结构及安装方式进行严格限定。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图55至图58,图55是图45所示中壳321的部分结构示意图,图56是图55所示中壳321沿C-C处剖开的截面示意图,图57是图55所示中壳321沿D-D处剖开的截面示意图,图58是图55所示中壳321沿E-E处剖开的截面示意图。
如图55所示,固定件3212固定连接外盖板3211,固定件3212与外盖板3211共同围设出多个空间,这些空间为内侧空间3213的一部分。示例性的,如图55和图56所示,中壳321设有第一弧形槽3213a,第一弧形槽3213a的一端连通至中壳321的外侧空间。第一弧形槽3213a的圆心远离外盖板3211并靠近固定件3212。外盖板3211的弧面3211-1与固定件3212的弧面3212-1共同围设形成第一弧形槽3213a。
如图55和图57所示,中壳321还设有第二弧形槽3213b,第二弧形槽3213b的一端连通至中壳321的外侧空间。第一弧形槽3213b的圆心远离外盖板3211并靠近固定件3212。外盖板3211的弧面3211-2与固定件3212的弧面3212-2共同围设形成第二弧形槽3213b。
如图55和图58所示,中壳321还设有活动空间3213c,活动空间3213c的两端均连通至外壳321的外侧空间。外盖板3211的曲面3211-3与固定件3212的曲面3212-3共同围设形成活动空间3213c。其中,活动空间3213c的端部设有多个转轴槽3213d,多个转轴槽3213d彼此间隔设置。
一些实施例中,请参阅图59,图59是图42所示折叠机构32的部分结构示意图。其中,图59中示意出折叠机构32的第一固定架322及第二固定架323与中壳321的配合结构。第一固定架322连接中壳321,第一固定架322的第一弧形臂322b可以安装于中壳321,第一固定架322的第一固定本体322a可以位于中壳321的外侧空间。第二固定架323连接中壳 321,第二固定架323的第二弧形臂323b可以安装于中壳321,第二固定架323的第二固定本体323a可以位于中壳321的外侧空间。
示例性的,请结合参与图60和图61,图60是图59所示结构沿F1-F1处剖开的结构示意图,图61是图60所示结构在另一使用状态中的结构示意图。第一固定架322的第一弧形臂322b可以安装于中壳321的第一弧形槽3213a,以转动连接中壳321。其中,图60所示结构处于打开状态,第一弧形臂322b转入第一弧形槽3213a;图61所示结构处于闭合状态,第一弧形臂322b部分转出第一弧形槽3213a。
在本实施例中,第一弧形臂322b与第一弧形槽3213a的配合形成虚拟轴转动连接结构。第一固定架322与中壳321之间通过虚拟轴实现转动连接,能够降低折叠机构32的设计难度,对折叠机构32的尺寸要求较低,有利于折叠机构32和壳体装置3的轻薄化。在其他一些实施例中,第一固定架322与中壳321之间也可以通过实体轴实现转动连接,本申请实施例对此不做严格限定。
示例性的,请结合参与图62和图63,图62是图59所示结构沿F2-F2处剖开的结构示意图,图63是图62所示结构在另一使用状态中的结构示意图。第二固定架323的第二弧形臂323b可以安装于中壳321的第二弧形槽3213b,以转动连接中壳321。其中,图62所示结构处于打开状态,第二弧形臂323b转入第二弧形槽3213b;图63所示结构处于闭合状态,第二弧形臂323b部分转出第二弧形槽3213b。
在本实施例中,第二弧形臂323b与第二弧形槽3213b的配合形成虚拟轴转动连接结构。第二固定架323与中壳321之间通过虚拟轴实现转动连接,能够降低折叠机构32的设计难度,对折叠机构32的尺寸要求较低,有利于折叠机构32和壳体装置3的轻薄化。在其他一些实施例中,第二固定架323与中壳321之间也可以通过实体轴实现转动连接,本申请实施例对此不做严格限定。
请结合参阅图64至图67,图64是图39所示电子设备200沿G1-G1处剖面的截面结构示意图,图65是图39所示电子设备200沿H1-H1处剖开的截面结构示意图,图66是图40所示电子设备200沿G2-G2处剖面的截面结构示意图,图67是图40所示电子设备200沿H2-H2处剖开的截面结构示意图。其中,图64和图65所示电子设备200处于打开状态,图66和图67所示电子设备200处于闭合状态。G1-G1处与G2-G2处为相同位置,H1-H1处与H2-H2处为相同位置。
第一固定架322固定连接第一壳体31且转动连接中壳321,第二固定架323固定连接第二壳体33且转动连接中壳321。其中,第一固定架322的第一固定本体322a固定连接第一壳体31,第一固定架322的第一弧形臂322b安装于中壳321的第一弧形槽3213a,第一固定架322与中壳321之间通过虚拟轴实现转动连接。第二固定架323的第二固定本体323a固定连接第二壳体33,第二固定架323的第二弧形臂323b安装于中壳321的第二弧形槽3213b,第二固定架323与中壳321之间通过虚拟轴实现转动连接。
在本实施例中,壳体装置3的折叠机构32的主运动机构为第一固定架322及第二固定架323与中壳321之间的单级转动连接,零件数量少,零件配合关系简单,机构自由度为1,尺寸链短,累积误差小,因此折叠机构32的主运动机构的控制精度高。由于第一壳体31固定连接第一固定架322,第二壳体33固定连接第二固定架323,此折叠机构32的主运动机构的控制精度高,因此第一壳体31和第二壳体32相对中壳321转动时的转动精度较高,有利于提高应用该壳体装置3的电子设备200的用户使用体验。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图68和图69,图68是图45所示第一摆臂326、第二摆臂 327及同步组件328的配合结构示意图,图69是图68所示结构的分解示意图。第一摆臂326包括转动端3261和活动端3262。其中,第一摆臂326还可以包括连接转动端3261和活动端3262的连接段3263。第一摆臂326可以为一体成型的结构件,以具有较高的结构强度。
第一摆臂326的转动端3261包括齿轮部3261a和转轴部3261b,齿轮部3261a的齿轮位于其周侧,转轴部3261b可以包括两个部分,分别固定于齿轮部3261a的两端。第一摆臂326的活动端3262可以呈爪状。第一摆臂326的活动端3262包括第一转轴3262a和彼此间隔设置的多个第一爪齿3262b,第一转轴3262a包括两个部分,第一转轴3262a的两个部分分别位于多个第一爪齿3262b的两侧,并连接不同的第一爪齿3262b。其中,第一爪齿3262b具有远离第一摆臂326的转动端3261的连接端部,第一转轴3262a可以连接于第一爪齿3262b的连接端部。
示例性的,第一摆臂326的活动端3262可以具有第一转动孔3262c,第一转动孔3262c贯穿第一转轴3262a和多个第一爪齿3262b。其中,第一转动孔3262c的转动中心可以与第一转轴3262a的转动中心重合。第一转动孔3262c的转动中心为第一转动孔3262c的孔壁的中心线,第一转轴3262a的转动中心为第一转轴3262a的外侧面的中心线。
一些实施例中,如图68和图69所示,第二摆臂327包括转动端3271和活动端3272。其中,第二摆臂327还可以包括连接转动端3271和活动端3272的连接段3273。第二摆臂327可以为一体成型的结构件,以具有较高的结构强度。
第二摆臂327的转动端3271包括齿轮部3271a和转轴部3271b,齿轮部3271a的齿轮位于其周侧,转轴部3271b可以包括两个部分,分别固定于齿轮部3271a的两端。第二摆臂327的活动端3272可以呈爪状。第二摆臂327的活动端3272包括第二转轴3272a和彼此间隔设置的多个第二爪齿3272b,第二转轴3272a包括两个部分,第二转轴3272a的两个部分分别位于多个第二爪齿3272b的两侧,并连接不同的第二爪齿3272b。也即,第二转轴3272a的两个部分分别连接多个第二爪齿3272b中位于两侧的两个第二爪齿3272b。例如,第二摆臂327的活动端3272包括三个第二爪齿3272b,则第二转轴3272a的两个部分分别连接第一个第二爪齿3272b和第三个第二爪齿3272b。其中,第二转轴3272a可以连接于第二爪齿3272b远离第二摆臂327的转动端3271的端部。
示例性的,第二摆臂327的活动端3272可以具有第二转动孔3272c,第二转动孔3272c贯穿第二转轴3272a和多个第二爪齿3272b。其中,第二转动孔3272c的转动中心可以与第二转轴3272a的转动中心重合。第二转动孔3272c的转动中心为第二转动孔3272c的孔壁的中心线,第二转轴3272a的转动中心为第二转轴3272a的外侧面的中心线。
一些实施例中,如图68和图69所示,同步组件328可以包括多个同步齿轮3281,多个同步齿轮3281中相邻的两个同步齿轮3281相互啮合,第一摆臂326的转动端3261通过多个同步齿轮3281啮合第二摆臂327的转动端3271。示例性的,多个同步齿轮3281可以排成一串,相邻的两个同步齿轮3281彼此啮合,位于端部的两个同步齿轮3281分别啮合第一摆臂326的转动端3261和第二摆臂327的转动端3271。其中,同步齿轮3281可以包括齿轮部3281a和转轴部3281b,齿轮部3281a的齿轮位于其周侧,转轴部3281b可以包括两个部分,分别固定于齿轮部3281a的两端。其中,同步齿轮3281可以为一体成型的结构件,以具有较高的结构强度。
可以理解的,同步组件328的同步齿轮3281的数量、尺寸等可以依据产品具体形态、尺寸等机型设计,本申请对此不做严格限定。其中,同步齿轮3281数量越多、同步齿轮3281的尺寸越小,能够释放更多的空间,同步齿轮3281的数量越少,同步齿轮3281的尺寸越大, 同步齿轮3281的传动累积误差更小,有利于提高运动准确性。
一些实施例中,请参阅图70,图70是图42所示折叠机构32的另一部分结构示意图。其中,图70中示意出折叠机构32的中壳321、第一固定架322、第二固定架323、第一摆臂326、第二摆臂327以及同步组件328的配合结构。第一摆臂326的一端连接第一固定架322、另一端连接中壳321,第二摆臂327的一端连接第二固定架323、另一端连接中壳321。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图71至图73,图71是图70所示结构的部分结构示意图,图72是图70所示结构沿I-I处剖开的结构示意图,图73是图72所示结构在另一种使用状态中的结构示意图。其中,图71中省略了中壳321的部分结构。图72所示结构处于打开状态,图73所示结构处于闭合状态。
第一摆臂326的转动端3261、同步组件328以及第二摆臂327的转动端3271安装于中壳321,例如可安装于中壳321的活动空间3213c。其中,第一摆臂326的转动端3261的转轴部3261b可以安装于活动空间3213c的其中一个转轴槽3213d,以使第一摆臂326的转动端3261转动连接中壳321。第二摆臂327的转动端3271的转轴部3271b可以安装于活动空间3213c的另一个转轴槽3213d,以使第二摆臂327的转动端3271转动连接中壳。同步组件328的两个同步齿轮3281的转轴部3281b可以分别安装于活动空间3213c的另外两个转轴槽3213d,以使同步组件328的各同步齿轮3281均转动连接中壳321。
其中,在中壳321的轴向方向上,中壳321的活动空间3213c的壁面对第一摆臂326的转动端3261、同步齿轮3281及第二摆臂327的转动端3271进行限位,使得第一摆臂326的转动端3261、同步组件328以及第二摆臂327的转动端3271与中壳321之间的配合关系更为稳定,折叠机构32的可靠性更高。
其中,第一摆臂326的第一转轴3262a安装于第一固定架322的第一滑槽3225,且能够在第一滑槽3225中滑动和转动,以使第一摆臂326的活动端3262滑动连接且转动连接第一固定架322。第二摆臂327的第二转轴3272a安装于第二固定架323的第二滑槽3235,且第二转轴3272a能够在第二滑槽3235中滑动和转动,以使第二摆臂327的活动端3272滑动连接且转动连接第二固定架323。
如图72和图73所示,在打开状态与闭合状态的切换过程中,第一摆臂326相对中壳321转动,第一摆臂326相对第一固定架322滑动且相对第一固定架322转动;第二摆臂327相对中壳321转动,第二摆臂327相对第二固定架323滑动、且相对第二固定架323转动。
在本实施例中,第一摆臂326的转动端3261与第二摆臂327的转动端3271通过多个同步齿轮3281连接,使得第一摆臂326的转动端3261的转动角度与第二摆臂327的转动端3271的转动角度,大小相同且方向相反,使得第一摆臂326与第二摆臂327相对中壳321的转动动作保持同步,也即同步地靠近彼此或远离彼此。
此外,由于第一摆臂326的活动端3262滑动连接且转动连接第一固定架322,第二摆臂327的活动端3272滑动连接且转动连接第二固定架323,因此在第一固定架322和第二固定架323相对中壳321转动的过程中,第一摆臂326会影响第一固定架322的转动角度,第二摆臂327会影响第二固定架323的转动角度,使得第一固定架322和第二固定架323相对中壳321的转动动作保持同步,也即同步地靠近彼此或远离彼此。
一些实施例中,如图72和图73所示,第一摆臂326的转动端3261、多个同步齿轮3281及第二摆臂327的转动端3271排布成弧形。也即,第一摆臂326的转动端3261的转动中心、多个同步齿轮3281的转动中心、及第二摆臂327的转动端3271的转动中心呈弧形排布。此时,第一摆臂326的转动端3261、多个同步齿轮3281以及第二摆臂327的转动端3271,能 够充分利用中壳321的内侧空间3213,使得中壳321的内侧空间3213能够更多地释放出来以形成容屏空间,用于在电子设备200闭合时,收容部分柔性显示屏4,从而有利于提高电子设备200的部件排布的紧凑性,减小电子设备200的体积。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图74和图75,图74是图43所示折叠机构32的一部分结构示意图,图75是图74所示结构沿J-J处剖开的截面示意图。其中,图74示意出折叠机构32的中壳321、第一固定架322、第二固定架323、第二摆臂327、第一止位件329以及第二止位件3250,图75示意出折叠机构32的部分中壳321、部分第一固定架322、部分第二固定架323、部分第一摆臂326、部分第二摆臂327、第一止位件329以及第二止位件3250。
第一止位件329安装于第一固定架322的第一安装槽3226,第二止位件3250安装于第二固定架323的第二安装槽3236。第一固定架322的第一安装槽3226连通第一滑槽3225,第一止位件329部分伸入第一滑槽3225。第二固定架323的第二安装槽3236连通第二滑槽3235,第二止位件3250部分伸入第二滑槽3235。折叠机构32处于打开状态时,也即第一壳体31与第二壳体33处于打开状态时,第一止位件329抵持第一摆臂326的活动端3262,第二止位件3250抵持第二摆臂327的活动端3272。例如,第一止位件329抵持第一摆臂326的第一转轴3262a,第二止位件3250抵持第二摆臂327的第二转轴3272a。
其中,壳体装置3处于打开状态时,第一止位件329抵持第一转轴3262a的靠近中壳321的一侧,以阻挡第一摆臂326向靠近中壳321的方向移动,第二止位件3250抵持第二转轴3272a的靠近中壳321的一侧,以阻挡第二摆臂327向靠近中壳321的方向移动。此时,第一摆臂326和第二摆臂327的位置稳定,使得壳体装置3能够保持打开状态。简言之,通过第一止位件329对第一摆臂326的限位和第二止位件3250对第二摆臂327的限位,使得壳体装置3在没有受到较大外力时,保持打开状态,以提高用户的使用体验。
此外,在用户展开电子设备200、使电子设备200进入打开状态的过程中,第一摆臂326需要从第一止位件329的靠近中壳321的一侧移动至远离中壳321的一侧,第一摆臂326经过第一止位件329时,需要克服第一止位件329的限位阻力,第二摆臂327需要从第二止位件3250的靠近中壳321的一侧移动至远离中壳321的一侧,第二摆臂327经过第二止位件3250时,需要克服第二止位件3250的限位阻力。同样的,在用户折叠电子设备200、解除打开状态的过程中,第一摆臂326需要从第一止位件329的远离中壳321的一侧移动至靠近中壳321的一侧,第一摆臂326经过第一止位件329时,需要克服第一止位件329的限位阻力,第二摆臂327需要从第二止位件3250的远离中壳321的一侧移动至靠近中壳321的一侧,第二摆臂327经过第二止位件3250时,需要克服第二止位件3250的限位阻力。故而,第一止位件329和第二止位件3250能够在电子设备200展开以进入打开状态的过程中、折叠以解除打开状态的过程中,提供限位阻力,使得用户能够体验到较佳的机构操作感。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图76和图77,图76是图45所示第一止位件329的结构示意图,图77是图76所示第一止位件329的分解结构示意图。第一止位件329包括支架3291和弹性件3292。支架3291为刚性结构,在外力作用下不易发生形变。弹性件3292为弹性结构,在外力作用下容易发生形变。支架3291包括控制部3291a和抵持部3291b,弹性件3292的一端安装于支架3291的控制部3291a,弹性件3292的另一端用于抵持第一安装槽3226的槽壁(如图74所示)。示例性的,控制部3291a可以包括板体3291c和固定于板体3291c一侧的导向柱3291d,抵持部3291b固定于板体3291c的另一侧,导向柱3291d的数量可以为一个或多个。弹性件3292可以为弹簧,弹簧的数量与导向柱3291d的数量对应,弹簧可以套设在导向柱3291d上。第一壳体31与第二壳体33处于打开状态时,支架3291的抵持部3291b 抵持第一摆臂326的活动端3262。
在本实施例中,止位件329的弹性件3292能够在外力作用下发生形变,从而使得止位件329能够相对第一摆臂326的活动端3262移动,提高了止位件329与第一摆臂326的活动端3262的限位可靠性。
其中,止位件329还可以包括缓冲件3293,缓冲件3293安装于支架3291的抵持部3291b。其中,缓冲件3293可以采用刚度较小的材料(例如橡胶等),以在受到外力时,能够通过形变吸收冲击力,实现缓冲。由于缓冲件3293套设在支架3291的抵持部3291b上,因此止位件329通过具有缓冲作用的缓冲件3293抵持第一摆臂326的活动端3262,有利于降低止位件329的支架3291和第一摆臂326的活动端3262在长时间相对运动的过程中发生磨损的风险,提高了止位件329的限位可靠性,使得折叠机构32的可靠性更高。
其中,第二止位件3250的结构可以与第一止位件329的结构相同,以简化壳体装置3的物料种类,降低成本。本实施例不再对第二止位件3250的具体结构进行赘述。
可以理解的是,上述实施例通过举例方式示意出止位件的一种实现结构,本申请实施例的止位件也可以有其他结构,例如采用弹性橡胶块等,本申请对此不做严格限定。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图78和图79,图78是图45所示第一支撑板324和第二支撑板325的结构示意图,图79是图78所示第一支撑板324和第二支撑板325在另一角度的结构示意图。其中,图79所处视角相对于图78所处视角进行了左右翻转。
第一支撑板324可以包括第一板体3242、以及固定于第一板体3242的第一转动部3243和第一滑轨3244。第一支撑板324可以为一体成型结构,以获得较高的结构强度。第一支撑板324的支撑面3241形成于第一板体3242,第一板体3242包括固定面3246,固定面3246背向第一支撑板324的支撑面3241设置。第一滑轨3244固定于固定面3246。换言之,第一板体3242可以包括相背设置的顶面和底面,第一板体3242的顶面形成第一支撑板324的支撑面3241,第一滑轨3244固定于第一板体3242的底面。其中,第一板体3242的一侧可以设有第一缺口3242a,第一转动部3243位于第一缺口3242a。第一板体3242的另一侧还可以设有第一避让缺口3242b,第一避让缺口3242b背向第一缺口3242a设置。第一避让缺口3242b用于在第一支撑板324的转动过程中,避让折叠机构32的其他部件。
第二支撑板325包括第二板体3252、以及固定于第二板体3252的第二转动部3253和第二滑轨3254。第二支撑板325可以为一体成型结构,以获得较高的结构强度。第二支撑板325的支撑面3251形成于第二板体3252,第二板体3252包括固定面3256,固定面3256背向第二支撑板325的支撑面3251设置。第二滑轨3254固定于固定面3256。换言之,第二板体3252可以包括相背设置的顶面和底面,第二板体3252的顶面形成第二支撑板325的支撑面3251,第二滑轨3254固定于第二板体3252的底面。其中,第二板体3252的一侧可以设有第二缺口3252a,第二转动部3253位于第二缺口3252a。第二板体3252的另一侧还可以设有第二避让缺口3252b,第二避让缺口3252b背向第二缺口3252a设置。其中,第二避让缺口3252b与第一避让缺口3242b相向设置。第二避让缺口3252b用于在第二支撑板325的转动过程中,避让折叠机构32的其他部件。
可以理解的是,第一支撑板324的第一板体3242可以为镜面对称结构。第一支撑板324还可以包括另一个第一转动部3243’和另一个第一滑轨3244’,第一转动部3243’与第一转动部3243可以为镜面对称结构,第一滑轨3244’与第一滑轨3244可以为镜面对称结构。本申请实施例对第一支撑板324的具体结构不做严格限定。
第二支撑板325的第二板体3252可以为镜面对称结构。第二支撑板325还可以包括另一 个第二转动部3253’和另一个第二滑轨3254’,第二转动部3253’与第二转动部3253可以为镜面对称结构,第二滑轨3254’与第二滑轨3254可以为镜面对称结构。本申请实施例对第二支撑板325的具体结构不做严格限定。
一些实施例中,请参阅图80,图80是图42所示折叠机构32的K处结构的放大示意图。第一支撑板324转动连接第一固定架322。其中,第一支撑板324的第一转动部3243可以通过转轴3245转动连接第一固定架322的第一连接凸块3228。示例性的,第一连接凸块3228至少部分位于第一支撑板324的第一缺口3242a,以嵌入第一支撑板324。第二支撑板325转动连接第二固定架323。其中,第二支撑板325的第二转动部3253可以通过转轴3255转动连接第二固定架323的第二连接凸块3238。示例性的,第二连接凸块3238至少部分位于第二支撑板325的第二缺口3252a,以嵌入第二支撑板325。
在本实施例中,第一支撑板324与第一固定架322之间通过实体轴转动连接,第二支撑板325与第二固定架323通过实体轴转动连接,连接关系可靠,转动虚位小,转动动作精确、稳定。
此外,第一连接凸块3228与第一支撑板324的嵌入关系以及第二连接凸块3238与第二支撑板325的嵌入关系,使得第一支撑板324与第一固定架322能够在平行于转动中心的方向上彼此限位,第二支撑板325与第二固定架323能够在平行于转动中心的方向上彼此限位,提高了折叠机构32的转动连接结构的可靠性。
在其他一些实施例中,第一支撑板324与第一固定架322之间也可以通过虚拟轴转动连接,第二支撑板325与第二固定架323之间也可以通过虚拟轴转动连接,通过虚拟轴转动连接可以降低连接结构的设计难度,使得连接结构的整体厚度较小。
在其他一些实施例中,第一支撑板324与第一固定架322之间以及第二支撑板325与第二固定架323之间的转动连接结构中,可以全部采用实体轴连接、也可以全部采用虚拟轴连接、也可以混合采用实体轴连接和虚拟轴连接,本申请对此不做严格限定。
一些实施例中,如图80所示,第一固定架322的顶面3221面向第一支撑板324,第二侧面3224面向中壳321。第二固定架323的顶面3231面向第二支撑板325,第二侧面3234面向中壳321。
一些实施例中,请参阅图81,图81是图45所示第一转接块3210和第二转接块3220的结构示意图。第一转接块3210包括转动部3210a和滑动部3210b。示例性的,第一转接块3210的转动部3210a呈爪状,第一转接块3210的转动部3210a可以包括彼此间隔设置的多个第三爪齿3210c。第一转接块3210的转动部3210a设有第三转动孔3210d,第三转动孔3210d贯穿多个第三爪齿3210c。
第二转接块3220包括转动部3220a和滑动部3220b。示例性的,第二转接块3220的转动部3220a呈爪状,第二转接块3220的转动部3220a可以包括彼此间隔设置的多个第四爪齿3220c。第二转接块3220的转动部3220a设有第四转动孔3220d,第四转动孔3220d贯穿多个第四爪齿3220c。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图82和图83,图82是图43所示折叠机构32的部分结构示意图,图83是图82所示结构的部分结构示意图。其中,图82示意出折叠机构32的部分第一支撑板324、部分第二支撑板325、第一摆臂326、第二摆臂327、同步组件328、第一转接块3210、第二转接块3220、第一转接轴3230以及第二转接轴3240,图83示意出折叠机构32的部分第二支撑板325、第二摆臂327、部分同步组件328、第二转接块3220以及第二转接轴3240。
如图82所示,第一转接块3210的转动部3210a转动连接第一摆臂326的活动端3262,第一转接块3210的滑动部3210b滑动连接第一支撑板324。此时,第一支撑板324滑动连接且转动连接第一摆臂326的活动端3262。
示例性的,第一转接块3210的转动部3210a嵌入第一摆臂326的多个第一爪齿3262b之间。第一转接轴3230插接第一摆臂326的第一转轴3262a、多个第一爪齿3262b以及第一转接块3210的转动部3210a。其中,第一转接轴3230可以插设于第一摆臂326的第一转动孔3262c,还可以插设于第一转接块3210的第三转动孔3210d(参见图81)。其中,第一转接块3210的转动部3210a的多个第三爪齿3210c与第一摆臂326的多个第一爪齿3262b可以交错连接。其中,第一转接块3210的滑动部3210b可以滑动连接第一支撑板324的第一滑轨3244。
如图82和图83所示,第二转接块3220的转动部3220a转动连接第二摆臂327的活动端3272,第二转接块3220的滑动部3220b滑动连接第二支撑板325。此时,第二支撑板325滑动连接且转动连接第二摆臂327的活动端3272。
示例性的,第二转接块3220的转动部3220a嵌入第二摆臂327的多个第二爪齿3272b之间。第二转接轴3240插接第二摆臂327的第二转轴3272a、多个第二爪齿3272b以及第二转接块3220的转动部3220a。其中,第二转接轴3240可以插设于第二摆臂327的第二转动孔3272c,还可以插设于第二转接块3220的第四转动孔3220d。其中,第二转接块3220的转动部3220a的多个第四爪齿3220c与第二摆臂327的多个第二爪齿3272b可以交错连接。其中,第二转接块3220的滑动部3220b可以滑动连接第二支撑板325的第二滑轨3254。
在其他一些实施例中,第一转接块3210的转动部3210a和第二转接块3220的转动部3220a也可以呈现为一个设有转动孔的凸块。本申请实施例不对第一转接块3210和第二转接块3220的具体形状做严格限定。在其他一些实施例中,第一支撑板324与第一摆臂326的活动端3262之间的连接关系、以及第一支撑板324与第一摆臂326的活动端3262之间的连接关系,也可以通过其他结构实现,本申请对此不做严格限定。
请结合参阅图84至图89,图84是图39所示电子设备200沿L1-L1处剖面的截面结构示意图,图85是图84所示结构的部分结构在另一角度的结构示意图,图86是图40所示电子设备200沿L2-L2处剖开的截面结构示意图,图87是图86所示结构的部分结构在另一角度的结构示意图,图88是图39所示电子设备200沿M1-M1处剖面的截面结构示意图,图89是图40所示电子设备200沿M2-M2处剖开的截面结构示意图。其中,图84和图85所示电子设备200处于打开状态,图86和图87所示电子设备200处于闭合状态。L1-L1处与L2-L2处为相同位置,M1-M1处与M2-M2处为相同位置。
如图84至图87所示,第一固定架322固定连接第一壳体31。第一摆臂326的转动端3261转动连接中壳321,第一摆臂326的活动端3262滑动连接且转动连接第一固定架322。例如,第一摆臂326的转动端3261可以安装于中壳321的活动空间3213c,第一摆臂326的活动端3262可以安装于第一固定架322的第一滑槽3225。第一摆臂326的活动端3262滑动连接且转动连接第一支撑板324。例如,第一摆臂326的活动端3262转动连接第一转接块3210,第一转接块3210滑动连接第一支撑板324。
第二固定架323固定连接第二壳体33。第二摆臂327的转动端3271转动连接中壳321,第二摆臂327的活动端3272滑动连接且转动连接第二固定架323。例如,第二摆臂327的转动端3271可以安装于中壳321的活动空间3213c,第二摆臂327的活动端3272可以安装于第二固定架323的第二滑槽3235。第二摆臂327的活动端3272滑动连接且转动连接第二支撑板325。例如,第二摆臂327的活动端3272转动连接第二转接块3220,第二转接块3220 滑动连接第二支撑板325。
如图86和图87所示,第一壳体31与第二壳体33处于闭合状态时,在靠近中壳321的方向上,第二滑槽3235的延伸方向与第一滑槽3225的延伸方向彼此远离。也即,在靠近中壳321的方向上,第二滑槽3235的延伸方向与第一滑槽3225的延伸方向呈现张开趋势。
如图88、图89以及图80所示,第一支撑板324转动连接第一固定架322,第二支撑板325转动连接第二固定架323。第一壳体31、第一支撑板324、第二支撑板325及第二壳体33共同承载柔性显示屏4。如图88所示,第一壳体31与第二壳体33相对展开至打开状态时,第一支撑板324的支撑面3241与第二支撑板325的支撑面3251齐平,柔性显示屏4处于展平形态。如图89所示,第一壳体31与第二壳体33相对折叠至闭合状态时,第一支撑板324的支撑面3241与第二支撑板325的支撑面3251相对设置、且在靠近中壳321的方向上彼此远离。柔性显示屏4处于折叠形态,柔性显示屏4折弯的部分呈水滴状。
其中,如图88和图89所示,由于第一支撑板324远离中壳321的一端(简称转动端)转动连接第一固定架322,第二支撑板325远离中壳321的一端(简称转动端)转动连接第二固定架323,因此在第一壳体31与第二壳体33由打开状态转换为闭合状态的过程中,第一支撑板324的转动端相对第一壳体31的位置不变,第二支撑板325的转动端相对第二壳体33的位置不变。如图84和图86所示,由于第一支撑板324滑动连接第一转接块3210,第一转接块3210转动连接第一摆臂326的活动端3262,第一摆臂326的活动端3262经第一滑槽3225滑动连接且转动连接第一固定架322,第二支撑板325滑动连接第二转接块3220,第二转接块3220转动连接第二摆臂327的活动端3272,第二摆臂327的活动端3272经第二滑槽3235滑动连接且转动连接第二固定架323,在第一壳体31与第二壳体33处于闭合状态时,在靠近中壳321的方向上,第二滑槽3235的延伸方向与第一滑槽3225的延伸方向彼此远离,因此在第一壳体31与第二壳体33由打开状态转换为闭合状态的过程中,第一摆臂326的活动端3262和第二摆臂327的活动端3272均靠近中壳321、且彼此远离,第一摆臂326的活动端3262带动第一转接块3210靠近第一支撑板324靠近中壳321的一端(简称活动端),且通过第一转接块3210带动第一支撑板324的活动端远离第二支撑板325,第二摆臂327的活动端3272带动第二转接块3220滑动靠近第二支撑板325靠近中壳321的一端(简称活动端),且通过第二转接块3220带栋第二支撑板325的活动端远离第一支撑板324。故而,第一壳体31与第二壳体33相对折叠至闭合状态时,第一支撑板324的转动端与第二支撑板325的转动端之间的距离,小于第一支撑板324的活动端与第二支撑板325的活动端之间的距离,第一支撑板324与第二支撑板325呈V形,第一支撑板324的支撑面3241与第二支撑板325的支撑面3251相对设置、且在靠近中壳321的方向上彼此远离。
在本实施例中,电子设备200采用壳体装置3实现屏幕内折,电子设备200可弯折。由于第一支撑板324转动连接第一固定架322,第一固定架322转动连接中壳321,第一支撑板324滑动连接且转动连接第一摆臂326的活动端3262,第一摆臂326的活动端3262滑动连接且转动连接第一固定架322,第一摆臂326的转动端3261转动连接中壳321,因此第一支撑板324相对中壳321的运动轨迹被第一固定架322和第一摆臂326共同限定,第一支撑板324的运动轨迹准确。由于第二支撑板325转动连接第二固定架323,第二固定架323转动连接中壳321,第二支撑板325滑动连接且转动连接第二摆臂327的活动端3272,第二摆臂327的活动端3272滑动连接且转动连接第二固定架323,第二摆臂327的转动端3271转动连接中壳321,因此第二支撑板325相对中壳321的运动轨迹被第二固定架323和第二摆臂327共同限定,第二支撑板325的运动轨迹准确。故而,第一支撑板324和第二支撑板325的运 动轨迹受到折叠机构32的其他部件的制约,在第一壳体31与第二壳体33相对转动的过程中,第一支撑板324和第二支撑板325的运动轨迹准确,因此能够在打开状态时展平,从而为柔性显示屏4提供平整的强力支撑,在闭合状态中自动避让,形成容屏空间,且容屏空间控制精确,使得壳体装置3对柔性显示屏4的折叠动作稳定、挤压力较小,有利于降低柔性显示屏4因折叠机构32的过度挤压而发生损坏的风险,使得柔性显示屏4的可靠性较高。
如图84和图86所示,多个同步齿轮3281安装于中壳321的活动空间3213c,每个同步齿轮3281均转动连接中壳321,相邻的两个同步齿轮3281相互啮合。第一摆臂326的转动端3261通过多个同步齿轮3281啮合第二摆臂327的转动端3271。在本实施例中,多个同步齿轮3281的设置使得第一摆臂326和第二摆臂327的动动作保持同步,也即同步地靠近彼此或远离彼此,第一摆臂326联动固定连接第一壳体31的第一固定架322,第二摆臂327联动固定连接第二壳体33的第二固定架323,因此第一壳体31和第二壳体33相对中壳321的转动动作同步性好,提高了壳体装置3和电子设备200的机构操作体验。
如图84和图86所示,第一摆臂326的转动端3261、多个同步齿轮3281以及第二摆臂327的转动端3271排布成弧形。由于第一摆臂326的转动端3261、多个同步齿轮3281以及第二同步摆臂的转动端3261呈弧形排布,充分利用了中壳321的内侧空间3213的底部空间,从而将中壳321的内侧空间3213的顶部空间释放出来、形成容屏空间,柔性显示屏4能够在闭合状态时,部分收容于中壳321的内侧空间3213,有利于提高电子设备200的部件排布的紧凑性,减小电子设备200的体积。
如图84和图86所示,第一固定架322的第一滑槽3225相对第一固定架322的底面3222倾斜设置,第一滑槽3225与第一固定架322的底面3222在靠近中壳321的方向上彼此靠近。第二固定架323的第二滑槽3235相对第二固定架323的底面3232倾斜设置,第二滑槽3235与第二固定架323的底面3232在靠近中壳321的方向上彼此靠近。其中,第一滑槽3225和第二滑槽3235的倾斜设计有利于降低折叠机构32的厚度,优化机构结构。在其他一些实施例中,第一滑槽3225也可以平行于第一固定架322的底面3222,第二滑槽3235也可以平行于第二固定架323的底面3232,本申请对此不做严格限定。
如图87所示,第一固定架322的顶面3221面向第一支撑板324,第一固定架322的顶面3221与第一固定架322的底面3222在靠近中壳321的方向上相互靠近。第二固定架323的顶面3231面向第二支撑板325,第二固定架323的顶面3231与第二固定架323的底面3232在靠近中壳321的方向上相互靠近。第一壳体31与第二壳体33处于打开状态时,第一固定架322的顶面3221与第一支撑板324之间形成间隙,第二固定架323的顶面3231与第二支撑板325之间形成间隙。示例性的,如图88所示,第一壳体31与第二壳体33处于闭合状态时,第一固定架322的顶面3221可以支撑第一支撑板324,第二固定架323的顶面3231可以支撑第二支撑板325。
如图88所示,第一壳体31与第二壳体33处于打开状态时,中壳321部分位于第一固定槽312、部分位于第二固定槽332,第一壳体31及第二壳体33遮盖外盖板3211的外观面3214。如图80所示,第一壳体31与第二壳体33处于闭合状态时,中壳321部分伸出第一固定槽312和第二固定槽332,外盖板3211的外观面3214相对第一壳体31及第二壳体33露出。在本实施例中,壳体装置3在打开状态与闭合状态切换的过程中,中壳321相对第一壳体31和第二壳体33逐渐露出或逐渐被隐藏,三者相配合能够实现壳体装置3和电子设备200的背侧自遮蔽,提高了外观完整性和防水、防尘性能。
如图89所示,第一壳体31与第二壳体33通过折叠机构32相对折叠至闭合状态时,能 够完全合拢,两者之间无缝隙或缝隙较小,使得壳体装置3的外观较为完整,应用该壳体装置3的电子设备200的外观较为完整,有利于提高产品的可靠性和用户的使用体验,也有利于提高电子设备200的防水、防尘性能。
如图88所示,第一壳体31与第二壳体33处于打开状态时,第一支撑板324遮盖中壳321的部分内侧空间3213,第二支撑板325遮盖部分内侧空间3213。此时,第一支撑板324与第二支撑板325彼此靠近,第一支撑板324的支撑面3241与第二支撑板325的支撑面3251之间的距离较小,折叠机构32采用两板式结构即可在打开状态中对柔性显示屏4的折弯部42提供较为完整的平面支撑。示例性的,如图42所示,壳体装置3处于打开状态时,第一支撑板324可以与第二支撑板325拼接,以更好地为柔性显示屏4提供强力支撑。
如图89所示,第一壳体31与第二壳体33处于闭合状态时,第一支撑板324部分伸入中壳321的内侧空间3213,第二支撑板325部分伸入内侧空间3213。此时,中壳321的内侧空间3213中位于第一支撑板324与第二支撑板325之间的部分空间被释放,形成容屏空间,柔性显示屏4可以部分伸入中壳321的内侧空间3213,提高了空间利用率,使得电子设备200的部件排布更为紧凑,有利于电子设备200的小型化。
请结合参阅图90至图92,图90是本申请实施例提供的电子设备200在另一些实施例中处于打开状态时的结构示意图,图91是图90所示电子设备200处于闭合状态时的结构示意图,图92是图90所示电子设备200的壳体装置3的部分分解结构示意图。本实施例电子设备200可以包括前述实施例电子设备200的大部分技术特征,以下主要阐述两者的区别,两者相同的大部分技术内容不再赘述。
一些实施例中,电子设备200包括壳体装置3和柔性显示屏4,柔性显示屏4安装于壳体装置3。柔性显示屏4用于显示图像,壳体装置3用于带动柔性显示屏4运动。壳体装置3包括依次连接第一壳体31、折叠机构32以及第二壳体33。折叠机构32能够发生形变,以使第一壳体31与第二壳体33相对折叠或相对展开。
其中,第一壳体31可以包括第一本体316及两个第一挡板317,两个第一挡板317分别固定于第一本体316的两侧。其中,第一本体316包括第一壳体31的支撑面311和第一固定槽312,两个第一挡板317可以形成第一固定槽312的槽侧壁。第二壳体33包括第二本体336及两个第二挡板337,两个第二挡板337分别固定于第二本体336的两侧。其中,第二本体336包括第二壳体33的支撑面331和第二固定槽332,两个第二挡板337可以形成第二固定槽332的槽侧壁。
结合参阅图90和图92,第一壳体31与第二壳体33处于打开状态时,第一挡板317靠近第一固定槽312的端部与第二挡板337靠近第二固定槽332的端部拼接,折叠机构32被第一壳体31与第二壳体33遮挡,电子设备200能够在打开状态实现外观自遮蔽,提高了防水、防尘性能。
结合参阅图91和图92,第一壳体31与第二壳体33处于闭合状态时,第一挡板317靠近第一壳体31的支撑面311的顶部与第二挡板337的靠近第二壳体33的支撑面331的顶部拼接,第一壳体31与第二壳体33完全合拢,折叠机构32的中壳321部分露出。此时,电子设备200能够在闭合状态中实现外观自遮蔽,提高了防水、防尘性能。
在本实施例中,电子设备200通过第一壳体31与第二壳体33的结构设计,实现打开状态和闭合状态的外观自遮蔽,可以省略用于实现外观遮蔽的端盖部件,因此电子设备200的结构设计较为简单,成本较低。
其中,第一挡板317与第二挡板337拼接的情况,可以包括两者相互接触的情况,也可 以包括两者之间形成小缝隙的情况,本申请对此不做严格限定。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图93和图94,图93是本申请实施例提供的电子设备300在一些实施例中处于打开状态时的结构示意图,图94是图93所示电子设备300处于闭合状态时的结构示意图。本实施例电子设备300可以包括前述实施例电子设备(100、200)的部分技术特征,以下主要阐述两者的区别,两者相同的大部分技术内容不再赘述。
电子设备300包括壳体装置5和柔性显示屏6,柔性显示屏6安装于壳体装置5。柔性显示屏6用于显示图像,壳体装置5用于带动柔性显示屏6运动。壳体装置5包括第一壳体51、折叠机构52以及第二壳体53,折叠机构52连接第一壳体51和第二壳体53,折叠机构52用于使第一壳体51与第二壳体53能够相对折叠或相对展开。换言之,第一壳体51、折叠机构52以及第二壳体53依次连接,第一壳体51与第二壳体53能够通过折叠机构52的形变实现相对折叠,也能够通过折叠机构52的形变实现相对展开。
如图93所示,第一壳体51与第二壳体53可以相对展开至打开状态,也即壳体装置5处于打开状态,以使电子设备300处于打开状态。此时,柔性显示屏6随壳体装置5展开,处于展平形态。示例性的,第一壳体51与第二壳体53处于打开状态时,第一壳体51与第二壳体53之间的夹角可以大致呈180°。在其他一些实施例中,第一壳体51与第二壳体53处于打开状态时,两者之间的角度也可以相对180°存在少许偏差,例如165°、177°或者185°等。
如图94所示,第一壳体51与第二壳体53可以相对折叠至闭合状态,也即壳体装置5处于闭合状态,以使电子设备300处于闭合状态。此时,柔性显示屏6随壳体装置5折叠,处于折叠形态,柔性显示屏6位于壳体装置5内侧。
其中,第一壳体51与第二壳体53也可以相对展开或相对折叠至中间状态,也即壳体装置5处于中间状态,以使电子设备300处于中间状态,中间状态可以为打开状态与闭合状态之间的任意状态。柔性显示屏6随壳体装置5运动。
在本实施例中,柔性显示屏6能够随壳体装置5展开和折叠。当电子设备300处于打开状态时,柔性显示屏6处于展平形态,柔性显示屏6能够全屏进行显示,使得电子设备300具有较大的显示面积,以提高用户的观看体验和操作体验。当电子设备300处于闭合状态时,电子设备300的平面尺寸较小(具有较小的宽度尺寸),便于用户携带和收纳。
示例性的,第一壳体51与第二壳体53处于打开状态时,第一壳体51可以与第二壳体53拼接。第一壳体51与第二壳体53拼接包括了两者相互抵持的情况,也可以包括两者之间有小缝隙的情况。在本实施例中,通过第一壳体51与第二壳体53的拼接,能够实现对壳体装置5展开动作的止位,以防止壳体装置5在展开时过折,从而降低柔性显示屏6的受力,提高柔性显示屏6和电子设备300的可靠性。
此外,第一壳体51与第二壳体53处于闭合状态时,第一壳体51与第二壳体53能够完全合拢,第一壳体51与第二壳体53之间没有较大缝隙,使得壳体装置5和电子设备300的外观体验较佳,且防水、防尘、防异物的性能较佳。此外,第一壳体51与第二壳体53完全合拢,也可以避免电子设备300外部的一些异物(例如钉子、曲别针、玻璃渣等)进入第一壳体51与第二壳体53之间,以避免异物损伤柔性显示屏6,从而提高了电子设备300的可靠性。
一些实施例中,电子设备300还可以包括多个模组(图中未示出),多个模组可以收纳于壳体装置5内部。电子设备300的多个模组可以包括但不限于主板、处理器、存储器、电池、 摄像头模组、听筒模组、扬声器模组、麦克风模组、天线模组、传感器模组等,本申请实施例不对电子设备300的模组数量、类型、位置等进行具体限定。
可以理解的是,用户手持电子设备300时,电子设备300的听筒模组所在位置可以定义为电子设备300的上边,电子设备300的麦克风模组所在位置可以定义为电子设备300的下边,电子设备300的被用户的左右手握持的两侧可以定义为电子设备300的左右两边。在一些实施例中,电子设备300能够实现左右对折。在其他一些实施例中,电子设备300能够实现上下对折。
一些实施例中,如图93所示,柔性显示屏6包括依次排列的第一非折弯部61、折弯部62以及第二非折弯部63。第一非折弯部61固定连接第一壳体51,第二非折弯部63固定连接第二壳体53,在第一壳体51与第二壳体53相对折叠或相对展开的过程中,折弯部62发生形变。在第一壳体51与第二壳体53相对折叠或相对展开的过程中,第一壳体51带动第一非折弯部61活动,第二壳体53带动第二非折弯部63活动,第一非折弯部61与第二非折弯部63相对折叠或展开。其中,在本申请中,两者固定连接是指两者彼此连接,且连接后两者之间的相对位置关系不变。
一些实施例中,柔性显示屏6可以为有机发光二极管显示屏,有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体显示屏,迷你有机发光二极管显示屏,微型发光二极管显示屏,微型有机发光二极管显示屏,或量子点发光二极管显示屏。
一些实施例中,请参阅图95,图95是图93所示电子设备300的部分分解结构示意图。第一壳体51包括用于承载柔性显示屏6的支撑面511,第二壳体53包括用于承载柔性显示屏6的支撑面531。示例性的,柔性显示屏6的第一非折弯部61可以固定连接第一壳体51的支撑面511。例如,第一非折弯部61可以通过胶层粘接于第一壳体51的支撑面511。第二非折弯部63固定连接第二壳体53的支撑面531。例如,第二非折弯部63可以通过胶层粘接于第二壳体53的支撑面531。
在本实施例中,由于第一非折弯部61固定连接第一壳体51、第二非折弯部63固定连接第二壳体53,因此第一壳体51与第二壳体53相对折叠或展开时,能够准确地控制第一非折弯部61与第二非折弯部63之间的相对折叠和展开的动作,使得柔性显示屏6的变形过程和运动形态可控,可靠性较高。
在其他一些实施例中,第一壳体51可以包括主体部分及滑动部分,主体部分与折叠机构52连接,滑动部分滑动连接主体部分,滑动部分可以相对主体部分发生少许滑动,第一壳体51的支撑面511形成于滑动部分。第二壳体53可以包括主体部分及滑动部分,主体部分与折叠机构52连接,滑动部分滑动连接主体部分,滑动部分可以相对主体部分发生少许滑动,第二壳体53的支撑面531形成于滑动部分。此时,柔性显示屏6的第一非折弯部61和第二非折弯部63可以通过第一壳体51和第二壳体53中滑动部分与主体部分发生的少许相对滑动,以在第一壳体51与第二壳体53的相对折叠或相对展开的过程中,实现位置微调,从而更好地在展平形态和折叠形态之间转换,降低柔性显示屏6发生损坏的几率,提高柔性显示屏6的可靠性。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图95至图97,图96是图95所示壳体装置5的部分分解结构示意图,图97是图96所示壳体装置5在另一角度的结构示意图。图97所示壳体装置5所处视角相对图96所示壳体装置5所处视角进行了左右翻转。
折叠机构52包括中壳521、第一固定架522、第二固定架523、第一支撑板524以及第二支撑板525。第一固定架522固定连接第一壳体51。示例性的,第一壳体51靠近折叠机构 52的一侧设有第一固定槽512,第一固定架522安装于第一固定槽512,以固定连接第一壳体51。其中,第一固定架522可以通过紧固件、焊接、粘接、扣合连接等方式安装于第一固定槽512,实现第一固定架522固定于第一壳体51。
第二固定架523固定连接第二壳体53。第二壳体53靠近折叠机构52的一侧设有第二固定槽532,第二固定架523安装于第二固定槽532,以固定连接第二壳体53。其中,第二固定架523可以通过紧固件、焊接、粘接、扣合连接等方式安装于第二固定槽532,实现第二固定架523固定于第二壳体53。
第一固定架522和第二固定架523均连接中壳,以使第一壳体51和第二壳体53连接中壳521。第一支撑板524连接第一固定架522和中壳521,第二支撑板525连接第二固定架523和中壳521。也即,第一支撑板524连接在第一壳体51与中壳521之间,第二支撑板525连接在中壳521与第二壳体53之间。
一些实施例中,如图95和图96所示,第一支撑板524包括用于承载柔性显示屏6的支撑面5241,第二支撑板525包括用于承载柔性显示屏6的支撑面5251。柔性显示屏6的折弯部62包括靠近第一非折弯部61的第一部分、靠近第二非折弯部63的第二部分、以及位于第一部分与第二部分之间的第三部分。其中,第一部分可以固定连接第一支撑板524的支撑面5241的部分区域,例如可以通过粘接层粘接固定。第二部分可以固定连接第二支撑板525的支撑面5251的部分区域,例如可以通过粘接层粘接固定。第三部分对应于第一支撑板524的支撑面5241的另一部分区域和第二支撑板525的支撑面5251的另一部分区域,第三部分可以相对这两部分区域活动。
其中,位于第一非折弯部61与第一壳体51的支撑面511之间的胶层、位于折弯部62与第一支撑板524的支撑面5241之间的胶层、位于折弯部62与第二支撑板525的支撑面5251之间的胶层以及位于第二非折弯部63与第二壳体53的支撑面531之间的胶层,可以是连续的整面胶层,也可以是点断式胶层,也可以是具有镂空区域的胶层,本申请实施例对胶层的具体方案不作严格限定。
一些实施例中,请参阅图98,图98是图95所示壳体装置5的A处结构的放大示意图。第一壳体51与第二壳体53相对展开至打开状态时,第一支撑板524的支撑面5241与第二支撑板525的支撑面5251齐平。换言之,折叠机构52处于打开状态时,第一支撑板524的支撑面5241和第二支撑板525的支撑面5251用于使柔性显示屏6呈现展平形态。此时,第一支撑板524和第二支撑板525能够为柔性显示屏6提供平整的强力支撑,以提高用户的触控操作、画面观看等体验。
其中,当柔性显示屏4安装在第一支撑板324的支撑面3241与第二支撑板325的支撑面3251上,能够呈现平整的形态,即认为第一支撑板324的支撑面3241与第二支撑板325的支撑面3251齐平。例如,第一支撑板324的支撑面3241与第二支撑板325的支撑面3251齐平的情况可以包括但不限于以下几种场景:第一支撑板324的支撑面3241与第二支撑板325的支撑面3251本身齐平;或者,第一支撑板324的支撑面3241上设有粘接层或钢片,第二支撑板325的支撑面3251上设有粘接层或钢片,两个支撑面(3241、3251)设置粘接层或钢片后的高度齐平;或者;柔性显示屏4上设有补强板,两个支撑面(3241、3251)上堆叠补强板之后的高度齐平等。
其中,第一支撑板524的支撑面5241与第二支撑板525的支撑面5251齐平的情况包括:第一支撑板524的支撑面5241整体为平面,第二支撑板525的支撑面5251整体为平面,两者相互齐平;或者,第一支撑板524的支撑面5241包括用于支撑柔性显示屏6的平面区域, 第二支撑板525的支撑面5251包括用于支撑柔性显示屏6的平面区域,两者的平面区域相互齐平。例如,第一支撑板524的支撑面5241的主要区域为用于实现支撑的平面区域,第一支撑板524的支撑面5241的周缘可以设置有用于实现转动避让的倾斜区域,本申请对此不作严格限定。第二支撑板525的支撑面5251的主要区域为用于实现支撑的平面区域,第二支撑板525的支撑面5251的周缘可以设置有用于实现转动避让的倾斜区域,本申请对此不作严格限定。
一些实施例中,结合参阅图95和图98,第一壳体51与第二壳体53相对展开至打开状态时,第一支撑板524的支撑面5241(或其用于实现支撑的平面区域)与第一壳体51的支撑面511齐平,第二支撑板525的支撑面5251(或其用于实现支撑的平面区域)与第二壳体53的支撑面531齐平。此时,壳体装置5的用于为柔性显示屏6提供支撑的多个支撑面齐平,使得柔性显示屏6展平且具有平整的支撑环境,从而能够提高用户的触控操作、画面观看等体验。
示例性的,第一支撑板524的支撑面5241和第一壳体51的支撑面511均为平面,且两者共面,从而更好地支撑柔性显示屏6。此时,柔性显示屏6与第一支撑板524的支撑面5241之间的胶层可以和柔性显示屏6与第一壳体51的支撑面511之间的胶层相等厚度。
可以理解的是,当第一支撑板524的支撑面5241与第一壳体51的支撑面511彼此平行,但两者之间有少许错位时,可以通过柔性显示屏6与第一支撑板524的支撑面5241之间的胶层和柔性显示屏6与第一壳体51的支撑面511之间的胶层的厚度的少许差异,使柔性显示屏6固定于第一支撑板524的支撑面124和第一壳体51的支撑面511后,柔性显示屏6的相应区域为仍为平面区域,这种情况也认为第一支撑板524的支撑面5241与第一壳体51的支撑面511齐平。
在其他一些实施例中,柔性显示屏6的折弯部62与第一支撑板524的支撑面5241之间也可以无固定连接关系,也即两者之间无连接胶层,两者可以直接接触。此时,第一支撑板524的支撑面5241与第一壳体51的支撑面511彼此平行,且第一支撑板524的支撑面5241相对第一壳体51的支撑面511少许凸出,第一支撑板524的支撑面5241和第一壳体51的支撑面511设置有胶层之后的高度齐平,以使柔性显示屏6仍可以获得平面支撑,这种情况也认为第一支撑板524的支撑面5241与第一壳体51的支撑面511齐平。
在其他一些实施例中,第一壳体51的支撑面511可以包括靠近第一支撑板524的平面部分和远离第一支撑板524的弧面部分,第一支撑板524的支撑面5241为平面,第一支撑板524的支撑面5241与第一壳体51的支撑面511的平面部分共面、或者平行且有少许错位,这种情况也认为第一支撑板524的支撑面5241与第一壳体51的支撑面511齐平。在本实施例中,壳体装置5可以支撑柔性显示屏6呈现3D显示效果。
其中,第二支撑板525的支撑面5251、第二壳体53的支撑面531、以及这两者与柔性显示屏6之间的连接关系等的相关设计,可以与上述第一支撑板524的支撑面5241、第一壳体51的支撑面511、以及这两者与柔性显示屏6之间的连接关系等的技术方案相同,本申请对此不再赘述。
一些实施例中,请参阅图99,图99是图94所示电子设备300的B处结构的放大示意图。第一壳体51与第二壳体53相对折叠至闭合状态时,第一支撑板524的支撑面5241与第二支撑板525的支撑面5251相对设置、且在靠近中壳521的方向上彼此远离。第一支撑板524的支撑面5241与第二支撑板525的支撑面5251相对设置,也即第一支撑板524的支撑面5241与第二支撑板525的支撑面5251呈现面对面的位置关系,第一支撑板524的支撑面5241相 对第二支撑板525的支撑面5251倾斜设置。
在本实施例中,第一支撑板524和第二支撑板525自动避让,形成容屏空间,容屏空间用于容置柔性显示屏6,壳体装置5对柔性显示屏6的折叠动作稳定、挤压力较小,有利于降低柔性显示屏6因折叠机构52的过度挤压而发生损坏的风险,使得柔性显示屏6的可靠性较高。
示例性的,第一壳体51与第二壳体53相对折叠至闭合状态时,第一支撑板524的支撑面5241相对第一壳体51的支撑面511倾斜,第二支撑板525的支撑面5251相对第二壳体53的支撑面531倾斜,第一壳体51的支撑面511与第二壳体53的支撑面531平行。此时,柔性显示屏6的第一非折弯部61与第二非折弯部63能够相互靠近至合拢状态,折弯部62弯折成水滴状。
一些实施例中,结合参阅图98和图99,中壳521具有外观面5211,外观面5211背向第一支撑板524和第二支撑板525设置,外观面5211也即为中壳521的外侧面。如图98所示,第一壳体51与第二壳体53处于打开状态时,中壳521位于第一固定槽512和第二固定槽532,第一壳体51及第二壳体53遮盖中壳521的外观面5211。如图99所示,第一壳体51与第二壳体53处于闭合状态时,中壳521部分伸出第一固定槽512和第二固定槽532,中壳521的外观面5211相对第一壳体51及第二壳体53露出。
在本实施例中,第一壳体51和第二壳体53能够在处于打开状态时,从壳体装置5的背侧(也即背向柔性显示屏6的一侧)遮挡中壳521,此时,第一壳体51与第二壳体53同样能够从壳体装置5的背侧遮挡折叠机构52的其他部件,使得壳体装置5实现背侧自遮蔽,从而对折叠机构52进行保护,并且壳体装置5及电子设备300的外观完整,外观体验较佳,防水、防尘性能较好。第一壳体51与第二壳体53处于闭合状态时,第一壳体51、第二壳体53以及中壳521共同形成壳体装置5和电子设备300的外观件,因此壳体装置5和电子设备300能够在闭合状态中实现背侧自遮蔽,有利于提高外观完整性,且防水、防尘性能较好。
一些实施例中,如图99所示,中壳521的外观面5211包括第一弧面部分5211a、平面部分5211b以及第二弧面部分5211c,第一弧面部分5211a和第二弧面部分5211c分别连接于平面部分5211b的两侧。在本实施例中,外观面5211形成类似弧面的形状,有助于提高电子设备300处于闭合状态时的外观体验和握持体验。此外,外观面5211的中部为平面部分5211b,使得中壳521的厚度(在垂直于平面部分5211b的方向上的尺寸)较小,壳体装置5处于打开状态时的整体厚度较小、处于闭合状态时的整体宽度较小,有利于电子设备300的小型化和轻薄化。在其他一些实施例中,外观面5211也可以为弧面或其他光滑曲面。
一些实施例中,壳体装置5还可以包括顶侧端盖(图中未示出)和底侧端盖(图中未示出),顶侧端盖位于折叠机构52的顶侧,底侧端盖位于折叠机构52的底侧。第一壳体51与第二壳体53处于打开状态时,顶侧端盖从壳体装置5的顶侧遮挡中壳521,底侧端盖从壳体装置5的底侧遮挡中壳521;第一壳体51与第二壳体53处于闭合状态时,中壳521未伸出第一固定槽512和第二固定槽532的部分,被顶侧端盖从壳体装置5的顶侧进行遮挡,被底侧端盖从壳体装置5的底侧进行遮挡。示例性的,第一壳体51与第二壳体53处于打开状态或闭合状态时,折叠机构52的其他部件可以由顶侧端盖从壳体装置5的顶侧进行遮挡、由底侧端盖从壳体装置5的底侧进行遮挡,也可以由第一壳体51和第二壳体53从壳体装置5的顶侧和底侧进行遮挡。故而,壳体装置5能够在打开状态和闭合状态中,对折叠机构52进行全方位遮蔽,使得壳体装置5能够更好地实现自遮蔽。
其中,顶侧端盖和底侧端盖可以为中壳521的一部分,也可以为与中壳521相互独立的 部件、并连接折叠机构52,也可以为与中壳521相互独立的部件、并连接第一壳体51和第二壳体53。本申请不对顶侧端盖及底侧端盖的具体结构及安装方式进行严格限定。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图100和图101,图100是图95所示折叠机构52的部分分解结构示意图,图101是图100所示折叠机构52在另一角度的结构示意图。图101所示折叠机构52所处视角相对图100所示折叠机构52所处视角进行了左右翻转。折叠机构52包括中壳521、第一固定架522、第二固定架523、第一支撑板524、第二支撑板525、第三固定架5261、第四固定架5262、第一摆臂527、第二摆臂528以及同步组件529。
其中,第一固定架522和第二固定架523可以共同形成第一连接架组件。示例性的,第一连接架组件可以作为折叠机构52的底部连接组件。折叠机构52还可以包括第二连接架组件,第二连接架组件可以作为折叠机构52的顶部连接组件。第一连接架组件和第二连接架组件均连接中壳521、第一支撑板524以及第二支撑板525。其中,第二连接架组件与第一连接架组件可以为镜面对称结构。示例性的,第二连接架组件可以包括第一固定架522’和第二固定架523’,第二连接架组件的各部件结构、各部件与中壳521、第一支撑板524以及第二支撑板525之间的连接关系可以对应地参考第一连接架组件的相关描述,本申请实施例不再赘述。在其他一些实施例中,折叠机构52也可以包括第一连接架组件和其他连接架组件,其他连接架组件的结构可以与第一连接架组件的结构相同或不同,本申请对此不作严格限定。
其中,第三固定架5261、第四固定架5262、第一摆臂527、第二摆臂528以及同步组件529可以形成同步连接组件。示例性的,同步连接组件位于第一连接架组件与第二连接架组件之间,同步连接组件连接中壳521、第一支撑板524以及第二支撑板525。其中,同步连接组件的数量可以为一组或多组,本申请对此不作严格限定。
其中,第一连接架组件的第一固定架522、同步连接组件的第三固定架5261及第二连接架组件的第一固定架522’可以为彼此独立的结构件,也可以为一体式结构件的多个部分;第一连接架组件的第二固定架523、同步连接组件的第四固定架5262及第二连接架组件的第二固定架523’可以为彼此独立的结构件,也可以为一体式结构件的多个部分。
一些实施例中,请参阅图102,图102是图100所示第一固定架522和第二固定架523的结构示意图。第一固定架522包括第一固定本体522a、第一弧形臂522b以及连接于第一固定本体522a与第一弧形臂522b之间的第一连接臂522c。第一固定本体522a包括顶面5221、底面5222、第一侧面5223及第二侧面5224,顶面5221与底面5222相背设置,第一侧面5223与第二侧面5224相背设置,第一侧面5223和第二侧面5224位于顶面5221与底面5222之间。顶面5221包括相对底面5222倾斜的倾斜区域,顶面5221的倾斜区域与底面5222在靠近第二侧面5224的方向上相互靠近。第一弧形臂522b位于第二侧面5224远离第一侧面5223的一侧。示例性的,第一连接臂522c连接第二侧面5224与第一弧形臂522b。第一弧形臂522b的圆心位置位于第一弧形臂522b的顶侧。
其中,第一固定本体522a设有第一滑槽5225。其中,第一滑槽5225在第二侧面5224形成开口。示例性的,第一滑槽5225的延伸方向可以相对底面5222倾斜设置,两者之间形成夹角。在靠近第二侧面5224的方向上,第一滑槽5225的延伸方向与底面5222彼此靠近。示例性的,第一固定本体522a还可以设有第一活动缺口5226,第一活动缺口5226连通第一滑槽5225且在顶面5221处形成开口。其中,第一固定本体522a还可以设有一个或多个第一紧固孔5227。
一些实施例中,如图102所示,第二固定架523包括第二固定本体523a、第二弧形臂523b以及连接于第二固定本体523a与第二弧形臂523b之间的第二连接臂322c。第二固定本体 523a包括顶面5231、底面5232、第一侧面5233及第二侧面5234,顶面5231与底面5232相背设置,第一侧面5233与第二侧面5234相背设置,第一侧面5233和第二侧面5234位于顶面5231与底面5232之间。顶面5231包括相对底面5232倾斜的倾斜区域,顶面5231的倾斜区域与底面5232在靠近第二侧面5234的方向上相互靠近。第二弧形臂523b位于第二侧面5234远离第一侧面5233的一侧。示例性的,第二连接臂322c连接第二侧面5234与第二弧形臂523b。第二弧形臂523b的圆心位置位于第二弧形臂523b的顶侧。
其中,第二固定本体523a设有第二滑槽5235。其中,第二滑槽5235在第二侧面5234形成开口。示例性的,第二滑槽5235的延伸方向可以相对底面5232倾斜设置,两者之间形成夹角。在靠近第二侧面5234的方向上,第二滑槽5235的延伸方向与底面5232彼此靠近。示例性的,第二固定本体523a还可以设有第二活动缺口5236,第二活动缺口5236连通第二滑槽5235且在顶面5231形成开口。其中,第二固定本体523a还可以设有一个或多个第二紧固孔5237。
其中,第一固定架522和第二固定架523可以为相同结构、镜面对称结构、部分镜面对称结构、中心对称结构、部分中心对称结构或者不同结构,本申请对此不作严格限定。本申请中,两个结构为部分镜面对称结构是指这两个结构的部分区域镜面对称、另一部分区域不进行限定,两个结构为部分中心对称结构是指这两个结构的部分区域中心对称、另一部分区域不进行限定。
一些实施例中,请参阅图103,图103是图100所示第三固定架5261和第四固定架5262的结构示意图。第三固定架5261包括顶面5261a、底面5261b、第一侧面5261c及第二侧面5261d,顶面5261a与底面5261b相背设置,第一侧面5261c与第二侧面5261d相背设置,第一侧面5261c和第二侧面5261d位于顶面5261a与底面5261b之间。顶面5261a包括相对底面5261b倾斜的倾斜区域,顶面5261a的倾斜区域与底面5261b在靠近第二侧面5261d的方向上相互靠近。
其中,第三固定架5261设有第三滑槽5261e。其中,第三滑槽5261e可以在第二侧面5261d形成开口。示例性的,第三滑槽5261e的延伸方向可以相对底面5261b倾斜设置,两者之间形成夹角。在靠近第二侧面5261d的方向上,第三滑槽5261e的延伸方向与底面5261b彼此靠近。示例性的,第三固定架5261还可以设有第三活动缺口5261f,第三活动缺口5261f连通第三滑槽5261e且在顶面5261a形成开口。其中,第三固定架5261还可以设有一个或多个第三紧固孔5261g。
一些实施例中,如图103所示,第四固定架5262包括顶面5262a、底面5262b、第一侧面5262c及第二侧面5262d,顶面5262a与底面5262b相背设置,第一侧面5262c与第二侧面5262d相背设置,第一侧面5262c和第二侧面5262d位于顶面5262a与底面5262b之间。顶面5262a包括相对底面5262b倾斜的倾斜区域,顶面5262a的倾斜区域与底面5262b在靠近第二侧面5262d的方向上相互靠近。
其中,第四固定架5262设有第四滑槽5262e。其中,第四滑槽5262e可以在第二侧面5262d形成开口。示例性的,第四滑槽5262e的延伸方向可以相对底面5262b倾斜设置,两者之间形成夹角。在靠近第二侧面5262d的方向上,第四滑槽5262e的延伸方向与底面5262b彼此靠近。示例性的,第四固定架5262还可以设有第四活动缺口5262f,第四活动缺口5262f连通第四滑槽5262e且在顶面5262a形成开口。其中,第四固定架5262还可以设有一个或多个第四紧固孔5262g。
在本申请中,第三固定架5261和第四固定架5262可以为相同结构、镜面对称结构、部 分镜面对称结构、中心对称结构、部分中心对称结构或者不同结构,本申请对此不作严格限定。
如图97所示,第一壳体51设有多个紧固孔513。结合参阅图97和图104,图104是图95所示折叠机构52的部分机构示意图。第一固定架522和第三固定架5261固定于第一壳体51时,第一固定架522和第三固定架5261安装于第一固定槽512。第一固定架522的第一固定本体522a固定连接第一壳体51,第一弧形臂522b悬空设置,第一固定架522的第一侧面5223和底面5222面向第一固定槽512的槽壁。第三固定架5261的第一侧面5261c和底面5261b面向第一固定槽512的槽壁。第一紧固孔5227正对部分第一壳体51的紧固孔513,第三紧固孔5261g正对另一部分第一壳体51的紧固孔513,以通过紧固件(图中未示出)锁紧。示例性的,第三固定架5261的顶面5261a的倾斜区域可以与第一固定架522的顶面5221的倾斜区域齐平。
其中,第一固定架522与第一壳体51之间、和/或第三固定架5261与第一壳体51之间,还可以设置定位柱与定位孔的配合结构,以提高彼此之间的连接稳固度。本申请对固定架与壳体之间的连接结构不作严格限定。
可以理解的,第二固定架523与第二壳体53之间的连接关系及相对位置关系,与第一固定架522与第一壳体51之间的连接关系及相对位置关系相同,本申请实施例不再赘述。第四固定架5262与第二壳体53之间的连接关系及相对位置关系,与第三固定架5261与第一壳体51之间的连接关系及相对位置关系相同,本申请实施例不再赘述。
一些实施例中,请参阅图105,图105是图100所示中壳521的结构示意图。中壳521具有内侧空间5212,中壳521的外观面5211背向内侧空间5212设置。示例性的,内侧空间5212中可以包括多个活动空间和多个避让空间。其中,活动空间用于安装折叠机构52的连接中壳521的结构件,并允许这些结构件活动;避让空间用于在折叠机构52的活动过程中,避让折叠机构52的其他结构件。示例性的,中壳521可以包括主体部分和多个配合部分,多个配合部分与主体部分配合以形成内侧空间5212的活动空间和避让空间。其中,主体部分的外侧表面可以形成中壳521的外观面5211,多个配合部分可以位于主体部分的内侧且固定连接主体部分。本申请实施例不对主体部分和配合部分的部件结构、连接结构及连接方式等进行严格限定。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图105和图106,图106是图105所示中壳521沿C-C处剖开的截面示意图。中壳521具有第一弧形槽5212a和第二弧形槽5212b。第一弧形槽5212a和第二弧形槽5212b为内侧空间5212的一部分。第一弧形槽5212a连通中壳521一侧的外部空间,第二弧形槽5212b连通中壳521另一侧的外部空间。其中,第一弧形槽5212a和第二弧形槽5212b可以并排设置,也可以错位设置。第一弧形槽5212a的数量可以为一个或多个。第二弧形槽5212b的数量可以为一个或多个。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图105和图107,图107是图105所示中壳521沿D-D处剖开的截面示意图。中壳521具有第三弧形槽5212c和第四弧形槽5212d。第三弧形槽5212c和第四弧形槽5212d为内侧空间5212的一部分。第三弧形槽5212c连通中壳521一侧的外部空间,第四弧形槽5212d连通中壳521另一侧的外部空间。其中,第三弧形槽5212c和第四弧形槽5212d可以并排设置,也可以错位设置。第三弧形槽5212c的数量可以为一个或多个。第四弧形槽5212d的数量可以为一个或多个。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图105、图108以及图109,图108是图105所示中壳521的部分分解结构示意图,图109是图108所示结构在另一角度的结构示意图。其中,图109所 处视角相对图108所处视角进行了左右翻转。中壳521具有安装空间5212e。安装空间5212e为内侧空间5212的一部分。其中,中壳521可以包括第一部分521a和第二部分521b,第二部分521b固定于第一部分521a,以形成安装空间5212e。示例性的,中壳521的第一部分521a可以为主体部分,第二部分521b为配合部分。例如,第一部分521a形成凹槽5212k,第二部分521b安装于凹槽5212k,且罩住凹槽5212k,第二部分521b面向凹槽的表面和凹槽5212k的壁面共同围设出安装空间5212e。可以理解的是,在其他一些实施例中,中壳521的安装空间5212e也可以采用构成方式,本申请对此不作严格限定。
示例性的,请结合参阅图108至图110,图110是图105所示中壳521沿E-E处剖开的结构示意图。其中,图110中示意出中壳521沿E-E处分割为两部分,这两部分的结构示意图。示例性的,安装空间5212e可以包括主体空间5212f、多个第一转轴槽5212g、多个第二转轴槽5212j以及两个避让缺口(5212h、5212i)。多个第一转轴槽5212g位于主体空间5212f的一端且连通主体空间5212f,多个第二转轴槽5212j位于主体空间5212f的另一端且连通主体空间5212f。多个第一转轴槽5212g中的每个第一转轴槽5212g均与一个第二转轴槽5212j成对设置,换言之,多个第一转轴槽5212g与多个第二转轴槽5212j一一对应设置。两个避让缺口(5212h、5212i)分别位于主体空间5212f的两侧且连通主体空间5212f,两个避让缺口(5212h、5212i)分别使主体空间5212f连通至中壳521两侧的外部空间。其中,安装空间5212e的数量可以为一个或多个。
可以理解的是,主体空间5212f、多个第一转轴槽5212g、多个第二转轴槽5212j以及两个避让缺口(5212h、5212i)均是由中壳521的第一部分521a和第二部分521b共同形成的。但是各空间的主要形状可以由第一部分521a和第二部分521b中的一部分构成,其余形状由另一部分构成。示例性的,多个第一转轴槽5212g和多个第二转轴槽5212j主要形状可以由中壳521的第二部分521b构成。主体空间5212f的部分形状由第一部分521a构成,另一部分形状由第二部分521b构成。两个避让缺口(5212h、5212i)的主要形状可以由中壳521的第一部分521a构成。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图105和图111,图111是图96所示折叠机构52的部分结构示意图。其中,图111示意出折叠机构52的部分中壳521、第一固定架522及第二固定架523。其中,图111所示结构处于打开状态。可以理解的是,在本申请实施例中,折叠机构52处于打开状态、或者折叠机构52的部分结构处于打开状态,均对应于第一壳体51与第二壳体53处于打开状态。
第一固定架522的第一弧形臂522b安装于中壳521的第一弧形槽5212a,以使第一固定架522转动连接中壳521。第一固定架522的第一固定本体522a位于中壳521的外侧。第二固定架523的第二弧形臂523b安装于中壳521的第二弧形槽5212b,以使第二固定架523转动连接中壳521。第二固定架523的第二固定本体523a位于中壳521的外侧。
其中,请结合参阅图112和图113,图112是图111所示结构沿F-F处剖开的结构示意图,图113是图112所示结构处于闭合状态时的结构示意图。可以理解的是,在本申请实施例中,折叠机构52或折叠机构52的部分结构(例如图113所示结构)处于闭合状态,均对应于第一壳体51与第二壳体53处于闭合状态。
第一弧形臂522b安装于第一弧形槽5212a,转动连接中壳521;第二弧形臂523b安装于第二弧形槽5212b,转动连接中壳521。如图112所示,在打开状态中,第一弧形臂522b可以完全转入第一弧形槽5212a,第二弧形臂523b可以完全转入第二弧形槽5212b,使得第一固定本体522a和第二固定本体523a分别位于中壳521的两侧,第一固定架522与第二固定 架523处于打开位置。如图113所示,在闭合状态中,第一弧形臂522b部分转出第一弧形槽5212a,第二弧形臂523b部分转出第二弧形槽5212b,使得第一固定本体522a和第二固定本体523a相互靠近且均位于中壳521的同一侧,第一固定架522与第二固定架523处于闭合位置。
请结合参阅图114和图115,图114是图93所示电子设备300沿H-H处剖面的截面结构示意图,图115是图94所示电子设备300沿I-I处剖开的截面结构示意图。
第一固定架522固定连接第一壳体51且转动连接中壳521,第二固定架523固定连接第二壳体53且转动连接中壳521。其中,第一固定架522的第一固定本体522a固定连接第一壳体51,第一固定架522的第一弧形臂522b安装于中壳521的第一弧形槽5212a,第一固定架522与中壳521之间通过虚拟轴实现转动连接。第二固定架523的第二固定本体523a固定连接第二壳体33,第二固定架523的第二弧形臂523b安装于中壳521的第二弧形槽5212b,第二固定架523与中壳521之间通过虚拟轴实现转动连接。
在本实施例中,壳体装置5的折叠机构52的主运动机构为第一固定架522及第二固定架523与中壳521之间的单级转动连接,零件数量少,零件配合关系简单,机构自由度为1,尺寸链短,累积误差小,因此折叠机构52的主运动机构的控制精度高。由于第一壳体51固定连接第一固定架522,第二壳体33固定连接第二固定架523,此折叠机构52的主运动机构的控制精度高,因此第一壳体51和第二壳体32相对中壳521转动时的转动精度较高,有利于提高应用该壳体装置5的电子设备300的用户使用体验。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图116和图117,图116是图100所示第一支撑板524和第二支撑板525的结构示意图,图117是图116所示第一支撑板524和第二支撑板525在另一角度的结构示意图。第一支撑板524包括第一板体5242、第一活动部5243以及第一转动部5244。第一支撑板524的支撑面5241形成于第一板体5242,第一活动部5243和第一转动部5244固定于第一板体5242。其中,第一板体5242具有固定面5245,第一板体5242的固定面5245背向第一支撑板524的支撑面5241设置。换言之,第一板体5242包括相背设置的两个板面,其中一个板面形成第一支撑板524的支撑面5241,另一个板面形成固定面5245。
示例性的,如图117所示,第一板体5242具有第一避让缺口5246,第一避让缺口5246贯穿第一板体5242。第一转动部5244为弧形臂,第一转动部5244的一端固定于第一板体5242的固定面5245,另一端位于第一避让缺口5246。此时,第一避让缺口5246既用于收容部分第一转动部5244,还能够用于避让其他结构。在其他一些实施例中,第一转动部5244的另一端也可以不伸入第一避让缺口5246,而处于靠近第一避让缺口5246的位置。
示例性的,如图117所示,第一活动部5243固定于第一板体5242的固定面5245。其中,第一活动部5243可以包括基座5243a和转轴5243b,基座5243a固定于固定面5245,转轴5243b包括两部分,转轴5243b的两部分分别固定于基座5243a的两侧。其中,第一支撑板524还可以包括第一加强部5247,第一加强部5247固定于固定面5245,且两端分别连接基座5243a和第一转动部5244,以提高第一活动部5243及第一转动部5244与第一板体5242的连接强度,使得第一支撑板524的结构强度较高。
其中,第一支撑板524的第一活动部5243、第一转动部5244及第一加强部5247共同形成连接结构。示例性的,如图116所示,第一支撑板524可以包括彼此间隔设置的多个连接结构。第一板体5242的第一避让缺口5246的数量与多个连接结构的数量相同,且一一对应设置。其中,第一支撑板524的第一板体5242还可以具有与第一避让缺口5246间隔设置的多个避让缺口,用于避让其他结构。
一些实施例中,如图116和图117所示,第二支撑板525包括第二板体5252、第二活动部5253以及第二转动部5254。第二支撑板525的支撑面5251形成于第二板体5252,第二活动部5253和第二转动部5254固定于第二板体5252。其中,第二板体5252具有固定面5255,第二板体5252的固定面5255背向第二支撑板525的支撑面5251设置。换言之,第二板体5252包括相背设置的两个板面,其中一个板面形成第二支撑板525的支撑面5251,另一个板面形成固定面5255。
示例性的,如图117所示,第二板体5252具有第二避让缺口5256,第二避让缺口5256贯穿第二板体5252。第二转动部5254为弧形臂,第二转动部5254的一端固定于第二板体5252的固定面5255,另一端位于第二避让缺口5256。此时,第二避让缺口5256既用于收容部分第二转动部5254,还能够用于避让其他结构。在其他一些实施例中,第二转动部5254的另一端也可以不伸入第二避让缺口5256,而处于靠近第二避让缺口5256的位置。
示例性的,如图117所示,第二活动部5253固定于第二板体5252的固定面5255。其中,第二活动部5253可以包括基座5253a和转轴5253b,基座5253a固定于固定面5255,转轴5253b包括两部分,转轴5253b的两部分分别固定于基座5253a的两侧。其中,第二支撑板525还可以包括第二加强部5257,第二加强部5257固定于固定面5255,且两端分别连接基座5253a和第二转动部5254,以提高第二活动部5253及第二转动部5254与第二板体5252的连接强度,使得第二支撑板525的结构强度较高。
其中,第二支撑板525的第二活动部5253、第二转动部5254及第二加强部5257共同形成连接结构。示例性的,如图116所示,第二支撑板525可以包括彼此间隔设置的多个连接结构。第二板体5252的第二避让缺口5256的数量与多个连接结构的数量相同,且一一对应设置。其中,第二支撑板525的第二板体5252还可以具有与第二避让缺口5256间隔设置的多个避让缺口,用于避让其他结构。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图111、图117以及图118,图118是图96所示折叠机构52的部分结构示意图。其中,图118示意出折叠机构52的部分中壳521、第一固定架522、第二固定架523、第一支撑板524及第二支撑板525,图10所示结构处于打开状态。
第一支撑板524的第一转动部5244安装于中壳521的第三弧形槽5212c,呈弧形臂的第一转动部5244能够于第三弧形槽5212c中活动,以形成弧形臂与弧形槽的虚拟轴转动连接关系,使得第一支撑板524的第一转动部5244转动连接中壳521。第一支撑板524的第一活动部5243安装于第一固定架522的第一滑槽5225,第一支撑板524的第一活动部5243滑动连接且转动连接第一固定架522。
第二支撑板525的第二转动部5254安装于中壳521的第四弧形槽5212d,呈弧形臂的第二转动部5254能够于第四弧形槽5212d中活动,以形成弧形臂与弧形槽的虚拟轴转动连接关系,使得第二支撑板525的第二转动部5254转动连接中壳521。第二支撑板525的第二活动部5253安装于第二固定架523的第二滑槽5235,第二支撑板525的第二活动部5253滑动连接且转动连接第二固定架523。
具体的,请结合参阅图119和图120,图119是图118所示结构沿G-G处剖开的结构示意图,图120是图119所示结构在另一使用状态中的结构示意图。其中,图119对应于打开状态,图120对应于闭合状态。第一支撑板524的第一转动部5244安装于第三弧形槽5212c,转动连接中壳521;第一活动部5243安装于第一滑槽5225,滑动连接且转动连接第一固定架522。第二支撑板525的第二转动部5254安装于第四弧形槽5212d,转动连接中壳521;第二活动部5253安装于第二滑槽5235,滑动连接且转动连接第二固定架523。
如图119所示,在打开状态中,第一固定架522和第二固定架523相对中壳521处于打开位置,第一固定架522和第二固定架523远离彼此。第一固定架522带动第一活动部5243活动至打开位置,呈弧形臂结构的第一转动部5244可以完全转入第三弧形槽5212c;第二固定架523带动第二活动部5253活动至打开位置,呈弧形臂结构的第二转动部5254可以完全转入第四弧形槽5212d。此时,第一支撑板524与第二支撑板525相对展开,处于打开位置,第一支撑板524的支撑面5241与第二支撑板525的支撑面5251齐平。
如图120所示,在闭合状态中,第一固定架522和第二固定架523相对中壳521处于闭合位置,第一固定架522和第二固定架523相互靠近。第一固定架522带动第一活动部5243活动至闭合位置,呈弧形臂结构的第一转动部5244部分转出第三弧形槽5212c;第二固定架523带动第二活动部5253活动至闭合位置,呈弧形臂结构的第二转动部5254部分转出第四弧形槽5212d。此时,第一支撑板524与第二支撑板525相对折叠,处于闭合位置,第一支撑板524的支撑面5241与第二支撑板525的支撑面5251相对设置,且在靠近中壳521的方向上彼此远离。
其中,结合图119和图120,在打开状态向闭合状态转换的过程中,第一固定架522带动第一活动部5243相对中壳521活动,第二固定架523带动第二活动部5253相对中壳521活动,第一活动部5243与第二活动部5253相互靠近,第一转动部5244与第二转动部5254远离彼此,使得第一支撑板524与第二支撑板525大致呈V形排布,第一支撑板524的支撑面5241与第二支撑板525的支撑面5251相对设置,且在靠近中壳521的方向上彼此远离。此时,第一支撑板524的支撑面5241与第二支撑板525的支撑面5251之间形成空间较大的容屏空间。
此外,第一转动部5244与中壳521之间通过虚拟轴转动连接,第二转动部5254与中壳521之间通过虚拟轴转动连接,有利于降低转动连接结构的设计难度。
此外,第一固定架522带动第一活动部5243相对中壳521活动时,第一活动部5243相对第一固定架522滑动和转动。第二固定架523带动第二活动部5253相对中壳521活动,第二活动部5253相对第二固定架523滑动和转动。
示例性的,请参阅图121,图121是图118所示结构沿H-H处剖开的结构示意图。第一活动部5243的转轴5243b安装于第一固定架522的第一滑槽5225,当第一固定架522带动第一活动部5243相对中壳521活动时,转轴5243b在第一滑槽5225中滑动且转动,使得第一活动部5243相对第一固定架522滑动和转动。换言之,第一活动部5243滑动连接且转动连接第一固定架522。第二活动部5253的转轴5253b安装于第二固定架523的第二滑槽5235,当第二固定架523带动第二活动部5253相对中壳521活动时,转轴5253b在第二滑槽5235中滑动且转动,使得第二活动部5253相对第二固定架523滑动和转动。换言之,第二活动部5253滑动连接且转动连接第二固定架523。
示例性的,如图120所示,折叠机构52处于在闭合状态时,在靠近中壳521的方向上,第一滑槽5225的延伸方向和第二滑槽5235的延伸方向远离彼此。此时,第一滑槽5225和第二滑槽5235的相对位置关系有利于降低折叠机构52的设计难度,提高可实现性。
请结合参阅图122和图123,图122是图93所示电子设备300沿J-J处剖面的截面结构示意图,图123是图94所示电子设备300沿K-K处剖开的截面结构示意图。
第一支撑板524滑动连接且转动第一固定架522,并转动连接中壳521;第二支撑板525滑动连接且转动连接第二固定架523、并转动连接中壳521。其中,第一支撑板524的第一活动部5243安装于第一固定架522的第一滑槽5225,第一转动部5244安装于中壳521的第三 弧形槽5212c。第二支撑板525的第二活动部5253安装于第二固定架523的第二滑槽5235,第二转动部5254安装于中壳521的第四弧形槽5212d。
在本实施例中,由于第一支撑板524的两端分别连接第一固定架522和中壳521,第二支撑板525的两端分别连接第二固定架523和中壳521,因此第一支撑板524的运动轨迹受到第一固定架522和中壳521的相对位置的制约,第二支撑板525的运动轨迹受到第二固定架523和中壳521的相对位置的制约。并且,由于第一固定架522和第二固定架523与中壳521之间的相对运动的控制精度高,因此在第一壳体51与第二壳体53相对折叠的过程中,第一支撑板524和第二支撑板525的运动轨迹准确,机构可靠性高。
如图122和117所示,第一壳体51、第一支撑板524、第二支撑板525及第二壳体53共同承载柔性显示屏6。如图122所示,第一壳体51与第二壳体53相对展开至打开状态时,第一支撑板524的支撑面5241与第二支撑板525的支撑面5251齐平。柔性显示屏6处于展平形态。如图123所示,第一壳体51与第二壳体53相对折叠至闭合状态时,第一支撑板524的支撑面5241与第二支撑板525的支撑面5251相对设置、且在靠近中壳521的方向上彼此远离。柔性显示屏6处于折叠形态,柔性显示屏6折弯的部分呈水滴状。
在本实施例中,电子设备300采用壳体装置5实现屏幕内折,电子设备300可弯折。壳体装置5的折叠机构52的主运动机构的控制精度高,组成部分数量少,配合关系及配合位置简单,组成部件易制作和组装,有利于实现量产。第一支撑板524和第二支撑板525在壳体装置5的展开或折叠过程中运动轨迹准确,能够在闭合状态中实现自动避让,形成容屏空间,且容屏空间控制精确,使得壳体装置5对柔性显示屏6的折叠动作稳定、挤压力较小,有利于降低柔性显示屏6因折叠机构52的过度挤压而发生损坏的风险,使得柔性显示屏6的可靠性较高。
此外,第一壳体51与第二壳体53通过折叠机构52相对折叠至闭合状态时,能够完全合拢,两者之间无缝隙或缝隙较小,使得壳体装置5的外观较为完整,实现外观自遮蔽,应用该壳体装置5的电子设备300的外观较为完整,有利于提高产品的可靠性和用户的使用体验,也有利于提高电子设备300的防水、防尘性能。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图124和图125,图124是图118所示结构沿I-I处剖开的结构示意图,图125是图124所示结构处于闭合状态时的结构示意图。如图124所示,在打开状态中,第一支撑板524遮挡中壳521的部分内侧空间5212,第二支撑板525遮挡中壳521的部分内侧空间5212。此时,第一支撑板524与第二支撑板525彼此靠近,第一支撑板524的支撑面5241与第二支撑板525的支撑面5251之间的距离较小,折叠机构52采用两板式结构即可在打开状态中对柔性显示屏6的折弯部62(参阅图95)提供较为完整的平面支撑。
示例性的,在打开状态中,第一支撑板524与第二支撑板525拼接。此时,第一支撑板524的支撑面5241与第二支撑板525的支撑面5251可以拼接形成折弯区支撑面,壳体装置5的折叠机构52能够在打开状态中,通过折弯区支撑面充分支撑柔性显示屏6的折弯部62(参阅图95),使得柔性显示屏6不易在用户的按压下发生凹陷等问题,有利于提高柔性显示屏6的使用寿命和可靠性。
其中,第一支撑板524与第二支撑板525拼接的情况,可以包括但不限于以下场景:第一支撑板524的一部分与第二支撑板525的一部分相互连接,且连接部分之间无缝隙,第一支撑板524的另一部分与第二支撑板525的另一部分之间可以形成缺口或缝隙;或者,第一支撑板524与第二支撑板525整体相互连接、两者之间无缝隙;或者,第一支撑板524的一部分与第二支撑板525的一部分相互靠近,且相互靠近的部分之间存在小缝隙,第一支撑板 524的另一部分与第二支撑板525的另一部分之间可以形成缺口或缝隙;或者,第一支撑板524与第二支撑板525整体相互靠近,且两者之间存在小缝隙。当第一支撑板524与第二支撑板525之间存在小缝隙、或者第一支撑板524的一部分与第二支撑板525的一部分之间存在小缝隙时,用户按压柔性显示屏6对应于该缝隙的区域,柔性显示屏6的对应区域也不会出现明显凹坑,折弯区支撑面能够为柔性显示屏6提供强力支撑。
其中,当第一支撑板524与第二支撑板525之间存在缺口或缝隙、或者第一支撑板524的一部分与第二支撑板525的一部分之间存在缺口或缝隙时,可以通过优化折叠机构52的部件尺寸和形状,尽量减小缺口或缝隙的面积,使得柔性显示屏6对应于缺口或缝隙的区域可能在用户的按压下稍微下陷,但是仍不会产生明显凹坑。此外,在一些实施例中,柔性显示屏6可以在朝向壳体装置3的一侧设置可弯曲且具有一定结构强度的支撑板或补强板,支撑板或补强板至少覆盖第一支撑板524与第二支撑板525之间的缺口或缝隙,以提高柔性显示屏6的抗按压强度。
其中,第一支撑板524和第二支撑板525上的缺口可以包括避让缺口,用于避免第一支撑板524和第二支撑板525在相对转动的过程中,与中壳521或者其他结构发生干涉,也即用于实现避让,从而提高折叠机构52和壳体装置5的运动可靠性。在本实施例中,第一壳体51与第二壳体53处于打开状态时,第一支撑板524的避让缺口和第二支撑板525的避让缺口合并,折弯区支撑面为异形面。
其中,折叠机构52还可以包括可弯折钢片,可弯折钢片可以位于第一支撑板524和第二支撑板525上方,且覆盖第一支撑板524与第二支撑板525之间的缺口或缝隙,以为柔性显示屏6提供更平整和完整的支撑环境,提高用户的按压使用体验。
如图125所示,在闭合状态中,第一支撑板524部分伸入中壳521的内侧空间5212,第二支撑板525部分伸入中壳521的内侧空间5212。此时,第一支撑板524与第二支撑板525自动避让,形成容屏空间,容屏空间在靠近中壳521的方向上空间逐渐变大。
在本实施例中,中壳521的内侧空间5212中位于第一支撑板524与第二支撑板525之间的部分空间被释放,形成容屏空间的一部分,柔性显示屏6(参阅图99)可以部分伸入中壳521的内侧空间5212,提高了空间利用率,使得电子设备300的部件排布更为紧凑,有利于电子设备300的小型化。
请结合参阅图126和图127,图126是图93所示电子设备300沿N-N处剖面的截面结构示意图,图127是图94所示电子设备300沿O-O处剖开的截面结构示意图。
如图126所示,第一壳体51与第二壳体53处于打开状态时,中壳521的一部分位于第一固定槽512,中壳521的另一部分位于第二固定槽532,第一壳体51及第二壳体53遮盖中壳521的外观面5211。如图127所示,第一壳体51与第二壳体53处于闭合状态时,中壳521部分伸出第一固定槽512和第二固定槽532,中壳521的外观面5211相对第一壳体51及第二壳体53露出。
在本实施例中,壳体装置5在打开状态与闭合状态切换的过程中,中壳521相对第一壳体51和第二壳体53逐渐露出或逐渐被隐藏,三者相配合能够实现壳体装置5和电子设备300的背侧自遮蔽,提高了外观完整性和防水、防尘性能。
如图126所示,第一壳体51与第二壳体53处于打开状态时,第一支撑板524遮盖中壳521的部分内侧空间5212,第二支撑板525遮盖部分内侧空间5212。此时,第一支撑板524与第二支撑板525彼此靠近,第一支撑板524的支撑面5241与第二支撑板525的支撑面5251之间的距离较小,折叠机构52采用两板式结构即可在打开状态中对柔性显示屏6的折弯部 62提供较为完整的平面支撑。示例性的,壳体装置5处于打开状态时,第一支撑板524与第二支撑板525拼接,以更好地为柔性显示屏6提供强力支撑。
如图127所示,第一壳体51与第二壳体53处于闭合状态时,第一支撑板524部分伸入中壳521的内侧空间5212,第二支撑板525部分伸入内侧空间5212。此时,中壳521的内侧空间5212中位于第一支撑板524与第二支撑板525之间的部分空间被释放,形成容屏空间,柔性显示屏6可以部分伸入中壳521的内侧空间5212,提高了空间利用率,使得电子设备300的部件排布更为紧凑,有利于电子设备300的小型化。
综上,在本申请实施例中,如图112和图113所示,由于第一固定架522转动连接中壳521,第二固定架523转动连接中壳521,因此在第一壳体51与第二壳体53相对展开或折叠的过程中,第一固定架522与中壳521的相对运动轨迹确定,第二固定架523与中壳521的相对运动轨迹确定。如图119和图120所示,由于第一支撑板524滑动连接且转动连接第一固定架522、并转动连接中壳521,第一支撑板524的运动轨迹受第一固定架522和中壳521制约,第二支撑板525滑动连接且转动连接第二固定架523、并转动连接中壳521,第二支撑板525的运动轨迹受第二固定架523和中壳521制约,在第一固定架522和第二固定架523相对中壳521的运动轨迹确定的情况下,第一支撑板524和第二支撑板525的运动轨迹精确,因此能够在闭合状态中自动避让,形成容屏空间,且容屏空间控制精确,使得壳体装置5对柔性显示屏6的折叠动作稳定、挤压力较小,有利于降低柔性显示屏6因折叠机构52的过度挤压而发生损坏的风险,使得柔性显示屏6的可靠性较高。
在本申请实施例中,第一支撑板524的第一转动部5244与中壳521之间的转动连接结构可以有一处或多处,第一活动部5243与第一固定架522之间的滑动连接且转动连接结构可以有一处或多处。第二支撑板525的第二转动部5254与中壳521之间的转动连接结构可以有一处或多处,第二活动部5253与第二固定架523之间的滑动连接且转动连接结构可以有一处或多处。
可以理解的是,第一转动部5244与中壳521之间也可以通过实体轴实现转动连接,第一活动部5243与第一固定架522之间也可以通过转接块实现滑动连接且转动连接。第二转动部5254与中壳521之间也可以通过实体轴实现转动连接,第二活动部5253与第二固定架523之间也可以通过转接块实现滑动连接且转动连接。本申请实施例不对上述连接关系的具体实现结构作严格限定。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图128至图130,图128是图100所示第一摆臂527、第二摆臂528以及同步组件529的结构示意图,图129是图128所示结构的分解示意图,图130是图129所示结构在另一角度的结构示意图。其中,图130所处视角相对图129所示视角进行了上下翻转。
第一摆臂527包括活动端5271和转动端5272。第一摆臂527还可以包括连接活动端5271和转动端5272的连接段5273。其中,第一摆臂527可以为一体成型的结构件,以具有较高的结构强度。示例性的,第一摆臂527的活动端5271包括转轴5271a。第一摆臂527的转动端5272包括齿轮部5272a、多个第一凸起5272b及多个第二凸起5272c,齿轮部5272a可以设有转轴孔,多个第一凸起5272b和多个第二凸起5272c相背设置地位于齿轮部5272a的两端,多个第一凸起5272b排布成环状且彼此间隔,多个第一凸起5272b环绕齿轮部5272a的转轴孔设置,多个第二凸起5272c排布成环状且彼此间隔,多个第二凸起5272c环绕齿轮部5272a的转轴孔设置。
第二摆臂528包括活动端5281和转动端5282。第二摆臂528还可以包括连接活动端5281 和转动端5282的连接段5283。其中,第二摆臂528可以为一体成型的结构件,以具有较高的结构强度。示例性的,第二摆臂528的活动端5281包括转轴5281a。第二摆臂528的转动端5282包括齿轮部5282a、多个第一凸起5282b及多个第二凸起5282c,齿轮部5282a可以设有转轴孔,多个第一凸起5282b和多个第二凸起5282c相背设置地位于齿轮部5282a的两端,多个第一凸起5282b排布成环状且彼此间隔,多个第一凸起5282b环绕齿轮部5282a的转轴孔设置,多个第二凸起5282c排布成环状且彼此间隔,多个第二凸起5282c环绕齿轮部5282a的转轴孔设置。
一些实施例中,如图128至图130所示,同步组件529包括多个同步齿轮5291,多个同步齿轮5291彼此啮合,第一摆臂527的转动端5272通过多个同步齿轮5291啮合第二摆臂528的转动端5282。示例性的,多个同步齿轮5291可以排成一串,相邻的两个同步齿轮5291彼此啮合,位于端部的两个同步齿轮5291分别啮合第一摆臂527的转动端5272和第二摆臂528的转动端5282。
在本实施例中,第一摆臂527的转动端5272与第二摆臂528的转动端5282通过多个同步齿轮5291连接,使得第一摆臂527的转动端5272的转动角度与第二摆臂528的转动端5282的转动角度,大小相同且方向相反,使得第一摆臂527与第二摆臂528相对中壳521的转动动作保持同步,也即同步相互靠近或相互远离。
示例性的,同步齿轮5291包括齿轮部5291a、多个第一凸起5291b及多个第二凸起5291c,齿轮部5291a可以设有转轴孔,多个第一凸起5291b和多个第二凸起5291c相背设置地位于齿轮部5291a的两端,多个第一凸起5291b排布成环状且彼此间隔,多个第一凸起5291b环绕齿轮部5291a的转轴孔设置,多个第二凸起5291c排布成环状且彼此间隔,多个第二凸起5291c环绕齿轮部5291a的转轴孔设置。其中,同步齿轮5291可以为一体成型的结构件,以具有较高的结构强度。
一些实施例中,同步组件529还包括第一卡位件5292、第二卡位件5293、固定板5294、弹性件5295、第一转接轴5296、第二转接轴5297以及多个第三转接轴5298。第一卡位件5292位于弹性件5295与同步齿轮5291之间。第二卡位件5293位于同步齿轮5291远离第一卡位件5292的一侧,固定板5294位于弹性件5295远离第一卡位件5292的一侧。第二卡位件5293、多个同步齿轮5291、第一卡位件5292、弹性件5295以及固定板5294沿平行于壳体装置5的转动中心的方向依次排布。第一摆臂527的转动端5272和第二摆臂528的转动端5282位于第一卡位件5292与第二卡位件5293之间。
一些实施例中,如图129和图130所示,第一卡位件5292包括第一卡位板5292a及多个第一凸块组5292b,多个第一凸块组5292b固定于第一卡位板5292a的同一侧表面。第一卡位板5292a包括多个第一通孔5292c,多个第一通孔5292c彼此间隔设置。多个第一凸块组5292b与多个第一通孔5292c一一对应设置。每个第一凸块组5292b均可以包括多个第一凸块5292d,多个第一凸块5292d排布成环状且彼此间隔,多个第一凸块5292d环绕第一通孔5292c设置,相邻的两个第一凸块5292d之间形成卡位槽。其中,第一卡位件5292可以为一体成型的结构件,以具有较高的结构强度。
一些实施例中,如图129和图130所示,第二卡位件5293包括第二卡位板5293a及多个第二凸块组5293b,多个第二凸块组5293b固定于第二卡位板5293a的同一侧表面。第二卡位板5293a包括多个第二通孔5293c,多个第二通孔5293c彼此间隔设置。多个第二凸块组5293b与多个第二通孔5293c一一对应设置。每个第二凸块组5293b均可以包括多个第二凸块5293d,多个第二凸块5293d排布成环状且彼此间隔,多个第二凸块5293d环绕第二通孔 5293c设置,相邻的两个第二凸块5293d之间形成卡位槽。其中,第二卡位件5293可以为一体成型的结构件,以具有较高的结构强度。
一些实施例中,如图129和图130所示,固定板5294可以呈板体结构。固定板5294包括多个第三通孔5294a,多个第三通孔5294a彼此间隔设置。示例性的,多个第一通孔5292c、多个第二通孔5293c以及多个第三通孔5294a的排布形状及排布间距可以相同。
一些实施例中,如图128至图130所示,弹性件5295包括多个弹簧5295a。第一转接轴5296插接第二卡位件5293、第一摆臂527的转动端5272、第一卡位件5292、其中一个弹簧5295a以及固定板5294。其中,第一转接轴5296穿过第二卡位件5293的一个第二通孔5293c、第一摆臂527的转轴孔、第一卡位件5292的一个第一通孔5292c、其中一个弹簧5295a的内侧空间以及固定板5294的一个第三通孔5294a。其中,第一转接轴5296包括相背设置的第一端部和第二端部,第一转接轴5296的第一端部靠近第二卡位件5293且相对第二卡位件5293凸出,第一转接轴5296的第二端部靠近固定板5294且相对固定板5294凸出。示例性的,第一转接轴5296的第一端部可以设有限位凸缘5296a,限位凸缘5296a位于第二卡位件5293远离第一卡位件5292的一侧,限位凸缘5296a可以抵持第二卡位件5293,用于实现限位。第一转接轴5296的第一端部可以通过焊接、粘接等方式固定连接固定板5294。弹簧5295a处于压缩状态。
第三转接轴5298的数量与同步齿轮5291的数量相同,第三转接轴5298、同步齿轮5291及多个弹簧5295a中的部分弹簧5295a一一对应设置。第三转接轴5298插接第二卡位件5293、同步齿轮5291、第一卡位件5292、另一个弹簧5295a以及固定板5294。其中,第三转接轴5298穿过第二卡位件5293的另一个第二通孔5293c、同步齿轮5291的转轴孔、第一卡位件5292的另一个第一通孔5292c、另一个弹簧5295a的内侧空间以及固定板5294的另一个第三通孔5294a。其中,第三转接轴5298包括相背设置的第一端部和第二端部,第三转接轴5298的第一端部靠近第二卡位件5293且相对第二卡位件5293凸出,第三转接轴5298的第二端部靠近固定板5294且相对固定板5294凸出。示例性的,第三转接轴5298的第一端部可以设有限位凸缘5298a,限位凸缘5298a位于第二卡位件5293远离第一卡位件5292的一侧,限位凸缘5298a可以抵持第二卡位件5293,用于实现限位。第三转接轴5298的第一端部可以通过焊接、粘接等方式固定连接固定板5294。弹簧5295a处于压缩状态。
第二转接轴5297插接第二卡位件5293、第二摆臂528的转动端5282、第一卡位件5292、另一个弹簧5295a以及固定板5294。其中,第二转接轴5297穿过第二卡位件5293的另一个第二通孔5293c、第二摆臂528的转轴孔、第一卡位件5292的另一个第一通孔5292c、另一个弹簧5295a的内侧空间以及固定板5294的另一个第三通孔5294a。其中,第二转接轴5297包括相背设置的第一端部和第二端部,第二转接轴5297的第一端部靠近第二卡位件5293且相对第二卡位件5293凸出,第二转接轴5297的第二端部靠近固定板5294且相对固定板5294凸出。示例性的,第二转接轴5297的第一端部可以设有限位凸缘5297a,限位凸缘5297a位于第二卡位件5293远离第一卡位件5292的一侧,限位凸缘5297a可以抵持第二卡位件5293,用于实现限位。第二转接轴5297的第一端部可以通过焊接、粘接等方式固定连接固定板5294。弹簧5295a处于压缩状态。
一些实施例中,如图128至图130所示,第一摆臂527的转动端5272、同步齿轮5291及第二摆臂528的转动端5282排布成弧形。示例性的,第一卡位件5292的多个第一通孔5292c排布成弧形,第一卡位板5292a可以呈弧形或近弧形;第二卡位件5293的多个第二通孔5293c排布成弧形,第二卡位板5293a可以呈弧形或近弧形;固定板5294的多个第三通孔5294a排 布成弧形,固定板5294可以呈弧形或近弧形。通过第一通孔5292c、第二通孔5293c以及第三通孔5294a的位置,限定第一转接轴5296、第三转接轴5298及第二转接轴5297的位置,使得第一摆臂527的转动端5272、同步齿轮5291及第二摆臂528的转动端5282排布成弧形。
一些实施例中,如图128至图130所示,第一摆臂527的多个第一凸起5272b与其中一个第一凸块组5292b的多个第一凸块5292d交错排布形成卡接结构,第一摆臂527的多个第二凸起5272c与其中一个第二凸块组5293b的多个第二凸块5293d交错排布形成卡接结构。同步齿轮5291的多个第一凸起5272b与另一个第一凸块组5292b的多个第一凸块5292d交错排布形成卡接结构,同步齿轮5291的多个第二凸起5272c与另一个第二凸块组5293b的多个第二凸块5293d交错排布形成卡接结构。第二摆臂528的多个第一凸起5272b与另一个第一凸块组5292b的多个第一凸块5292d交错排布形成卡接结构,第二摆臂528的多个第二凸起5272c与另一个第二凸块组5293b的多个第二凸块5293d交错排布形成卡接结构。
在本实施例中,第一摆臂527的转动端5272、第二摆臂528的转动端5282以及同步齿轮5291均卡接第一卡位件5292和第二卡位件5293,形成卡接结构,使得第一摆臂527和第二摆臂528能够在某些位置停留。
此外,弹性件5295处于压缩状态,弹性件5295产生的弹性力将第一卡位件5292抵向同步齿轮5291。此时,第一卡位件5292与第二卡位件5293配合压紧第一摆臂527的转动端5272、同步齿轮5291以及第二摆臂528的转动端5282,使得第一摆臂527的转动端5272、同步齿轮5291以及第二摆臂528的转动端5282与第一卡位件5292及第二卡位件5293之间的卡接结构稳定。
其中,第一摆臂527的转动端5272、第二摆臂528的转动端5282以及同步齿轮5291相对第一卡位件5292和第二卡位件5293转动时,多个第一凸起5272b与多个第一凸块5292d的相对位置发生变化,能够形成不同的卡接结构,多个第二凸起5272c与多个第二凸块5293d的相对位置发生变化,能够形成不同的卡接结构。
一些实施例中,如图128至图130所示,第一卡位件5292与第二卡位件5293可以为镜面对称结构,第一摆臂527的多个第一凸起5272b与多个第二凸起5272c可以为镜面对称结构,第二摆臂528的多个第一凸起5272b与多个第二凸起5272c可以为镜面对称结构,同步齿轮5291的多个第一凸起5272b与多个第二凸起5272c可以为镜面对称结构。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图131至图133,图131是图96所示折叠机构52的部分结构示意图,图132是图96所示折叠机构52的另一部分结构示意图,图133是图96所示折叠机构52的另一部分结构示意图。其中,图131示意出中壳521、第三固定架5261、第四固定架5262、第一摆臂527、第二摆臂528以及同步组件529的组装结构。其中,如图131所示,中壳521可以包括第一部分521a和第二部分521b,图132示意出中壳521的第一部分521a与其他结构的组装结构,图133示意出中壳521的第二部分521b与其他结构的组装结构。图131至图133中,折叠机构52处于打开状态。在打开状态中,第三固定架5261和第四固定架5262相对展开,分别位于中壳521的两侧,处于打开位置。
如图131所示,第一摆臂527的一端连接中壳521,另一端连接第三固定架5261。第二摆臂528的一端连接中壳521,另一端连接第四固定架5262。同步组件529安装于中壳521,同步组件529连接第一摆臂527的一端和第二摆臂528的一端。其中,中壳521的第二部分521b遮挡第一摆臂527的部分结构、同步组件529的部分结构以及第二摆臂528的部分结构。
如图132所示,第一摆臂527的转动端5272安装于中壳521的安装空间5212e,第一摆臂527的活动端5271安装于第三固定架5261的第三滑槽5261e,第一摆臂527连接在中壳 521与第三固定架5261之间。第二摆臂528的转动端5282安装于中壳521,第二摆臂528的活动端5281安装于第四固定架5262的第四滑槽5262e,第二摆臂528连接在中壳521与第四固定架5262之间。同步组件529安装于中壳521的安装空间5212e,同步组件529连接第一摆臂527的转动端5272与第二摆臂528的转动端5282。
其中,结合参阅图130和图132,第一摆臂527的活动端5271的转轴5271a可以安装于第三滑槽5261e,且能够在第三滑槽5261e中滑动和转动,使得第一摆臂527的活动端5271滑动连接且转动连接第三固定架5261。第二摆臂528的活动端5281的转轴5281a可以安装于第四滑槽5262e,且能够在第四滑槽5262e中滑动和转动,使得第二摆臂528的活动端5281滑其中,动连接且转动连接第四固定架5262。
其中,结合参阅图110和图132,第一摆臂527的转动端5272可以安装于中壳521的安装空间5212e的主体空间5212f,第一摆臂527的活动端5271可以通过避让缺口5212h伸出至中壳521的外侧。第二摆臂528的转动端5282可以安装于中壳521的安装空间5212e的主体空间5212f,第二摆臂528的活动端5281可以通过避让缺口5212i伸出至中壳521的外侧。同步组件529安装于主体空间5212f。
其中,结合参阅图110和图133,同步组件529的第一转接轴5296的两端分别装入成对的一个第一转轴槽5212g和一个第二转轴槽5212j,第一转接轴5296穿过主体空间5212f。第一转接轴5296插接第一摆臂527的转动端5272,第一摆臂527的转动端5272转动连接中壳521。第二转接轴5297的两端分别装入成对的另一个第一转轴槽5212g和另一个第二转轴槽5212j,第二转接轴5297穿过主体空间5212f。第二转接轴5297插接第二摆臂528的转动端5282,第二摆臂528的转动端5282转动连接中壳521。第三转接轴5298的两端分别装入成对的另一个第一转轴槽5212g和另一个第二转轴槽5212j,第三转接轴5298穿过主体空间5212f。第三转接轴5298插接同步齿轮5291,同步齿轮5291转动连接中壳521。
其中,如图132和图133所示,第二卡位件5293、多个同步齿轮5291、第一卡位件5292、弹性件5295以及固定板5294可以安装于主体空间5212f。
其中,请结合参阅图134和图135,图134是图131所示结构沿G-G剖开的结构示意图,图135是图134所示结构在闭合状态的结构示意图。第一摆臂527的活动端5271安装于第三滑槽5261e,以滑动连接且转动连接第三固定架5261。第一摆臂527的转动端5272通过第一转接轴5296转动连接中壳521。第二摆臂528的活动端5281安装于第四滑槽5262e,以滑动连接且转动连接第四固定架5262。第二摆臂528的转动端5282通过第二转接轴5297转动连接中壳521。相邻的同步齿轮5291彼此啮合,每个同步齿轮5291均通过第三转接轴5298转动连接中壳521。第二摆臂528的转动端5282通过多个同步齿轮5291啮合第一摆臂527的转动端5272。
在本实施例中,第三固定架5261和第四固定架5262相对中壳521转动时,带动第一摆臂527和第二摆臂528相对中壳转动,由于第二摆臂528的转动端5282通过多个同步齿轮5291啮合第一摆臂527的转动端5272,因此第一摆臂527和第二摆臂528相对中壳521转动的动作同步,两者同步地相互靠近或远离彼此,提升了机构操作体验。
此外,由于第一卡位件5292固定安装于中壳521(如图132所示),因此在第一壳体51与第二壳体53相对转动的过程中,第一摆臂527和第二摆臂528相对第一卡位件5292转动,同步齿轮5291随第一摆臂527和第二摆臂528相对第一卡位件5292转动,同步齿轮5291与第一卡位件5292之间形成不同的卡接结构。
示例性的,当第一壳体51与第二壳体53处于打开状态时,第一卡位件5292与同步齿轮 5291形成第一卡接结构;第一壳体51与第二壳体53处于闭合状态时,第一卡位件5292与同步齿轮5291形成第二卡接结构。在本实施例中,第一卡接结构和第二卡接结构能够使同步齿轮5291相对第一卡位件5292停留在某些位置,也即使第一摆臂527和第二摆臂528相对中壳521保持一定的相对位置关系,使得第一壳体51与第二壳体53能够更好地保持打开状态或闭合状态,提高了用户的使用体验。
此外,同步组件529通过弹性件5295的弹性力,使得第一卡位件5292压紧同步齿轮5291,第一卡位件5292和同步齿轮5291之间维持第一卡接结构和第二卡接结构的相对位置关系,同步组件529具有阻止该相对位置关系发生变化的运动阻力。因此,第一卡接结构和第二卡接结构可以在电子设备300展开以进入打开状态的过程中、折叠以解除打开状态的过程中,提供一定的阻力,使得用户能够体验到较佳的机构操作感。
其中,请再次参阅图128至图130,第一卡位件5292与同步齿轮5291处于第一卡接结构或第二卡接结构时,同步齿轮5291的多个第一凸起5291b与第一卡位件5292上的多个第一凸块5292d,呈现交错排布的卡接结构。换言之,同步齿轮5291的多个第一凸起5291b与第一卡位件5292上的凹槽(形成于两个相邻的第一凸块5292d之间),呈现凹凸配合的卡接结构。第一卡接结构与第二卡接结构的区别在于,同步齿轮5291相对第一卡位件5292发生了转动,同步齿轮5291上的同一个第一凸起5291b、与第一卡位件5292上的不同凹槽配合。
示例性的,第一卡位件5292与同步齿轮5291处于第一卡接结构或第二卡接结构时,第一摆臂527的转动端5272、同步齿轮5291及第二摆臂528的转动端5282上的凸起、可以与第一卡位件5292及第二卡位件5293上的凸块,均呈现交错排布的卡接结构。换言之,第一摆臂527的转动端5272、同步齿轮5291及第二摆臂528的转动端5282上的凸起、可以与第一卡位件5292及第二卡位件5293上的凹槽(形成于两个相邻的凸块之间),均呈现凹凸配合的卡接结构。第一卡接结构与第二卡接结构的区别在于,第一摆臂527的转动端5272、同步齿轮5291及第二摆臂528的转动端5282相对第一卡位件5292及第二卡位件5293发生了转动,第一摆臂527的转动端5272、同步齿轮5291及第二摆臂528的转动端5282上的同一个凸起、与第一卡位件5292及第二卡位件5293上的不同凹槽配合。
其中,当折叠机构12处于中间状态时,第一摆臂527的转动端5272、同步齿轮5291及第二摆臂528的转动端5282相对第一卡位件5292及第二卡位件5293转动,第一摆臂527的转动端5272、同步齿轮5291及第二摆臂528的转动端5282上的同一个凸起、可以从第一卡位件5292及第二卡位件5293上的其中一个凹槽滑出、然后滑入另一个凹槽,也即,由“凸起-凹槽”的配合结构转变为“凸起-凸块”的过渡结构,再转变为“凸起-另一个凹槽”的配合结构,第一卡位件5292及第二卡位件5293相对第一摆臂527的转动端5272、同步齿轮5291及第二摆臂528的转动端5282,呈现“靠近-远离-靠近”的位置关系。
一些实施例中,请结合参阅图134和图135,第一摆臂527的转动端5272、多个同步齿轮5291以及第二摆臂528的转动端5282排布成弧形,从而能够充分利用中壳521的内侧空间5212,使得中壳521的内侧空间5212能够更多地释放出来、形成容屏空间,用于在电子设备300闭合时,收容部分柔性显示屏6,从而有利于提高电子设备300的部件排布的紧凑性,减小电子设备300的体积。
可以理解的是,同步齿轮5291的数量、尺寸等可以依据产品具体形态、尺寸等机型设计,本申请对此不作严格限定。其中,同步齿轮5291数量越多、同步齿轮5291的尺寸越小,能够释放更多的空间,同步齿轮5291的数量越少,同步齿轮5291的尺寸越大,同步齿轮5291的传动累积误差更小,有利于提高运动准确性。
请结合参阅图136和图137,图136是图93所示电子设备300沿L-L处剖面的截面结构示意图,图137是图94所示电子设备300沿M-M处剖开的截面结构示意图。
第三固定架5261固定连接第一壳体51,第三固定架5262固定连接第二壳体53。第一摆臂527的活动端5271滑动连接且转动连接第三固定架5262,第一摆臂527的转动端5272转动连接中壳521。第二摆臂528的活动端5281滑动连接且转动连接第四固定架5262,第二摆臂528的转动端5282转动连接中壳521。第一摆臂527的转动端5272通过多个同步齿轮5291啮合第二摆臂528的转动端5282,相邻的两个同步齿轮5291彼此啮合,同步齿轮5291转动连接中壳521。其中,第一摆臂527的活动端5271安装于第三滑槽5261e,第二摆臂528的活动端5281安装于第四滑槽5262e,第一摆臂527的转动端5272、第二摆臂528的转动端5282及同步齿轮5291通过不同的转接轴分别转动连接中壳521。
在本实施例中,由于第一摆臂527的转动端5272与第二摆臂528的转动端5282通过多个同步齿轮5291实现联动,多个同步齿轮5291用于使第一摆臂527和第二摆臂528在壳体装置5的运动过程中保持同步转动,也即同步相互靠近或相互远离。此外,第一摆臂527连接固定于第一壳体51的第三固定架5261,第二摆臂528连接固定于第二壳体53的第四固定架5262,因此第一摆臂527与第二摆臂528的同步转动能够使第一壳体51和第二壳体53也保持同步转动,故而,第一壳体51和第二壳体53相对中壳521的转动动作同步性好,提高了壳体装置5和电子设备300的机构操作体验。
其中,如图136和图137所示,第一摆臂527的转动端5272、多个同步齿轮5291及第二摆臂528的转动端5282排布成弧形,充分利用了中壳521的内侧空间5212,从而将中壳521的内侧空间5212更多地释放出来、形成容屏空间,柔性显示屏6能够在闭合状态时,部分收容于中壳521的内侧空间5212,有利于提高电子设备300的部件排布的紧凑性,减小电子设备300的体积。
可以理解的是,本申请同步组件529可以有多种实现结构。在其他一些实施例中,同步组件529可以通过对同步齿轮5291的位置限定,间接限定第一摆臂527的位置和第二摆臂528的位置。例如,第一卡位件5292和第二卡位件5293与同步齿轮5291之间形成卡接结构,第一摆臂527的转动端5272与第二摆臂528的转动端5282与第一卡位件5292及第二卡位件5293之间无卡接结构。在其他一些实施例中,同步组件529也可以不设置第二卡位件5293,通过第一卡位件5292与同步齿轮5291、第一摆臂527及第二摆臂528之间的卡接结构,使得第一摆臂527和第二摆臂528能够在某些位置停留。在其他一些实施例中,同步组件529也可以不设置固定板5294,弹性件5295的两端可以分别抵持第一卡位件5292和安装空间5212e的壁面,弹性件5295被压缩在第一卡位件5292与中壳521之间。在其他一些实施例中,弹性件5295也可以采用其他结构,例如弹性橡胶块等。以上实施例为同步组件529的示例性结构,同步组件529也可以有其他实现结构,本申请对此不作严格限定。
在其他一些实施例中,第一摆臂527的转动端5272与第二摆臂528的转动端5282之间没有设置连接两者的同步组件529,第一摆臂527的转动端5272可以通过转轴转动连接中壳521,该转轴可以为第一摆臂527的转动端5272的一部分,也可以为独立结构件且插接第一摆臂527的转动端5272;第二摆臂528的转动端5282也可以通过转轴转动连接中壳521,该转轴可以为第二摆臂528的转动端5282的一部分,也可以为独立结构件且插接第二摆臂528的转动端5282。
请结合参阅图138至图140,图138是本申请实施例提供的电子设备300在另一些实施例中处于打开状态时的结构示意图,图139是图138所示电子设备300处于闭合状态时的结 构示意图,图140是图138所示电子设备300的壳体装置5的部分分解结构示意图。本实施例电子设备300可以包括前述实施例电子设备300的大部分技术特征,以下主要阐述两者的区别,两者相同的大部分技术内容不再赘述。
一些实施例中,电子设备300包括壳体装置5和柔性显示屏6,柔性显示屏6安装于壳体装置5。柔性显示屏6用于显示图像,壳体装置5用于带动柔性显示屏6运动。壳体装置5包括依次连接第一壳体51、折叠机构52以及第二壳体53。折叠机构52能够发生形变,以使第一壳体51与第二壳体53相对折叠或相对展开。
其中,如图140所示,第一壳体51可以包括第一本体514及两个第一挡板515,两个第一挡板515分别固定于第一本体514的两侧。其中,第一本体514包括第一壳体51的支撑面511和第一固定槽512,两个第一挡板515可以形成第一固定槽512的槽侧壁。第二壳体53包括第二本体534及两个第二挡板535,两个第二挡板535分别固定于第二本体534的两侧。其中,第二本体534包括第二壳体53的支撑面531和第二固定槽532,两个第二挡板535可以形成第二固定槽532的槽侧壁。
结合参阅图138和图140,第一壳体51与第二壳体53处于打开状态时,第一挡板515靠近第一固定槽512的端部与第二挡板535靠近第二固定槽532的端部拼接,折叠机构52被第一壳体51与第二壳体53遮挡,电子设备300能够在打开状态实现外观自遮蔽,提高了防水、防尘性能。
结合参阅图139和图140,第一壳体51与第二壳体53处于闭合状态时,第一挡板515靠近第一壳体51的支撑面511的顶部与第二挡板535的靠近第二壳体53的支撑面531的顶部拼接,第一壳体51与第二壳体53完全合拢,折叠机构52的中壳521分伸出。此时,电子设备300能够在闭合状态中实现外观自遮蔽,提高了防水、防尘性能。
在本实施例中,电子设备300通过第一壳体51与第二壳体53的结构设计,实现打开状态和闭合状态的外观自遮蔽,可以省略用于实现外观遮蔽的端盖部件,因此电子设备300的结构设计较为简单,成本较低。
其中,第一挡板515与第二挡板535拼接的情况,可以包括两者相互接触的情况,也可以包括两者之间形成小缝隙的情况,本申请对此不作严格限定。
以上描述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内;在不冲突的情况下,本申请的实施例及实施例中的特征可以相互组合。因此,本申请的保护范围应以权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (56)

  1. 一种折叠机构(32),其特征在于,包括中壳(321)、第一固定架(322)、第二固定架(323)、第一摆臂(326)、第二摆臂(327)、第一支撑板(324)及第二支撑板(325),所述第一固定架(322)转动连接所述中壳(321),所述第二固定架(323)转动连接所述中壳(321);
    所述第一摆臂(326)包括转动端(3261)和活动端(3262),所述第一摆臂(326)的转动端(3261)转动连接所述中壳(321),所述第一摆臂(326)的活动端(3262)滑动连接所述第一固定架(322);所述第二摆臂(327)包括转动端(3271)和活动端(3272),所述第二摆臂(327)的转动端(3271)转动连接所述中壳(321),所述第二摆臂(327)的活动端(3272)滑动连接所述第一固定架(322);
    所述第一支撑板(324)转动连接所述第一固定架(322),所述第一支撑板(324)滑动连接所述第一摆臂(326)的活动端(3262);所述第二支撑板(325)转动连接所述第二固定架(323),所述第二支撑板(325)滑动连接所述第二摆臂(327)的活动端(3272);
    所述折叠机构(32)处于打开状态时,所述第一支撑板(324)的支撑面(3241)与所述第二支撑板(325)的支撑面(3251)齐平;所述折叠机构(32)处于闭合状态时,所述第一支撑板(324)的支撑面(3241)与所述第二支撑板(325)的支撑面(3251)相对设置、且在靠近所述中壳(321)的方向上彼此远离。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的折叠机构(32),其特征在于,所述中壳(321)包括外盖板(3211),所述外盖板(3211)弯曲形成内侧空间(3213);
    所述折叠机构(32)处于打开状态时,所述第一支撑板(324)遮盖部分所述内侧空间(3213),所述第二支撑板(325)遮盖部分所述内侧空间(3213);
    所述折叠机构(32)处于闭合状态时,所述第一支撑板(324)部分伸入所述内侧空间(3213),所述第二支撑板(325)部分伸入所述内侧空间(3213)。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的折叠机构(32),其特征在于,所述折叠机构(32)处于打开状态时,所述第一支撑板(324)与所述第二支撑板(325)拼接。
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的折叠机构(32),其特征在于,所述第一固定架(322)包括第一弧形臂(322b),所述第一弧形臂(322b)转动连接所述中壳(321);所述第二固定架(323)包括第二弧形臂(323b),所述第二弧形臂(323b)转动连接所述中壳(321)。
  5. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的折叠机构(32),其特征在于,所述第二摆臂(327)的活动端(3272)还转动连接所述第一固定架(322),所述第二摆臂(327)的活动端(3272)还转动连接所述第一固定架(322)。
  6. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的折叠机构(32),其特征在于,所述第一固定架(322)包括第一固定本体(322a),所述第一固定本体(322a)设有第一滑槽(3225),所述第二固定架(323)包括第二固定本体(323a),所述第二固定本体(323a)设有第二滑槽(3235);所述折叠机构(32)处于闭合状态时,在靠近所述中壳(321)的方向上,所述第二滑槽(3235)的延伸方向与所述第一滑槽(3225)的延伸方向彼此远离;
    所述第一摆臂(326)的活动端(3262)包括第一转轴(3262a),所述第一转轴(3262a)安装于所述第一滑槽(3225),且能够在所述第一滑槽(3225)中滑动;所述第二摆臂(327)的活动端(3272)包括第二转轴(3272a),所述第二转轴(3272a)安装于所述第二滑槽(3235),且能够在所述第二滑槽(3235)中滑动。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的折叠机构(32),其特征在于,所述第一转轴(3262a)还能够在所述第一滑槽(3225)中转动,所述第二转轴(3272a)还能够在所述第二滑槽(3235)中 转动。
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的折叠机构(32),其特征在于,所述第一支撑板(324)还转动连接所述第一摆臂(326)的活动端(3262),所述第二支撑板(325)还转动连接所述第二摆臂(327)的活动端(3272)。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的折叠机构(32),其特征在于,所述折叠机构(32)还包括第一转接块(3210)和第二转接块(3220);所述第一转接块(3210)包括转动部(3210a)和滑动部(3210b),所述第一转接块(3210)的转动部(3210a)转动连接所述第一摆臂(326)的活动端(3262),所述第一转接块(3210)的滑动部(3210b)滑动连接第一支撑板(324);所述第二转接块(3220)包括转动部(3220a)和滑动部(3220b),所述第二转接块(3220)的转动部(3220a)转动连接所述第二摆臂(327)的活动端(3272),所述第二转接块(3220)的滑动部(3220b)滑动连接第二支撑板(325)。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的折叠机构(32),其特征在于,所述第一摆臂(326)的活动端(3262)呈爪状,所述第一摆臂(326)的活动端(3262)包括彼此间隔设置的多个第一爪齿(3262b),所述第一转轴(3262a)包括两个部分,所述第一转轴(3262a)的两个部分分别位于所述多个第一爪齿(3262b)的两侧,并连接不同的所述第一爪齿(3262b);
    所述第一转接块(3210)的转动部(3210a)嵌入所述多个第一爪齿(3262b)之间,所述折叠机构(32)还包括第一转接轴(3230),所述第一转接轴(3230)插接所述第一转轴(3262a)、所述多个第一爪齿(3262b)及所述第一转接块(3210)的转动部(3210a)。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的折叠机构(32),其特征在于,所述第一转接块(3210)的转动部(3210a)呈爪状,所述第一转接块(3210)的转动部(3210a)包括彼此间隔设置的多个第三爪齿(3210c),所述多个第三爪齿(3210c)与所述多个第一爪齿(3262b)交错排布。
  12. 根据权利要求10或11所述的折叠机构(32),其特征在于,所述第一摆臂(326)的活动端(3262)具有第一转动孔(3262c),所述第一转动孔(3262c)贯穿所述第一转轴(3262a)和所述多个第一爪齿(3262b),所述第一转动孔(3262c)的转动中心与所述第一转轴(3262a)的转动中心重合,所述第一转接轴(3230)插设于所述第一转动孔(3262c)。
  13. 根据权利要求9至12中任一项所述的折叠机构(32),其特征在于,所述第一支撑板(324)包括第一板体(3242)和第一滑轨(3244),所述第一支撑板(324)的支撑面(3241)形成于所述第一板体(3242),所述第一板体(3242)包括固定面(3246),所述固定面(3246)背向所述第一支撑板(324)的支撑面(3241)设置,所述第一滑轨(3244)固定于所述固定面(3246),所述第一转接块(3210)的滑动部(3210b)滑动连接所述第一滑轨(3244)。
  14. 根据权利要求7至13中任一项所述的折叠机构(32),其特征在于,所述第一固定本体(322a)还设有第一安装槽(3226),所述第一安装槽(3226)连通所述第一滑槽(3225),所述折叠机构(32)还包括第一止位件(329),所述第一止位件(329)安装于所述第一安装槽(3226),所述折叠机构(32)处于打开状态时,所述第一止位件(329)抵持所述第一转轴(3262a)。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的折叠机构(32),其特征在于,所述第一止位件(329)包括支架(3291)和弹性件(3292),所述支架(3291)包括控制部(3291a)和抵持部(3291b),所述弹性件(3292)的一端安装于所述支架(3291)的控制部(3291a)、另一端抵持所述第一安装槽(3226)的槽壁,所述折叠机构(32)处于打开状态时,所述支架(3291)的抵持部(3291b)抵持所述第一转轴(3262a)。
  16. 根据权利要求7至15中任一项所述的折叠机构(32),其特征在于,所述第一固定本 体(322a)包括顶面(3221)、底面(3222)以及第二侧面(3224),所述顶面(3221)与所述底面(3222)相背设置,所述第二侧面(3224)位于所述顶面(3221)与所述底面(3222)之间,所述顶面(3221)面向所述第一支撑板(324),所述第二侧面(3224)面向所述中壳(321),所述顶面(3221)与所述底面(3222)在靠近所述第二侧面(3224)的方向上相互靠近。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的折叠机构(32),其特征在于,在靠近所述第二侧面(3224)的方向上,所述第一滑槽(3225)的延伸方向与所述底面(3222)彼此靠近。
  18. 根据权利要求1至17中任一项所述的折叠机构(32),其特征在于,所述折叠机构(32)还包括多个同步齿轮(3281),每个所述同步齿轮(3281)均转动连接所述中壳(321),相邻的两个所述同步齿轮(3281)相互啮合,所述第一摆臂(326)的转动端(3261)通过所述多个同步齿轮(3281)啮合所述第二摆臂(327)的转动端(3271)。
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的折叠机构(32),其特征在于,所述第一摆臂(326)的转动端(3261)、所述多个同步齿轮(3281)及所述第二摆臂(327)的转动端(3271)排布成弧形。
  20. 一种折叠机构(12),其特征在于,包括中壳(121)、第一固定架(122)、第二固定架(123)、第一摆臂(126)、第二摆臂(127)、第一支撑板(124)及第二支撑板(125);
    所述第一摆臂(126)的一端滑动连接所述第一固定架(122)、另一端转动连接所述中壳(121),所述第二摆臂(127)的一端滑动连接所述第二固定架(123)、另一端转动连接所述中壳(121),所述第一支撑板(124)转动连接所述第一固定架(122)且转动连接所述中壳(121),所述第二支撑板(125)转动连接所述第二固定架(123)且转动连接所述中壳(121);
    所述折叠机构(12)处于打开状态时,所述第一支撑板(124)的支撑面(1241)与所述第二支撑板(125)的支撑面(1251)齐平;所述折叠机构(12)处于闭合状态时,所述第一支撑板(124)的支撑面(1241)与所述第二支撑板(125)的支撑面(1251)相对设置、且在靠近所述中壳(121)的方向上彼此远离。
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的折叠机构(12),其特征在于,所述中壳(121)包括外盖板(1211),所述外盖板(1211)弯曲形成内侧空间(1213);
    所述折叠机构(12)处于打开状态时,所述第一支撑板(124)遮盖部分所述内侧空间(1213),所述第二支撑板(125)遮盖部分所述内侧空间(1213);
    所述折叠机构(12)处于闭合状态时,所述第一支撑板(124)部分伸入所述内侧空间(1213),所述第二支撑板(125)部分伸入所述内侧空间(1213)。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的折叠机构(12),其特征在于,所述折叠机构(12)处于打开状态时,所述第一支撑板(124)与所述第二支撑板(125)拼接。
  23. 根据权利要求20至22中任一项所述的折叠机构(12),其特征在于,所述第一支撑板(124)包括第一板体(1242)、第一转动部(1243)及第二转动部(1244),所述第一转动部(1243)和所述第二转动部(1244)彼此间隔地固定于所述第一板体(1242),所述第一转动部(1243)转动连接所述第一固定架(122),所述第二转动部(1244)转动连接所述中壳(121);
    所述第二支撑板(125)包括第二板体(1252)、第三转动部(1253)及第四转动部(1254),所述第三转动部(1253)和所述第四转动部(1254)彼此间隔地固定于所述第二板体(1252),所述第三转动部(1253)转动连接所述第二固定架(123),所述第四转动部(1254)转动连接所述中壳(121);
    所述折叠机构(12)处于打开状态时,所述第二转动部(1244)和所述第四转动部(1254)位于所述第一转动部(1243)与所述第三转动部(1253)之间;所述折叠机构(12)处于闭合状态时,所述第一转动部(1243)与所述第三转动部(1253)之间的间距小于所述第二转动部(1244)与所述第四转动部(1254)之间的间距。
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的折叠机构(12),其特征在于,所述折叠机构还包括第一转轴(1210a)和第二转轴(1210b),所述第一转轴(1210a)插接所述第一转动部(1243)和所述第一固定架(122),所述第二转轴(1210b)插接所述第二转动部(1244)和所述中壳(121);
    所述折叠机构还包括第三转轴(1210c)和第四转轴(1210d),所述第三转轴(1210c)插接所述第三转动部(1253)和所述第二固定架(123),所述第四转轴(1210d)插接所述第四转动部(1254)和所述中壳(121)。
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的折叠机构(12),其特征在于,所述中壳(121)包括第一凸部(1211a)和第二凸部(1211b),所述第二转轴(1210b)插接所述第一凸部(1211a),所述第一凸部(1211a)嵌入所述第一支撑板(124),所述第四转轴(1210d)插接所述第二凸部(1211b),所述第二凸部(1211b)嵌入所述第二支撑板(125)。
  26. 根据权利要求23至25中任一项所述的折叠机构(12),其特征在于,所述第一板体(1242)包括第一主体部分(1242a)和第一延伸部分(1242b),所述第一延伸部分(1242b)固定于所述第一主体部分(1242a)的一侧且相对所述第一主体部分(1242a)凸出,所述第一主体部分(1242a)远离所述第一延伸部分(1242b)的一侧形成第一缺口(1242c),所述第一转动部(1243)位于所述第一缺口(1242c)且固定于所述第一主体部分(1242a),所述第一主体部分(1242a)靠近所述第一延伸部分(1242b)的一侧形成第二缺口(1242d),所述第二转动部(1244)位于所述第二缺口(1242d)且固定于所述第一主体部分(1242a);
    所述第二板体(1252)包括第二主体部分(1252a)和第二延伸部分(1252b),所述第二延伸部分(1252b)固定于所述第二主体部分(1252a)的一侧且相对所述第二主体部分(1252a)凸出,所述第二主体部分(1252a)远离所述第二延伸部分(1252b)的一侧形成第三缺口(1252c),所述第三转动部(1253)位于所述第三缺口(1252c)且固定于所述第二主体部分(1252a),所述第二主体部分(1252a)靠近所述第二延伸部分(1252b)的一侧形成第四缺口(1252d),所述第四转动部(1254)位于所述第四缺口(1252d)且固定于所述第二主体部分(1252a);
    在折叠机构(12)的展开过程中,所述第一延伸部分(1242b)与所述第二延伸部分(1252b)相互靠近,在折叠机构(12)的折叠过程中,所述第一延伸部分(1242b)与所述第二延伸部分(1252b)相互远离。
  27. 根据权利要求20至26中任一项所述的折叠机构(12),其特征在于,所述第一摆臂(126)包括滑动端(1261)和转动端(1262),所述第一固定架(122)设有第一滑槽(1225),所述第一摆臂(126)的滑动端(1261)安装于所述第一滑槽(1225),所述第一摆臂(126)的转动端(1262)转动连接所述中壳(121);
    所述第二摆臂(127)包括滑动端(1271)和转动端(1272),所述第二固定架(123)设有第二滑槽(1235),所述第二摆臂(127)的滑动端(1271)安装于所述第二滑槽(1235),所述第二摆臂(127)的转动端(1272)转动连接所述中壳(121)。
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的折叠机构(12),其特征在于,所述折叠机构还包括多个同步齿轮(1281),每个所述同步齿轮(1281)均转动连接所述中壳(121),所述多个同步齿轮(1281)彼此啮合,所述第一摆臂(126)的转动端(1262)通过所述多个同步齿轮(1281)啮合所述 第二摆臂(127)的转动端(1272)。
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的折叠机构(12),其特征在于,所述第一摆臂(126)的转动端(1262)、所述多个同步齿轮(1281)及所述第二摆臂(127)的转动端(1272)排布成弧形。
  30. 根据权利要求28或29所述的折叠机构(12),其特征在于,所述折叠机构还包括第一卡位件(1282)和第一弹性件(1285),所述第一卡位件(1282)和所述第一弹性件(1285)安装于所述中壳(121),所述第一卡位件(1282)位于所述第一弹性件(1285)与所述同步齿轮(1281)之间,所述第一弹性件(1285)处于压缩状态,所述第一弹性件(1285)产生的弹性力将所述第一卡位件(1282)抵向所述同步齿轮(1281);
    所述折叠机构(12)处于打开状态时,所述第一卡位件(1282)与所述同步齿轮(1281)形成第一卡接结构,所述折叠机构(12)处于闭合状态时,所述第一卡位件(1282)与所述同步齿轮(1281)形成第二卡接结构。
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的折叠机构(12),其特征在于,所述折叠机构还包括安装于所述中壳(121)的第一转接轴(1286)、第二转接轴(1287)、第三转接轴(1288)、第二卡位件(1283)以及固定板(1284),所述第二卡位件(1283)位于所述同步齿轮(1281)远离所述第一卡位件(1282)的一侧,所述固定板(1284)位于所述第一弹性件(1285)远离所述第一卡位件(1282)的一侧,所述第一弹性件(1285)包括多个弹簧(1285a);
    所述第一转接轴(1286)插接所述第二卡位件(1283)、所述第一摆臂(126)的转动端(1262)、所述第一卡位件(1282)、其中一个所述弹簧(1285a)以及所述固定板(1284),所述第三转接轴(1288)插接所述第二卡位件(1283)、所述同步齿轮(1281)、所述第一卡位件(1282)、另一个所述弹簧(1285a)以及所述固定板(1284),所述第二转接轴(1287)插接所述第二卡位件(1283)、所述第二摆臂(127)的转动端(1272)、所述第一卡位件(1282)、另一个所述弹簧(1285a)以及所述固定板(1284);
    所述第一卡位件(1282)包括多个第一凸块组(1282b),每个所述第一凸块组(1282b)均包括多个第一凸块(1282d),所述多个第一凸块(1282d)排布成环状且彼此间隔,所述第二卡位件(1283)包括多个第二凸块组(1283b),每个所述第二凸块组(1283b)均包括多个第二凸块(1283d),所述多个第二凸块(1283d)排布成环状且彼此间隔;所述第一摆臂(126)的转动端(1262)、所述同步齿轮(1281)及所述第二摆臂(127)的转动端(1272)均包括相背设置的多个第一凸起和多个第二凸起,所述多个第一凸起排布成环状且彼此间隔,所述多个第二凸起排布成环状且彼此间隔;
    所述第一摆臂(126)的多个第一凸起(1262b)与其中一个所述第一凸块组(1282b)的多个第一凸块(1282d)交错排布形成卡接结构,所述第一摆臂(126)的多个第二凸起(1262c)与其中一个所述第二凸块组(1283b)的多个第二凸块(1283d)交错排布形成卡接结构;所述同步齿轮(1281)的多个第一凸起(1281b)与另一个所述第一凸块组(1282b)的多个第一凸块(1282d)交错排布形成卡接结构,所述同步齿轮(1281)的多个第二凸起(1281c)与另一个所述第二凸块组(1283b)的多个第二凸块(1283d)交错排布形成卡接结构;所述第二摆臂(127)的多个第一凸起(1272b)与另一个所述第一凸块组(1282b)的多个第一凸块(1282d)交错排布形成卡接结构,所述第二摆臂(127)的多个第二凸起(1272c)与另一个所述第二凸块组(1283b)的多个第二凸块(1283d)交错排布形成卡接结构。
  32. 根据权利要求27至31中任一项所述的折叠机构(12),其特征在于,所述第一固定架(122)还设有第一安装槽(1226),所述第一安装槽(1226)连通所述第一滑槽(1225), 所述折叠机构(12)还包括第一止位件(129),所述第一止位件(129)安装于所述第一安装槽(1226),所述折叠机构(12)处于打开状态时,所述第一止位件(129)抵持所述第一摆臂(126)的滑动端(1261)。
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的折叠机构(12),其特征在于,所述第一止位件(129)包括支架(1291)和第二弹性件(1292),所述支架(1291)包括控制部(1291a)和抵持部(1291b),所述第二弹性件(1292)的一端安装于所述支架(1291)的控制部(1291a)、另一端抵持所述第一安装槽(1226)的槽壁,所述折叠机构(12)处于打开状态时,所述支架(1291)的抵持部(1291b)抵持所述第一摆臂(126)的滑动端(1261)。
  34. 根据权利要求27至33中任一项所述的折叠机构(12),其特征在于,所述第一固定架(122)包括顶面(1221)、底面(1222)以及第二侧面(1224),所述顶面(1221)与所述底面(1222)相背设置,所述第二侧面(1224)位于所述顶面(1221)与所述底面(1222)之间,所述顶面(1221)面向所述第一支撑板(124),所述第二侧面(1224)面向所述中壳(121),所述顶面(1221)与所述底面(1222)在靠近所述第二侧面(1224)的方向上相互靠近。
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的折叠机构(12),其特征在于,在靠近所述第二侧面(1224)的方向上,所述第一滑槽(1225)的延伸方向与所述底面(1222)彼此远离。
  36. 一种折叠机构(52),其特征在于,包括中壳(521)、第一固定架(522)、第二固定架(523)、第一支撑板(524)及第二支撑板(525),所述第一固定架(522)转动连接所述中壳(521),所述第二固定架(523)转动连接所述中壳(521);所述第一支撑板(524)滑动连接所述第一固定架(522),并转动连接所述中壳(521);所述第二支撑板(525)滑动连接所述第二固定架(523),并转动连接所述中壳(521);
    所述折叠机构(52)处于打开状态时,所述第一支撑板(524)的支撑面(5241)与所述第二支撑板(525)的支撑面(5251)齐平;所述折叠机构(52)处于闭合状态时,所述第一支撑板(524)的支撑面(5241)与所述第二支撑板(525)的支撑面(5251)相对设置、且在靠近所述中壳(521)的方向上彼此远离。
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的折叠机构(52),其特征在于,所述中壳(521)具有内侧空间(5213);
    所述折叠机构(52)处于打开状态时,所述第一支撑板(524)遮盖部分所述内侧空间(5213),所述第二支撑板(525)遮盖部分所述内侧空间(5213);
    所述折叠机构(52)处于闭合状态时,所述第一支撑板(524)部分伸入所述内侧空间(5213),所述第二支撑板(525)部分伸入所述内侧空间(5213)。
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的折叠机构(52),其特征在于,所述折叠机构(52)处于打开状态时,所述第一支撑板(524)与所述第二支撑板(525)拼接。
  39. 根据权利要求36至38中任一项所述的折叠机构(52),其特征在于,所述第一固定架(522)包括第一弧形臂(522b),所述第二固定架(523)包括第二弧形臂(523b),所述中壳(521)具有第一弧形槽(5213a)和第二弧形槽(5213b),所述第一弧形臂(522b)安装于所述第一弧形槽(5213a),所述第二弧形臂(523b)安装于所述第二弧形槽(5213b)。
  40. 根据权利要求36至39中任一项所述的折叠机构(52),其特征在于,所述第一支撑板(524)还转动连接所述第一固定架(522),所述第二支撑板(525)还转动连接所述第二固定架(523)。
  41. 根据权利要求36至39中任一项所述的折叠机构(52),其特征在于,所述第一支撑 板(524)包括第一板体(5242)、第一活动部(5243)及第一转动部(5244),所述第一支撑板(524)的支撑面(5241)形成于所述第一板体(5242),所述第一活动部(5243)和所述第一转动部(5244)固定于所述第一板体(5242),所述第一活动部(5243)滑动连接所述第一固定架(522),所述第一转动部(5244)转动连接所述中壳(521);
    所述第二支撑板(525)包括第二板体(5252)、第二活动部(5253)及第二转动部(5254),所述第二支撑板(525)的支撑面(5251)形成于所述第二板体(5252),所述第二活动部(5253)和所述第二转动部(5254)固定于所述第二板体(5252),所述第二活动部(5253)滑动连接所述第二固定架(523),所述第二转动部(5254)转动连接所述中壳(521)。
  42. 根据权利要求41所述的折叠机构(52),其特征在于,所述第一板体(5242)具有固定面(5245)和第一避让缺口(5246),所述第一板体(5242)的固定面(5245)背向所述第一支撑板(524)的支撑面(5241)设置,所述第一转动部(5244)为弧形臂,所述第一转动部(5244)的一端固定于所述第一板体(5242)的固定面(5245),另一端位于所述第一避让缺口(5246);
    所述第二板体(5252)具有固定面(5255)和第二避让缺口(5256),所述第二板体(5252)的固定面(5255)背向所述第二支撑板(525)的支撑面(5251)设置,所述第二转动部(5254)为弧形臂,所述第二转动部(5254)的一端固定于所述第二板体(5252)的固定面(5255),另一端位于所述第二避让缺口(5256);
    所述中壳(521)具有第三弧形槽(5212c)和第四弧形槽(5212d),所述第一转动部(5244)安装于所述第三弧形槽(5212c),所述第二转动部(5254)安装于所述第四弧形槽(5212d)。
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的折叠机构(52),其特征在于,所述第一活动部(5243)还转动连接所述第一固定架(522),所述第二活动部(5253)还转动连接所述第二固定架(523)。
  44. 根据权利要求43所述的折叠机构(52),其特征在于,所述第一固定架(522)具有第一滑槽(5225),所述第一活动部(5243)包括转轴(5243b),所述第一活动部(5243)的转轴(5243b)安装于所述第一滑槽(5225),且能够在所述第一滑槽(5225)内滑动;所述第二固定架(523)具有第二滑槽(5235),所述第二活动部(5253)包括转轴(5253b),所述第二活动部(5253)的转轴(5253b)安装于所述第二滑槽(5235),且能够在所述第二滑槽(5235)内滑动。
  45. 根据权利要求44所述的折叠机构(52),其特征在于,所述折叠机构(52)处于闭合状态时,在靠近所述中壳(521)的方向上,所述第一滑槽(5225)的延伸方向和所述第二滑槽(5235)延伸方向远离彼此。
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的折叠机构(52),其特征在于,所述第一活动部(5243)的转轴(5243b)还能够在所述第一滑槽(5225)内转动,所述第二活动部(5253)的转轴(5253b)还能够在所述第二滑槽(5235)内转动。
  47. 根据权利要求36至46中任一项所述的折叠机构(52),其特征在于,所述折叠机构(52)还包括第三固定架(5261)、第四固定架(5262)、第一摆臂(527)、第二摆臂(528)及多个同步齿轮(5291);所述第一摆臂(527)包括活动端(5271)和转动端(5272),所述第一摆臂(527)的活动端(5271)滑动连接所述第三固定架(5261),所述第一摆臂(527)的转动端(5272)转动连接所述中壳(521);所述第二摆臂(528)包括活动端(5281)和转动端(5282),所述第二摆臂(528)的活动端(5281)滑动连接所述第四固定架(5262),所述第二摆臂(528)的转动端(5282)转动连接所述中壳(521);每个所述同步齿轮(5291)均转动连接所述中壳(521),相邻的两个所述同步齿轮(5291)彼此啮合,所述第一摆臂(527) 的转动端(5272)通过多个所述同步齿轮(5291)啮合所述第二摆臂(528)的转动端(5282)。
  48. 根据权利要求47所述的折叠机构(52),其特征在于,所述第一摆臂(527)的活动端(5271)还转动连接所述第三固定架(5261),所述第二摆臂(528)的活动端(5281)还转动连接所述第四固定架(5262)。
  49. 根据权利要求48所述的折叠机构(52),其特征在于,所述第一摆臂(527)的活动端(5271)包括转轴(5271a),所述第三固定架(5261)设有第三滑槽(5261e),所述第一摆臂(527)的活动端(5271)的转轴(5271a)安装于所述第三滑槽(5261e),且能够在所述第三滑槽(5261e)内滑动;所述第二摆臂(528)的活动端(5281)包括转轴(5281a),所述第四固定架(5262)设有第四滑槽(5262e),所述第二摆臂(528)的活动端(5281)的转轴(5281a)安装于所述第四滑槽(5262e),且能够在所述第四滑槽(5262e)内滑动。
  50. 根据权利要求49所述的折叠机构(52),其特征在于,所述第一摆臂(527)的转动端(5272)、多个所述同步齿轮(5291)及所述第二摆臂(528)的转动端(5282)排布成弧形。
  51. 根据权利要求47至50中任一项所述的折叠机构(52),其特征在于,所述折叠机构(52)还包括第一卡位件(5292)和弹性件(5295),所述第一卡位件(5292)和所述弹性件(5295)安装于所述中壳(521),所述第一卡位件(5292)位于所述弹性件(5295)与所述同步齿轮(5291)之间,所述弹性件(5295)处于压缩状态,所述弹性件(5295)产生的弹性力将所述第一卡位件(5292)抵向所述同步齿轮(5291);
    所述折叠机构(52)处于打开状态时,所述第一卡位件(5292)与所述同步齿轮(5291)形成第一卡接结构,所述折叠机构(52)处于闭合状态时,所述第一卡位件(5292)与所述同步齿轮(5291)形成第二卡接结构。
  52. 根据权利要求51所述的折叠机构(52),其特征在于,所述折叠机构(52)还包括安装于所述中壳(521)的第一转接轴(5296)、第二转接轴(5297)、第三转接轴(5298)、第二卡位件(5293)以及固定板(5294),所述第二卡位件(5293)位于所述同步齿轮(5291)远离所述第一卡位件(5292)的一侧,所述固定板(5294)位于所述弹性件(5295)远离所述第一卡位件(5292)的一侧,所述弹性件(5295)包括多个弹簧(5295a);
    所述第一转接轴(5296)插接所述第二卡位件(5293)、所述第一摆臂(527)的转动端(5272)、所述第一卡位件(5292)、其中一个所述弹簧(5295a)以及所述固定板(5294),所述第三转接轴(5298)插接所述第二卡位件(5293)、所述同步齿轮(5291)、所述第一卡位件(5292)、另一个所述弹簧(5295a)以及所述固定板(5294),所述第二转接轴(5297)插接所述第二卡位件(5293)、所述第二摆臂(528)的转动端(5282)、所述第一卡位件(5292)、另一个所述弹簧(5295a)以及所述固定板(5294);
    所述第一卡位件(5292)包括多个第一凸块组(5292b),每个所述第一凸块组(5292b)均包括多个第一凸块(5292d),多个所述第一凸块(5292d)排布成环状且彼此间隔,所述第二卡位件(5293)包括多个第二凸块组(5293b),每个所述第二凸块组(5293b)均包括多个第二凸块(5293d),多个所述第二凸块(5293d)排布成环状且彼此间隔;所述第一摆臂(527)的转动端(5272)包括相背设置的多个第一凸起(5272b)和多个第二凸起(5272c),多个所述第一凸起(5272b)排布成环状且彼此间隔,多个所述第二凸起(5272c)排布成环状且彼此间隔;所述同步齿轮(5291)包括相背设置的多个第一凸起(5291b)和多个第二凸起(5291c),多个所述第一凸起(5291b)排布成环状且彼此间隔,多个所述第二凸起(5291c)排布成环状且彼此间隔;所述第二摆臂(528)的转动端(5282)包括相背设置的多个第一凸起(5282b) 和多个第二凸起(5282c),多个所述第一凸起(5282b)排布成环状且彼此间隔,多个所述第二凸起(5282c)排布成环状且彼此间隔;
    所述第一摆臂(527)的多个第一凸起(5272b)与其中一个所述第一凸块组(5292b)的多个第一凸块(5292d)交错排布形成卡接结构,所述第一摆臂(527)的多个第二凸起(5272c)与其中一个所述第二凸块组(5293b)的多个第二凸块(5293d)交错排布形成卡接结构;所述同步齿轮(5291)的多个第一凸起(5291b)与另一个所述第一凸块组(5292b)的多个第一凸块(5292d)交错排布形成卡接结构,所述同步齿轮(5291)的多个第二凸起(5291c)与另一个所述第二凸块组(5293b)的多个第二凸块(5293d)交错排布形成卡接结构;所述第二摆臂(528)的多个第一凸起(5282b)与另一个所述第一凸块组(5292b)的多个第一凸块(5292d)交错排布形成卡接结构,所述第二摆臂(528)的多个第二凸起(5282c)与另一个所述第二凸块组(5293b)的多个第二凸块(5293d)交错排布形成卡接结构。
  53. 一种壳体装置,其特征在于,包括第一壳体、第二壳体以及权利要求1至52中任一项所述的折叠机构,所述折叠机构连接所述第一壳体和所述第二壳体,所述折叠机构用于使所述第一壳体与所述第二壳体能够相对折叠或相对展开。
  54. 一种电子设备,其特征在于,包括柔性显示屏、第一壳体、第二壳体以及权利要求1至52中任一项所述的折叠机构,所述折叠机构连接所述第一壳体与所述第二壳体,所述折叠机构用于使所述第一壳体与所述第二壳体能够相对折叠或相对展开;
    所述柔性显示屏包括依次排列的第一非折弯部、折弯部及第二非折弯部,所述第一非折弯部固定连接所述第一壳体,所述第二非折弯部固定连接所述第二壳体,在所述第一壳体与所述第二壳体相对折叠或相对展开的过程中,所述折弯部发生形变。
  55. 根据权利要求54所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述第一壳体靠近所述折叠机构的一侧设有第一固定槽,所述折叠机构的第一固定架安装于所述第一固定槽,所述第二壳体靠近所述折叠机构的一侧设有第二固定槽,所述折叠机构的第二固定架安装于所述第二固定槽,所述中壳包括外观面;
    所述第一壳体与所述第二壳体相对展开至打开状态时,所述第一壳体及所述第二壳体遮盖所述外观面;所述第一壳体与所述第二壳体相对折叠至处于闭合状态时,所述外观面相对所述第一壳体及所述第二壳体露出。
  56. 根据权利要求55所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述外观面包括第一弧面部分、平面部分以及第二弧面部分,所述第一弧面部分和第二弧面部分分别连接于所述平面部分的两侧;或者,所述外观面为弧面。
PCT/CN2021/126814 2020-10-29 2021-10-27 折叠机构、壳体装置及电子设备 WO2022089500A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP21885227.5A EP4236274A4 (en) 2020-10-29 2021-10-27 FOLDING MECHANISM, HOUSING APPARATUS, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE
US18/250,360 US20230403347A1 (en) 2020-10-29 2021-10-27 Folding mechanism, housing apparatus, and electronic device
CN202180072756.5A CN116671093A (zh) 2020-10-29 2021-10-27 折叠机构、壳体装置及电子设备

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202011183401.7 2020-10-29
CN202011183401 2020-10-29
CN202011187735.1 2020-10-29
CN202011187735 2020-10-29
CN202011197784.3A CN114006962B (zh) 2020-10-29 2020-10-31 折叠机构及电子设备
CN202011197784.3 2020-10-31

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022089500A1 true WO2022089500A1 (zh) 2022-05-05

Family

ID=79920750

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/126814 WO2022089500A1 (zh) 2020-10-29 2021-10-27 折叠机构、壳体装置及电子设备

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US20230403347A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4236274A4 (zh)
CN (7) CN115314576B (zh)
WO (1) WO2022089500A1 (zh)

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114726940A (zh) * 2022-06-06 2022-07-08 东莞市劲丰电子有限公司 柔性屏折叠手机的侧移式弯折铰链
CN116055593A (zh) * 2022-05-26 2023-05-02 荣耀终端有限公司 一种可折叠的电子设备
CN116719389A (zh) * 2023-08-04 2023-09-08 荣耀终端有限公司 转轴组件及可折叠设备
WO2023231386A1 (zh) * 2022-05-31 2023-12-07 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 转轴机构、折叠壳体及电子设备
WO2024008026A1 (zh) * 2022-07-05 2024-01-11 华为技术有限公司 折叠装置及电子设备
WO2024051082A1 (zh) * 2022-09-05 2024-03-14 武汉华星光电半导体显示技术有限公司 铰链、显示面板及显示装置
WO2024060876A1 (zh) * 2022-09-19 2024-03-28 荣耀终端有限公司 同步机构和电子设备

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116517948A (zh) * 2019-12-13 2023-08-01 华为技术有限公司 一种转轴机构和电子设备
EP4207144A4 (en) * 2021-01-13 2024-03-27 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. FOLDABLE FLEXIBLE DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE
CN116939070A (zh) * 2022-03-31 2023-10-24 荣耀终端有限公司 可折叠机构和可折叠终端
CN114658751B (zh) * 2022-04-15 2023-04-07 维沃移动通信有限公司 铰链机构和电子设备
CN219372800U (zh) * 2022-09-06 2023-07-18 华为技术有限公司 折叠组件及电子设备
CN117167396A (zh) * 2023-11-03 2023-12-05 荣耀终端有限公司 一种转轴机构、支撑装置以及折叠屏终端

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20190073002A1 (en) * 2017-04-26 2019-03-07 Boe Technology Group Co., Ltd. Foldable Display Device
CN110445913A (zh) * 2019-07-31 2019-11-12 华为技术有限公司 折叠组件及电子设备
CN110830623A (zh) * 2019-11-06 2020-02-21 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 折叠屏组件和电子设备
CN111614806A (zh) * 2020-04-15 2020-09-01 华为技术有限公司 折叠装置及电子设备

Family Cites Families (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8971031B2 (en) * 2012-08-07 2015-03-03 Creator Technology B.V. Display system with a flexible display
CN207777905U (zh) * 2017-12-06 2018-08-28 杭州安费诺飞凤通信部品有限公司 一种内折柔性屏移动终端的铰链及内折柔性屏移动终端
CN108428408A (zh) * 2018-05-16 2018-08-21 深圳市天珑移动技术有限公司 柔性屏幕的折叠机构、可折叠显示器及电子设备
CN208421694U (zh) * 2018-07-13 2019-01-22 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 电子设备
CN110714977A (zh) * 2018-07-13 2020-01-21 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 折叠装置及电子设备
CN208656822U (zh) * 2018-07-13 2019-03-26 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 折叠装置及电子设备
WO2020010987A1 (zh) * 2018-07-13 2020-01-16 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 可折叠电子设备
CN208686793U (zh) * 2018-07-13 2019-04-02 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 折叠装置及电子设备
TWI687795B (zh) * 2018-09-27 2020-03-11 兆利科技工業股份有限公司 折疊式裝置的轉軸模組
CN109658826B (zh) * 2018-11-06 2022-05-17 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 柔性屏和电子设备
CN111692196B (zh) * 2019-03-15 2021-10-22 华为技术有限公司 一种转轴机构及移动终端
CN111698355B (zh) * 2019-03-15 2021-07-09 华为技术有限公司 一种转轴机构及移动终端
CN111816067B (zh) * 2019-04-12 2023-12-29 三星电子株式会社 可折叠电子装置
CN211239890U (zh) * 2019-10-12 2020-08-11 杭州安费诺飞凤通信部品有限公司 一种应用于内折柔性屏终端的铰链及内折柔性屏终端
CN110784570B (zh) * 2019-10-29 2021-04-09 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 折叠装置及电子设备
CN210694021U (zh) * 2019-12-13 2020-06-05 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 一种可折叠电子设备
CN111583791B (zh) * 2020-05-07 2022-04-26 昆山国显光电有限公司 柔性屏支撑装置和柔性屏终端
CN111749974B (zh) * 2020-06-28 2021-06-15 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 锁释机构、开合装置和电子设备

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20190073002A1 (en) * 2017-04-26 2019-03-07 Boe Technology Group Co., Ltd. Foldable Display Device
CN110445913A (zh) * 2019-07-31 2019-11-12 华为技术有限公司 折叠组件及电子设备
CN110830623A (zh) * 2019-11-06 2020-02-21 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 折叠屏组件和电子设备
CN111614806A (zh) * 2020-04-15 2020-09-01 华为技术有限公司 折叠装置及电子设备

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP4236274A4

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116055593A (zh) * 2022-05-26 2023-05-02 荣耀终端有限公司 一种可折叠的电子设备
CN116055593B (zh) * 2022-05-26 2023-10-20 荣耀终端有限公司 一种可折叠的电子设备
WO2023231386A1 (zh) * 2022-05-31 2023-12-07 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 转轴机构、折叠壳体及电子设备
CN114726940A (zh) * 2022-06-06 2022-07-08 东莞市劲丰电子有限公司 柔性屏折叠手机的侧移式弯折铰链
CN114726940B (zh) * 2022-06-06 2022-09-09 东莞市劲丰电子有限公司 柔性屏折叠手机的侧移式弯折铰链
WO2024008026A1 (zh) * 2022-07-05 2024-01-11 华为技术有限公司 折叠装置及电子设备
WO2024051082A1 (zh) * 2022-09-05 2024-03-14 武汉华星光电半导体显示技术有限公司 铰链、显示面板及显示装置
WO2024060876A1 (zh) * 2022-09-19 2024-03-28 荣耀终端有限公司 同步机构和电子设备
CN116719389A (zh) * 2023-08-04 2023-09-08 荣耀终端有限公司 转轴组件及可折叠设备
CN116719389B (zh) * 2023-08-04 2023-10-20 荣耀终端有限公司 转轴组件及可折叠设备

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115314576B (zh) 2023-08-04
CN114006962B (zh) 2022-09-23
CN114006962A (zh) 2022-02-01
CN115665292A (zh) 2023-01-31
EP4236274A1 (en) 2023-08-30
CN115190194A (zh) 2022-10-14
EP4236274A4 (en) 2024-04-10
CN115665290A (zh) 2023-01-31
CN115665291A (zh) 2023-01-31
CN116671093A (zh) 2023-08-29
CN115190194B (zh) 2023-06-02
US20230403347A1 (en) 2023-12-14
CN115314576A (zh) 2022-11-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2022089500A1 (zh) 折叠机构、壳体装置及电子设备
WO2021209001A1 (zh) 折叠装置及电子设备
WO2022143478A1 (zh) 折叠机构和电子设备
AU2021292086B2 (en) Folding apparatus and electronic device
WO2021208998A1 (zh) 折叠装置及电子设备
WO2021209008A1 (zh) 折叠装置及电子设备
CN114006963B (zh) 电子设备、折叠组件及壳体装置
WO2022262781A1 (zh) 折叠装置及电子设备
CN219268892U (zh) 电子设备和折叠机构
WO2022206644A1 (zh) 折叠电子设备
CN219372800U (zh) 折叠组件及电子设备
WO2024067615A1 (zh) 电子设备和折叠机构
US20240147645A1 (en) Rotating Shaft Mechanism, Support Apparatus, and Foldable Screen Device
CN115995181A (zh) 可折叠的电子设备、转轴组件以及壳体装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21885227

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202180072756.5

Country of ref document: CN

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021885227

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20230522

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE